As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2022.
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
____________________________________
Planet Image International Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
____________________________________
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
____________________________________
Cayman Islands |
3555 |
Not Applicable |
||
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(Primary Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S. Employer |
No. 756 Guangfu Road
Hi-tech Development Zone
Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province
People’s Republic of China
+86 0790-7138216
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
____________________________________
Yan Tang
12000 Magnolia Ave, Suite 101
Riverside, CA 92503
+1-562-404-9315
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
____________________________________
Copies to:
Ying Li, Esq. |
Fang Liu, Esq. VCL Law LLP 1945 Old Gallows Road, Suite 630 Vienna, VA 22182 703-919-7285 |
____________________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.
____________
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated March 16, 2022
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
______________________________________________
6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares
Planet Image International Limited
This is an initial public offering of our Class A ordinary shares. We are offering on a firm commitment basis our Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We expect the initial public offering price to be in the range of $4.0 to $5.0 per Class A ordinary share. We have reserved the symbol “ ” for purposes of listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “ ”.
Investing in our Class A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A ordinary shares.
Our issued and outstanding share capital consists of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under applicable U.S. securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. Please read the disclosures beginning on page 154 of this prospectus for more information.
We face legal and operational risks associated with having the majority of our operations in China. The government of People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) has significant authority to exert influence on the ability of a China-based company, such as us, to conduct its business. Therefore, investors of our company and our business face potential uncertainty from the PRC government. Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. These risks could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our Class A ordinary shares or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. In particular, recent statements and regulatory actions by China’s government, such as those related to the use of variable interest entities and data security or anti-monopoly concerns, as well as the ability of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) to inspect our auditors, may impact our Company’s ability to conduct our business, accept foreign investments, or be listed on a U.S. or other foreign stock exchange. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC.”
We directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a variable interest entity (“VIE”) structure.
Cash flows have occurred between our Cayman Islands holding company and our subsidiaries. Our Cayman Islands holding company received cash in the amount of US$26,667, US$735,708, and US$500,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, from our subsidiaries as intercompany loans. Our subsidiaries received cash in the amount of $13.8 million, $0, and $771,998 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, from our Cayman Islands holding company as intercompany loans. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, no cash flows have occurred between our Cayman Islands holding company and our PRC subsidiaries.
Our Cayman Islands holding company has not declared or paid dividends in the past, nor any dividends or distributions were made by a subsidiary to the Cayman Islands holding company. Our board of directors has complete discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to applicable laws. We do not have any current plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and This Offering — We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares for return on your investment.” Subject to certain contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions, cash and capital contributions may be transferred among our Cayman Islands holding company and our subsidiaries. If needed, our Cayman Islands holding company can transfer cash to our PRC subsidiaries through loans and/or capital contributions, and our PRC subsidiaries can transfer cash to our Cayman Islands holding company through issuing dividends or other distributions. Cash transfers from our Cayman Islands holding company are subject to applicable PRC laws and regulations on loans and direct investment. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business” and “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”
In addition, our Class A ordinary shares may be delisted from a national exchange or prohibited from being traded over-the-counter under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years. Our auditor has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis, with the last inspection conducted in June 2018, and it is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. If trading in our ordinary shares is prohibited under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, the Nasdaq Stock Market may determine to delist our Class A ordinary shares. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the period of time for foreign companies to comply with PCAOB audits to two consecutive years, instead of three, thus reducing the time period before our securities may be prohibited from trading or delisted. See Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.”
Per Share |
Total |
|||
Initial public offering price |
US$ |
US$ |
||
Underwriting discounts(1) |
US$ |
US$ |
||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(2) |
US$ |
US$ |
____________
(1) See “Underwriting” in this prospectus for more information regarding our arrangements with the underwriter.
(2) We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriter for its out-of-pocket expenses) to be approximately $1,516,173, exclusive of the above discounts. In addition, we will pay additional items of value in connection with this offering that are viewed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, as underwriting compensation. These payments will further reduce proceeds available to us before expenses. See “Underwriting.”
This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A ordinary shares if any such shares are taken. We have granted the underwriter an option for a period of 45 days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the Class A ordinary shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding Class A ordinary shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriter exercises the option in full and assuming that all investors are introduced by the underwriter, the total underwriting discounts payable will be $2,173,500 based on an assumed offering price of $4.50 per Class A ordinary share, and the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and expenses, will be $31,050,000.
The underwriter expects to deliver the Class A ordinary shares against payment as set forth under “Underwriting,” on or about , 2022.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, Inc.
Prospectus dated , 2022.
Page |
||
1 |
||
15 |
||
45 |
||
47 |
||
48 |
||
49 |
||
50 |
||
51 |
||
53 |
||
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
55 |
|
76 |
||
86 |
||
111 |
||
127 |
||
133 |
||
135 |
||
136 |
||
144 |
||
146 |
||
154 |
||
158 |
||
159 |
||
159 |
||
159 |
||
F-1 |
You should rely on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy the Class A ordinary shares, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A ordinary shares.
Neither we nor the underwriter has taken any action to permit a public offering of the Class A ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the Class A ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States.
Until , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade Class A ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A ordinary shares discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to invest our Class A ordinary shares. This prospectus contains information from an industry report which we commissioned China Insights Consultancy, a third-party independent research firm, to prepare. We refer to this report as the CIC Report.
Overview
Our Mission
Our mission is to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform.
Who we are
We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in the markets worldwide, or global markets, for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.
We primarily develop and manufacture toner cartridges that are compatible with, and can be used in, a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, or compatible toner cartridges, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We also sell our branded products through online sales channels under three brands, TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We have a wide international footprint through our established sales channels, with our products sold to customers in over 45 countries, and sales in the U.S. and Europe representing the majority of our revenue. In recent years, we have also been developing other markets and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.
We sell our products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
We have established localized sales operations in our overseas markets to manage and maintain relationships with local customers and provide support to offline customer purchasing our products on an ODM basis. So far, we have established sales operations in the U.S., Italy, Germany, France and the United Kingdom. In addition, we maintain warehouses in California and Pennsylvania in the U.S., and in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy to ensure timely delivery to customers. In North America, most of our customers send purchase orders through our electronic data interchange system, or EDI system. We also have a self-developed cloud-based warehouse management system which was integrated with our EDI system and third party platform to manage the purchase orders, inventory and accounting matters. Our offline customers in Europe and other markets generally place purchase orders with our sales team through emails.
We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers. After a new printer model is introduced to the market by a printer manufacturer, our experienced research and development team will aim to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges that can be used with this new printer model in a short period of time. According to the CIC Report, compatible toner cartridges for a new printer model are generally available for sale within six to 18 months. With our efficient production team and sales team, our compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage.
1
We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating localized sales branches and online sales channels allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential.
What have we accomplished
We have experienced significant growth since our inception. Our growth is partially attributable to our comprehensive sales strategy and our highly efficient and complementary online and offline sales channels. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily generated from the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue grew from US$58.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 21.6%. Our net profit increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our revenue grew from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a CAGR of 15.0%. Our net profit decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, mainly due to the combined effects of negative impact of COVID-19, U.S.-China trade war, and increased costs in connection with our proposed initial public offering.
Our Competitive Strengths
• Our strong design, research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers;
• Our localized sales model integrating multiple channels, including strategically located sales offices and logistic centers in the U.S. and Europe, enable us to build a broad end user customer base and achieve fast product delivery;
• Our online sales and advanced IT systems enable us to capture opportunities in the online compatible toner cartridge market and operate our sales efficiently;
• We are dedicated to ensuring quality of our products and delivering excellent customer service; and
• We have a strong, stable and experienced senior management team.
Our Growth Strategies
• Construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities;
• Increase our research and development efforts;
• Upgrade and integrate our information systems to optimize our operational efficiency;
• Further strengthen our sales and logistics and expand our market coverage; and
• Continue to expand our presence on online selling channels and grow our business-to-customer (“B2C”) business.
Summary of Risk Factors
An investment in our Class A ordinary shares is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to our business and industry, risks relating to doing business in China and risk relating to our Class A ordinary shares in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus before making an investment in the Class A ordinary shares. The following list summarizes some, but not all, of these risks. Please read the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks.
2
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
• If our products fail to meet the demands of our customers or to reflect the latest developments in the printer industry, we may be unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
• We may be exposed to risks of obsolete inventories because technological upgrades by the original-brand printer manufacturers render our toner cartridge products obsolete or due to our failure to manage inventories efficiently. If this occurs, we may incur losses for our research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses relating to such obsolete inventories.
• We may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products.
• Our raw material purchase prices are subject to fluctuation and we could face shortage in supply of our raw materials.
• Our business rely significantly on export sales which may be adversely affected by present or future export regulations or enforcement.
• We may fail to maintain an effective quality control system and may be subject to claims by our customers in respect of product quality and compliance with relevant health and safety standards.
Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC
• Adverse changes in economic, political and social conditions of the PRC government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.
• Changes to the PRC legal system could have an adverse effect on us.
• The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.
• We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
• PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
• If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and This Offering
• There is been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.
• The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.
• Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.
• If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
• As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.
3
We also face other challenges, risks and uncertainties that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. You should consider the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our Class A ordinary shares.
We face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. In addition, the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time, or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our Class A ordinary shares. any actions by the Chinese government to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers could significantly limit or complete hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.”
We are and our subsidiaries are required to obtain the following material licenses and approvals for our operations in China:
Company Name |
Scope of Business Operation |
Governmental Permission Required |
Status |
|||
(i) production, processing and sales of laser printers and laser toner cartridges, toner, inkjet printers and ink cartridges, inks, computer peripherals and other printer consumables and accessories for the above products; (ii) electronic product research and development; (iii) electronic product technology development; and (iv) printer and consumable software design and development |
Not required |
N/A |
||||
Jiangxi Yibo |
Filling, processing and sales of recycled laser printer toner cartridges and inkjet cartridges |
Pollution Discharge |
Obtained |
|||
Import and export of goods and technology |
(i) registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC (ii) record registration form for foreign trade operators |
Obtained/Completed |
||||
Zhongshan Yantuo |
(i) Sales service of printer consumables and related accessories; (ii) technical consultation; (iii) commodity circulation information consultation; and (iv) marketing planning |
Not required |
N/A |
|||
Import and export of goods and technology |
(i) registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC; and (ii) record registration form for foreign trade operators |
Obtained/Completed |
4
Company Name |
Scope of Business Operation |
Governmental Permission Required |
Status |
|||
Leibotai |
Procurement and sales of printer toner cartridges and their materials and accessories |
Not required |
N/A |
|||
Import and export of goods and technology |
(i) registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC; and (ii) record registration form for foreign trade operators |
Obtained/Completed |
||||
Shenzhen Dinghong |
This subsidiary has no business operations. |
Not required |
N/A |
We believe that we and our subsidiaries have obtained all material licenses and approvals necessary to operate in China and are not currently required to obtain approval from any PRC government authorities, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, Cyberspace Administration of China, or the CAC, or any other government entity, to issue of Class A ordinary shares to foreign investors. If we do not receive or maintain the approvals, or we inadvertently conclude that such approvals are not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to an investigation by competent regulators, fines or penalties, ordered to suspend our relevant business and rectify, prohibited from engaging in relevant business, or subject to an order prohibiting us from conducting an offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.”
In addition, trading in our securities may be prohibited under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the HFCAA, if the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, determines that it cannot inspect the workpapers prepared by our auditor, and that as a result an exchange may determine to delist our securities. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act from three years to two. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a report on its determination that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in China and in Hong Kong because of positions taken by PRC and Hong Kong authorities in those jurisdictions.
Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the U.S. and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the U.S., pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in Manhattan, New York, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection in June 2018. As such, our auditor is not subject to the determination announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. See Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.”
Recent Development
In 2020, we made a strategic decision to expand our business operations and enter to the market of compatible ink cartridges. In April 2020, we established a development team with 15 members, and from April 2020 to October 2020, our team researched and designed compatible ink cartridges for two popular series of inkjet printers. In October 2020, we started manufacturing our compatible ink cartridge products and introduced them to the market in 2021. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we generated approximately US$0.2 million in revenue from sales of our compatible ink cartridge products.
5
Corporate History and Structure
We commenced our operations in January 2011 as a toner cartridge manufacturer through Jiangxi Yibo E-tech Co., Ltd., or Jiangxi Yibo, a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC. In March 2011, we incorporated Aster Graphics, Inc., or Aster US, a company incorporated in the State of California. In July 2011, we incorporated Aster Technology Holland B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands as a limited liability company. On August 5, 2019, Plant Image International Limited was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. As a result of reorganization, Planet Image International Limited became the ultimate holding company of our Company.
The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our significant subsidiaries, as of the date of this prospectus. For more detail on our corporate history, please refer to “Corporate History and Structure.”
Note:
Through Aster Online Company Limited, we also directly own 100% of equity interests of 11 limited liability companies incorporated in Hong Kong in March 2020, namely Peony Trade Co., Limited, White Poplar Co., Limited, Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, Grand Future Trade Co., Limited, Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited, Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, Pigeon King Co., Limited, Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited, Plum Blossom Co., Limited and Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited.
These above-mentioned 11 limited liability companies have no operations but instead purely serve as holding companies for the online shops we set up in various jurisdictions, including seven online shops we set up in Hong Kong, one in the Netherlands and three in California, United States, including Your Office Supplies Company Limited, Iprint Enterprise Limited, Amstech Limited and Aztech Enterprise Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2016; Supplies4u Limited and Access Supplies Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2017; and Dellon Technology Company Limited (formerly known as C’anon H-Pixel Building B’rother Enterprise Limited), formed in Hong Kong in 2018; Proimage B.V formed in the Netherlands in 2014; Eco Imaging Inc., Revol Trading Inc. and Intercon International Corp., incorporated in the State of California in 2012. All these 11 online shops are directly wholly-owned by the above-mentioned holding companies and all their accounts and transactions have been consolidated into Aster Online Company Limited and ultimately into the accounts of our Company.
6
Currently, we directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a VIE structure.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at No. 756 Guangfu Road, Hi-tech Development Zone, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 0790-7138216. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman KY1-1111, Cayman Islands, and the phone number of our registered office is +1-345-949-1040.
Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our corporate website is www.goaster.com. The information contained on our websites is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is located at 12000 Magnolia Ave Suite 101, Riverside, CA 92503.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may rely on exemptions from some of the reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, we:
• may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or “MD&A;”
• are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives, which is commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”;
• are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
• are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);
• are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and chief executive officer pay ratio disclosure;
• are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act; and
• will not be required to conduct an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 20-F following the effectiveness of our initial public offering.
We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.
Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions until we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our
7
Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
Foreign Private Issuer Status
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:
• we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;
• for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
• we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
• we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
• we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
• we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.
Implications of Being a Controlled Company
Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will continue to beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules because Mr. Weidong Gu will hold more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. If we rely on these exemptions, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.
Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus
Unless we indicate otherwise, references in this prospectus to:
• “AMC” are to Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 5, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “AML” are to Amstech Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on May 25, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “ASL” are to Access Supplies Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 31, 2017 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster BVI” are to Aster Graphics Company Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on February 25, 2011 and a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster Excellent” are to Aster Excellent Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 2, 2019;
• “Aster France” are to Aster Technology France, a company incorporated in France as a simplified joint-stock company on April 3, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
8
• “Aster Germany” are to Aster Supplies GmbH, a company incorporated in Germany as a limited liability company on September 25, 2018 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster HK” are to Aster Graphics Company Limited, formerly known as Aster Industry Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as limited liability company on August 16, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster Industrial” are to Aster Industrial Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 8, 2019 and a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster Italy” are to Aster Technology Italia S.R.L., a company incorporated in Italy as a limited liability company on May 7, 2018 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster NL” are to Aster Technology Holland B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands as a limited liability company on July 8, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster Online” are to Aster Online Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on August 15, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster UK” are to Aster Technology UK Ltd, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom as a limited liability company on January 21, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Aster US” are to Aster Graphics, Inc., a company incorporated in the State of California, the United States as a limited liability company on March 1, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “AZEL” are to Aztech Enterprise Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on May 25, 2016 and an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “BOPTC” are to Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “BVI” are to the British Virgin Islands;
• “B2B” are to a form of commercial transaction between one business entity to another business entity;
• “B2C” are to a form of commercial transaction between one business entity to end-consumers;
• “cartridge chips” are to PCBA with firmware installed, the principal functions of which include facilitating communications between a cartridge and the printer on which it is installed and monitoring cartridge usage;
• China” and the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Taiwan, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and the Macao Special Administrative Region;
• “Class A ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;
• “Class B ordinary shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;
• “Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (2022 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised;
• “compatible toner cartridges” are to toner cartridges designed and manufactured by third-party toner cartridge manufacturers, instead of printer companies, which are compatible for a single or multiple original-brand printer models;
• “DDP” are to “delivered duty paid,” meaning that the seller assumes all of the responsibility, risks and costs associated with transporting goods until the buyer received and transfers them at the destination port;
• “doctor blade” are to a mechanical device used to remove excess toner from a printer cylinder;
• “DPTC” are to Dragon Product Trade Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
9
• DTCL” are to Dellon Technology Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hon g Kong as a limited liability company on February 7, 2018 and an indirectly subsidiary of our Company;
• “drop ship” are to a supply chain management method in which the dealer does not keep goods in stock but instead transfers its customer’s orders and shipment details to either the manufacturer, another dealer, or a wholesaler, who then ships the goods directly to the customer;
• “EDI” are to electronic data interchange, which is the electronic interchange of business information using a standardized format. It allows one company to send information to another company electronically;
• “EII” are to Eco Imaging Inc., a company incorporated in the state of California, the United states as a limited liability company on February 23, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “ERP” are to enterprise resource planning, which is the integrated management of main business processes, often in real time and mediated by software and technology;
• “FOB” are to free on board, or delivery of goods on board the vessel at the named port of origin (loading) at the seller’s expense. The buyer is responsible for main carriage/freight, cargo insurance and other costs and risks;
• “HK$” and “Hong Kong dollars” are to the legal currency of Hong Kong;
• “Hong Kong” or “HK” are to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;
• “IEL” are to Iprint Enterprise Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on June 14, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “IIC” are to Intercon International Corp., a company incorporate in the state of California, the United States as a limited liability company on Novemebr 14, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “ISO” are to a series of quality management and quality assurance standards published by International Organization for standardization, a non-government organization based in Geneva, Switzerland, for assessing the quality systems of business organizations;
• “IT” are to information technology;
• “Jiangxi Leibotai” are to “Jiangxi Leibotai E-Tech Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on June 26, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “Jiangxi Yibo” are to Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on January 12, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “JPTC” are to Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “ODM” are to original design manufacturing, where a manufacturer designs and manufactures a product with its own technologies and specifications, but such manufacturer is still required to obtain brand authorization and brand name label for such products;
• “OPC drums” are to aluminum cylinders coated with a layer of non-toxic, organic-photo conductive material, a key component in toner cartridge;
• “OPCL” are to Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 5, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “original-brand printer companies” are to original-brand printer companies design and sell printers and corresponding ink/toner cartridges;
• “original-brand toner cartridges” are to toner cartridge designed and sold by original-brand printer companies for specific printer model;
10
• “page yield” are to a quantitative indicator that measures the product life of toner cartridge, which usually refers to a maximum page count assuming 5% toner coverage rat on A4 sized page;
• “PBC” are to Plum Blossom Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “PCBA” are to printed circuit board assembly, a chip set with integrated circuit, printed circuit board and other components assembled with no firmware installed;
• “primary charge roller” are to a device that applies a uniform, high-voltage negative charge on the OPC drum to level out any remaining charge after one printing image and set the OPC drum ready for new printer image;
• “private labeling services” are to special requested services that the manufacturers will design labels that contain logo, name, order number and contact information of customers purchasing our white-label products and stick to the packaging boxes;
• “Peony Trade Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
• “remanufactured toner cartridges” are to toner cartridges produced through refurbishing empty cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts;
• “RMB” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China;
• “search engine optimization” are to the process of increasing the quality and quantity of website traffic by increasing the visibility of a website or web page to users of a web search engine;
• “shares,” “Shares,” or “ordinary shares” are to the ordinary shares of the Company, par value HK$0.0001 per share, which include our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;
• “sponsored advertisements” are to a cost-per-click advertising solution to reach customers who are interested in certain products with keyword, product and interest targeting in order to help sellers on online selling platforms to grow customers and boost sales;
• “toner cartridges” are to consumables for use by laser printers, which are composed of chips, toner, rollers and drums;
• “toner powder/toner supply” are to imaging material used by laser printers; usually categorized into black toner powder and color toner powder;
• “UK” are to the United Kingdom, made up of England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland;
• “U.S.”, “US” or “United States” are to United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction;
• “US$,” “$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;
• “we,” “us,” “our company,” “our” or “Planet Image” are to Planet Image International Limited, our Cayman Islands holding company, and its predecessor entity and its subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entities as the context requires;
• “wipe blade” are to a mechanical device used to scrape any exceed toner off the surface of the toner cartridge, the printer paper and transfer belt;
• “World Intellectual Property Organization” are to one of the 15 specialized agencies of the United Nations created in 1967 to encourage creative activity, to promote the protection of intellectual property throughout the world;
• “WPC” are to White Poplar Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;
11
• “YOSC” are to Your Office Supplies Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on June 23, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company; and
• “Zhongshan Yantuo” are to Zhongshan Yantuo Printing Device Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on April 8, 2013 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriter of its options to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares.
We have made rounding adjustments to reach some of the figures included in this prospectus. Consequently, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.
Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus are made as follows:
December 31, 2019 |
December 31, 2020 |
|||||||
Year-end spot rate |
Average rate |
Year-end spot rate |
Average rate |
|||||
US$ against RMB |
US$1=RMB6.9589 |
US$1=RMB6.8774 |
US$1=RMB6.5402 |
US$1=RMB6.9061 |
||||
US$ against EUR |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.8197 |
US$1=EUR0.8759 |
June 30, 2020 |
June 30, 2021 |
|||||||
Period-end spot rate |
Average rate |
Period-end spot rate |
Average rate |
|||||
US$ against RMB |
US$1=RMB7.0721 |
US$1=RMB7.0323 |
US$1=RMB6.4683 |
US$1=RMB6.4767 |
||||
US$ against EUR |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.9050 |
US$1=EUR0.8403 |
US$1=EUR0.8316 |
We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On March 4, 2022, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.3188 to US$1.00.
This prospectus contains information derived from various public sources and certain information from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by China Insights Consultancy Limited, or CIC, a third-party industry research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and market position. Such information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.
12
THE OFFERING
Offering Price |
We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between US$4.0 and US$5.0 per Class A ordinary share. |
|
Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us |
6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 6,900,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises in full the over-allotment option). |
|
Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the completion of this offering |
52,631,600 ordinary shares (including 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares) |
|
Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this offering |
32,315,800 Class A ordinary shares excluding 600,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the underwriter warrants (or 33,215,800 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises in full the over-allotment option) and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares. |
|
Over-Allotment Option |
We have granted to the underwriter an option, exercisable within 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% additional Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts. |
|
Use of Proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$23.59 million (or US$27.32 million if the underwriter exercises its options to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares in full) from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of US$4.50 per Class A ordinary share, which is the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, and assuming that all investors are introduced by the underwriter, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We anticipate using the net proceeds of this offering primarily for (i) constructing a comprehensive, multi-layer production center, (ii) research and development, (iii) updating the software systems of our own websites, (iv) setting up additional warehouses in overseas locations, and (v) general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information. |
|
Lock-up |
We, our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares have agreed with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Class A ordinary shares or similar securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Class A ordinary shares, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.” |
|
Listing |
We have applied to have our Class A ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “ .” |
|
Payment and settlement |
The underwriter expects to deliver the Class A ordinary shares against payment on , 2022, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. |
|
Risk Factors |
See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our Class A ordinary shares. |
13
Capital Structure and Voting Rights |
Our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of (i) 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, (ii) 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and (iii) 800,000,000 preferred shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. See “Description of Share Capital.” Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full. |
14
Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
If our products fail to meet the demands of our customers or to reflect the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market, we may be unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
The compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on (i) our ability to continually update and launch new products that can be used in updated or new printer models that come to the market from time to time, (ii) the number of customers using our products and (iii) the price that they are willing to pay for our products. If our products fail to meet customer demands in terms of product quality and functionality or to respond to the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market, we may not be able to maintain our existing customer base or attract new customers. In addition, we may not be able to maintain the current selling prices of our products. Some factors that may affect our ability to meet customer demands and to attract customers include: our ability to (i) develop or acquire the necessary technical know-how to design and manufacture new products and enhance or adapt existing products to respond to changes in printer technologies, market trends and customer demands; (ii) manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our product quality, promote our products to a broader base of prospective customers; and (iii) provide satisfactory customer support and after-sale services in a timely manner. If we are unable to retain existing customers and continue to attract new customers to use our products and to increase their spending with us, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Our ability to compete effectively may be hampered if our intellectual property rights are infringed on by third-parties or, on the other hand, if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.
In our business operations, we have developed trademarks, patents, copyrights, industry know-how, product formulas, production processes, technologies and other intellectual property rights that we believe are of significant value to us. As of June 30, 2021, we owned 366 registered patents in the U.S., Europe, and China, and a total of 24 trademarks registered in the U.S., Europe, the PRC and Hong Kong. In addition, we are in the process of applying for 66 patents worldwide. See “Business — Intellectual Property” for details.
It may be possible for third parties to obtain and use products, know-how and technologies under intellectual property rights owned by us without authorization, or for third parties to copy or imitate products, know-how and technologies under our intellectual property rights, thereby causing confusion and mislead end-users to believe the counterfeit products, which are usually of poor quality, are our products. This may adversely affect our sales, damage our reputation, tarnish our brand and increase our administrative costs in respect of detection, investigation and initiation of the legal proceedings of the infringement. We cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights will not be misappropriated by third parties and, if such misappropriations do occur, that we will be able to detect and address them timely and effectively.
On the other hand, we cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights will not be challenged by third parties, whether with or without merit. Certain unrelated third parties may own intellectual property rights which may be considered to be similar to ours. We could face difficulty and incur material expenses during our future expansion because of the existence of any similar patents owned by unrelated third parties.
We may from time to time be required to institute or be involved in litigation, arbitration or other forms of proceedings, including settlements, to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, which would likely be time-consuming and expensive and may divert our management’s time and attention regardless of their outcome. If we fail the defend against such litigations, we may be ordered to pay a material amount as penalty, refrain from using
15
such patents, know-hows or licenses, require pre-approvals of future designed products and stop selling our products that are related to them in particular regions or countries. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the total patent registration and patent litigation cost we incurred amounted to US$0.4 million, US$0.4 million and US$0.2 million, respectively.
If any third party infringes on our intellectual property rights or if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be exposed to risks of obsolete inventories because technological upgrades by the original-brand printer manufacturers render our toner cartridge products obsolete or due to our failure to manage inventories efficiently. If this occurs, we may incur losses for our research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses relating to such obsolete inventories.
Generally, we begin to research, design and develop a compatible toner cartridge after a new printer model is introduced to the market. As each printer typically has a unique hardware and software system, a compatible toner cartridge usually only works with specific printer models for which they are designed. As such, there exists a risk that during the period while our compatible toner cartridge is under development or sometime after we began selling the compatible toner cartridge, the original-brand printer manufacturer may conduct an upgrade of its printer which renders our toner cartridge not compatible with it anymore. If this occurs, we may not be able to recover the research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses we incurred in connection with the toner cartridge product. In addition, we may receive requests from customers for product return or exchange due to upgrades by original-brand printer manufacturers which rendered our products not compatible anymore. Upgrades by original-brand printer manufacturers are beyond our control. If such upgrades are frequent and substantial, it may result in more product returns and exchanges for us, as well as losses for research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Our inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. For branded products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. We manufacture our ODM products on a made-to-order basis. See “Business — Logistics and Warehousing — Inventory control.” We believe that maintaining an appropriate level of inventories helps us deliver our products to meet the market demands in a timely manner. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our balance of inventories amounted to approximately US$19.9 million, US$29.2 million and US$27.0 million, respectively, and our inventory turnover days were 116.0 days, 106.2 days and 115.6 days, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will not experience any slow movement of inventories or that our inventories will not become obsolete, which may be caused by our reduced sales due to change in consumer demand or preferences, change of marketing strategy by our customers or incorrect estimation of the market demand for our products. If we fail to manage our inventories effectively or are unable to sell our excess inventories, we may face a risk of inventory obsolescence and/or significant inventory write-downs, which may impose pressure on our operating cash flow, and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products.
Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our products. For ODM products and white-label products, we generally price our products on the basis of a cost-plus calculation of the costs involved in manufacturing, and with reference to the prevailing market prices. For new ODM products, we generally review and adjust our price list every month. Our ability to offer competitive prices and launch new patented products quickly after the original-brand products are being released are critical factors, among other factors, in securing orders from our customers. We are generally able to maintain current pricing strategies for our products as a result of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to offline customers including drop ship service, private labeling and customized packing services. For our branded products sold on an online e-commerce selling platform, we generally set our retail price based on our base selling prices, marketing expenses, fees paid to the online selling platform, different brand positioning and prices of competing products. If for any reason market perception of us should change for the worse, we may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. With more competitors are able to catch up industry leaders by providing products of latest printer models, overall export price has shown a decreasing trend to reflect the intense
16
competition. In addition, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the demand for office supplies including compatible toner cartridges decreased due to decreasing business activities. We may face more pressure on pricing levels to seize market share from competitors as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. In addition, if our suppliers raise their prices and we are unable to pass it on to our customers, our profit margins will be reduced and our financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.
Our raw material purchase prices are subject to fluctuation and we could face shortage in supply of our raw materials.
Our cost of inventory sold mainly consist of the raw materials used in our production of toner cartridges, such as OPC drum, toner and chips. Our cost of inventory sold accounted for 80.3%, 75.6% and 78.7%, respectively, of our total cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Depending on the market supply and demand conditions, prices of our raw materials fluctuate and are influenced by the economic growth in the PRC, the prevailing prices of the global market and the availability of such raw materials, all of which are beyond our control. A significant volatility in the price levels of our raw materials could increase our cost of sales and adversely affect our profit margin. We have not hedged against changes in commodity prices, and we do not intend to enter into such hedges in the future. According to the CIC Report, the average price for compatible toner cartridge chips in China is expected to increase from RMB6.7 per piece in 2020 to RMB7.9 per piece in 2025 at a CAGR of 3.5% which are expected to grow due to more new printers with expected more complicated controls and design will be launched. We expect that our raw materials prices will continue to fluctuate and be affected by the factors stated above in the future. As such, an increase in the prices of our raw materials, inability to pass on or delay in passing on any increase in our costs of raw materials to our consumers or inability to identify and source from alternative suppliers may have a significant impact on our profit margin and our profitability. We do not have long-term contractual arrangements with our suppliers. If all or a significant number of our suppliers for any particular raw material and/or packaging material are unable or unwilling to meet our production requirements, or if we are unable to obtain raw materials in quantities and of the quality we require at commercially reasonable prices, our production volume, product quality or profitability may deteriorate and we could suffer shortages or significant cost increases which in turn may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Any interruption in the normal operations of our warehouses may have an adverse impact on our ability to fulfill orders from our customers and business operations.
Our ability to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our business operations and depends on the smooth operation of our warehouses. If we do not operate our warehouses well, it could result in delay in fulfilling customer orders, excess or insufficient fulfillment capacity, an increase in costs, decrease in gross profit margin, or harm our reputation and relationships with our customers.
In addition, our warehouses may be vulnerable to damage caused by fire, floods, power outages, telecommunication failures, break-ins, earthquakes, human error and other events. Our cloud-based warehouse management system could also be subject to errors or flaws, which could adversely impact the normal operation of our warehouses and our ability to record inventory or fulfill orders on an accurate and efficient manner. Any occurrence of the foregoing risks could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
We rely significantly on the North American and European market. Any changes in the economic and regulatory conditions or global trade policy of the U.S. or Europe or changes in the business strategies of U.S. customers or Europe customers may have an adverse effect on our business.
For each of years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue mainly derived from U.S. and Europe. Our financial performance depends significantly on general economic conditions in U.S. and Europe and their impact on consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending. Further, economic factors in U.S. or Europe such as a reduction in the availability of credit, increased unemployment levels, rising interest rates, financial market volatility, recession, reduced consumer confidence, and other factors affecting consumer spending behavior such as acts of terrorism or major epidemics could reduce demand for our products. On the other hand, any change in U.S. or the European global trade policy, including tightening regulatory restrictions, industry-specific quotas, tariffs, non-tariff barriers and taxes, may have the effect of limiting our products exported from the PRC and, hence, an adverse effect on our business.
17
If there is any change in the management or control of our U.S. or European customers, then such U.S. or European customers may in turn change their business strategy, which may cause their demand for compatible toner cartridges to decrease. This in turn may have a material and adverse effect on our business performance, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A potential serious downturn in the overall economy of U.S. or Europe or in U.S. or European compatible toner cartridge industry, or policies unfavorable to the import of goods into U.S. or Europe may cause the financial conditions and purchasing powers of our customers in U.S. or Europe to deteriorate. Our customers are not under contractual obligations to place orders with us, so order quantities may fluctuate depending on the profitability of customers’ businesses and the spending power of the consumers. An economic downturn in U.S. or Europe or continued uncertainties regarding future prospects that affect consumer spending habits in the U.S. or Europe may have an adverse effect on the placing of orders by our customers. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to respond quickly to any economic, market or regulatory changes in the U.S. or European market, and any failure to do so may result in an adverse effect on our business performance, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to maintain our relationship with our customers and we may fail to engage new customers.
We do not enter into any long-term sales agreements with our customers, and only engage in purchases of goods with them on a one-off basis by purchase orders based on their demand. These purchase orders typically include key terms about the products to be sold such as product specifications, pricing, credit terms, rebate arrangement, and delivery and warranties. We may not be able to obtain new purchase orders with our customers as they may choose to enter into arrangements with our competitors, who may offer them access to a stronger product portfolio or more favorable economic terms. The loss of our customers, could adversely affect our sales. There is no assurance that our current or future purchase orders with customers could be negotiated or obtained on terms equivalent to or better than current terms. Any disruption in our relationships with our customers, could affect our ability to maintain and grow our sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would be able to develop new relationships with additional customers, in order to expand our sales network.
Our business relies significantly on export sales which may be adversely affected by present or future export regulations or enforcement.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from export sales which accounted for substantially all of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Export sales are generally subject to export regulations including tariffs, quotas, customs and other import or export restrictions and impose trade barriers, market access regulations, trade sanctions or anti-dumping measures. Any violation of applicable regulations could subject us to a substantial fine, damage our reputation and result in sanctions on exporting. We cannot assure you that the national or local authorities in the overseas markets will not enact additional laws or regulations or amend or enforce new regulations in a more rigorous manner. Changes in export regulations may restrictions on us in selling our products in the overseas markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face intense competition in the compatible toner cartridge industry with our competitors and original brand toner cartridge manufacturers in the U.S. and Europe.
According to the CIC Report, the compatible toner cartridge industry is relatively concentrated, with the top five companies accounting for approximately 55.9% and 85.6% of the total market in terms of revenue in the U.S. and Europe in 2020, respectively. The increasing competition on pricing puts further constraints on the growth of existing companies in the market. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater financial resources, product development capabilities or better products quality than we have. They may leverage on their financial strength to improve their production and marketing capabilities, diversify their product portfolio, develop effective substitutes for our products, locate their production facilities in strategic locations and recruit experienced management personnel. According to the CIC Report, original-brand toner cartridge manufacturers also launched discount contractual toner cartridges to exclusive end customer group under a special program with the aim to retake the toner cartridge market share from compatible toner cartridge manufacturers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to react to and match the business development of our competitors in a timely manner or at all. We also cannot assure you that our competitors will not actively engage in activities designed to undermine our brands and product quality or to influence
18
consumer confidence in our products. In addition, new competitors may seek to enter or expand into our industry. If we are unable to compete effectively with our competitors or if we fail to remain competitive, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may not be able to recover all of our deferred income tax assets.
We had deferred income tax assets of US$0.7 million, US$0.5 million and US$1.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively. While the deferred income tax assets may enable our Company to reduce future tax payment, there are risks as their recoverability is dependent on our Company’s ability to generate future taxable profit. There is no assurance that the deferred income tax assets can be recovered. In the case that the value of the deferred income tax assets has changed, we may have to write-down the deferred income tax assets, which may have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to the risks of international operations.
We operate six overseas subsidiaries as our sales branch offices in the U.S., the Netherlands, Italy, Germany, the United Kingdom and France. As of June 30, 2021, we had 64 foreign employees working in our overseas subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived substantially all of our revenue from overseas sales. We plan to expand our global reach by increasing our sales and marketing efforts and further expanding our geographical markets. As a result, we are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties associated with such expansion, including:
• compliance with foreign laws, regulatory requirements and local industry standards, in particular, those related to compatible toner cartridges;
• exposure to increased litigation risks in overseas markets;
• political and economic instabilities;
• Future development of the COVID-19 pandemic or other epidemics which may continue to result in a lock-down or adoption of work from home policy;
• unfamiliarity with local operating and market conditions; and
• cultural and language difficulties in managing our foreign employees.
Any of the foregoing and other risks and uncertainties could adversely affect our international sales, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We may experience delays or interruptions in the shipments of our products due to factors outside of our control, and such delays or interruptions could lead to lost revenue and customer satisfaction.
We rely on third-party shipping companies and their services to transport our products to our warehouses and customers around the world. Such international shipping services could become disrupted by adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, ground logistics issues, customs delays, and other interruptions. Any delays in shipping services could result in untimely delivery of our products to our customers. If we are unable to deliver our products in a timely manner, our revenues could be negatively impacted and our reputation with our customers could suffer, resulting in materially adverse impact to our business operations, financial position, and results of operations.
We face foreign exchange risks and translation risks.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euro. Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our business and performance. Our sales are predominantly denominated in US$ and Euro while our costs are mostly denominated in RMB. The exchange rates between US$, Euro and RMB are subject to continuous movements affected by international political and economic conditions and changes in the PRC government’s economic and monetary policies. As we derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euros while a substantial portion of our costs are denominated in RMB, appreciation of RMB against US$, which is our reporting currency will therefore directly decrease our profit margin if we are unable to increase the selling prices of our products accordingly. If we increase the selling prices of our products as a result of the appreciation of the RMB against the relevant foreign
19
currencies, there would have an adverse effect on the purchasing power of the RMB amount that we would receive from the conversion. On the other hand, any depreciation of RMB would adversely affect our ability to pay for foreign currency obligations.
In addition, we are subject to translation risks as our consolidated financial statements are reported in US$ while the financial statements of our operating subsidiary are prepared in RMB, the currency of the primary economic environment in which our operations are based, which the financial statements of some of our subsidiaries are prepared in Euros. We recorded currency translation gain of US$1.2 million, US$0.8 million and currency translation loss of US$1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. Accordingly, we may incur currency translation losses or gains due to translation of functional currency into the presentation currency which may adversely affect our financial position.
Our performance depends on favorable labor relations with our employees. Any deterioration in these relations or a shortage of labor or a rise in labor costs may have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Our manufacturing process is labor intensive and relies heavily on know-how and experience of our employees. As result, we rely on a significant number of skilled workers and other personnel to support our product development and manufacturing processes. As of December 31, 2020, we had a total of 818 employees for manufacturing. Our success is dependent on our ability to hire, train, retain and motivate our employees. If our employees are not satisfied with what we offer, such as remuneration package or working environment, we may not be able to retain them, or to replace them with personnel of appropriate skill set at comparable costs. In such event or in the event that the regions near our production facilities do not have a sufficiently sizable labor force, we may need to expend additional resources to attract and recruit suitable employees. Favorable labor relations are essential to our performance, and any material increase in our labor costs may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
We maintain warehouses and/or offices in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy and hire local employees for the operations of these facilities. As a result, we are subject to labor laws of these European countries, which are relatively stringent.
As of June 30, 2021, we had 1,317 full-time employees, among whom 35 are located in European countries. Labor laws in Europe are generally more protective of employees. For instance, many countries in Europe have laws protecting employees from being terminated without proper cause with statutory advance notice or without paying employees severance compensation in statutorily determined amounts. In addition, in some European countries, we may be required to consult employee representatives or unions with respect to certain decisions we make that may impact our employees. As a result, these labor laws may be more costly to comply with, and could interfere with our ability to quickly adjust operations in response to market changes or business strategies.
We enjoy certain preferential tax treatments and government grants from the government of the PRC. Expiration of, or changes to, these preferential tax treatments and government grants could have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Our profit is affected by the level of income tax that we pay and the preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled. In recognition of our strong technology and production development capability, our key operating subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, has been accredited as a high-tech enterprise since 2013, which entitles us to a preferential EIT rate of 15%, subject to the review and approval by the tax authorities every three years. The current accreditation was awarded to Jiangxi Yibo on September 16, 2019 with a validity period of three years and would expire on September 15, 2022, and prior to its expiration, Jiangxi Yibo will submit an application for the renewal of the high and new technology enterprise certificate. To renew this, Jiangxi Yibo is required to meet certain criteria, including among others, a certain level of research and development expenses and a certain number of employees dedicated to research and development, which are subject to the review and approval of the relevant authorities.
There is no assurance the PRC policies on preferential tax treatments will not change or that the current preferential tax treatments we enjoy will not be canceled. If such change or cancelation occurs, we may be subject to an EIT rate of 25%, and the resulting increase in our tax liability would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
20
We received government grants of US$1.4 million, US$1.3 million and US$0.2 million, respectively, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. Most of our government grants are of a non-recurring nature and there is no assurance that we would continue to enjoy the government grants at the historical levels, or at all. Any change, suspension or termination of these government grants we have received could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to customer credit risk in collecting trade receivables.
Our ODM products and white-label products are generally sold on credit terms ranging from 90 to 120 days and from 30 to 60 days respectively. The credit terms of our sales of branded products through online sales are 14 days. Our trade receivables were settled by either bank transfer or check. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, average turnover days of our trade receivables were 57.9 days, 58.9 days and 56.8 days respectively, which were within our credit period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, our trade receivables were approximately US$18.5 million, US$24.4 million and US$20.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, provision for impairment were approximately US$0.02 million, US$0.08 million, and US$0.16 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, write-off of our trade receivables were US$0.1 million, US$0.3 million, and US$0.13 million, respectively. We maintain export credit insurance which covers material commercial risks and political risks in relation to our export transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our receivables from insurance related to compensation for uncollectible trade receivables were approximately US$1.0 million, US$0.6 million, and US$0.4 million, respectively. There is no assurance that all such amounts due to us will be settled on time or at all. Accordingly, we face credit risk in collecting the trade receivable due from customers. Our liquidity and profitability will be adversely affected if significant amounts due to us are not settled on time or at all. The bankruptcy or deterioration of the credit condition of any of our major customers could also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may fail to maintain an effective quality control system and may be subject to claims by our customers in respect of product quality and compliance with relevant health and safety standards.
The quality of our products is vital to the success of our business in the industry. Our quality control depends significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control system, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of the system, the machines and equipment used, quality of our staff and related training programs and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to our quality control policies and guidelines. See “Business — Manufacturing and Quality Assurance — Quality Assurance.”
We may at times be involved in litigation or other legal proceedings during our ordinary course of business related to, among other things, product or other types of liability, labor disputes or contractual disputes that could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition. If we become involved in any litigation or other legal proceedings in the future, the outcome of such proceedings could be uncertain and could result in settlements or outcomes which negatively impact our reputation and our financial condition. In addition, any litigation or legal proceedings could incur substantial legal expenses as well as significant time and attention of our management, diverting their attention from our business and operations.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints that adversely affected our business. There can be no assurance that our quality control system will continue to be effective. Any significant failure in or deterioration of the efficacy of our quality control system could damage our product quality and have an adverse effect on our reputation in the market among our existing or prospective customers. It will, in turn, lead to reduced orders or loss of customers in the future, thus severely harming our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The end-users of our products may have the right to bring an action under the law of the PRC and relevant jurisdictions.
There is no assurance that we would not be named as a defendant in a lawsuit or proceedings brought by end consumers in the future in respect of our products in the event that our products are found to be harmful for or detrimental to human health, resulting in illnesses or deaths of any persons. A successful claim against us in respect of our products or a material recall of our products may result in (i) significant financial costs to be incurred and
21
management efforts to be spent in defending against such claim or other adverse allegations or rectifying such defects or making payment for damages; (ii) deterioration of our brand and corporate image; and (iii) material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to expand our business in the future. If we fail to manage our growth or execute our growth strategies, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
In the past few years, we experienced steady growth and expanded our presence in the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue amounted to approximately US$115.4 million, US$132.8 million, and US$71.7 million, respectively, while our gross profit amounted to approximately US$47.1 million, US$48.4 million, and US$27.9 million, respectively, with gross profit margin of approximately 40.8%, 36.5% and 39%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. Going forward, we expect to continue to expand our business and geographic coverage. We may not succeed in executing our growth strategies due to a number of factors, such as:
• We may fail to develop our products which respond to market changes and meet customers’ demands and other factors
• We may not be successful to effectively market our products in new markets or promote new products in existing markets; and
• We may fail to achieve the benefits we expect from our expansion.
If we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, our business, financial performance and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our historical financial information is a mere analysis of our past performance and is not necessarily indicative of our financial condition, results of operations and changes in liquidity and capital resources in the future.
Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all risks in relation to our business operations.
We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We have purchased property insurance which covers all risks of physical loss, destruction or damage to our production facilities, the inventory of our products and our fixed assets. We also maintain trade insurance for our overseas transactions in certain other markets. However, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from war, acts of terrorism, outbreak of diseases, earthquakes, typhoons, flooding and other natural disasters for which we cannot obtain insurance at a reasonable cost or at all. See “Business — Insurance.” If we experience events for which we are not insured, we would incur the resulting financial losses, and such losses may be substantial, particularly if our products are found to cause widespread injury, illness or death. Moreover, our insurance policies may include financial limits with respect to the losses from events for which we are insured. If we experience uninsured losses or losses in excess of our insurance coverage, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is dependent on the continuous operation of our production facilities.
Our major production facilities are located in Xinyu City of Jiangxi Province in the PRC. Our facilities are subject to operational risks, such as the breakdown or failure of our major equipment, power supply or maintenance, performance below expected levels of output or efficiency, obsolescence, labor disputes, natural disasters, industrial accidents and the need to comply with the directives of relevant government authorities. Where events that limit our ability to operate our facilities occur, we may need to incur substantial additional expenses to repair or replace the damaged equipment or facilities. The temporary closing down of our production facilities would severely affect our daily production and business operation. If our production facilities were to be temporarily closed down, our ability to manufacture and supply products and ability to meet delivery obligations to our customers would be significantly disrupted, and our relationships with our customers could be damaged, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In order to conduct maintenance, statutory inspections and testing, we may carry out planned shutdowns from time to time. We may also shut down production lines from time to time to allow for capacity expansion and equipment upgrades. Although we take precautions to minimize the risk of any significant operational problems at our facilities, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by any disruption of operations at our facilities, whether caused by any of the factors mentioned above or otherwise.
22
Our facilities and operations may require continuous and substantial investment and upgrading.
We have continued to invest and upgrade our production facilities to improve our production capabilities, increase our production lines, enhance the quality of our products, and increase the automation and cost-effectiveness of our products. Our research and development team develops new products and optimizes our existing products, and we require substantial investment and upgrading to apply these research results and to expand our production capacity and enhance our automation processes. If our investment and upgrading costs are higher than anticipated, or our business does not develop as anticipated to appropriately utilize new or upgraded facilities, our costs and financial performance could be negatively affected.
Our production facilities may be unable to maintain efficiency, encounter problems in ramping up production or otherwise have difficulty meeting our production requirements.
Our future growth will depend upon our ability to maintain efficient operations at our existing production facilities and our ability to expand our production facility as needed. The current utilization of our existing production facilities at the Yibo industrial park has been steadily increasing and is already close to full capacity. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had increased our production capacity by installing additional production lines in our existing factory and implementing automation to our existing production lines. In addition, we plan to construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities. See “Business — Our Growth Strategies.” However, our construction schedule may be delayed due to various factors, and even if our production center is constructed according to our planned schedule, we may not be able to put into use additional production lines until 2023. In addition, the utilization rate of our production facilities depends primarily on the demand for our products and the availability and maintenance of our equipment, but may also be affected by other factors, such as the availability of employees, a stable supply of electricity, and seasonal factors. In order to meet our customers’ demands and advancements in technology, we maintain our production facilities on a regular basis. If we are unable to maintain our production facilities’ efficiency, we may be unable to fulfill our purchase orders in a timely manner, or at all. This could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.
We operate our branches and warehouses on leased properties and may not be able to control rental cost, quality, maintenance and management of these offices and warehouses, nor can we ensure we will be able to renew or find suitable premises to replace our existing offices and warehouses in the event our landlords refuse to renew the relevant lease agreements upon the expiry of their terms.
We lease the premises used as offices in the PRC, California, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and France from independent third parties. We also lease premises used as warehouses in California, Pennsylvania, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy. See “Business — Properties and Facilities.” Such premises and facilities were developed and/or maintained by our landlords. Accordingly, we are not in a position to effectively control the quality, maintenance and management of such premises and facilities. In the event the quality of the premises and facilities deteriorates, or if any or all of our landlords fail to properly maintain and renovate such premises or facilities in a timely manner, or if we are unable to successfully extend or renew our leases upon expiration of the current term on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may be forced to relocate our branches, or the rental costs may increase significantly. We compete with many other businesses for sites in certain prime locations, and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with our competitors for these locations. As a result, we may not be able to find desirable alternative locations without incurring significant time and financial costs. If this occurs, our operations may be disrupted and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
In addition, we did not register our lease agreements in the PRC with the relevant government authorities. See “Business — Properties and Facilities.” Under the relevant PRC laws and regulations, we may be required to register and file with the relevant government authority executed leases. While the lack of registration will not affect the validity and enforceability of the lease agreements, a fine ranging from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 may be imposed on the parties for each non-registered lease in case we do not observe an order issued by relevant government authority which require us to file the registration in a specific period of time. We may be subject to an aggregate maximum penalty of RMB30,000 for all our three unregistered lease agreements in the PRC. We may incur additional expenses if any fines were imposed upon us, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
23
Our production and sales are affected by seasonality.
Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the orders we receive. We typically experience slightly lower revenue in the fourth quarter every year due to the decrease in demand for our toner cartridges in offices before and during the Christmas holidays. As the majority of our customers are located in North America and Europe, the demand for printers used in offices and schools tends to decrease when our customers are on vacation during those periods. We expect such pattern to continue in the future. Due to these seasonal consumption patterns which are outside of our control, our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate from period to period.
Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key employees.
We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key employees, including, in particular, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Gu has extensive experience as an engineer of which approximately 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. Our future success also depends on our other key personnel, including financial, sales and marketing and research and development staff. If any of our senior executives or key personnel leaves us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel in the future, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, key professionals and sales staff members. All our executive officers and many key personnel are subject to the duty of confidentiality and non-competition restrictions. However, if any disputes arise between any of our senior executives or key personnel and us, there are uncertainties regarding whether we will be able to successfully pursue legal actions against these individuals because of the uncertainties of China’s legal systems and complexities of legal systems of foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, even if we succeed before a court of law, the compensation we would receive is unlikely to be sufficient to mitigate the negative impact on our business and future operations.
Failure or security breach of our information technology system may disrupt our operations.
We increasingly rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store information in relation to our operations. For example, all of our production facilities, production processes and inventory management system utilize information technology to maximize efficiencies and minimize costs. Our information technology systems may be vulnerable to interruption due to a variety of events beyond our control, including but not limited to, natural disasters, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hacking and other security issues. Any such interruption to our information technology system could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our production capacity and ability to fulfill sales orders, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the policies of the online selling platform on which we operate our online retail stores. Failure to comply with the policies or any changes to which could lead to imposition of penalties by the platform or increased cost for compliance.
As of June 30, 2021, we mainly operated 11 online retail stores on Amazon and other online selling platforms. Our revenue generated from the online retail stores was approximately US$30.1 million, US$35.6 million and US$15.8 million, accounting for approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22% of our total revenue generated for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The products we offer for sale on the online selling platform must comply with the requirements and restrictions of the platform, including all applicable platform policies, and all applicable laws and regulations. The platform has adopted comprehensive policies including general policies, intellectual property policies, product and requirements, shipping and tax policies. We cannot assure you that we will be in compliance with the policies or any other new policies, or that we would be able to efficiently change our business practice in line with the new policies. Any changes to the platform policies or to the interpretation or enforcement thereof may increase our operating costs. Any such failure in compliance or increased operating costs could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
24
Non-compliance with existing and future health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations may lead to imposition of fines penalties and other liabilities and our compliance costs may increase if environmental protection laws become more onerous.
Our operations are subject to the health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations of each local jurisdiction where we operate. For instance, applicable PRC laws and regulations, among other things, require manufacturers to ensure that the production plants and facilities meet the requirements of the relevant production safety laws, regulations and standards, conduct an environmental impact assessment before engaging in new construction projects, receive approval and pass environmental acceptance check before the commencement of production, pay fees in connection with activities that discharge waste materials, properly manage and dispose of hazardous substances, and impose fines and other penalties on activities that threaten or contaminate the environment. Currently, all of our production facilities are located in the PRC, but we may still be required to comply with environmental laws in relation to waste discharge of countries where we operate our warehouses. For instance, in European Union countries we may be subject to stricter environmental laws and regulation, including specific requirements of methods and location for waste discharge and disposal of hazardous substances.
Any violation of the applicable health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules or regulations may result in orders of corrections, fines, shutdown of production and obligation to take corrective measures. In addition, any violation which is criminal in nature may result in criminal sanction. Moreover, violations of health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations or other related incidents may result in our liabilities to third parties. Consequently, any non-compliance incidents could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further, there can be no assurance that any local government will not change existing laws or adopt more stringent practice as to the enforcement of health, safety and environmental regulations. Due to the uncertainty of regulatory developments and interpretation of laws and regulations, and the amount of related expenditures we may need to incur beyond those currently anticipated, we also cannot assure you that we will be in full compliance with the health, safety and environmental regulations at all times. If such costs become prohibitively expensive, we may be forced to adjust, limit or cease certain aspects of our business operations.
Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.
On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.
On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in “Restrictive Market”, (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or board of director for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditors.
On May 20, 2020, the Senate passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or manipulated by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national exchange.
On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. We will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies us as having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. In May 2021, the PCAOB issued for public comment a proposed rule related to the PCAOB’s responsibilities under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, according to the PCAOB, would establish a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, whether the PCAOB is unable
25
to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. The proposed rule was adopted by the PCAOB in September 2021, pending the final approval of the SEC to become effective.
On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act from three years to two. The decrease in non-inspection years would reduce the time period before our securities may be prohibited from trading or delisted.
On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions.
On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a report on its determination that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in China and in Hong Kong because of positions taken by PRC and Hong Kong authorities in those jurisdictions. The PCAOB has made such determination, as mandated under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. Pursuant to each annual determination by the PCAOB, the SEC will, on an annual basis, identify issuers that have used non-inspected audit firms and thus are at risk of such suspensions in the future.
The SEC may propose additional rules or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. For example, on August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, or the PWG, issued the Report on Protecting United States Investors from Significant Risks from Chinese Companies to the then President of the United States. This report recommended that the SEC implement five recommendations to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfil its statutory mandate. Some of the concepts of these recommendations were implemented with the enactment of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. However, some of the recommendations were more stringent than the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. For example, if a company was not subject to PCAOB inspection, the report recommended that the transition period before a company would be delisted would end on January 1, 2022.
The SEC has announced that the SEC staff is preparing a consolidated proposal for the rules regarding the implementation of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act and to address the recommendations in the PWG report. It is unclear when the SEC will complete its rulemaking and when such rules will become effective and what, if any, of the PWG recommendations will be adopted. The SEC has also announced amendments to various annual report forms to accommodate the certification and disclosure requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. There could be additional regulatory or legislative requirements or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. The implications of this possible regulation or guidance in addition to the requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act are uncertain.
If for whatever reason the PCAOB is unable to conduct full inspections of our auditor, such uncertainty could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to be materially and adversely affected, and our securities could be delisted or prohibited from being traded “over-the-counter”. If our securities were unable to be listed on another securities exchange by then, such a delisting or prohibition from trading would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our Class A ordinary shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our Class A ordinary shares.
Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in Manhattan, New York, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection in June 2018. As such, it is not subject to the determination issued by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021.
However, because we have substantial operations within the PRC, the audit workpapers prepared by our independent registered public accounting firm for auditing our Company might not be inspected by the PCAOB without the approval of the Chinese authorities. The lack of access to the PCAOB inspection in China prevents the
26
PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of the auditors based in China. As a result, the investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of these accounting firms’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause existing and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements. Furthermore, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which requires that the PCAOB be permitted to inspect the issuer’s public accounting firm within three years, may result in the delisting of our Company in the future if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our accounting firm at such future time.
The recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and may result in prohibitions on the trading of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market, if our auditors fail to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement in time.
We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics, and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.
Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of epidemics. The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has endangered the health of many people and significantly disrupted travel and economic activities both in China and across the world. Many areas in China, the United States and Europe entered into a “lock-down” and restricted people’s movements at various points in time. Our production facilities experienced temporary closures or work suspension from January 31, 2020 to February 10, 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic also negatively affected our supply chain. In 2020, many of our suppliers and customers also closed down their factories or offices temporarily due to the COVID-19. Delivery of our products was affected from time to time due to restrictions on transportation. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations have been adversely affected. For example, as affected by the COVID-19, our revenue was $132.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, representing an increase of 15.0% from $115.4 million in 2019. Our net income was $4.2 million, representing a decrease of 54.5% from $9.3 million in 2019.
Additionally, as COVID-19 continues to evolve into a worldwide health crisis, it has adversely affected the global economy. The future development of the COVID-19 pandemic around the globe is still uncertain and cannot be predicted. Since we derive our revenue from U.S. and Europe, we may continue to experience materially negative impact due to COVID-19 on our operations and financial performance to the extent that the COVID-19 pandemic harms China or the global economy generally.
In response to the future uncertainties of the COVID-19 pandemic and its future impact on our business operations and financial results, we have adopted and plan to continue implementing the following business strategies: (i) further expand our presence and increase our sales through online channels to retail customers, and (ii) increase our efforts in developing new offline dealer customers in Europe and the U.S., who primarily resell compatible toner cartridges to end customers through online channels. In addition, we have a series of preventive protocols in place to protect the safety of our employees, including office disinfection, face mask distributions, and daily temperature monitoring. We have also elected to take advantage of certain beneficial governmental policies in response to COVID-19 pandemic, including temporarily reduced social insurance contribution requirements. At this time, under the negative economic impact of COVDI-19 pandemic, we estimate that companies will choose budget-friendly office products. Compatible toner cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand toner cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period. We expect that the general demand from companies for corporate printing and toner cartridges, comprising of both compatible and original-brand toner cartridges, will increase if the COVID-19 pandemic becomes even more under control in the future.
In recent years, there have been other breakouts of epidemics in China and globally. Our operations could be disrupted if one of our employees is suspected of having H1N1 flu, avian flu, or another epidemic, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that the outbreak harms the PRC economy in general.
We are also vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Any future outbreak of contagious diseases, extreme unexpected bad weather or natural disasters would adversely affect our business operations. If there is a recurrence of an outbreak of certain contagious diseases or natural disasters, our production facilities may be temporarily closed and our operations may be suspended. Government advices regarding, or restrictions on, holding offline events, in the event of an outbreak of any contagious disease or occurrence of natural disasters may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
27
Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.
Under the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Measures on Housing Fund, companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of their employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where the businesses are operated. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to social insurance plans for certain employees. We cannot assure you that our employees will not complain to the relevant authorities regarding the basis of how we had made the contribution for them, which may in turn result in the relevant authorities ordering us to make supplemental contribution and/or imposing late fees or fines on us, among other things. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC
Adverse changes in economic, political and social conditions of the PRC government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.
Our production facilities are located in Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC. Besides, we have one distribution center in Zhongshan City, Guangdong Province, the PRC. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most of the developed countries in any respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to lay a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.
While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.
Changes to the PRC legal system could have an adverse effect on us.
The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and the enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties.
In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation
28
and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy. These uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal requirements and our ability to enforce our contractual rights or tort claims.
Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.
The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.
The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to securities regulation, data protection, cybersecurity and mergers and acquisitions and other matters. The PRC central or local governments may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations.
Government actions in the future could significantly affect economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof, and could require us to materially change our operating activities or divest ourselves of any interests we hold in Chinese assets. Our business may be subject to various government and regulatory interference. We may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to our business or industry.
Given recent statements by the Chinese government indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, any such action could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.
Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council of the PRC (the “State Council”) jointly issued the Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law, or the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, or sanctions from PRC government authorities in connection with the Opinions.
On June 10, 2021, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China, or the SCNPC, promulgated the PRC Data Security Law, which took effect in September 2021. The PRC Data Security Law imposes data security and privacy obligations on entities and individuals carrying out data activities, and introduces a data classification and hierarchical protection system based on the importance of data in economic and social development, and the degree of harm it will cause to national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of individuals or organizations when such data is tampered with, destroyed, leaked, illegally acquired or used. The PRC Data Security Law also provides for a national security review procedure for data activities that may affect national security and imposes export restrictions on certain data an information.
In early July 2021, regulatory authorities in China launched cybersecurity investigations with regard to several China-based companies that are listed in the United States. The Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2 that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. (NYSE: DIDI) and two days later ordered that the company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores. On July 5, 2021, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator launched the same investigation on two other Internet platforms, China’s Full Truck Alliance of Full Truck Alliance Co. Ltd. (NYSE: YMM) and Boss of KANZHUN LIMITED (Nasdaq: BZ).
29
On August 17, 2021, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of the Security of Critical Information Infrastructure, or the Regulations, which took effect on September 1, 2021. The Regulations supplement and specify the provisions on the security of critical information infrastructure as stated in the Cybersecurity Review Measures. The Regulations provide, among others, that protection department of certain industry or sector shall notify the operator of the critical information infrastructure in time after the identification of certain critical information infrastructure.
On August 20, 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC, or the Personal Information Protection Law, which took effect on November 1, 2021. As the first systematic and comprehensive law specifically for the protection of personal information in the PRC, the Personal Information Protection Law provides, among others, that (i) an individual’s consent shall be obtained to use sensitive personal information, such as biometric characteristics and individual location tracking, (ii) personal information operators using sensitive personal information shall notify individuals of the necessity of such use and impact on the individual’s rights, and (iii) where personal information operators reject an individual’s request to exercise his or her rights, the individual may file a lawsuit with a People’s Court.
On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released Provisions of the State Council on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (Draft for Comments, hereinafter referred to as the “Administration Provisions”), as well as Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (Draft for Comments, hereinafter referred to as the “Measures”). According to the Administration Provisions and the Measures, overseas offering and listing refers to overseas offerings by domestic companies of equity shares, depository receipts, convertible corporate bonds, or other equity-like securities, and overseas listing of the securities for trading. Overseas offering and listing, which is specifically divided into direct overseas offerings and listing and indirect overseas offerings and listing, shall be filed in accordance with the Measures. Our submission of a listing application will fall into the scope of overseas offering and listing provisions in the Administration Provisions and the Measures. If the Administration Provisions and the Measures take effect, we will be required to file with the CSRC in accordance with the Administration Provisions and the Measures. Since the Administration Provisions and the Measures have not come into force yet, we are not currently required to file with CSRC before listing our securities on Nasdaq.
Furthermore, according to the Administration Provisions, an overseas offering and listing is prohibited under any of the following circumstances:(1) if the intended securities offering and listing falls under specific clauses in national laws and regulations and relevant provisions prohibiting such financing activities; (2) if the intended securities offering and listing in an overseas market may constitute a threat to or endanger national security, as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (3) if there are material ownership disputes over equity, major assets, and core technology, etc.; (4) if, in the past three years, the domestic company or its controlling shareholders and actual controllers have committed corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, or other criminal offenses disruptive to the order of the socialist market economy; or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses or under investigation for suspicion of major violations; (5) if, in the past three years, the board directors, or any supervisors or senior executives have been subject to administrative punishment for severe violations, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses or under investigation for suspicion of major violations of law; or (6) other circumstances prescribed by the State Council. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not fall under any of the abovementioned circumstances that might prohibit us from overseas offering and listing.
On December 28, 2021, the CAC and other relevant PRC governmental authorities jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures which will take effect on February 15, 2022, and will replace the original Cybersecurity Review Measures promulgated on April 13, 2020. Pursuant to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, if critical information infrastructure operators purchase network products and services, or network platform operators conduct data processing activities that affect or may affect national security, they will be subject to cybersecurity review. A network platform operator holding more than one million users/users’ individual information also shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. The cybersecurity review will evaluate, among others, the risk of critical information infrastructure, core data, important data, or a large amount of personal information being influenced, controlled or maliciously used by foreign governments and risk of network data security after going public overseas. In the opinion of JunHe LLP, our PRC legal counsel, our business operations do not currently involve the procurement of network products and services as critical information infrastructure operators, or data processing as
30
network platform operators. JunHe LLP has advised us that the Cybersecurity Review Measures do not currently apply to our Company, and we are not required to conduct cybersecurity review. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been informed by any PRC governmental authority of any requirement that we file for approval for this offering.
Given that the above-mentioned newly promulgated laws, regulations and policies were recently promulgated or issued, with a few not having taken effect yet, their interpretation, application and enforcement are subject to substantial uncertainties. See “— The approval of relevant PRC regulatory authorities and compliance procedures may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.”
We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.
We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and we operate our business principally through our subsidiaries in the PRC. Therefore, the availability of funds to us to pay dividends to our shareholders and to service our indebtedness depends upon dividends received from these subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon their distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entities in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of its board of directors. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business. Under the Law of the PRC on Enterprise Income Tax and Regulations for the Implementation of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax, dividends, interests, rent or royalties payable by a foreign-invested enterprise, such as our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, to any of its foreign non-resident enterprise investors, and proceeds from any such foreign enterprise investor’s disposition of assets (after deducting the net value of such assets) are subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless the foreign enterprise investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a reduced rate of withholding tax. The Cayman Islands, where our Company, the ultimate parent company of our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, was incorporated, does not have such a tax treaty with China. Hong Kong has a tax arrangement with China that provides for a 5% withholding tax on dividends subject to certain conditions and requirements, such as the requirement that the Hong Kong resident enterprise own at least 25% of the PRC enterprise distributing the dividend at all times within the 12-month period immediately preceding the distribution of dividends and be a “beneficial owner” of the dividends. Aster HK, which directly owns our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, is incorporated in Hong Kong. However, if Aster HK is not considered to be the beneficial owner of dividends paid to it by Jiangxi Yibo under the tax circulars promulgated in February and October 2009, such dividends would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. If our PRC subsidiary declares and distributes profits to us, such payments will be subject to withholding tax, which will increase our tax liability and reduce the amount of cash available to our Company.
Our products exported from our PRC production base to the United States may be subject to high tariff rates under the trade war between the United States and the PRC, which could adversely affect our sales volumes, profitability and results of operations.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived revenue from offline sales in the U.S. amounting to approximately US$41.1 million, US$38.2 million and US$25.5 million, respectively, representing 48.1%, 39.3% and 45.6%, respectively, of our total revenue from offline sales for the respective years. In the event of any adverse actions taken by the U.S. with respect to continued trade or enactment of legislation that restricts trade with China, we are subject to possible sales interruptions, cancellations of orders or increase in costs, and our revenue generated from the U.S. may decline as a result. In September 2018, the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) released a list of approximately US$200 billion worth of Chinese imports that would be subject to additional tariffs.
On August 1, 2019, the USTR released a list of approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese imports that would be subject to additional tariffs, including empty cartridges for typewriter, of plastics, expecting to take effect from December 1, 2019. The U.S. government has also announced on August 23, 2019, a 15% tariff will be imposed on
31
approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese goods, which will become effective in two batches, on September 1, 2019 and December 15, 2019 respectively. According to the CIC Report, such tariffs are shared between upstream toner cartridge manufacturers and downstream end customers, which may cause decrease in gross profit margin. Under such tariff treatment, the cost for our customers in procuring toner cartridge products from our Group will inevitably increase, making our products less price competitive than our competitors who are not subject to such tariff. To minimize the effect of the tax levied, our customers may want to impose new terms and pass, in part or in whole, the additional costs onto our Group. If the trade restrictions intensify, the relevant customer may even shift to source their products outside the PRC instead from us. After the U.S. and the PRC governments reached the Phase One trade agreement on December 13, 2019 and subsequently signed on January 15, 2020, the U.S. government announced that the imposition of 15% tariff on the second batch of goods would be suspended indefinitely. In addition, the 15% tariff on the first batch of goods was reduced from 15% to 7.5% since February 14, 2020. There is no guarantee that the trade relations between the U.S. and the PRC will remain stable in the future and we cannot predict whether and how any potential change in their relationship will impact our ability to export our products from the PRC to the U.S. in the future. Any deterioration in their relationship could further increase the costs of our exported products to the U.S., or limit our ability to export our products to the U.S., which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
We may transfer funds to our PRC subsidiaries or finance our PRC subsidiaries by means of shareholders’ loans or capital contributions after completion of this offering. Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, cannot exceed a statutory limit, and shall be filed with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterparts. Furthermore, any capital contributions we make to our PRC subsidiaries shall be registered with the PRC State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterparts, and filed with the Ministry of Commerce (“MOFCOM”) or its local counterparts.
On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Administration Measures on Conversion of Foreign Exchange Registered Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 19, however, allows foreign invested enterprises in China to use their registered capital settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies to make equity investments, but the registered capital of a foreign invested company settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies remains not allowed to be used, among other things, for investment in the security markets, or offering entrustment loans, unless otherwise regulated by other laws and regulations. On June 9, 2016, SAFE further issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or SAFE Circular 16, which, among other things, amended certain provisions of Circular 19. According to SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign invested company is regulated such that Renminbi capital may not be used for purposes beyond its business scope or to provide loans to non-affiliates unless otherwise permitted under its business scope. On October 23, 2019, SAFE promulgated the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Facilitation of Cross-Border Trade and Investment, or SAFE Circular 28, which removes the restrictions on domestic equity investments by non-investment foreign-invested enterprises with their capital funds, provided that certain conditions are met. The applicable foreign exchange circulars and rules may limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to our PRC subsidiaries and convert the net proceeds into RMB, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Restrictions on the remittance of Renminbi into and out of China and governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to pay dividends and other obligations, and affect the value of your investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of Renminbi into foreign currencies and the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenue in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our income is primarily derived from dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency denominated obligations.
32
Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration or filings with competent government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, a foreign-invested enterprise may convert up to 100% of the foreign currency in its capital account into Renminbi on a discretionary basis according to the actual needs. The SAFE Circular 16 provides for an integrated standard for conversion of foreign exchange under capital account items on a discretionary basis, which applies to all enterprises registered in China. In addition, SAFE Circular 16 has narrowed the scope of purposes for which an enterprise must not use the Renminbi funds so converted, which include, among others, (i) payment for expenditure beyond its business scope or otherwise as prohibited by the applicable laws and regulations, (ii) investment in securities or other financial products other than banks’ principal-secured products, (iii) provision of loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business scope of the enterprise, and (iv) construction or purchase of non-self-used real properties, except for real estate developers. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions or capital account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency needs, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Further, there is no assurance that new regulations will not be promulgated in the future that would have the effect of further restricting the remittance of Renminbi into or out of China.
Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses.
The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies fluctuates, is subject to changes resulting from the PRC government’s policies and depends to a large extent on domestic and international economic and political developments as well as supply and demand in the local market. In July 2005, the PRC government changed its decades-old policy of pegging the value of Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.
The proceeds from this offering will be received in U.S. dollars. As a result, any appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar may result in the decrease in the value of our proceeds from this offering. Conversely, any depreciation of the Renminbi may adversely affect the value of, and any dividends payable on, our Class A ordinary shares in foreign currency. In addition, there are limited instruments available for us to reduce our foreign currency risk exposure at reasonable costs. All of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, and could reduce the value of, and dividends payable on, our Class A ordinary shares in foreign currency terms.
The enforcement of the PRC Labor Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress enacted the Labor Contract Law in 2008, and amended it on December 28, 2012. The Labor Contract Law introduced specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, part-time employment, probationary periods, consultation with labor unions and employee assemblies, employment without a written contract, dismissal of employees, severance, and collective bargaining to enhance previous PRC labor laws. Under the Labor Contract Law, an employer is obligated to sign an unlimited-term labor contract with any employee who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed exchange rates that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract, with certain exceptions, must have an unlimited term, subject to certain exceptions. With certain exceptions, an employer must pay severance to an employee where a labor contract is terminated or expires. In addition, the PRC governmental authorities have continued to introduce various new labor-related regulations since the effectiveness of the Labor Contract Law.
33
Under the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Measures on Housing Fund, employees are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, and housing funds and employers are required, together with their employees or separately, to pay the social insurance premiums and housing funds for their employees. If we fail to make adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions, we may be subject to fines and legal sanctions, and our business, financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to the social insurance and/or housing fund for certain employees as they voluntarily waived our contributions. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” We received confirmations from relevant local authorities that we were not subject to any penalty for failing to make full contributions to the social insurance fund and housing fund during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.
These laws designed to enhance labor protection tend to increase our labor costs. In addition, as the interpretation and implementation of these regulations are still evolving, our employment practices may not be at all times be deemed in compliance with the regulations. As a result, we could be subject to penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigations.
PRC laws and regulations establish more complex procedures for some acquisitions of PRC companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.
A number of PRC laws and regulations, including the M&A Rules, the Anti-monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress in August 2007, the Rules of Ministry of Commerce on Implementation of Security Review System of Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce in August 2011, and the Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission of the PRC, or NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce in December 2020 have established procedures and requirements that are expected to make merger and acquisition activities in China by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. These include requirements in some instances that the approval from the Ministry of Commerce be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire affiliated domestic companies. PRC laws and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions involving an industry that implicates national security to be subject to merger control review or security review.
In the future, we may further grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, the Ministry of Commerce or other government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in China, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.
It may be difficult for overseas regulators to conduct investigation or collect evidence within China.
Shareholder claims or regulatory investigation that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside China. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or Article 177, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests. See also “— Risks Relating to the Class A ordinary shares and This Offering — You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company.
34
PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.
The Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, was promulgated by the SAFE in July 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch, currently with local bank according to Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Simplifying and Improving Policies for the Foreign Exchange Administration of Direct Investment issued by SAFE on February 13, 2015, in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to update the previously filed registration with the local branch of the SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, to reflect any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger or division. These regulations apply to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.
We have requested PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our Company to our knowledge to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required by applicable foreign exchange regulations. We are committed to complying with and to ensuring that our shareholders who are subject to the regulations will comply with the relevant SAFE rules and regulations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in the implementation of the regulatory requirements by PRC authorities, such registration might not be always practically available in all circumstances as prescribed in those regulations. In addition, we may not always be able to compel them to comply with SAFE Circular 37 or other related regulations. We cannot assure you that the SAFE or its local branches will release explicit requirements or interpret the relevant PRC Laws otherwise. Failure by any such shareholders to comply with SAFE Circular 37 may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant PRC enterprise and may also subject the relevant PRC resident to penalties under the PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. To the best of our knowledge, our shareholders who are being subject to SAFE regulations have completed all necessary registrations required by the SAFE Circular 37.
Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.
In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly-Listed Company, replacing earlier rules promulgated in 2007. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas-listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas-entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas-listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete SAFE registrations may subject them to fines of up to RMB300,000 for entities and up to RMB50,000 for individuals, and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiary and limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law.
In addition, the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC, or the SAT, has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.
35
The approval of relevant PRC regulatory authorities and compliance procedures may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.
Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severe and Lawful Crackdown on Illegal Securities Activities, which was available to the public on July 6, 2021. These opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies. These opinions proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, to deal with the risks and incidents facing China-based overseas-listed companies and the demand for cybersecurity and data privacy protection. Moreover, on December 28, 2021, the CAC and other relevant PRC governmental authorities jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures which will take effect on February 15, 2022, and will replace the original Cybersecurity Review Measures promulgated on April 13, 2020. In accordance with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, network platform operators holding more than one million users/users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad.
On November 14, 2021, the National Internet Information Office issued the “Regulations on Network Data Security Management (Draft for Solicitation of Comments),” or the Draft for Comment. The Draft for Comment requests data processors, Internet platform operators and large-scale network operators to comply with the obligation of cybersecurity protection when carrying out data processing activities. A data processor identified in the Draft for Comment refers to an individual and an organization that independently decides the processing purpose and method in data processing activities. In accordance with the Draft for Comment, an Internet platform operator refers to a data processor that provides users with Internet platform services such as information release, social interaction, transaction, payment, audio-visual and so on, while large-scale Internet platform operators refer to those who have more than 50 million users, handle a large amount of personal information and important data, and have strong social mobilization ability and market dominance. Meanwhile, the Draft for Comment also provides that if data processors handling personal information of more than one million people intend to become listed overseas, they shall abide by the relevant regulations and apply for cybersecurity review. In the opinion of JunHe LLP, our business operations do not currently involve data processing and therefore do not fall under the definition of “data processors.” We also do not fall under the definition of Internet platform operator and large-scale network operator. JunHe LLP has advised us that we are not required to conduct cybersecurity review even after the Draft for Comment coming into effectiveness.
However, there remains uncertainties as to when the final measures will be issued and take effect, how they will be enacted, interpreted or implemented, and whether they will affect us. If we inadvertently conclude that the Cybersecurity Review Measures do not apply to us, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and it is determined in the future that Cybersecurity Review Measures become applicable to us, we may be subject to review when conducting data processing activities, and may face challenges in addressing its requirements and make necessary changes to our internal policies and practices. We may incur substantial costs in complying with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which could result in material adverse changes in our business operations and financial position. If we are not able to fully comply with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors may be significantly limited or completely hindered, and our securities may significantly decline in value or become worthless.
As the aforementioned policies evolve and any related implementation rules are enacted, we may be subject to additional compliance requirement in the future. As these opinions were recently issued, official guidance and interpretation of the opinions remain unclear in several respects at this time. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will remain fully compliant with all new regulatory requirements of these opinions or any future implementation rules on a timely basis, or at all.
If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with its “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the SAT issued a circular (“SAT Circular 82”),
36
which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. One of the criteria is that a company’s major assets, accounting books and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC. In addition, the SAT issued Administrative Measures for Income Tax on Chinese-controlled Resident Enterprises Incorporated Overseas (Trial Implementation) on July 27, 2011, effective from September 1, 2011, providing more guidance on the implementation of the SAT Circular 82. This bulletin clarifies matters including residence status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities. Although both the SAT Circular 82 and the bulletin only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises.
We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” As substantially all of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule will apply to our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Company or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then our Company or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to PRC tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our Company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares.
You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, substantial amount of our assets is located in China and most of our senior executive officers and directors reside within China for a significant portion of the time. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors as none of them currently resides in the United States or has substantial assets located in the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.
The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.
Risks Relating to our Class A ordinary shares and This Offering
There is been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The initial offering price of our Class A ordinary shares is the result of negotiations between us and the underwriter, and the initial offering price may differ significantly from the market price for our Class A ordinary shares following the offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares will develop or that the market price for our Class A ordinary shares will not decline below the initial public offering price.
37
The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.
The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our Class A ordinary shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:
• Actual or anticipated variations in our revenues, earnings, cash flow, and changes or revisions of our expected results;
• fluctuations in operating metrics;
• announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, or joint ventures by us or our competitors;
• announcements of new products and services and expansions by us or our competitors;
• changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
• announcements of studies and reports relating to the quality of our product and service offerings or those of our competitors;
• changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies in our industry;
• detrimental negative publicity about us, our competitors, or our industry;
• additions or departures of key personnel;
• regulatory developments affect us or our industry;
• general economic or political conditions in China or elsewhere in the world;
• fluctuations of exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar; and
• potential litigation or regulatory investigations.
Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which Class A ordinary shares will trade. Furthermore, the stock market in general experiences price and volume fluctuations that are often unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. Volatility or a lack of positive performance in the price of our Class A ordinary shares may also adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, most of whom have been granted equity incentives.
In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares may view as beneficial.
Our authorized share capital is divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per share. We will issue Class A ordinary shares in this offering. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. The holder of Class B ordinary shares have the ability to control matters requiring shareholders’ approval, including any amendment of our memorandum and articles of association. Any future issuances of Class B ordinary shares may be dilutive to the voting power of holders of Class A
38
ordinary shares. Any conversions of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares may dilute the percentage ownership of the existing holders of Class A ordinary shares within their class of ordinary shares. Such conversions may increase the aggregate voting power of the existing holders of Class A ordinary shares. In the event that we have multiple holders of Class B ordinary shares in the future and certain of them convert their Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares, the remaining holders who retain their Class B ordinary shares may experience increases in their relative voting power.
Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors, will beneficially own 100% of our issued Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute 44.88% of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering and 89.06% of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering due to the disparate voting powers associated with our dual-class share structure, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. As a result of the dual-class share structure and the concentration of ownership, holders of Class B ordinary shares have considerable influence over matters such as decisions regarding mergers and consolidations, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. Such holders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could have the effect of depriving our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our Class A ordinary shares. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A ordinary shares may view as beneficial.
The dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A ordinary shares.
Certain shareholder advisory firms have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares and companies whose public shareholders hold no more than 5% of total voting power from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may prevent the inclusion of our Class A ordinary shares in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A ordinary shares.
If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding the Class A ordinary shares, the market price for the Class A ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for the Class A ordinary shares will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade the Class A ordinary shares, the market price for the Class A ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for the Class A ordinary shares to decline.
We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares for return on your investment.
We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our Class A ordinary shares as a source for any future dividend income.
Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands
39
company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares. There is no guarantee that our Class A ordinary shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Class A ordinary shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Class A ordinary shares.
Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase the Class A ordinary shares in this offering, you will pay more for your Class A ordinary shares than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their ordinary shares on a per share basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, representing the difference between the initial public offering price of per Class A ordinary share, and our adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to our sale of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our Class A ordinary shares are issued upon the exercise of share options. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in the Class A ordinary shares will be diluted upon completion of this offering.
Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.
Sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline. All Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The remaining Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placements will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable provided in Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the underwriter of this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline.
After completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares may cause us to register under the Securities Act the sale of their shares. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these ordinary shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. Sales of these registered shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.
You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.
40
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records (other than the memorandum and articles of association and any special resolutions passed by such companies, and the register of mortgages and charges of such companies) or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of our board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law.”
Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.
We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, most of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”
There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States holders of our Class A ordinary shares to significant adverse United States federal income tax consequences.
A non-United States corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Based on the current and anticipated value of our assets and the composition of our income assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ended December 31, 2020 or in the foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether or not we are a PFIC according to the PFIC rules is made on an annual basis and depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time. Therefore, changes in the composition of our income or assets or value of our assets may cause us to become a PFIC. The determination of the value of our assets (including goodwill not reflected on our balance sheet) may be based, in part, on the quarterly market value of Class A ordinary shares, which is subject to change and may be volatile.
The classification of certain of our income as active or passive, and certain of our assets as producing active or passive income, and hence whether we are or will become a PFIC, depends on the interpretation of certain United States Treasury Regulations as well as certain IRS guidance relating to the classification of assets as producing active or passive income. Such regulations guidance is potentially subject to different interpretations. If due to different interpretations of such regulations and guidance the percentage of our passive income or the percentage of our assets treated as producing passive income increases, we may be a PFIC in one of more taxable years.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United States person holds Class A ordinary shares, certain adverse United States federal income tax consequences could apply to such United States person. For more information see “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — Passive Foreign Investment Company.”
41
For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.
We are classified as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act because we generated less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) comply with any new requirements adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (iii) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies, or (iv) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.07 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700 million in market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.
To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.
If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to file a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attention report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. The presence of material weakness in internal control over financial reporting could result in financial statement errors, which, in turn, could lead to error our financial reports and/or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with evaluating our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.
If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the Class A ordinary shares could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Class A ordinary shares may not be able to remain listed on the exchange.
Certain data and information in this prospectus were obtained from third-party sources and were not independently verified by us.
We have engaged CIC, an independent third-party industry consultant to prepare a commissioned industry report that analyzes the global compatible toner cartridge industry, or the CIC report. Information and data relating to the global compatible toner cartridge industry have been derived from CIC’s industry report. Statistical data included in the CIC report also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The global compatible toner cartridge industry may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions.
42
We have not independently verified the data and information contained in the CIC report, or any third-party publications and reports CIC has relied on in preparing its report. Data and information contained in such third-party publications and reports may be collected using third-party methodologies, which may differ from the data collection methods used by us. In addition, these industry publications and reports generally indicate that the information contained therein is believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.
As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to take advantage of certain provisions in the Nasdaq listing standards that allow us to follow Cayman Islands law for certain governance matters. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards as, except for general fiduciary duties and duties of care, Cayman Islands law has no corporate governance regime which prescribes specific corporate governance standards. Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete with this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.
Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:
• the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;
• the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
• the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and
• the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.
We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”
Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors
43
or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In addition, after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC.
We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.
As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our Class A ordinary shares are directly or indirectly held by residents of the U.S. and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq listing rules. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.
To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine that the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our shareholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies.
Upon completion of this offering, we will be a public company in the United States. As a public company, we will be required to file periodic reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon the occurrence of matters that are material to our Company and shareholders. Although we may be able to attain confidential treatment of some of our developments, in some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our Company. Similarly, as a U.S. public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our competitors, which are mostly private Chinese companies, are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public company status could affect our results of operations.
44
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about our current expectations and views of future events, which are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry Overview” and “Business.” These forward-looking statements relate to events that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these statements.
You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus relate to, among other things:
• our goals and strategies;
• our business and operating strategies and plans for the development of existing and new businesses, ability to implement such strategies and plans and expected time;
• our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;
• expected changes in our revenues, costs or expenditures;
• our dividend policy;
• our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;
• our expectations regarding our relationships with our clients, business partners and third-parties;
• the trends in, expected growth in and market size of the compatible toner cartridge industry in China and globally;
• our ability to maintain and enhance our market position;
• our ability to continue to develop new technologies and/or upgrade our existing technologies;
• developments in, or changes to, laws, regulations, governmental policies, incentives and taxation affecting our operations;
• relevant governmental policies and regulations relating to our businesses and industry;
• competitive environment, competitive landscape and potential competitor behavior in our industry; overall industry outlook in our industry;
• our ability to attract, train and retain executives and other employees;
• our proposed use of proceeds from this offering;
• the development of the global financial and capital markets;
• fluctuations in inflation, interest rates and exchange rates;
• general business, political, social and economic conditions in China and the overseas markets we have business;
• the future development of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our business and industry; and
• assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.
45
These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations and our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Prospectus Summary — Summary of Risk Factors,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Regulation” and other sections in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
This prospectus contains information derived from government and private publications. These publications include forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe the data and information to be reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data and information contained in these publications. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The compatible toner cartridge industry may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of these markets to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of the Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the rapidly evolving nature of the compatible toner cartridge industry results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Certain data and information in this prospectus were obtained from third-party sources and were not independently verified by us.” Therefore, you should not place undue reliance on these statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are made based on events and information as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results or performance may materially differ from what we expect.
46
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$23.59 million, or approximately US$27.32 million if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A US$1.0 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$4.50 per Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$5.58 million, or by US$6.46 million if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, assuming the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and estimated expenses payable by us.
We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:
• approximately 85.0%, or US$20.06 million for constructing a comprehensive, multi-layer production center;
• approximately 2.0%, or US$0.47 million for research and development;
• approximately 1.5%, or US$0.35 million for upgrading the software systems of our own websites;
• Approximately 1.5%, or US$0.35 million for setting up additional warehouses in overseas locations;
• approximately 10.0%, or US$2.36 million for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital needs and other corporate uses.
The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business, and our plans and business conditions. The foregoing represents our intentions as of the date of this prospectus based upon our current plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. However, our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of the proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.
As an offshore holding company, under PRC laws and regulations, we are only permitted to use the net proceeds of this offering to provide loans or make capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. Provided that we make the necessary registrations with government authorities and obtain the required governmental approvals, we may extend inter-company loans or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund their capital expenditures or working capital requirements.
Any capital contributions we make to our PRC subsidiaries shall be registered with the PRC State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterparts, and filed with the MOFCOM or its local counterparts. We are then required to complete a foreign exchange registration change at qualified banks. There is no upper limit as to the registered capital of our PRC subsidiaries under PRC laws and regulations, and we may contribute to our PRC subsidiaries through capital contributions as long as the amount contributed stays within the capital registered.
Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, cannot exceed a statutory limit, and shall be filed with the SAFE or its local counterparts. Such statutory limit for our Company is 2.5 times of the net assets of our PRC subsidiaries, or approximately $3 million.
We plan to contribute proceeds from this offering and any future financings to our PRC subsidiaries through capital contributions.
We may not be able to make such registrations or obtain such approvals in a timely manner, or at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”
47
Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. In either case, all dividends are subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that we may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if it would result in us being unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
We do not have any plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. We intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and future earnings to operate and expand our business.
We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends distributed by our PRC subsidiaries and payments from our operating entities for our cash requirements, including distribution of dividends to our shareholders. Dividends distributed by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to PRC taxes.
In addition, PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us and only allow a PRC company to pay dividends out of its accumulated distributable after-tax profits as determined in accordance with its articles of association and the PRC accounting standards and regulations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”
48
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2021 presented on:
• on an actual basis; and
• on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter, non-accountable expense allowance and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.
You should read this table in conjunction with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus:
As of June 30, 2021 |
|||||||||
Actual |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma As |
|||||||
(US$ in thousands, except for share and per share data) |
|||||||||
Mezzanine equity |
|
|
|
||||||
Redeemable ordinary |
$ |
14,104 |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
|||
Shareholder’s equity |
|
|
|
||||||
Ordinary shares |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|||
Additional paid-in capital(2) |
|
833 |
|
14,937 |
|
38,531 |
|||
Retained earnings |
|
15,838 |
|
15,838 |
|
15,838 |
|||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
825 |
|
825 |
|
825 |
|||
Total shareholder’s equity(2) |
|
17,497 |
|
31,601 |
|
55,195 |
|||
Total capitalization(2) |
$ |
31,601 |
$ |
31,601 |
$ |
55,195 |
____________
Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release
(1) The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only, reflecting the automatic conversion of all of our redeemable ordinary shares into 14,104,236 Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
(2) Reflects the sale of Class A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $23,593,827.
A $1.0 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by $5,580,000, assuming the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated expenses payable by us.
49
If you invest in our Class A ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted for each ordinary share you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share and our net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, was $14,589,206, or $0.28 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per ordinary share (as adjusted for the offering) from the initial public offering price per ordinary share and after deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter, non-accountable expense allowance and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
After giving effect to our sale of 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering based on the initial public offering price of $4.50 per Class A ordinary share, after deduction of the estimated discounts to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, would have been $52,287,269, or $0.89 per outstanding ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.61 per Class A ordinary share to the existing shareholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $3.61 per Class A ordinary share to investors purchasing Class A ordinary shares in this offering. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only.
The following table illustrates such dilution:
Post- |
Full |
|||||
Assumed Initial public offering price per Class A ordinary share |
$ |
4.50 |
$ |
4.50 |
||
Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2021 |
$ |
0.28 |
$ |
0.28 |
||
As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to payments by |
$ |
0.61 |
$ |
0.66 |
||
Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering |
$ |
0.89 |
$ |
0.94 |
||
Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to new investors in the offering |
$ |
3.61 |
$ |
3.56 |
If the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after the offering would be $0.94, the increase in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to existing shareholders would be $0.66, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to new investors in this offering would be $3.56.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2021, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share and per Class A ordinary share paid before deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Ordinary Shares |
Total Consideration |
Average Price per Class A |
|||||||||||
Number |
Percent |
Amount |
Percent |
||||||||||
(US$ in thousands, except number of shares and percentages) |
|||||||||||||
Existing shareholders |
52,631,600 |
90 |
% |
$ |
14,938 |
36 |
% |
US$0.28 |
|||||
New investors |
6,000,000 |
10 |
% |
$ |
27,000 |
64 |
% |
US$4.50 |
|||||
Total |
58,631,600 |
100 |
% |
$ |
41,938 |
100 |
% |
The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
50
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:
• political and economic stability;
• an effective judicial system;
• a favorable tax system;
• the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and
• the availability of professional and support services.
However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include:
• the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws than the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and
• Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.
Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, among us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.
We conduct a substantial amount of our operations in China, and a substantial amount of our assets are located in China. A majority our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for shareholder to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our executive officers and directors.
We have appointed Yan Tang located at 12000 Magnolia Ave, Suite 101, Riverside, CA 92503 as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.
Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts in the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
Conyers Dill & Pearman has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments with the United States), the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognise as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States against the Company under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) or, in certain circumstances, an in personam judgment for non-monetary relief, and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment; (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands; (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands; (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands; and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law on whether judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. Because such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability
51
provisions of U.S. securities laws has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
JunHe LLP, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether PRC courts would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
JunHe LLP has further advised us that the PRC Civil Procedures Law governs the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions.
The PRC does not have any treaties or other agreements with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they determine that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against us in the PRC, if they can establish sufficient nexus to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction, and meet other procedural requirements, including, among others, the plaintiff must have a direct interest in the case, and there must be a concrete claim, a factual basis and a cause for the suit.
In addition, it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders to originate actions against us in China in accordance with PRC laws because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders, by virtue only of holding our Class A ordinary shares, to establish a connection to China for a PRC court to have jurisdiction as required under the PRC Civil Procedures Law.
52
CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE
Our founders, Mr. Weidong Gu, Mr. Shaofang Weng, Mr. Zhisheng Cheng and Mr. Qilong Yang and other shareholders established our operating subsidiaries, Jiangxi Yibo in January 2011 and Aster BVI in February 2011, respectively. In March 2011, we incorporated Aster US in the State of California as a limited liability company, which later served as our sales headquarter for the North American market. In July 2011, we incorporated Aster NL in the Netherlands as a limited liability company, which later became our headquarter serving mainly the European market. In February 2012, we commenced our operations of our first online retail store on Amazon. Since 2012, Mr. Weidong Gu assumed leadership of our operations. Mr. Gu had a strong vision to seize the potential business opportunity in the compatible toner cartridge industry and led our Company with a focus on research and development, patent protection, manufacturing operations as well as overseas sales operations. Through Mr. Weidong Gu and the management team’s continuous leadership and contributions over the years, we have expanded our footprint to the U.S. and European markets. We currently own over 300 registered patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan and the PRC for the production process, equipment and proprietary technologies we developed relating to the manufacture of our compatible toner cartridges. Currently we also operate 11 online retail stores on online selling platforms, which help us expand our reach to end consumers.
In August 2019, we incorporated Aster Group International, which later changed its name to Planet Image International Limited, under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our offshore holding company to facilitate offshore financing.
From July 2019 to March 2020, in anticipation of the proposed initial public offering, we completed a series of reorganizational steps.
The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our principal subsidiaries and other entities that are material to our business:
Note:
Through Aster Online Company Limited, we also directly own 100% of equity interests of 11 limited liability companies incorporated in Hong Kong in March 2020, namely Peony Trade Co., Limited, White Poplar Co., Limited,
53
Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, Grand Future Trade Co., Limited, Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited, Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, Pigeon King Co., Limited, Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited, Plum Blossom Co., Limited and Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited.
These above-mentioned 11 limited liability companies have no operations but instead purely serve as holding companies for the online shops we set up in various jurisdictions, including seven online shops we set up in Hong Kong, one in the Netherlands and three in California, United States, including Your Office Supplies Company Limited, Iprint Enterprise Limited, Amstech Limited and Aztech Enterprise Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2016; Supplies4u Limited and Access Supplies Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2017; and Dellon Technology Company Limited (formerly known as C’anon H-Pixel Building B’rother Enterprise Limited), formed in Hong Kong in 2018; Proimage B.V., formed in the Netherlands in 2014; Eco Imaging Inc., Revol Trading Inc. and Intercon International Corp., incorporated in the State of California in 2012. All these 11 online shops are directly wholly-owned by the above-mentioned holding companies and all their accounts and transactions have been consolidated into Aster Online Company Limited and ultimately into the accounts of the Company.
Currently, we directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a VIE structure.
54
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks, and assumptions associated with these statements. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in our forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe with the mission to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.
We primarily develop and manufacture compatible toner cartridges that can be used for a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We have a wide international footprint through our offline sales channels, and our products are mainly sold to customers in the U.S. and Germany. We also have online sales channels that allow our self-owned brands have a global reach. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating our own localized sales branches and online sales channels, allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily generated from our customers in the U.S. and Europe.
We sell our products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
Our revenue increased by US$12.8 million, or 21.6%, from US$58.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our net income increased by US$4.7 million, or 246.6%, from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was mainly due to (i) the recovery of our business operations from the impact of COVID-19 which led to an increase of sales volume by 22.5% and an increase of gross profit in the amount of US$5.2 million accordingly, (ii) decreased tariff expenditures in the amount of US$0.6 million resulted from U.S-China trade war as the tax rate decreased from 15.0% to 7.5% starting from February 2020, and (iii) decreased consulting fees in the amount of US$1.4 million.
Our revenue increased from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a growth of 15.0%. Our net income decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to (i) the impact of COVID-19 which led to increased ocean freight costs and declined wholesales business of higher profit margin products in North America and Europe; (ii) the impact of U.S-China trade war resulting in additional tariff expenditure; and (iii) the professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts.
Major Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations
Our business and results of operations are affected by a number of general factors that impact compatible toner cartridge industry including, among others, economic, political and social conditions in the PRC, export regulations or enforcement, economic and regulatory conditions or global trade policy of the U.S. or Europe, changes in the business strategies of U.S. customers or Europe customers, any increase in customer demand for our products, raw material costs, and the competitive environment. Unfavorable changes in any of these general factors could adversely affect demand for our products and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
55
While our business is influenced by these general factors, our results of operations are more directly affected by the following company-specific factors.
Our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers
The compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on the number of customers using our products. To successfully maintain customer basis relies heavily upon excellent product quality and functionality, and prompt responses to the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market. Some factors that may affect our ability to meet customer demands and to attract customers include: our ability to (i) develop or acquire the necessary technical know-hows to design and manufacture new products and to enhance or adapt existing products to respond to changes in printer technologies, market trends and customer demands; (ii) manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our product quality, promote our products to a broader base of prospective customers; and (iii) provide satisfactory customer support and after-sale services in a timely manner. We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers.
Our ability to manage inventories efficiently
Our inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. For self-brand products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. We manufacture our ODM products on a made-to-order basis. We believe that maintaining an appropriate level of inventories helps us deliver our products to meet the market demands in a timely manner. Meanwhile, it is critical to keep close observation on changing sales condition due to change in consumer demand or preferences, change of marketing strategy by our customers or incorrect estimation of the market demand for our products, as well as technological upgrades of printer which renders our toner cartridge which makes our toner cartridge not compatible with it anymore and exposes us to risks of obsolete inventories. Our research and development capabilities have been instrumental to the quality and time-to-market of our products, which are our key strengths.
Our ability to establish higher price of our products
Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our products. For ODM products and white-label products, we generally price our products on the basis of a cost-plus calculation of the costs involved in manufacturing, and with reference to the prevailing market prices. For our self-brand products sold on an online e-commerce selling platform, we generally set our retail price based on our base selling prices, marketing expenses, fees paid to Amazon and eBay (collectively as the “Online Selling Platforms”), different brand positioning and prices of competing products. We are generally able to charge higher price of our products as a result of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to offline customers including drop ship service, private labeling and customized packing services. We believe that the quality and reliability of our products coupled with our localized customer services are vital in maintaining customer loyalty and upholding our reputation and higher price of our products.
Our ability to control production and material costs
Our cost of inventory sold mainly consists of the raw materials used in our production of toner cartridges such as OPC drums, toner and chips which form a major part of our cost of sales. We source our raw materials predominantly from PRC suppliers. The prices of our raw materials are largely dependent on market forces, such as fluctuations of commodity prices, market supply and demand, and logistics and transport costs. As our business further grows in scale and we establish ourselves as a major player in the China compatible toner cartridges industry, we expect to have higher bargaining power and hence more favorable terms from suppliers, including pricing and payment terms.
Impact of the U.S.-China trade war
Currently, U.S. and China trade policy has given rise to the imposition of significant additional tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, and vice versa, under Sections 201 and 301 of the Trade Act. To date, four lists of products imported from China, identified by Harmonised Tariff Schedules of the United States (“HTSUS”), have been issued with various tariff impositions. Products classified under HTSUS 8443.99.2550, which includes toner cartridges, i.e., as parts and accessories of printers, are subject to additional tariffs. Specifically, under
56
the List 4A $300 Billion Tariff Action, a 15% tariff was imposed on approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese goods, which became effective in two batches, on September 1, 2019 and December 15, 2019 respectively. After the U.S. and the PRC governments reached the Phase One trade agreement on December 13, 2019, which was subsequently signed on January 15, 2020, the U.S. government announced that the imposition of 15% tariff on the second batch of goods was suspended indefinitely. In addition, the 15% tariff on the first batch of goods was reduced from 15% to 7.5% since February 14, 2020. Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and recent changes in global political environment, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no concrete expected time when a complete trade deal could be reached between the two countries or if the commitments made under phase one would be honored.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our tariff expenditures were US$1.4 million and US$0.8 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our tariff expenditures were US$1.0 million and US$2.7 million due to the imposed additional tariffs. Fortunately, given that China has large production volume of compatible toner cartridges along with its cost advantages, quality assurance, mature operational experience and reliable manufacturing supply chain, customers located in the U.S. had difficulty seeking for alternative suppliers outside China or to build local factories for producing compatible toner cartridges with comparable price and quality. Therefore, we took a series of actions in a cooperative way to alleviate the adverse impact of imposed tariff, including, but not limited to: (i) negotiating with downstream end customers in the U.S. to switch to FOB shipping arrangement from DDP shipping arrangement; and (ii) shifting part of the costs of tariff to upstream compatible toner cartridge material manufacturers and downstream end customers in the U.S. by charging certain extra expenses. We will continue to adopt further practical measures to moderate the negative impact of imposed export tariff.
Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
Our operations have been adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in both production and sales. Since the beginning of 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in the temporary closure of many corporate offices and manufacturing facilities across China. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Chinese government took a number of actions, such as extending the Chinese New Year holiday, quarantining individuals infected with or suspected of having COVID-19, imposing travel restrictions, encouraging employees of enterprises to work remotely from home, and cancelling public activities, among others. To protect the health and well-being of our employees and in support of efforts to control the spread of the pandemic, we began controlling the number of workers in the factory down to one-fifth of its usual scale during February 2020. Since that time, our headquarters, offices and factory have been operating in a disciplined manner. In early March 2020, we fully resumed operation. Benefited from the strict quarantine policies implemented by the Chinese government, we have been able to operate our factory at full capacity, and we have maintained our stable workforce and productivity.
The COVID-19 pandemic also negatively affected our supply chain and supply of raw materials during the initial outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic from January 2020 to February 2020, which delayed the delivery of some sales orders. After the supply of raw materials returned to normal, we designed long-term purchase plan in accordance with our production plan. Compared to the total purchase amount for the year ended December 31, 2019, the purchase amount for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by 44.7% to US$78.7 million. Meanwhile, we managed to apply bank acceptance notes to more suppliers, which extended the timing of our payment term to some suppliers by 60 to 90 days.
In addition, as impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the turnover of the international ocean shipping became more fluctuant and freight costs increased. To mitigate the adverse impact of extended shipping period, we store additional inventories in our warehouses in Europe and North America, which at maximum could store inventories that satisfy our daily sales for two months. In response to the increase of freight costs, we charged downstream end customers extra transportation expenses or switched shipping arrangement to FOB from DDP. We have been closely monitoring the situation of international ocean shipping and will take appropriate actions to maintain adequate inventory level at our overseas warehouses.
As every coin has two sides, the COVID-19 pandemic also brought us new opportunities. Firstly, since we resumed production earlier than most of our competitors, we seized more orders when the overseas demand of compatible toner cartridges was still at normal level. Secondly, we adjusted our production strategies in response to changes in market demand. In the early stage of the pandemic, certain countries and regions implemented measures to contain the spread of the virus, including city lockdowns, school closures, stay-at-home mandates and work from home policies. The decreasing business activities resulted in decreasing demand for office supplies, including compatible toner cartridges.
57
At this stage, as people were required to stay at home, demand for home-based printing increased, and the demand of desktop home printers and toner cartridges increases significantly. We adjusted our production strategy in accordance with this market trend by producing increasing number of cartridge toners for home-based printers.
Another noticeable trend during the COVID-19 pandemic is the extremely fast-growing online sales. Despite the initial negative impact in the early stage of COVID-19 pandemic when Amazon partially suspended its warehousing and delivery service for sellers on its online platform in order to prioritize delivery of cleaning, antiseptics, food items and other high-demand products, the online sales channel experienced fast growth during the COVID-19 pandemic as more consumers switched to online purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our online sales were US$35.6 million, representing an increase of US$5.5 million or 18.4% compared to online sales of US$30.1 million of for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our online sales were US$15.8 million, representing a slight decrease of US$0.7 million, or 4.7%, compared to online sales of US$16.5 million of for the six months ended June 30, 2020, due to increased competition from an increased number of competitors that commenced or expanded their online sales business. Under this circumstance, utilizing our well-established and efficient warehouse logistic system, we seized the opportunity to turn some of these new online competitors in the U.S. and Europe, who are relatively small-size and with higher demand for local supply of compatible toner cartridges, into our offline customers by offering our products to them, which led to an increase in our offline sales of US$8.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic did not materially adversely affect our collection of accounts receivables as (i) we maintained our business relationships with our ODM customers and dealers, (ii) sales to retail customers through online channels are not subject to collection risks, and (iii) we maintained export credit insurance, which helped mitigating our collection risks.
In response to the uncertainties related to COVID-19 pandemic in the long term, and given that our sales are mainly derived from the U.S. and Europe, we expect to adopt the following business strategies: (i) to further expand our presence and increase our sales through online channels to retail customers, and (ii) increase our efforts in developing new offline dealer customers in Europe and the U.S., who primarily resell compatible toner cartridges to end customers through online channels.
Besides, in response to the national prevention policy for COVID-19 pandemic, we have undertaken a series of preventive measures such as disinfecting the offices, distributing face masks, and monitoring the temperature of our employees to ensure their health and safety, which measures only slightly increased our expenditures. According to the government policy, we have taken advantage of reduced social insurance contributions that we were required to make for employees for several months. For bank loans and other obligations, we timely settled interest or principal payments. On February 1, 2020, the People’s Bank of China, the Ministry of Finance and other three departments jointly issued the Notice on Further Strengthening Financial Support for the Prevention and Control of Novel Coronavirus Outbreak to ensure the provision of financial services and to restrain financial institutions from blindly withdrawing or cutting off loans. The COVID-19 pandemic did not affect our ability to access our traditional funding sources on the same or reasonably similar terms. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 4.12% and 4.15% per annum, respectively.
We do not anticipate any impairment of long-lived asset as there is no indicator on our plant and equipment, right of use assets and land-use right which are all under normal operation and utilization. We also do not identify any significant changes in judgments in determining the fair-value of assets as prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets have not fluctuate significantly.
Currently, under the negative economic impact of COVDI-19 pandemic, we expect that most companies will choose budget-friendly office products. Compatible toner cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand toner cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period. If the COVID-19 pandemic starts to recover, we expect that as more countries and cities remove restrictive measures, business activities will gradually resume and the demand for corporate printing and toner cartridges will recover.
We are closely monitoring the development of the COVID-19 pandemic and will take prompt measures to minimize any potential impact on our business.
58
Impact of foreign exchange fluctuation
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euro. Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our business and performance. Our sales are predominantly denominated in US$ and Euro while our costs are mostly denominated in RMB. The exchange rates between US$, Euro and RMB are subject to continuous movements affected by international political and economic conditions and changes in the PRC government’s economic and monetary policies. As we derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euros while a substantial portion of our costs are denominated in RMB, appreciation of RMB against US$, which is our reporting currency, will therefore directly decrease our profit margin if we are unable to increase the selling prices of our products accordingly. If we increase the selling prices of our products as a result of the appreciation of the RMB against the relevant foreign currencies, there would result in a loss of price advantage in the markets.
In addition, we are subject to translation risks as our consolidated financial statements are reported in US$ while the financial statements of some operating subsidiaries are prepared in RMB and Euros, the currency of the primary economies in which our operations are based. We recorded a currency translation gain of US$0.4 million and a translation loss of US$1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. In addition, we recorded a currency translation gain of US$1.2 million and US$0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Accordingly, we may incur currency translation losses or gains due to translation of functional currency into the presentation currency which may adversely affect our financial position.
Results of operations
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods (unaudited) indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.
For the Six Months Ended |
Change |
||||||||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
Amount |
% |
||||||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||
Net revenue |
$ |
58,931 |
|
$ |
71,684 |
|
$ |
12,753 |
|
21.64 |
% |
||||
Cost of revenue |
|
(36,183 |
) |
|
(43,749 |
) |
|
(7,566 |
) |
20.91 |
% |
||||
Gross profit |
|
22,748 |
|
|
27,935 |
|
|
5,187 |
|
22.80 |
% |
||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Selling expenses |
|
(14,381 |
) |
|
(15,663 |
) |
|
(1,282 |
) |
8.91 |
% |
||||
General and administrative expenses |
|
(3,998 |
) |
|
(3,004 |
) |
|
994 |
|
(24.86 |
)% |
||||
Research and development expenses |
|
(1,838 |
) |
|
(2,667 |
) |
|
(829 |
) |
45.10 |
% |
||||
Total operating expenses |
|
(20,217 |
) |
|
(21,334 |
) |
|
(1,117 |
) |
5.53 |
% |
||||
Income from operations |
|
2,531 |
|
|
6,601 |
|
|
4,070 |
|
160.81 |
% |
||||
Other income (expenses): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Other non-operating income, net |
|
183 |
|
|
792 |
|
|
609 |
|
332.79 |
% |
||||
Government subsidy |
|
432 |
|
|
228 |
|
|
(204 |
) |
(47.22 |
)% |
||||
Financial and interest expenses, net |
|
(962 |
) |
|
(272 |
) |
|
690 |
|
(71.73 |
)% |
||||
Total other income |
|
(347 |
) |
|
748 |
|
|
1,095 |
|
(315.56 |
)% |
||||
Income before income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Income tax expense |
|
(292 |
) |
|
(792 |
) |
|
(500 |
) |
171.23 |
% |
||||
Net income |
$ |
1,892 |
|
$ |
6,557 |
|
$ |
4,665 |
|
246.56 |
% |
59
Net revenue
We generate revenue primarily from the sales of compatible toner cartridges and, to a lesser extent, from the sales of certain ancillary components of toner cartridges to our customers offline and online. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our total revenue was US$58.9 million and US$71.7 million, respectively. During the periods, we derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of compatible toner cartridge products in North America, Europe and other countries primarily including Australia.
The following table sets forth our revenue by sales channel for the periods (unaudited) indicated.
For the Six Months Ended |
Change |
||||||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
Amount |
% |
||||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
|||||||||||||
Offline |
$ |
42,403 |
$ |
55,932 |
$ |
13,529 |
|
31.91 |
% |
||||
Online |
|
16,528 |
|
15,752 |
|
(776 |
) |
(4.69 |
)% |
||||
Total |
$ |
58,931 |
$ |
71,684 |
$ |
12,753 |
|
21.64 |
% |
For our offline sales, we mainly sell (i) ODM products and (ii) white-label products through our offline channels.
Our revenue from offline sales increased by 31.91% from US$42.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$55.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increasing demand for our white-label products as more toner cartridge dealers expanded their online sales channels and became our customers to purchase products from us through offline channels that brought us revenue growth of US$8.2 million; (ii) our efficient warehouse logistic system enables us to maintain healthy and steady relationships with our customers; and (iii) less impact of the COVID-19 pandemic due to a decrease in the restrictive measures.
For our online sales, we mainly sell self-brand products through the Online Selling Platforms. Our revenue generated from online sales slightly decreased by 4.7% from US$16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily due to increased competition from an increased number of competitors that commenced or expanded their online sales business. We utilized our well-established and efficient warehouse logistic system and became the offline suppliers of some of these competitors, resulting in a significant increase in our offline sales, offsetting the decrease in online sales.
The majority of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was mainly generated from Europe and North America. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by area:
For the Six Months Ended |
Change |
|||||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
Amount |
% |
|||||||||
(in USD in thousand) |
||||||||||||
North America |
$ |
30,921 |
$ |
41,410 |
$ |
10,489 |
33.92 |
% |
||||
Europe |
|
26,937 |
|
27,894 |
|
957 |
3.55 |
% |
||||
Others |
|
1,073 |
|
2,380 |
|
1,307 |
121.81 |
% |
||||
Total |
$ |
58,931 |
$ |
71,684 |
$ |
12,753 |
21.64 |
% |
Our revenue generated from North America increased by 33.92% from US$30.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$41.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increasing demand for our white-label products as more companies expanded their online sales channels and made purchases from us; and (ii) less impact of the COVID-19 pandemic due to a decrease in the local restrictive measures.
Our revenue generated from Europe increased slightly by 3.6% from US$26.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$27.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily because we resumed our production early and was able to capture more market demand in 2020, while in 2021 the demand decreased, resulting in a slight decrease in the sales of our ODM products.
60
Our revenue generated from Others increased by 121.8% from US$1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, our continued efforts in expanding South American market since 2020 and beginning of Chinese market expansion, resulting in a total increase in the sales of US$0.9 million
Cost of revenue
Our cost of revenue primarily consists of the following components: (i) inventory costs, which primarily include procurement costs for chips, toner and OPC drum; (ii) staff costs, which consist of salaries and benefits of workers; (iii) depreciation expense relating to the depreciation of our plant, property and equipment used for production; (iv) freight charges incurred by us for delivering products from our factories to our warehouses abroad; (v) tariffs imposed to our products sold in the U.S.; and (vi) others, which primarily include overhead costs relating to consumables and electricity used for production.
Our cost of revenue increased by 20.9% from US$36.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$43.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to an increase in our sales volume, which increased our costs accordingly, such as a total increase in raw materials costs and manufacturing expenses of US$7.8 million, which was offset by a decrease in tariff expenses as the tax rate decreased from 15.0% to 7.5% from February 2020.
Gross profit and gross profit margin
Gross profit represents our revenue less cost of sales. Our gross profit margin represents our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our gross profit was US$22.7 million and US$27.9 million, respectively, and our gross profit margins were 38.6% and 39.0%, respectively.
The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross profit margin by sales channel for the periods (unaudited) indicated.
For the Six Months Ended |
Change |
|||||||||||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
Amount |
% |
|||||||||||||||
Gross |
Gross Profit Margin |
Gross |
Gross Profit Margin |
Gross |
||||||||||||||
(in USD in thousand) |
||||||||||||||||||
Offline |
$ |
11,303 |
26.7 |
% |
$ |
16,787 |
30.0 |
% |
5,484 |
|
48.52 |
% |
||||||
Online |
|
11,445 |
69.2 |
% |
|
11,148 |
70.7 |
% |
(297 |
) |
(2.60 |
)% |
||||||
Total |
$ |
22,748 |
38.6 |
% |
$ |
27,935 |
39.0 |
% |
5,187 |
|
22.80 |
% |
Gross profit of offline sales increased by 48.52% from $11.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the gross profit margin increased from 26.7% to 30.0%, primarily due to (i) an increase in sales volume by 24.7%, and the increasing proportion of sales to offline overseas dealers with higher gross profit margin resulting in an increase of US$4.2 million; (ii) we slightly increased the pricing of our products because of increasing freight charges in order to maintain a steady profit level; (iii) a decrease in labor costs, for we provided higher compensation to our manufacturing workers as we resumed our production early in February 2020; and (iv) a decrease in tariff expenditures as the tax rate was reduced from 15% to 7.5% starting from February 2020.
Gross profit margin for online sales of self-brand products slightly increased at 70.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared with 69.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily because of the decrease of the labor costs and tariff expenditures.
Selling expenses
Selling expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our sales and marketing personnel; (ii) sales commission of the Online Selling Platforms; (iii) freight charges from our warehouses to our customers; (iv) traveling expenses incurred by our sales and marketing personnel for business purposes; and (v) advertising and marketing
61
expenses for promotion; (vi) depreciation relating to property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for selling and marketing purposes; and (vii) others, which primarily includes low-value consumables, office expenses, and consulting expenses.
Our selling expenses increased by 8.9% from US$14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase was due to (i) an increase in staff expense of US$1.4 million as the number of staff increased mainly in our sales offices in the PRC, France and Germany and an increased amount of salaries paid to our staff, and (ii) an increase in the advertising and marketing expenses for online channels of US$0.4 million, offset by a decrease in freight charges of US$0.7 million from our warehouses to customers due to decreased freight charges by Amazon and our improved packing techniques with greater efficiency.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our administrative personnel; (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses relating to our property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for administrative purposes; (iii) bank charges for various bank transactions in the ordinary course of our business; (iv) office expenses, represents expenses for office supplies and consumables; (v) utilities which is primarily represented by water, electricity charges for administrative purposes; (vi) legal and professional fees, which primarily represented fees we paid for legal services in the ordinary course of our business, including tax filings and review, consultation and regulation of patents and trademarks, contract dispute resolution, among others and legal, accounting and consulting fees we paid in connection with the our planned public listing efforts; (vii) others, which primarily include utilities, traveling, repair and maintenance, recruitment expenses, and other miscellaneous expenses for administrative purposes.
Our general and administrative expenses decreased by 24.9% from US$4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) a decrease in consulting fees and other professional service fees of US$1.4 million, and (ii) an increase of US$0.4 million due to an increased average number of management officers from 153 to 166.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses primarily include: (i) costs for procuring materials for research and development activities; (ii) salaries and benefits for research and development personnel; (iii) depreciation, which represents depreciation expenses for property, plant and equipment used for research and development purposes; (iv) patent registration related expenses and patent litigation expenses; and (v) others, which primarily include consumables, traveling expenses, utilities and miscellaneous expenses.
Our research and develop expenses increased by 45.1% from US$1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in materials consumption used for research activities of US$0.5 million; and (ii) an increase in staff costs of US$0.1 million.
Other income (expenses)
Other income primarily consists of: (i) government subsidy for research and development activities and award for tax contribution; (ii) other non-operating income, inclusive of packing and labeling service fees, which represent fees we receive from providing services of adding labels with our customers’ brand names and contact information on our white-label products, and sales of scrap materials, which represented sales of excess miscellaneous materials left over from our production; and (iii) interest expense on short-term bank borrowings, foreign exchange gains or losses and interest expense on lease liabilities, which is non-cash and calculated as the difference between lease payments and the net present value of the lease payment over the entire term of the lease.
Our other non-operating income increased by US$0.6 million and our government subsidy decreased slightly by US$0.2 million, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020. Financial and interest expenses decreased by 71.7% from US$1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to the increase of favorable exchange rate fluctuations of US$0.8 million.
62
Income tax expenses
Cayman Islands
Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and accordingly is not subject to income tax from business carried in the Cayman Islands.
British Virgin Islands
Our Company’s directly held subsidiaries were incorporated in the BVI as business companies with limited liability under the BVI Business Companies Act and accordingly are not subject to income tax from business carried on in the BVI.
Other Overseas tax jurisdictions
Our Company’s other subsidiaries were incorporated and operated in U.S., Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France with tax rates ranging from 16.5% to 35.0%.
PRC
Generally, our PRC subsidiaries are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income in China at a statutory rate of 25%, except for our certain PRC subsidiaries that are qualified as high and new technology enterprises under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and are eligible for a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.
Our products are primarily subject to value-added tax at a rate of 13% on sales of compatible toner cartridges, in each case less any deductible value-added tax we have already paid or born. We are also subject to surcharges on value-added tax payments in accordance with PRC law.
Dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries in China to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Double Taxation Avoidance Arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries satisfy all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receive approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%. Effective from November 1, 2015, the above-mentioned approval requirement has been abolished, but a Hong Kong entity is still required to file application package with the relevant tax authority, and settle the overdue taxes if the preferential 5% tax rate is denied based on the subsequent review of the application package by the relevant tax authority.
If we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and the Notice on Improvements to Policies of Weighted Pre-tax Deduction of Research and Development Expenses, research and development expenses incurred by an enterprise in the course of carrying out research and development activities that have not formed intangible assets and are included in the profit and loss account for the current year. Starting from January 1, 2021, besides deducting the actual amount of research and development expenses incurred, an enterprise is allowed an additional 100% deduction of the amount in calculating its taxable income for the relevant year, the rate of which was 75% before 2021. For research and development expenses that have formed intangible assets, the tax amortization is based on 200% of the costs of the intangible assets, the rate of which was 175% before 2020.
Our income tax expenses increased by 183.6% from US$0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily due to the increase in the taxable income as in the six months ended June 30, 2021.
63
Net income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the years indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.
For the Years Ended |
Change |
||||||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
Amount |
% |
||||||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||
Net revenue |
$ |
115,440 |
|
$ |
132,791 |
|
$ |
17,351 |
|
15.0 |
% |
||||
Cost of revenue |
|
(68,377 |
) |
|
(84,364 |
) |
|
(15,987 |
) |
23.4 |
% |
||||
Gross profit |
|
47,063 |
|
|
48,427 |
|
|
1,364 |
|
2.9 |
% |
||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Selling expenses |
|
(27,509 |
) |
|
(31,573 |
) |
|
(4,064 |
) |
14.8 |
% |
||||
General and administrative expenses |
|
(6,115 |
) |
|
(7,858 |
) |
|
(1,743 |
) |
28.5 |
% |
||||
Research and development expenses |
|
(3,458 |
) |
|
(4,892 |
) |
|
(1,434 |
) |
41.5 |
% |
||||
Total operating expenses |
|
(37,082 |
) |
|
(44,323 |
) |
|
(7,241 |
) |
19.5 |
% |
||||
Income from operations |
|
9,981 |
|
|
4,104 |
|
|
(5,877 |
) |
(58.9 |
)% |
||||
Other income (expenses): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Other non-operating income, net |
|
918 |
|
|
309 |
|
|
(609 |
) |
(66.3 |
)% |
||||
Government subsidy |
|
1,415 |
|
|
1,290 |
|
|
(125 |
) |
(8.8 |
)% |
||||
Financial and interest expenses, net |
|
(2,317 |
) |
|
(1,095 |
) |
|
1,222 |
|
(52.7 |
)% |
||||
Total other income |
|
16 |
|
|
504 |
|
|
488 |
|
3,050.0 |
% |
||||
Income before income tax expense |
|
9,997 |
|
|
4,608 |
|
|
(5,389 |
) |
(53.9 |
)% |
||||
Income tax expense |
|
(684 |
) |
|
(374 |
) |
|
310 |
|
(45.3 |
)% |
||||
Net income |
$ |
9,313 |
|
$ |
4,234 |
|
$ |
(5,079 |
) |
(54.5 |
)% |
Net revenue
We generate revenue primarily from the sales of compatible toner cartridges and, to a lesser extent, from the sales of certain ancillary components of toner cartridges to our customers offline and online. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenue was US$115.4 million and US$132.8 million, respectively. During the periods, we derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of compatible toner cartridge products in North America, Europe and other countries primarily including Australia.
The following table sets forth our revenue by sales channel for the periods indicated.
For the Years Ended |
Change |
|||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
Amount |
% |
|||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
||||||||||||
Offline |
$ |
85,363 |
$ |
97,184 |
$ |
11,821 |
13.8 |
% |
||||
Online |
|
30,077 |
|
35,607 |
|
5,530 |
18.4 |
% |
||||
Total |
$ |
115,440 |
$ |
132,791 |
$ |
17,351 |
15.0 |
% |
64
For our offline sales, we mainly sell (i) ODM products and (ii) white-label products through our offline channels.
Our revenue from offline sales increased by 13.8% from US$85.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$97.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in sales volume due to the growth in market share because we resumed production in March 2020, earlier than other competitors under the COVID-19 pandemic, and consequently seized more orders; (ii) an increase in the number of our customers due to our enhanced reputation and expansion in Eastern European and Latin American markets; and (iii) increased competitiveness of our products as a result of our sustained research and development efforts. Our offline sales were adversely impacted by the slowdown of overall business activities as many companies adopted work from home policies as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, the negative impact was mitigated as we promptly adjusted our strategy to produce and sell an increasing number of cartridge toners for home-based printers.
For our online sales, we mainly sell self-brand products through the Online Selling Platforms. Our revenue generated from online sales increased by 18.4% from US$30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increased demand for compatible toner cartridges from online retail customers as more people shifted to online purchases as a result of work from home policies due to the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) increased input in terms of online sales team expansion, more diverse online sales strategies such as search engine optimizations and sponsored advertisements, and improvement of logistic arrangements to ensure timely supply of products to the Online Selling Platforms. For the years ended December 2019 and 2020, we invested US$1.9 million and US$2.8 million, respectively, in sponsored advertisements on the Online Selling Platforms to promote our products.
The majority of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was mainly generated from Europe, North America. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by area:
For the Years Ended December 31, |
Change |
|||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
Amount |
% |
|||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
||||||||||||
North America |
$ |
70,444 |
$ |
72,568 |
$ |
2,124 |
3.0 |
% |
||||
Europe |
|
43,413 |
|
56,892 |
|
13,479 |
31.0 |
% |
||||
Others |
|
1,583 |
|
3,331 |
|
1,748 |
110.4 |
% |
||||
Total |
$ |
115,440 |
$ |
132,791 |
$ |
17,351 |
15.0 |
% |
Our revenue generated from North America slightly increased by 3.0% from US$70.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) the stable customer base due to the reputation of our products and loyalty of our customers; and (ii) the growth of our online business because of an increased demand in online sales channels under the impact of COVID-19 pandemic, that mitigated the overall negative impact of the COVID-19.
Our revenue generated from Europe increased by 31.0% from US$43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily because (i) we resumed our production early and was able to capture more market demand; (ii) we expanded the East European market in 2020; (iii) we delivered our products faster by establishing four additional warehouses strategically located in Europe to attract greater demand for our white-label products and by establishing four additional sales offices for the purpose of carrying more direct marketing activities to achieve an in-depth penetration in the European market.
Our revenue generated from Others increased by 110.4% from US$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to that we expanded South American market in 2020.
Cost of revenue
Our cost of revenue primarily consists of the following components: (i) inventory costs, which primarily include procurement costs for chips, toner and OPC drum; (ii) staff costs, which consist of salaries and benefits of workers; (iii) depreciation expense relating to the depreciation of our plant, property and equipment used for
65
production; (iv) freight charges incurred by us for delivering products from our factories to our warehouses abroad; (v) tariffs imposed to our products sold in the U.S.; and (vi) others, which primarily include overhead costs relating to consumables and electricity used for production.
Our cost of revenue increased by 23.4% from US$68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$84.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase of sales volume resulting in an increase of costs accordingly; (ii) an increase in staff costs as we provided compensations to manufacturing workers to keep up with production schedules that were delayed due to transitory and partial suspension of our production lines after outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic; (iii) an increase of ocean freight charges due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic; (iv) additional tariff costs starting from September 2019 due to the U.S.-China trade war.
Gross profit and gross profit margin
Gross profit represents our revenue less cost of sales. Our gross profit margin represents our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our gross profit was US$47.1 million and US$48.4 million, respectively, and our gross profit margins were 40.8% and 36.5%, respectively.
The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross profit margin by sales channel for the periods indicated.
For the Years Ended December 31, |
Change |
|||||||||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
Amount |
% |
|||||||||||||||
Gross Profit |
Gross Profit Margin |
Gross Profit |
Gross Profit Margin |
Gross Profit |
||||||||||||||
(in USD in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Offline |
$ |
26,003 |
30.5 |
% |
$ |
23,993 |
24.7 |
% |
(2,010 |
) |
(7.7 |
)% |
||||||
Online |
|
21,060 |
70.0 |
% |
|
24,434 |
68.6 |
% |
3,374 |
|
13.8 |
% |
||||||
Total |
$ |
47,063 |
40.8 |
% |
$ |
48,427 |
36.5 |
% |
1,364 |
|
2.9 |
% |
Gross profit of offline sales decreased by 7.7% from $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the gross profit margin decreased from 30.5% to 24.7%, primarily due to (i) a decrease of 18.7% in the average selling price of ODM products and a decrease of 16.7% in the average selling price of white-label products because we entered the Eastern European and South American markets with a low price strategy, and the change of product mix from toner cartridges for corporate printing to desktop home toner cartridges which had relatively lower profit margin as impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) an increase in staff costs for the compensation provided to manufacturing workers; (iii) an increase in freight charges from domestic factory to our oversees warehouses; and (iv) the increased cost of tariffs.
Gross profit margin for online sales of self-brand products remained stable at 68.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with 70.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily because we were able to put up a similar level of pricing for our self-brand products because the demand from online retail customers increased as a result the work from home policies due to the COVID-19 pandemic, that offset the negative impact of increase in cost as mention in offline sales.
Selling expenses
Selling expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our sales and marketing personnel; (ii) sales commission of the Online Selling Platforms; (iii) freight charges from our warehouses to our customers; (iv) traveling expenses incurred by our sales and marketing personnel for business purposes; and (v) advertising and marketing expenses for promotion; (vi) depreciation relating to property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for selling and marketing purposes; and (vii) others, which primarily includes low-value consumables, office expenses, and consulting expenses.
Our selling expenses increased by 14.8% from US$27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was due to (i) an increase in staff expense of US$1.7 million as the number of staff increased mainly in our sales offices in the PRC, France and Germany;
66
(ii) an increase in sales revenue on the Online Selling Platform resulting in an increase in the sales commissions of US$0.9 million; (iii) an increase in freight charges of US$0.8 million from our warehouses to customers due to the increasing of sales volume; and (iv) an increase in the advertising and marketing activities of US$0.5 million.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our administrative personnel; (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses relating to our property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for administrative purposes; (iii) bank charges for various bank transactions in the ordinary course of our business; (iv) office expenses, represents expenses for office supplies and consumables; (v) utilities which is primarily represented by water, electricity charges for administrative purposes; (vi) legal and professional fees, which primarily represented fees we paid for legal services in the ordinary course of our business, including tax filings and review, consultation and regulation of patents and trademarks, contract dispute resolution, among others and legal, accounting and consulting fees we paid in connection with the our planned public listing efforts; (vii) others, which primarily include utilities, traveling, repair and maintenance, recruitment expenses, and other miscellaneous expenses for administrative purposes.
Our general and administrative expenses increased by 28.5% from US$6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase of professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts of US$1.5 million; (ii) an increased number of management officers at our factory resulting an increase of staff costs of US$0.6 million and was offset by a decreased office expenses of US$0.2 million due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses primarily include: (i) costs for procuring materials for research and development activities; (ii) salaries and benefits for research and development personnel; (iii) depreciation, which represents depreciation expenses for property, plant and equipment used for research and development purposes; (iv) patent registration related expenses and patent litigation expenses; and (v) others, which primarily include consumables, traveling expenses, utilities and miscellaneous expenses.
Our research and develop expenses increased by 41.5% from US$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to an increased investment in research and corresponding material consumption used for experiment.
Other income (expenses)
Other income primarily consists of: (i) government subsidy for research and development activities and award for tax contribution; (ii) other non-operating income inclusive of packing and labeling service fees, which represent fees we receive from providing services of adding labels with our customers’ brand names and contact information on our white-label products and sales of scrap materials, which represented sales of excess miscellaneous materials left over from our production; and (iii) interest expense on short-term bank borrowings, foreign exchange gains or losses and interest expense on lease liabilities, which is non-cash and calculated as the difference between lease payments and the net present value of the lease payment over the entire term of the lease.
Our other non-operating income and government subsidy decreased slightly by US$0.6 million and US$0.1 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019. Financial and interest expense decreased by 52.7% from US$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$1.1 million for December 31, 2020, primarily due to the decrease of bank borrowings and favorable exchange rate fluctuations.
Income tax expenses
Cayman Islands
Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and accordingly is not subject to income tax from business carried on in the Cayman Islands.
67
British Virgin Islands
Our Company’s directly held subsidiaries were incorporated in the BVI as business companies with limited liability under the BVI Business Companies Act and accordingly are not subject to income tax from business carried on in the BVI.
Other Overseas tax jurisdictions
Our Company’s other subsidiaries were incorporated and operated in U.S., Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France with tax rates ranging from 16.5% to 35.0%.
PRC
Generally, our PRC subsidiaries are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income in China at a statutory rate of 25%, except for our certain PRC subsidiaries that are qualified as high and new technology enterprises under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and are eligible for a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.
Our products are primarily subject to value-added tax at a rate of 13% on sales of compatible toner cartridges, in each case less any deductible value-added tax we have already paid or born. We are also subject to surcharges on value-added tax payments in accordance with PRC law.
Dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries in China to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Double Taxation Avoidance Arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries satisfy all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receive approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%. Effective from November 1, 2015, the above-mentioned approval requirement has been abolished, but a Hong Kong entity is still required to file application package with the relevant tax authority, and settle the overdue taxes if the preferential 5% tax rate is denied based on the subsequent review of the application package by the relevant tax authority.
If we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and the Notice on Improvements to Policies of Weighted Pre-tax Deduction of Research and Development Expenses, research and development expenses incurred by an enterprise in the course of carrying out research and development activities that have not formed intangible assets and are included in the profit and loss account for the current year. Besides deducting the actual amount of research and development expenses incurred, an enterprise is allowed an additional 75% deduction of the amount in calculating its taxable income for the relevant year. For research and development expenses that have formed intangible assets, the tax amortization is based on 175% of the costs of the intangible assets.
Our income tax expenses decreased by 45.3% from US$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily due to the decrease in the taxable income as in 2020.
Net income
As a result of the foregoing, our net income decreased by 54.5% from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to (i) the impact of COVID-19 which led to increased ocean freight costs and declined wholesales business of higher profit margin products in North America and Europe; (ii) the impact of U.S-China trade war resulting in additional tariff expenditure; and (iii) the professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of June 30, 2021, we had US$40.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, which consisted of (i) cash in the PRC of US$32.4 million; (ii) cash in the BVI of US$4.2 million; (iii) cash in Europe of
68
US$ 1.1 million; (iv) cash in the Cayman Islands of $0.4 million; (v) cash in the UK of US$ 0.2 million; (vi) cash in the U.S. of US$0.6 million; and (vii) cash in HK of US$ 1.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had US$38.4 million in cash and restricted cash, which consisted of (i) cash in the PRC of US$18.8 million; (ii) cash in the BVI of US$15.5 million; (iii) cash in Europe of US$ 1.3 million; (iv) cash in the Cayman Islands of 1.4 million; (v) cash in the UK of US$ 0.2 million; (vi) cash in the U.S. of US$0.8 million; and (vii) cash in HK of US$ 0.4 million. Under the existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, there is no material restriction on foreign exchange that impairs our ability to transfer cash between entities and to U.S. investors.
Our net cash flow used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was US$1.3 million, which was primarily attributable to our net income, offset by our payments to suppliers. Our net cash flow provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was US$6.3 million which was primarily attributable to the net income and increase of accounts payable due to large purchase amount for our 2021 production plan. Our principal source of cash came from our operational income and bank loans. Most of our cash resources were used to pay for the procurement of raw materials, purchase of equipment and property, and payroll and rental expense. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt repayment obligations for at least the next 12 months.
Cash Flows
Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020, compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods (unaudited) indicated:
For the Six Months Ended |
Change |
||||||||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
Amount |
% |
||||||||||||
(in USD in thousand) |
|||||||||||||||
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ |
(1,063 |
) |
$ |
(1,463 |
) |
$ |
(400 |
) |
(37.6 |
)% |
||||
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing |
|
315 |
|
|
(717 |
) |
|
(1,032 |
) |
(327.62 |
)% |
||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
— |
|
|
4,632 |
|
|
4,632 |
|
100 |
% |
||||
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and |
|
67 |
|
|
(714 |
) |
|
(781 |
) |
(1,165.7 |
)% |
||||
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
(681 |
) |
|
1,738 |
|
|
2,419 |
|
(355.2 |
)% |
||||
Cash and restricted cash at the beginning of the periods presented |
|
35,663 |
|
|
38,374 |
|
|
2,711 |
|
7.6 |
% |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the periods presented |
$ |
34,982 |
|
$ |
40,112 |
|
$ |
5,130 |
|
14.7 |
% |
Operating activities
For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash used in operating activities was US$1.1 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$1.9 million; (ii) an increase of inventories of US$1.6 million purchased for production; and (iii) a decrease of accrued expenses and other current liabilities of US$ 2.0 million.
For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash used in operating activities was US$1.5 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$6.6 million; (ii) a decrease of accounts receivable of US$3.4 million; (iii) a net amount of $12.0 million due to the decrease in accounts payable of $13.9 million because we settled a majority of accounts payable as of December 31, 2020 as we purchased in advance for our 2021 production plan, offset by an increase of inventories of $1.9 million.
69
Investing activities
For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash provided by investing activities was US$0.3 million, which was primarily attributable to the proceeds received from the repayment of a related party loan of US$0.7 million and was partially offset by US$0.4 million for the purchase of new product moulds upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use.
For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.7 million, which was primarily attributable to purchase of new products moulds and upgrades of production equipment.
Financing activities
For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash provided by financing activities was nil, which primarily consisted of proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$5.6 million and offset by the repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$5.6 million.
For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash provided by financing activities was US$4.6 million, which consisted of the proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$10.7 million offset by repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$6.1 million.
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2020
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:
For the Years Ended |
Change |
||||||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
Amount |
% |
||||||||||||
(in USD in thousand) |
|||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ |
1,827 |
|
$ |
6,296 |
|
$ |
4,469 |
|
244.6 |
% |
||||
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities |
|
9,505 |
|
|
(135 |
) |
|
(9,640 |
) |
(101.4 |
)% |
||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
(21 |
) |
|
(4,344 |
) |
|
(4,323 |
) |
20,585.7 |
% |
||||
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash |
|
811 |
|
|
894 |
|
|
83 |
|
(10.2 |
)% |
||||
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and |
|
12,122 |
|
|
2,711 |
|
|
(9,411 |
) |
(77.6 |
)% |
||||
Cash and restricted cash at the beginning of the year |
|
23,541 |
|
|
35,663 |
|
|
12,122 |
|
51.5 |
% |
||||
Cash and restricted cash at the end of the year |
$ |
35,663 |
|
$ |
38,374 |
|
$ |
2,711 |
|
7.6 |
% |
Operating activities
For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash provided by operating activities was US$1.8 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$9.3 million and non-cash adjustment inclusive of amortization of right-of-use assets of US$1.3 million; and (ii) a decrease in inventories of US$3.0 million, offset by a decrease of accounts payables of US$12.0 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash provided by operating activities was US$6.3 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$4.2 million and (ii) a net amount of $8.6 million due to the increase in accounts payable of $16.4 million, primarily due to increased materials purchased for our 2021 production plan and application of bank acceptance notes to more suppliers which extended the timing of our payment term to some suppliers by 60 to 90 days, and was offset by the increase of inventories of $7.8 million for the purchase of raw materials reserved for the future production plan, offset by an increase of accounts receivable of $5.9 million due to increasing sales volume.
70
Investing activities
For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash provided by investing activities was US$9.5 million, which was primarily attributable to the proceeds received from the repayment of a related party loan of US$11.2 million in December 2019 and was partially offset by US$1.0 million for the purchase of new product molds, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.1 million, which was primarily attributable to purchase of new products molds, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use in a total amount of US$0.9 million and was partially offset by the collection of repayment of borrowings from a shareholder and related party of total US$0.8 million.
Financing activities
For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.02 million, which primarily consisted of (i) proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$37.1 million and (ii) proceeds from the issuance of our redeemable ordinary shares in a total amount of $14.1 million, offset by (i) the repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$31.3 million and (ii) payments for capital return to shareholders of US$15.1 million as a part of our reorganization.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash used in financing activities was US$4.3 million, which consisted of short-term bank borrowings of US$35.5 million offset by repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$39.9 million.
Capital expenditures
Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection with purchase of moulds for production, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use, and office renovation. Our capital expenditures were US$0.4 million and US$0.7 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and US$1.0 million and US$0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
We expect our capital expenditures to continue to be significant in the foreseeable future as we expand our business, enhance research and development capabilities, and improve operation efficiency and production capacity. We also plan to establish more overseas warehouses and a comprehensive, multi-layer production center at Yibo industrial park after the completion of this offering. We have not entered into any substantial commitments for capital expenditures of overseas warehouses or such multi-layer production center as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that our total capital expenditures for executing our present plans would be approximately US$24.9 million, with more than 90% of which expenditures expected to come from the proceeds raised from this offering and the rest expected to come from our own funds. We project that the construction costs for the multi-layer production center would be around US$21.8 million, inclusive of capital expenditures for the structure of the building, decoration of workshops, production equipment, network systems, and testing instruments.
Our future capital requirements may be uncertain and actual capital requirements may be different from those we currently anticipate. To the extent the proceeds of securities we have issued and cash flows from our business activities are insufficient to fund future capital requirements, we may need to seek equity or debt financing. We will continue to make capital expenditures to support the expected growth of our business.
Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021:
Payment Due by Period |
|||||||||||
Total |
Less than |
1-3 years |
3-5 years |
More than |
|||||||
(in USD in thousand) |
|||||||||||
Borrowings |
$ |
34,089 |
34,089 |
— |
— |
— |
|||||
Lease obligations |
|
4,649 |
686 |
3,396 |
567 |
— |
|||||
Total |
$ |
38,738 |
34,775 |
3,396 |
567 |
— |
71
Capital commitments are commitments in relation to the purchase of property and equipment including leasehold improvements. Operating lease obligations consist of leases in relation to certain offices and buildings, plants and other property for our sales and after-sales network.
Other than those shown above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of June 30, 2021.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financial guarantees or other off-balance sheet commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.
Critical Accounting Policies
An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.
We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates.
The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies; (ii) the judgments and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies, and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported revenues and expenses during the reported periods in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, valuation allowance for deferred tax and uncertain tax positions. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net represent the amounts that we have an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. We review the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. We usually determine the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. We establish a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that
72
we may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.
Inventories, net
Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. We records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were US$1.9 million, US$1.3 million and US$1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.
Redeemable ordinary shares
We account for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control is classified as mezzanine equity. We evaluate the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, we recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings.
Impairment of long-lived assets
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, we measure impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flow expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021.
Commitments and contingencies
In the normal course of business, we are subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. We recognize a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. We may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.
Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Our revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.
73
Our revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. We provide products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
We usually enter into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which we identify the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. We perform shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill our promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, our warranties are limited to product specifications and we do not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. We establish provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.
Revenues represent the amount of consideration that we are entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which we estimate by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. We recognize revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that we will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.
Disaggregation of Revenue
We disaggregate our revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Our disaggregation of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 are disclosed in Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Contract balance
When either party to a revenue contract has performed, we present the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between our performance and the customer’s payment. We apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. We present any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. We do not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of nil allowance for doubtful accounts were US$18.5 million, US$24.4 million and US$20.9 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.
We present the consideration that a customer pays before we transfer products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is our obligation to transfer products to a customer for which we have received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balance of advance from customers amounted to US$1.1 million, US$0.8 million and US$0.4 million (unaudited), respectively.
Income taxes
We account for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
74
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. We believe there were no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.
Our affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law and its implementation rules, EIT Law and Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB 100,000 ($15,000). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Results of operations of our affiliated entities in the PRC for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.
Recent accounting pronouncements
A list of recently issued accounting pronouncements that are relevant to us is included in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined by the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We elected to take advantage of the extended transition periods, that leads to our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. However, this election will not apply should we cease to be classified as an EGC.
75
Unless otherwise noted, all the information and data presented in this section have been derived from an 2022 industry report from CIC entitled “Industry Report of Global Compatible Toner Cartridge Market” (the “CIC Report”). CIC has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. The following discussion projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.
Material Assumptions Underlying Market Projections
CIC conducted both primary and secondary research through various resources. Primary research involved interviewing key industry experts and leading industry participants. Secondary research involved analyzing data from various publicly available data sources, such as the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and industry associations.
The market projections in the commissioned report are based on the following key assumptions: (i) the overall social, economic and political environment in US, Europe and China are expected to remain stable in the forecast period; (ii) related industry key drivers are likely to drive the growth of global compatible toner cartridge industry in the forecast period, such fast growing production volume and production capacity, higher quality color toner cartridge products, established sales channel in the U.S. and Europe markets, improved brand image among consumers, fast growing e-commerce industry, and increasing printer sales during and post COVID-19 pandemic as more people are used to work from home and living a “new normal”; and (iii) there is no extreme force majeure or industry regulation in which the market may be affected dramatically or fundamentally.
Overview of the Toner Cartridge Industry
Definition of the toner cartridge
Toner cartridges, also called laser toners, refer to the consumable component of a laser printer. Toner cartridges is a product associated various kind of precision technologies. It is mainly composed of cartridge chips, toner and rollers/drums. The quality of toner cartridge directly determines the printing efficiency and imaging quality, and relates to the energy consumption and emission of printing equipment. The length of compatible toner cartridge’s product lifecycle follows the lifespan of the corresponding original-brand printers. As original-brand printer companies constantly launch new printer models, the time for a compatible toner cartridge product to vanish from the market ranges from 6 to 10 years.
Categorization of toner cartridges
Type |
Characteristics |
|
Original-brand toner cartridge |
It is the toner cartridge designed and sold by original-brand printer companies for specific printer model. It has the highest price and the strongest brand recognition as they share the brand with printers. |
|
Compatible toner cartridge |
It is the toner cartridge designed and sold by third-party manufacturers which can be used for various printer models. The compatible toner cartridge provides a cost-effective printing solution. The average retail price of the compatible toner cartridge is much lower than the retail price of the original-brand product. The compatible toner cartridge is often sold under a “white-label” basis as local dealers prefer to sell to end consumers under their own brands. |
|
Remanufactured toner cartridge |
It is produced through refurbishing empty cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. The recycling and cleaning process of used original-brand toner cartridge can be time-consuming and costly. The price and cost of remanufactured toner cartridge is usually higher than that of compatible toner cartridge. Only consumers with environmental protection need will prefer such products. Thus, remanufactured toner cartridge only has small market share. |
76
Comparison of toner cartridges
The compatible toner cartridge and the original-brand toner cartridge is under a co-existing relationship. The compatible toner cartridge is designed to be a substitute for original-brand toner cartridge. In the meanwhile, the cost-effective printing solution provided by the compatible toner cartridge can solve some consumers’ budget issue with the original-brand toner cartridge, therefore lowering the cost of owning a printer.
Compatible Toner Cartridges |
Original-brand Toner Cartridges |
|||
Description |
Designed and manufactured by third-party compatible toner cartridges manufacturers. Compatible for a single or multiple printer models. |
Designed and sold by original-brand printer companies. |
||
Brand |
Usually sold under distributors’ brand or white-label basis. Those brands are usually names and logos on third-party brand basis. For products sold on ODM basis, given those wholesalers/importers which are generally office supplies companies do not have any research and development capability, patents or manufacturing capability, they will request compatible toner cartridge manufacturers to provide the services mentioned above and manufacture the compatible toner cartridges. Brand recognition is not important as the quality of the product and trust with distributors are more important. |
Brands used are the brands of original-brand printer companies. Original-brand printer companies have their own research and development capability and their own patents for the cartridges and mainly outsource the manufacturing of toner cartridges to third party subcontractors. Normally original-brand printer companies will not engage the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers as their subcontractors as they compete directly in the industry. Strong brand recognition as they share the same brand with the printers. End consumers can choose corresponding original-brand toner cartridges for their printers easily. |
||
Page yield |
More than 80% of corresponding original-brand toner cartridges. |
Standard page yield. |
||
Compatibility |
Designed to be used in original-brand printers. However, original-brand printer companies may update software on their printers and compatible toner cartridge may fail to function if they use outdated toner cartridge chips. |
Do not have compatibility problem with its brand printers as they are design to use along with original-brand printers. |
||
Printer quality |
Limited leading compatible toner cartridge manufactures can produce products matching the printing quality of original-brand toner cartridges. |
Premium standard printing quality. |
||
Price |
Usually 10% to 40% of original-brand toner cartridges. |
At premium prices to cover the costs for development and marketing of the printers. |
Source: CIC
77
Industry value chain of the compatible toner cartridge market
Source: CIC
Value chain analysis
• Upstream: The upstream of compatible toner cartridge industry composes raw material suppliers who provide toner, rollers/drums, toner cartridge chips and other components for compatible toner cartridge manufacturers.
• Midstream: The midstream of compatible toner cartridge industry composes of compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, wholesalers/importers, dealers. Compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are responsible for producing compatible toner cartridge and deliver their products to end customers through wholesalers or dealers. Due to the emergence and fast-growth of e-commerce in recent years, wholesalers, dealers and even compatible toner cartridge manufacturers themselves will sell the products through third party online platforms.
• Downstream: The downstream compatible toner cartridge industry composes of end customers such as enterprises, education institutions, government organizations, individual consumers etc. For large size customers, they will purchase in bulk purchase with wholesalers together with other office supplies or with sizeable dealers that have stable supplies due to close relationship with these wholesalers. For retail customers, including individual consumers and small to micro enterprises, they usually purchase compatible toner cartridge through online stores, retail office supplies stores and etc. with smaller purchase size.
78
Business models
Depends on how the compatible toner cartridges are delivered to end customers, the three major business models of compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are export business model, overseas local business model and e-commerce business model.
Export business model: Under the export business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers serve as suppliers to wholesalers and dealers. Compatible toner cartridge manufacturers sell compatible toner cartridge on an ODM basis (packed with the brand owned by the wholesalers) and they generally have no rights in determining the price. The ODM price is negotiated between the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers and the wholesalers at fixed cost-plus margin basis. Thus, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ pricing must be very competitive while the more lucrative profit from retail market earned by wholesalers and dealers.
Under the export business model, the role of wholesalers and dealers are slightly different:
1. Wholesalers usually purchase compatible toner cartridges from manufacturers in bulk and they focus more on B2B business.
2. Dealers generally place purchase orders with wholesalers and focus mainly on B2B business, but with smaller size of operation or B2C business.
Overseas local business model: Under the overseas local business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ overseas sales offices can identify mid/small local dealers. These mid/small local dealers usually do not have much bargaining power in securing stable supplies from wholesalers/importers with favorable price given their size of operations. They might also demand for some additional services from suppliers such as inventory warehousing, labeling services and door to door delivery. Thus, the price manufacturers charge these mid/small local dealers are higher than the export price and compatible toner cartridge manufacturers who apply the overseas local business model have higher profit margin.
E-commerce business model: Under E-commerce business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, wholesalers and dealers set up online shops on their own website and/or third-party online shopping platforms. Wholesalers and dealers under the export business model may also have their e-commerce operations, however, their focus is to support their B2B business rather than expand their B2C sales. It is common that wholesalers and dealers will be compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ customers and also competitors in this B2C market. As manufacturers can directly reach end customers globally with their own brands without geographical limitation through online shops, they charge retail price and generate higher profit through such practice.
For the export business model and overseas local business model, it is difficult to distinguish revenue generated from these two business models due to the similarity of such models with the primary distinguishing features being the scale of orders of the targeted customers. The market size of these two business models together is expected to increase to USD872.3 million in 2025 from USD566.7 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 9.0%. Due to the impact of the fast-expanding e-commerce business, these two business models are expected to decrease and hold 76.8% of the U.S. and Europe market in 2025 from 82.2% in 2020.
For the E-commerce business model, there are many online selling platforms in the market that sellers provide compatible toner cartridge products. Among the online selling platforms, Amazon is dominated in online selling platforms in the U.S. and Europe. There are many different types of sellers on Amazon and other online selling platforms, and none of them are able to seize major market shares due to the fragmented industry. The price and quality of the compatible toner cartridges which these sellers offer varies and it could be confusing for end-customers. Under such market condition, those sellers who can provide high quality products with competitive price; high discoverability and visibility of the product and more convenient after-sale customer service usually have a better chance of winning the competition.
Among all three business models, the E-commerce business model have the highest growth rate and will gain a larger share of the market. The continuous improvement of Internet infrastructure and the introduction of high-speed mobile network have made online shopping more critical in retail sales. It is convenient for industry players to set
79
up online stores through their own websites and/or third-party e-commerce platform. With more compatible toner cartridge manufacturers enter this area, such fast growth is expected to continue and reach USD263.2 million in 2025 from USD122.4 million in 2020 with a CAGR of 16.6%. The E-commerce business model is expected to increase and hold 12.7% of the U.S. and Europe market in 2025 from 9.7% in 2020.
Global laser printer industry
The total installed base of laser printers around the world remained relatively stable growth in the past few years, increased from 162.1 million units in 2015 to 165.1 million units in 2018, and it is expected to increase to 167.8 million units in 2025, with a CAGR of 0.5% between 2020 and 2025.
The annual sales volume of laser printer remains stable, the annual sales volume of laser printer increased from 41.1 million units in 2015 to 41.8 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.3% and it is expected to reach 42.5 million unit in 2025.
Global toner cartridge industry
The toner cartridge industry is mainly composed of compatible toner cartridges and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) toner cartridges. With their brand recognition and sales support, OEM products take the dominant market portion by both retail revenue and volume. However, the industry experienced a decrease of 5.6% in market size in 2020, due to COVID-19’s impact on the cartridge sectors after a fast growth period from 2015 to 2019. The market size of toner cartridge by retail value globally increased from USD66.4 billion in 2015 to USD66.8 billion in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.1% while the market size of compatible toner cartridge by retail value increased from USD2.8 billion in 2015 to USD3.5 billion in 2020, representing a CAGE of 5.1%.
The market size of toner cartridge by retail value globally is expected to further increased to USD72.4 billion in 2025 with 1.6% CAGR from 2020 to 2025. For compatible toner cartridge, with improved quality and extended education to the consumers, it is expected that the market size of compatible toner cartridge would increase to USD5.2 billion in 2025 with a 8.1% CAGR from 2020 to 2025.
80
Global ink printer industry
The total installed base of ink printers around the world slightly dropped in the past few years from 266.7 million units in 2015 to 260.0 million units in 2020, and it is expected to decrease to 252.7 million units in 2025, with a CAGR of negative 0.5% between 2020 and 2025.
The annual sales volume of ink printer decreased from 67.4 million units in 2015 to 65.5 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of negative 0.6% and it is expected to reach 63.7 million unit in 2025.
81
Global ink cartridge industry
The ink cartridge industry is mainly composed of compatible ink cartridges and OEM ink cartridges. The market size of ink cartridge by retail value globally increased from USD64.0 billion in 2015 to USD66.0 billion in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.4%, and the market size of compatible ink cartridge by retail value increased from USD5.9 billion in 2015 to USD6.7 billion in 2020, representing a CAGE of 2.6%.
The market size of ink cartridge by retail value globally is expected to further increased to USD74.7 billion in 2025 with 2.2% CAGR from 2020 to 2025. For compatible ink cartridge, it is expected to reach USD8.4 billion in 2025 with a 4.5% CAGR from 2020 to 2025.
Europe and United States remain two most important markets for toner cartridge as people in these two regions have higher income and better printing habit. The U.S. consumes about 17.2% of global toner cartridge while Europe takes about 21.9%. As most toner cartridges are manufactured in China, these two regions are the two most important export destinations for Chinese toner cartridge manufacturers. As compatible toner cartridge penetration rate remains low and the large price gap between OEM toner cartridge and compatible toner cartridge. U.S. market and Europe take even higher market share by retail value.
82
Compatible toner cartridge industry in U.S. and Europe
The market size of compatible toner cartridge in the U.S. and Europe by export revenue is USD 374.6 million in 2020 while the market size of compatible toner cartridge in the U.S. and Europe by retail value is USD1,686.8 million in 2020, showing the price gap between export price and retail price. Thus, leading compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are starting to invest in oversea sales channels and online shops to chase higher profit.
The COVID-19 pandemic has led to a decrease in the market size of compatible toner cartridge by manufacturer’s export revenue in the United States from USD243.9 million in 2019 to USD228.2 million in 2020, such number is expected to restore to USD249.1 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 1.8% from 2020 to 2025 with the pandemic being well controlled in the United States. As for Europe, the compatible toner cartridge industry has also been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, and the market size of compatible toner cartridge industry by manufacturer’s export revenue declined from USD366.8 million in 2019 to USD356.9 million in 2020, such number is projected to increase to USD590.3 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 8.1%.
83
Impact of COVID-19 in 2020
To address the impact of COVID-19 in market forecast in 2020, the following assumptions are applied: there will be no long-term restrictions in international trade due to the outbreak; (ii) restrictions in major cities and countries are expected to be fully removed in 2021 and the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to be controlled within 2021.
The impact of COVID-19 on the compatible toner cartridge industry changes along with the development of the spread and control of the disease. The latest development of COVID-19 pandemic in the U.S. and Europe is as follows: (i) the outbreak of COVID-19 occurred and restriction policies being implemented since March 2020 in the U.S. and Europe; (ii) the recovery period when restrictions being gradually removed and business activities slowly to resume starting in late April 2020 and (iii) from June 2020 to August 2020, most countries in Europe were slowly returning to normal conditions except for certain epidemic prevention measures that were still in place; and (iv) from August 2020 to December 2020, due to the second wave of COVID-19 outbreak, major European countries adopted a new round of restrictions. For example, France and Germany each announced a new round of border control and restriction measures. More than 18 states of the United States, including California, Florida, and Texas, have decided to postpone or reverse their decision to remove the restrictive measures.
In the early stage when the outbreak occurred, certain countries and regions chose to lockdown certain cities, close schools, required people to stay at home, and more companies adopted remote work from home policy. The decreasing business activities caused the decreasing demand for office supplies, including compatible toner cartridges. As people were required to stay at home in this stage, consumers shifted their corporate printing demand to home-based printing, the need for desktop home printers and toner cartridges increases significantly. Such increased demand for desktop home printers and the corresponding toner cartridges almost offset the decline in compatible toner cartridges for corporate printing in 2020. Home printers are usually used by household individuals and small enterprises, while corporate users use commercial printers. The desktop home toner cartridges are smaller in size and have a smaller page yield than toner cartridges for corporate printing. Besides, due to lower use frequency in a home-based environment, desktop home printers usually have a longer replacement cycle. Thus, the desktop home printers usually use old model toner cartridges. The old model toner cartridges have a lower selling price and hence have a lower profit margin. Desktop home compatible toner cartridges generally accounted for approximately 60% of the consistent toner cartridge market in sales volume and about 30% of the compatible toner cartridge market in 2019.
In the recovery stage, as more countries and cities will begin to uplift the restriction and business activities slowly resume, the need for corporate printing will gradually increase and the demand for cartridge will increase as a result. In this stage, as most companies are still concerned about the economy outlook, they tend to seek for budget saving products. Compatible cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period.
Another noticeable trend during the COVID-19 outbreak is the extremely fast-growing online sales. Despite experienced a negative impact in the early stage of COVID-19 when the operation of Amazon partially suspended its warehousing and delivery service for sellers on its online platform to prioritize delivery of cleaning, antiseptics, food items, and other high-demand products, the online sales channel experienced fast growth during the COVID-19 as more consumers switched to online purchases due to the restriction of living under the impact of COVID-19 in the majority of cities and countries. In the future, the fast growth of online channels is expected to continue and drive the development of the compatible toner cartridge market.
As a result of the combined effects, the demand for original-brand cartridges and compatible cartridges in volume maintained a similar level respectively for the year 2020 compared to the year 2019. Compatible cartridges accounted for 18.5% of global cartridge demand by volume and 5.3% by retail value in 2019. With the expectation that compatible cartridge continuously cannibalizing original-brand cartridge’s market share, the demand for compatible cartridge is expected to recover from 2021 and record a sustainable growth. It is expected that the total demand for compatible cartridges will account for 21.2% of the overall market by volume and 7.2% by retail value by 2025.
84
Key growth drivers of the compatible toner cartridge market
The following factors have contributed to, and will continue to drive the growth of global compatible cartridges market:
(i) Fast growing production volume and production capacity: Compatible toner cartridges and OEM toner cartridges have similar structure but the price gap is huge between those two, therefore more consumers demanding for cost-saving products are switching to compatible toner cartridge products. With increasing demand for compatible products, major compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are increasing their supply to the market and it is expected to drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge market.
(ii) Higher quality color toner cartridge products: A color laser printer requires three more toner cartridges comparing with black and white laser printer. As the quality of color toner cartridge improves and price is lowering, consumers with higher requirement can have a cost-effective printing solution and such increasing demand for color printers can drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge industry.
(iii) Established sales channel in U.S. and Europe market: To reach oversea clients, toner cartridge companies need to invest heavily in local inventory storage, sales support and etc. As some market players started marching oversea markets in past few years and have established footprint in oversea markets, they are likely to develop new clients in oversea market and thus drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge industry.
(iv) Improved product image among consumers: In the past, consumers have prejudice against compatible toner cartridges, thinking these products are unreliable so that they wouldn’t use compatible toner cartridges. As more consumers have tried compatible toner cartridges, they realized that these products could actually offer a reliable and cost-effective printing solution. Such shift in product image will drive more demand on compatible toner cartridge and thus drive the growth of this market.
Competitive Landscape
Among all the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers based in China, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 61.1% of total manufacturer’s retail value in 2020. According to the CIC Report, the Company was the second largest compatible toner cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2 % in terms of retail value in 2020.
For the U.S. market, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 55.9% of total market share in terms of manufacturer’s export revenue in the U.S. The Company ranked the first with a market share of approximately 19.1% in 2020.
For the European market, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 85.6% of total market share in terms of manufacturer’s export revenue in 2020. The Company ranked the second with a market share of approximately 15.6% in 2020.
From the perspective of production volume, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 75.5% of total market share in terms of production volume in 2020. The Company was the third largest Chinese compatible toner cartridge manufacturer with a market share of approximately 14.8%.
Besides, the Company has readily available inventories worth over US$100.0 million kept in the warehouse according to the population coverage, which is the largest readily available inventories in the printer compatible supplies industry in the US. The establishment of localized warehouse and logistic is being viewed as one of the most important success factors for compatible cartridge industry.
85
Overview
Our Mission
Our mission is to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform.
Who we are
We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.
We primarily develop and manufacture toner cartridges that are compatible with and can be used in a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We also sell our branded products through online sales channels under three brands, TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We have a wide international footprint through our established sales channels, with our products sold to customers in over 45 countries, and sales in the U.S. and Europe representing the majority of our revenue. In recent years, we have also been developing other markets and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.
We sell our products mainly: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
We have established localized sales operations in our overseas markets to manage and maintain relationships with local customers and provide support to offline customer purchasing our products on an ODM basis. So far, we have established sales operations in the U.S., Italy, Germany, France and the United Kingdom. In addition, we maintain warehouses in California and Pennsylvania in the U.S. and in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy to ensure timely delivery to customers. In North America, most of our customers send purchase orders to us through our EDI system. We also have a self-developed cloud-based warehouse management system which was integrated with our EDI system and third party platform to manage the purchase orders, inventory and accounting matters. Our offline customers in Europe and other markets generally place purchase orders with our sales team through emails.
We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers. After a new printer model is introduced to the market by a printer manufacturer, our experienced research and development team will aim to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges that can be used with this new printer model in a short period of time. According to the CIC Report, compatible toner cartridges for a new printer model are generally available for sale within six to 18 months. With our efficient production team and sales team, our compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage.
We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating localized sales branches and online sales channels allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential.
What have we accomplished
We have experienced significant growth since our inception. Our growth is partially attributable to our comprehensive sales strategy and our highly efficient and complementary online and offline sales channels. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily
86
generated from the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue grew from US$58.9 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 21.6%. Our net profit increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our revenue grew from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a CAGR of 15.0%. Our net profit decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to the combined effects of negative impact of COVID-19, U.S.-China trade war, and increased costs in connection with our proposed initial public offering.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors.
Our strong design, research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers
We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers.
As leading original-brand printer companies have patented the toner cartridge drivers in their laser printers, compatible cartridge manufacturers may encounter litigations raised by original-brand printer companies for selling their cartridges unless they possess valid patents. According to the CIC Report, there is a limited number of companies which have overseas sales due to the lack of quality patents to protect them. Overseas customers may also hesitate to purchase their products as they might get involved in infringement litigation. As of June 30, 2021, we had obtained 366 patents registered in the U.S., Europe, and the PRC, for the production processes, equipment and proprietary technologies we developed relating to the manufacture of our compatible toner cartridges. All of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by some of our patents. Through registering our patents, (i) we are able to protect and enforce our rights on our proprietary techniques and products and have reasonable grounds to defend, on a best effort basis, against potential litigations in the relevant jurisdictions; and (ii) our registered patents can help us promote our sales and increase our market share.
As of June 30, 2021, our research and development team consisted of a total of 33 professional engineers and skilled technicians, who were supervised and led by the chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Weidong Gu, who has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. On average, major brands launch more than two new printer models every year, according to the CIC Report. After a new printer model is introduced to the market, our experienced research and development team is generally able to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges for it quickly that may be operated in this new printer model within a short period of time after its introduction to the market. Together with our efficient production team, our sales team ensures that our patent compliant compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage as it enables our toner cartridges to quickly meet up market demand and establish and maintain our market share.
Other than new product development, our research and development efforts also focus on improving the efficiency and quality of compatible toner cartridges in different aspects, such as page yield, wear resistance, resilience and life span. We conduct market research in particular areas, and based on the regular market research, we will run different tests and technical review for identifying weaknesses in our previous products and to implement improvements in future models.
We protect our patents from infringement and improper patent right requests from third parties. In addition, we have also engaged independent third-party intellectual property lawyers in the U.S. and Europe who advise us in defending our intellectual property rights.
We believe that our strong research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers and will be instrumental in our efforts to expand our market coverage and increase our overall sales.
87
Our localized sales model integrating multiple channels, including strategically located sales offices and logistic centers in the U.S. and Europe, enable us to build a broad end user customer base and achieve fast product delivery
We have established a comprehensive sales model integrating multiple sales channels, which enables us to build a wide geographical market coverage and a broad customer base including wholesalers, dealers and retail customers. We sell our products: (i) to overseas businesses who own their brands on an ODM basis, or ODM customers; (ii) to overseas dealers, who primarily resell our products without any brand label to end consumers, primarily including small to medium size enterprises, local offices and schools; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online sales channels, such as online stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms.
As one of the very few toner cartridge manufacturers based in China that are mainly focused on North American and European markets, we have well-established localized sales and distribution operations within those markets. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture the significant market opportunities, continue to increase our total revenue and profit, and further expand our market share. According to the CIC Report, the U.S. and Europe have each experienced steady growth in the global compatible toner cartridge market. According to the CIC Report, as consumers recognize compatible toner cartridge’s high quality and advantageous pricing compared with original-brand toner cartridges, the total demand for compatible toner cartridges in both the U.S. and Europe has seen steady growth, from 20.4 million units and 21.8 million units, respectively, in 2015 to 25.1 million units and 30.6 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of 4.3% and 7.0%, respectively. This growth trend is expected to continue, reaching 33.4 million units in the U.S. and 43.1 million units in Europe by 2025, representing a CAGR of 5.9% and 7.1%, respectively.
Our localized sales operations include sales support team, strategically located warehouses and sophisticated order placing, warehouse management and logistic systems. We normally ship our inventories from our factories in China to our strategically located warehouses in the U.S. and Europe based on the expected demand in each of the markets. To manage and support our overseas sales, we established our headquarters for Europe in the Netherlands in 2011 and further established sales office in each major market in Europe including the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France for further increasing our presence and market penetration. We maintain warehouses in California, Pennsylvania, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy with sophisticated warehouse and logistics systems and professional logistic teams to ensure timely delivery from our local warehouses to customers after they place orders. We also have our own highly experienced salesforces on the ground for our North American and European markets to serve and manage the local offline customers and provide support to offline customers procuring our ODM products respectively. Our business customers procuring our ODM products and online retail customers are mainly served by our 24-hour sales teams based in our sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC. As of June 30, 2021, we had after-sales and technical service teams of 117 employees, with 71 of them working according to the office hours of the overseas time zones to provide timely service to these customers, which we believe significantly enhances their user experience and promotes customer loyalty. In addition, we provide drop ship service to small scale dealers whereby we deliver the products on their behalf directly to the end customers procured by these dealers, which help to strengthen our collaborative relationship with them.
We believe that our comprehensive sales channel coverage, advanced sales and logistics systems and customized services appeal to our customers and help us build a broad customer base. We believe that a key advantage we have that distinguishes us from our industry peers is that we have fully developed localized sales operations on the ground in the U.S. and Europe as well as sales team in our sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC staffed with experienced sales personnel who contact and serve customers directly and provide valued-added customer service in both logistics and after sale customer service to meet the local customers’ demand in a timely manner. Through our localized broad sales network and close cooperative relationships with our major customers, we are able to gauge market demand for our products more accurately and manage sales of our products in the local market more efficiently.
Our online sales and advanced IT systems enable us to capture opportunities in the online compatible toner cartridge market and operate our sales efficiently
According to the CIC Report, with the evolution and development of e-commerce’s infrastructure such as logistics and payment systems, consumers get better online shopping experience and have become accustomed to online shopping. The total sales of compatible toner cartridges on online sales in the U.S. and Europe increased from US$26.8 million, US$29.2 million in 2015 to US$60.1 million and US$62.2 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 17.6% and 16.4% respectively. The market sizes of online compatible toner cartridge market in the U.S. and Europe are expected to increase to US$130.4 million and US$132.8 million in 2025, representing a 16.7% and 16.4% CAGR from
88
2020 to 2025, respectively. We opened 11 stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms to serve end customers on a retail basis and primarily focus on U.S. and Europe market to capture market opportunities. We have a separate sales team located in the sale headquarters in Zhongshan City in the PRC that are dedicated to online sales by conducting the entire sale process from order placement to after sales services on our e-commerce platform. Our revenue generated from online sales increased rapidly, from approximately US$30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to approximately US$35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and from US$16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Revenue from online sales represent approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22% of our total revenue generated for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively.
We also utilize advanced IT systems for our offline sales. We have internally developed an internet-based quick order system for our offline customers to facilitate their handling of orders, logistics and payments. Our offline customers in the North American market generally use electronic data interchange system, or EDI system, to send purchase orders to us. Our strong in house IT team have self-developed a cloud-based warehouse management system which seamlessly connected with many third party platforms in the U.S. for handling orders online. We provide our offline customers automatic updates of logistics and payment information for improving the operational efficiency of our customers.
We are dedicated to ensuring quality of our products and delivering excellent customer service
We believe that the quality and reliability of our products coupled with our localized customers services are vital in maintaining customer loyalty and upholding our reputation. Our quality control system covers the entire production process, from the selection of suppliers and procurement of raw materials to production, quality and reliability assurance. We have a dedicated quality control department comprising 44 experienced engineers, supervisors and inspectors as of June 30, 2021. Our commitment to maintaining the high quality of our products is demonstrated by the certifications we have obtained from International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, International Imaging Technology Council, and Shenzhen United Testing Technology Co., Ltd., in respect of our quality control and safety measures. In addition, our products are typically required to adhere to the transportation standard of International Safe Transit Association (“ISTA”) Procedure 1A, reliability standard of MIL-HDBK-3388 and testing standard of ISO/IEC 19752 and ISO/IEC 19798, and the internal quality standards of our customers. See “— Manufacturing and Quality Assurance — Quality Assurance” below for details. Our low product return rates reflect the high quality of our products. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the total value of products returned amounted to US$4.1 million, US$3.4 million and US$2.1 million, respectively, representing approximately 3.5%, 2.5% and 2.9% of our total revenue generated for the corresponding years. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints that adversely affected our business.
In addition, we are committed to providing premium customer service quality to our customers. We have a dedicated team that provides customer and technical services to our customers, available 24/7 to address the queries and complaints regarding our products and services from our customers. Our ODM customers may also directly reach out to our local sales team for any follow-up works for their orders. In addition, we maintain generous product return and exchange policies, allowing our customers to order from us with ease of mind. See “— Customer Service.”
We believe that our emphasis on product quality and customer service has contributed to our success in gaining our customers’ confidence in our products and enhanced our position in the markets.
We have a strong, stable and experienced senior management team
We have a professional and experienced senior management team with a proven track record of highly successful results. Members of our core management team have deep expertise and experience in toner cartridge manufacturing and corporate management. They have an average of 18 years of experience in our industry and have been with our Company since our foundation. Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors, has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry.
We believe that our strong management capability as evidenced by our growth since our inception and the expansion of our operations worldwide, together with our extensive intellectual property portfolio and research and development capabilities, will enable us to strengthen our existing operations in all of our markets and successfully expand into additional geographical markets.
89
Our Growth Strategies
We plan to implement the following growth strategies:
Construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities
We plan to construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center at the Yibo industrial park in Jiangxi Province, housing our production as well as research and development facilities, with the goal of expanding our annual production capacity from approximately 27.7 million units of toner cartridges as of December 31, 2022 to approximately 57.8 million units of toner cartridges by December 2025. We plan to increase our actual production volume according to our estimated sales volume. We plan to put into use 55, 80 and 100 production lines for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. During the same years, our estimated actual production volume will be approximately 31.8 million units, 47.6 million units and 57.8 million units, respectively.
This planned production center will be a five-floor building located on existing unused land owned by us in the Yibo industrial park. The production center will have an aggregate gross floor area of approximately 139,931 square feet. The total construction area of the production center will be approximately 518,196 square feet. We expect to finish the construction planning and design of the production center in June 2022. We expect to commence construction of the production center after the completion of this offering, or approximately August 2022 and complete the construction in July 2023. Accordingly, we plan to put the production center into use in June 2024. We plan to fund our construction using approximately US$21.8 million from the proceeds of this offering.
We believe that constructing a new production center for accommodating additional production lines is necessary and beneficial to our Company based on several reasons discussed below.
Growing acceptance of compatible toner cartridges has provided us with an excellent growth opportunity.
According to the CIC Report, as consumers recognize compatible toner cartridges’ advantageous pricing compared with original-brand toner cartridges but with similar printing quality, the total demand for compatible toner cartridges in both the U.S. and Europe has seen steady growth. The compatible toner cartridge market has grown faster than the original-brand toner cartridge market. The total retail value of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. and Europe increased from US$1,125.7 million in 2015 to US$1,686.8 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 8.4%, which was higher than original-brand toner cartridges’ negative 1.2% CAGR from 2015 to 2020. With the improvement of product quality and increased customer acceptance, it is expected that the market size of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. and Europe will further increase to US$2,711.7 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 10.0% from 2020 to 2025 while the CAGR of original-brand compatible toner cartridges from 2019 to 2025 is expected to be 0.8%. As a result of our leading market positions and the strong growth in the compatible toner cartridge market in which we operate, we achieved growth in our revenue during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.
Since 2017, we began to explore in newly developed markets such as Mexico and Poland. According to the CIC report, such markets are expected to grow at a CAGR of 8.5% and 17.5% from 2020 to 2025 and reach 4.2 million units and 1.8 million units in 2025, represent 11.8% and 12.8% of overall market by sales volume.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, we were able to resume production quickly and provided large supplies of products to our newly developed markets in Mexico and Poland. From the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue generated from sales in Mexico and Poland increased from US$3.3 million and US$1.5 million to US$6.2 million and US$4.4 million, respectively, increased by 88.0% and 192.9%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue generated from sales in Mexico and Poland increased from US$2.5 million and US$1.7 million to US$4.1 million and US$3.9 million, respectively, increased by 64.4% and 126.6%, respectively. We plan to continue to strengthen our efforts in establishing stronghold in these newly developed markets through sales of ODM products to businesses and white-label products to dealers, and increase our market presence and penetration by (i) establishing additional localized sales and marketing teams based in U.S. and Europe to secure and manage our existing customers with customized services and identifying potential business and marketing opportunities, and (ii) planning to set up new logistics centers in Dallas (locate closely to Mexico) and Poland. We believe these measures will help us capture more market shares in these newly developed markets.
90
In addition to the improvement of internet infrastructure and the introduction of high-speed mobile networks, which have made online shopping much easier and contributed to the overall growth in online retail sales of toner cartridges, more compatible toner cartridges also contributed and are expected to continue to contribute to this fast growth. Such fast growth is expected to continue and reach US$233.0 million in 2024 from US$120.4 million in 2019 with a CAGR of 14.1%. The e-commerce business model is expected to expand and account for 22.4% of the total market of U.S. and Europe in 2024 from 16.9% in 2019. To maintain and further increase our growth in online sales, we plan to enhance our sales and marketing efforts. We plan to establish several standalone marketing departments to focus on strengthening the communications and supports to our online retail customers and enhancing their loyalty to our brand. We also plan to increase advertising expenses to promote our new products and to devote more staffs to online sales.
Due to the market growth, we expect our customers with long-term relationships to provide us with increasing amount of orders.
We have maintained long-term good business relationships with our existing customers. According to the CIC Report, it is a common practice in the compatible toner cartridge industry to place purchase orders each time instead of entering into long-term sales agreements with customers. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had approximately nine years of business relationships with most of our major customers since our inception with no interruption in our business relationships. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints. Therefore, we believe that we will be able to obtain increasing amount purchase orders from those existing customers and take advantage of the overall market growth, in particular, the online market growth.
We are capable of gaining market share from weaker market competitors.
According to the CIC Report, the industry is fragmented and will gradually be consolidated by major competitors with clear and significant competitive advantages to seize greater market shares. Compared with smaller and less established compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, we are able to provide customers with patent-protected compatible toner cartridges which are less prone to potential patent infringement litigations. In addition, we maintain a number of localized sales operations and warehouses in the U.S. and Europe, which can also provide customized services to make it more convenient for our customers through faster delivery and easier return and exchange of products. As a result of our strategy, we successfully penetrated and captured significant market shares in both the U.S. and Europe during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. According to the CIC report, from 2017 to 2020, our ranking increased from second and third to first and second in terms of market share in the U.S. and Europe, respectively, and our market shares increased from 14.1% and 10.1% to 19.1% and 5.6% in the U.S. and Europe, respectively.
Furthermore, according to the CIC Report, the total sales volume of the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers other than top five players in overseas markets is approximately 41.7 million units in 2020. We will research via market intelligence the focused market of those manufacturers, and utilize our staff in strategically located sales offices to conduct marketing visits to our existing or potential customers’ offices and participate in exhibitions to seize the sales from these weaker competitors. In addition, we will monitor the pricing strategies and marketing efforts of those top five manufacturers, which are our close competitors so as to avoid facing intense competition when executing our strategies in seizing the market share from weaker competitors.
With (i) our historical performance, existing market share and significant competitive advantages to seize larger market shares in the U.S. and Europe market, and (ii) significant potential of seizing larger market shares from weaker competitors in the U.S. and Europe market, we intend to continue to adopt the same strategies going forward in order to ensure the new production plant will be effectively utilized by continuing to seize the market shares.
Our historical utilization rate is high and we have limited space in our existing production facility.
The current utilization of our existing production facilities at the Yibo industrial park has been steadily increasing and is already close to full capacity. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had increased our production capacity by installing additional production lines in our existing factory and implementing automation to our existing production lines. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the utilization rates of our production lines were approximately
91
91.5%, 96.7% and 94.6%, respectively. In addition, our existing production facility does not have sufficient space to accommodate additional production lines for satisfying potential demand growth from our customers in the future. Our historically high utilization rates, which indicated that we had little room to increase our output, probably have hindered our ability to take on additional customers’ orders.
Constructing a new production center is more cost-effective than leasing.
As we intend to construct the new production center on existing unused land we already own, it will be more cost effective by saving unnecessary leasing costs compared to leasing a new production facility.
Increase our research and development efforts
The global compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of compatible toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on our ability to continually update and launch new products that can be used in updated or new printer models that come to the market from time to time. Our research and development capabilities have been instrumental to the quality and time-to-market of our products, which are our key strengths. We intend to increase our research and development efforts to improve our product quality and strengthen our competitive advantages, particularly in the areas of production automation, and chip design and development.
We plan to conduct further research on each stage of our production process and our production equipment with the goal of increasing the automation in various aspects of our production. We believe that increased automation will help to reduce staff costs and ensure standardization across our manufacturing process. In addition, our research and development team plan to design and develop in-house chips used in our compatible toner cartridges, which we currently procure from outside suppliers. We plan to purchase specialized software and related simulation equipment for chip design. We believe that the above research and development efforts will help us reduce our manufacturing cost of compatible toner cartridge, thereby increasing our gross profit margin. To further implement our research and development plans, we plan to purchase relevant materials, conduct publicly available researches and recruit highly qualified research and product development staff to join our team. We also intend to enhance our patent writing, filing and prosecution in order to further shorten the time-to-market of our products and protect the intellectual property rights arising from our self-developed products.
Upgrade and integrate our information systems to optimize our operational efficiency
In order to improve our operation efficiency and use advanced technologies to attract customers, we plan to purchase an Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP system to integrate our key business functions, including procurement of raw materials, manufacture, sales, inventory, transportation and accounting. By tying together different business processes, an ERP system enables the flow of data between them and ensures the integrity of transactional data collected from multiple sources. Our existing sales and inventory management systems used for our sales in North America and Europe will be connected with the ERP system to achieve real time communication and avoid data duplication. We believe an upgraded ERP system will facilitate the implementation of our expansion strategies and help optimize our operational efficiency.
In addition, our employees in the IT department will also be classified into three groups based on different technology development needs utilizing the ERP system. We plan to consolidate the mutual functions necessary for our different sales channels in our IT systems in order to provide support to our worldwide sales in particular after our further expansion in different markets. These mutual functions include customer centers, product, purchase order, customer feedback, online retail store, payment, delivery, data service, product search and marketing. We believe such strategy will decrease the duplicated support provided to each sales channel and maximize the use of our internal resources.
Further strengthen our sales and logistics and expand our market coverage
We intend to expand the geographical coverage of our existing markets in North America and Europe. We plan to explore these markets by establishing additional sales offices and building warehouses in more strategic locations.
In response to such expected market growth, in the upcoming years, we plan to establish additional warehouses in the U.S. and Europe to increase our geographical coverage, in order to achieve faster product delivery, reach and
92
serve a wider customer base and increase our overall market share. In the U.S., we plan to lease a warehouse in Dallas, Chicago and Atlanta to achieve a full coverage of major commercial regions in the U.S. In Europe, we plan to lease a warehouse in Poland for tapping in the Eastern Europe market.
Continue to expand our presence on online selling channels and grow our B2C business
We plan to further develop and expand our overseas B2C business in future years. We believe that with stronger B2C business, we will be able to build further connections with and learn about our end consumers, making us capable of designing and manufacturing products catering to their preferences, and providing the customer services and technical services serving their needs. To this end, we plan to (i) further attract and retain qualified personnel to our team, (ii) continue with the investment in and development of our proprietary technologies and IT systems to reduce our logistics costs and improve overall efficiency, and (iii) increase our marketing efforts, including advertisements and brand promotions, to attract, interact with, and build relationship with existing and potential customers. With the growth potential of e-commerce, our high-quality products and the employment of our business and marketing strategies, we hope to attract and retain more online retail customers, enhance our market position as a brand and online retailer of toner cartridges, and further grow our business in general.
Our Business Model
The following diagram illustrates generally our business model:
ODM business. We conduct our ODM business through selling our products to customers located overseas, who purchase our products on an ODM basis. Under our ODM business, we provide contract manufacturing services to our customers from our facilities in the PRC and sell under their own brand names and packaging. Generally, we will ship ODM products directly to the warehouses of our customers. According to the CIC Report, the target customers of wholesalers, who primarily purchase our products on an ODM basis, are generally large to medium
93
enterprises, government organizations and educational institutions. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 38.7%, 45.1% and 41.3% of our total revenue from sales of our ODM business, or sale of ODM products, respectively.
Overseas B2B business. We conduct our overseas B2B business through selling our products with generic packaging and no brand information, or white-label products to dealer customers who generally resell our products to end consumers, including, among others, small to medium enterprises, local offices and schools. End consumers directly place purchase orders with these dealers, and the dealers provide customer services to end consumers. We, on the other hand, provide services including custom packaging solutions, drop shipping services and storage services. In order to better serve these dealers and develop further customer connections, we have local offices and logistics centers located across the U.S. and Europe. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 35.2%, 28.1% and 36.7% of our total revenue from our overseas B2B business, or sale of white-label products, respectively.
Overseas B2C business. We conduct our overseas B2C business through selling the products that we design, develop and manufacture with our own brand names on Amazon and other online selling platforms. We have 11 online stores across different platforms, mainly targeting the U.S. or European markets. For each online store, we design a distinct and unique layout and use different pictures to display our products. In addition, we manufacture and sell our products under three brands with different target audience, namely TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech, allowing us to attract potential customers with different preferences for toner cartridge products. In order to increase our online sales and market presence, we strategically design and customize our product descriptions to enhance the level of search engine optimization and increase visibility to users. In addition, we also employ marketing strategies such as product advertisements on the online selling platforms. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22.0% of our total revenue from our overseas B2C business, or sale of branded products, respectively.
Our Products
Overview
We primarily manufacture various compatible toner cartridges for use with commonly available models of printer from different brands. We also produce remanufactured toner cartridges through refurbishing empty cartridges, removing brand names of the original-brand toner cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. In addition to toner cartridges, we manufacture a small amount of other ancillary printer components, primarily including carbon tapes, color tapes and packaging materials.
Toner Cartridges
Compatible Toner Cartridges
The toner cartridge is the consumable component of a laser printer. Toner cartridges contain physical print medium materials that is used to form text and graphics on the paper. The toner is transferred to paper via an electrostatically charged drum unit, and fused onto the paper by heated rollers during the printing process. Compatible toner cartridges are designed and sold by third-party manufacturers which can be used for various printer models.
94
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue for sales of compatible toner cartridges was US$100.2 million, US$122.8 million and US$67.6 million, respectively, representing 86.8%, 92.4% and 94.2% of our total revenue for the respective periods.
Remanufactured Toner Cartridges
We procure used original-brand toner cartridges from empty-cartridge brokers overseas and ship the empty cartridges to our factory located in Jiangxi Province, the PRC. We produce remanufactured toner cartridges through refurbishing empty cartridges, removing brand names of the original-brand toner cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. Our remanufactured toner cartridges are marked as recyclable products and sold under white-label basis.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue for sales of remanufactured toner cartridges was US$14.3 million, US$9.5 million and US$3.8 million, respectively, representing 12.4%, 7.2% and 5.3%, respectively, of total revenue for the periods.
Ancillary printer components
We also manufacture a small amount of ancillary printer components, including carbon tapes, color tapes and packaging materials for toner cartridges.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
Raw Materials and Procurement
The raw materials we procure primarily include toner, chips and OPC drums which are predominantly sourced from our PRC suppliers. Our procurement department procures raw materials with reference to our production plans, production orders on hand, and inventory level. As of June 30, 2021, our procurement team of our production material control department consisted of 14 employees.
95
The purchase price of raw materials may vary in certain circumstances, such as any substantial changes in the market conditions. We monitor fluctuations in our raw materials closely and adjust our raw materials inventory policy in accordance with such price fluctuations if necessary. To minimize our exposure to price fluctuations of raw materials and to avoid delays and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials, we may make large-scale purchases when necessary and seek new suppliers to replace unstable suppliers. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any shortage or material delay in the supply of raw materials.
In addition, in the event that there is any material fluctuations in purchase price of raw materials, we may adjust the selling price of our products accordingly. If we are unable to increase the selling price of our products due to market competition, we seek to mitigate the adverse impact of such price increases by improving our manufacturing efficiency. We do not currently have any hedging policies with regard to our raw materials, but we re-evaluate this decision from time to time based on the costs and benefits of hedging.
Suppliers
Selection criteria of our suppliers
We conduct assessments on all of our new suppliers before we source raw materials from them. We assess them based on several key criteria, such as the quality of their goods, delivery speed, quality of technical support, and responsiveness. If we determine that a supplier has met our requirements, we will add it to our approved suppliers list. As of June 30, 2021, we had over 199 approved suppliers on the list. After we include a supplier on our approved suppliers list, we still reassess it every year.
Concentration of suppliers
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, purchases from our largest supplier amounted to approximately US$6.2 million, US$8.1 million and US$4.7 million, respectively, representing approximately 11.3%, 10.3% and 13.6% of our total purchases, respectively. Purchases from our top five suppliers amounted to approximately US$18.0 million, US$23.9 million, and US$11.4 million, respectively, representing approximately 32.9%, 30.3% and 32.8% of total purchases, respectively.
Other than color toner, our raw materials are generally available from a large number of local suppliers. According to the CIC Report, there is only a limited number of color toner manufacturers globally. One of our suppliers is the largest manufacturer of color toner in the PRC, but also our competitor for the sale of compatible toner cartridges. We have entered into a legally binding procurement agreement with this supplier for a contract period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, we entered into a legally binding procurement agreement with this supplier for a term from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022. Despite that, we believe we are able to source color toner from other manufacturers, however this may not be at a favorable cost given the limited manufacturers available. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any significant difficulties in obtaining raw materials and packaging materials, and we did not encounter any significant problems with the quality of our raw materials or packaging materials.
96
Procurement agreements with suppliers
We generally enter into legally binding procurement agreements with our suppliers. The principal terms of the procurement agreements are summarized as below.
• Duration: Our procurement agreements are generally effective for two years.
• Pricing: Product prices are not specified in the procurement agreements and are confirmed in purchase orders.
• Specifications and quality requirements: Raw materials provided by the suppliers shall be in strict compliance with our product specifications and standards.
• Payment terms: Payments are normally made by us to our suppliers through mutually agreed methods, including wire transfer, bank transfer, cash, and check payment. The specific payment date shall be the latest payment date when the payment terms agreed in the relevant purchase orders are due and payable.
• Delivery: The products shall be delivered accordingly to relevant purchase orders or other written requirements of us.
• Inspection and product returns: We typically inspect products for compliance with agreed quality standards, quantity and specifications upon receipt of the products. If any issue is identified, we will resolve the issue with the suppliers within reasonable period (no longer than one month). If the cause of the issue is attributable to the suppliers, the suppliers are responsible to clarify or correct.
• Warranty: The product warranty period shall comply with applicable laws and regulations and our requirements. If there is no clear rule or the relevant standard is lower than our requirements, the product warranty period shall be two years from the date of acceptance.
• Confidentiality: Without obtaining written consent from the other party, either party may not disclose any trade secrets or intellectual property to the public.
97
Manufacturing and Quality Assurance
Our Production Process
The toner cartridges we produce include compatible toner cartridges and remanufactured toner cartridges. Except for the additional procedures of grade, disassembly and cleaning related to remanufactured toner cartridges, the production process of the two types are substantially the same. The production of one cartridge generally takes approximately 10 minutes. The following diagram illustrates the principal production process:
98
Our Production Facilities
All of our production facilities are located in Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC and occupy approximately 182,986 square meters. As of June 30, 2021, we owned a production factory with two single-level buildings of similar size accommodating our 39 production lines. As set forth in detail below, our production facilities are already close to full capacity. Owing to the limited space of our existing production facilities, it is not feasible for us to establish new productions lines in our existing production facilities. Our production lines can be adjusted by adding or replacing certain production equipment without incurring significant setup time and costs to meet different product specifications.
Major production machinery and equipment
The following table sets out a summary of our major production machinery and equipment we use for production:
Machinery/Equipment |
Use and Function |
|||
(1) |
Toner filling machine |
Filling toner into the toner bottle |
||
(2) |
Doctor blade automatic installation machine |
Automatically installing doctor blade |
||
(3) |
Wiper blades automatic installation machine |
Automatically installing wiper blade |
||
(4) |
Primary charge roller automatic installation machine |
Automatically installing primary charge roller |
Production facilities are organized and managed by our safety staff in administration department. We conduct regular maintenance of our machinery and equipment so as to ensure that our business operations will not be disrupted unnecessarily. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not encounter any breakdown of our production facilities that had a material adverse impact on our business operations.
Quality Assurance
We emphasize on quality and reliability on our manufacturing process. We have been accredited the following international certifications.
Certificate |
Coverage |
Issuing Authority |
Date of Grant |
Date of Expiration |
||||
GB/T19001-2016/ISO9001:2015 |
the standard quality management system certification for our design, production and service of laser printer cartridge products |
Shenzhen Universal Certification Center Co., Ltd. |
June 30, 2020 |
June 29, 2023 |
||||
GB/T24001-2016/ISO14001:2015 |
the environmental management system certification for our design and production of laser printer cartridge products |
Shenzhen Universal Certification Center Co., Ltd |
June 30, 2020 |
June 29, 2023 |
||||
CE Certificate of Compliance |
the compulsory safety CE certification according to the applicable EU directors for products entering the European Economic Area |
Shenzhen United Testing Technology Co., Ltd. |
June 10, 2019 |
Long term |
||||
STMC |
the recognition for competence in Toner Printer Cartridge Quality Assurance Test Methods according to the Standard Test Methods Committee (STMC) Guide for evaluating all-in-one printer cartridges |
International Imaging Technology Council |
April 11, 2021 |
April 11, 2023 |
In addition, our products are typically required to adhere to the transportation standard of ISTA Procedure 1A, reliability standard of MIL-HDBK-3388 and testing standard of ISO/IEC 19752 and ISO/IEC 19798, and the internal quality standards of our customers. In order to meet the high quality standards and to help minimize
99
our product return costs, our quality assurance procedures are carried out at various stages of the manufacturing process, including incoming, in-process and outgoing stages. To closely monitor our manufacturing process, our product group has a quality assurance division consisting of a team of 46 experienced engineers, supervisors and inspectors as of June 30, 2021. Furthermore, we have implemented systematic defect-elimination procedures to the entire manufacturing process to reduce defect rates in our products.
Incoming inspection for raw material
Each chip we purchased is generally required to be inspected before putting into use. Other raw materials we purchased are generally inspected on a sampling basis. The sampled raw materials and chips need to go through a comprehensive visual inspection, physical test and functional test. For important materials including OPC drum, chip and toner, we conduct trial production before placing in stock. For ordinary materials, we review the laboratory testing report to confirm the conditions of the raw materials before placing in stock. We require our raw materials and components suppliers to establish and maintain stringent quality assurance systems throughout their production processes and be able to provide timely on-site support in the event that incoming raw materials and components do not meet our quality standards.
In-process quality assurance inspection
We carry out quality control on our semi-finished products at various stages along our production lines to ensure their quality complies with applicable industry standards and internal benchmarks. We perform first article inspection at the beginning of every shift to ensure that the first set of products assembled at the beginning of the relevant shift meets all the relevant quality standards before we begin mass production. Quality inspection and process assessments are also performed regularly to oversee quality assurance procedures throughout the assembly process in order to minimize the quality variance at various stages of the production process.
Outgoing quality assurance inspection
Finished products undergo outgoing quality assurance inspection before they are shipped to our customers and overseas warehouses. Products, which do not meet our quality standards, are returned to our manufacturing facilities for remediation, and when remedied, are subject again to the same outgoing quality assurance inspection. We carry out quality control on our finished products by random and sample testing including 100% printing test, visual inspection and life test.
Research and Development
We engage in ongoing research and development activities to meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs and maintain our leading-edge capabilities. As of December 31, 2020, our research and development team was comprised of 29 professional engineers and skilled technicians. The team was led by Mr. Weidong Gu, who has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. Most of the products developed from our research and development activities were our compatible toner cartridges, and all of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by certain of our patents. The majority of our revenue generated during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 was related to sales of compatible toner cartridges developed by our research and development team. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenues generated from sales of our self-developed compatible toner cartridges were 88%, 93%, and 95% our total revenues for the respective periods.
We spent US$3.5 million, US$4.9 million and US$2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, on research and development activities. We consider our research and development activities critical to the continuing success of our business. Our research and development efforts are focused on the following areas:
• upgrade our products in line with the continuous update of printers;
• design and development of new products; and
• design and development of new production process to improve production efficiency and reduce overall manufacturing costs while maintaining design reliability.
100
Our typical new product development process consists of the following steps:
We adopt a scientific and rigorous testing procedure with advanced equipment to ensure the quality reliability of our products. Our products typically undergo tests mainly including reliability test, life test, high-low temperature and humidity test and noise test by printing at low speed. We closely monitor the customer feedbacks of a new product during the first six months after launched to the market.
Our research and development department is responsible for exploring and evaluating potential new products to be developed and manufactured by us. In order to quickly develop products compatible with new models of printers and meet customers’ changing needs, we closely track the latest patent rights applied by printer manufacturers, study the design, structure and components used in original-brand product updates, new original-brand products being released, and conduct market research to collect customer feedbacks. Through the patent search, we gain access to patent information including the description of the claimed invention, the scope of patent protection sought by the applicant and the information of the patent holder. By tracking and analyzing the patents filed or obtained by printer manufacturers and industry peers, we are able to discover new trends in technology and product development at an early stage, build on and improve existing products and obtain guidance for the development of our self-owned technologies. In addition, we closely monitor the distribution channels of original-brand manufacturers including official website, wholesale and offline retail stores to obtain the publicly available information of new products being launched.
Pricing
We adopt different pricing strategies for our products depending on different sales channels. In particular, the pricing levels of our products are formulated in consideration of the main factors below:
• ODM customers (sale of ODM products): We generally adopt a fixed cost-plus pricing policy by considering the customer consumption volume, customer payment terms and delivery terms, length of business relationship and prices of competing products. We do not have rights to set the retail price of our ODM products for our customers, because ODM products are sold by our customers at the price set at their own discretion.
• Dealers (sale of white-label products): We typically price our white-label products at higher rates compared to our ODM products, as we take into account costs associated with our exclusive services provided to dealers, including custom clearance, warehousing, relabeling services, and direct shipping to end consumers. As a result, we are able to generate reasonable profits from our white-label products.
• Online retail customers (sale of branded products): We generally set the retail prices for our branded products to 30% to 50% of those of original-brand cartridge products. Typically we are able to derive the highest profit margins from sales to online retail customers, among the three sales channels.
As our ability to offer competitive prices is critical in securing orders with and obtaining more bargaining power from our ODM customers, we usually review our pricing levels on a quarterly basis with them to reflect changing
101
market and operational conditions, and we adjust price list periodically. Our branded products and white-label products typically generate higher profit margins compared to ODM products. We believe that we have more bargaining power for our white-label products because of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to dealers, including relabeling services and direct shipping to end consumers, among others. Our direct-to-consumer approach in selling our branded products also allows us to cut out the distributors and control our costs more effectively and provides us with more flexibility in pricing.
Logistics and Warehousing
Logistics
In the U.S., we strategically located our warehouses on the east and west coasts, in California and Pennsylvania respectively. A majority of our customers in North America, primarily in the U.S., can also track product deliveries through our self-developed inventory and logistics system named Matrix (“Matrix System”). We generally keep reasonable level of inventories in the warehouses according to the population coverage. We also have a major logistics center in Venlo in the Netherlands and three warehouses strategically located in the north, central and south parts of Europe, including the United Kingdom, France and Italy.
We believe that reliable and timely product delivery is a critical component of providing a satisfying shopping experience for our customers. generally, finished products may be delivered at our costs or our customers’ costs to the locations designated by our customers depending on our delivery arrangement with each customer.
Our product delivery is generally arranged as follows:
ODM products (to ODM customers). our ODM products are generally being shipped directly from our production facility. Our customers purchasing ODM products usually choose free on board (FOB) shipping arrangement or delivered duty paid (DDP) shipping arrangement. We are responsible for the customs declarations with the PRC customs. For DDP shipping arrangement, we are also responsible for the customs clearance by engaging a customs broker to complete the relevant customs clearance procedures at the foreign customs.
White-label products (to local customers or their end customers). Our white-label products are generally being delivered from our production facility to our main overseas logistics centers, located in California and Venlo. We use major international delivery services companies to deliver our products from our overseas warehouses to the agreed-upon location of the wholesalers and dealers. A majority of our customers in North America, primarily in the U.S., can also track product deliveries through our Matrix system which integrates with our EDI ordering system for better sales management.
102
Branded products. Our branded products are generally delivered from our production facility to the warehouses maintained by the fulfillment centers of online selling platforms and our overseas warehouses. Our branded products are mainly being delivered to our online retail customers by the platforms, and the customers may track product deliveries through the platforms.
Warehouse Operations
We have warehouse management procedures that monitor the planning and allocation of warehouse space and stock of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished products to coordinate with the delivery arrangements and schedules. We have equipped fire alarm equipment, anti-theft system, security alarm and sprinkler system in our warehouses to protect our warehouses in Europe. In Europe, we use a powerful order management system named multichannel order manager to manage our purchase orders and ensure accurate inventory level information. In the U.S., we have equipped fire alarm and sprinkler system in our warehouses. In addition, we utilize our self-developed Matrix system to conduct inventory management and warehouse rack management, which enable us to maintain accuracy on stock inventory. We also perform a random stock check to confirm if some of the low inventory stock level is matching with the recordings in our Matrix system. We carry out physical stock counts every quarter to monitor our inventory level and to identify obsolete or damaged stock.
Inventory Control
Our inventory mainly comprises raw materials, work-in-progress and finished products.
For our ODM products, we manufacture the products on a made-to-order basis. We product the ODM products after we receive a confirmed order of products.
For branded products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. Our regional sales teams then prepare their respective quarterly sales targets. Our logistics teams communicate with regional sales teams on a weekly basis to review and make the next quarter’s sales prediction, and then communicate with our factory for upcoming production schedule. It generally will take about one month to manufacture the products and another 1.5 months to deliver the products to our overseas warehouses. Our sales and marketing department reviews regularly whether our regional sales teams are able to meet their sales targets. At the end of each year, our sales and
103
marketing department reviews annual sales by region, product and brand, customer turnover rate, the level of returned goods and the number of customer complaints. It is our policy to maintain sufficient inventory level of finished products. This is determined with reference to the historical daily sales of each type of products.
Sales and Our Customers
We sell our products and services through our own sales and marketing team based in the United States and Europe. As of June 30, 2021, we employed approximately 147 salespersons. They are responsible for identifying business and market opportunities, engaging in business networking, participating in industry exhibitions, organizing logistics, handling customer complaints, processing purchase orders, promoting products and social media and other online platforms, deepening relationships with our existing customers, and cultivating relationships with potential customers worldwide. Our sales and marketing departments includes a PRC sales division and an overseas sales division. Our overseas division is responsible for the sales of white-label products and assist the PRC sales team to follow up on the customers purchased ODM products in the North America and Europe market. Our PRC sales division is further divided into an ODM sales team and an online branded products sales team.
We generally approach and develop new customers through the following methods:
ODM customers and Dealers
(i) We participate in office supplies and printer consumables exhibitions to create business relationship with potential customers. We also follow up with potential customers to explore their purchasing needs.
(ii) We contact active local dealers and make cold calls to potential customers in the U.S. and Europe.
(iii) We hire salespersons with rich industry experiences in the U.S. and Europe.
Online retail customers
(i) We invest in sponsored advertisements on online selling platforms to reach customers interested in purchasing toner cartridges to improve our brand recognition, grow customers and boost sales.
(ii) Through providing customer services on a timely basis and constantly improving the quality of our services to online retail customers, we aim to build and improve our brand reputation and boost word-of-mouth marketing.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we sold approximately 38.7%, 35.2%, and 26.1% of our products to ODM customers, dealers and online retail customers, respectively, compared to 45.1%, 28.1%, and 26.8% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we sold approximately 41.3%, 36.7% and 22% of our products to ODM customers, dealers and online retail customers, respectively.
Sales to ODM Customers
ODM customers are those who purchase products from us which are manufactured according to our specifications and packaged under their brands. Our ODM customers procure our products directly from our sales offices in the PRC and we deliver from our production facilities in the PRC. We have established over nine years of business relationship with most of our major ODM customers. Our customers purchasing our ODM products generally order our products with bulk quantity. We mainly provide manufacturing services for them and produce products under their brands. Given their advantage in developing relatively sizeable customers, in general, we believe that those customers are more sensitive to material price adjustments.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not enter into any sales agreements or long-term contracts with our ODM customers other than rebate agreements for our ODM products. Through the rebates agreements, we offer them a discount on the selling price of 1% to 2% if our customers accept the responsibility to provide warranty services to end users for purchased goods with manufacturing defects, or if the customers make purchases of or above certain volume. In the event that the amount of defective products exceed 1% of the total amount of products, our customers can return the defective ODM products back to us as credit. Such rebate agreement generally is valid for one year and shall be automatically extended at its expiration if neither party objects. Our sales are conducted on a purchase order basis.
104
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material sales return from our customers purchasing our DOM products. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, sales to ODM customers were US$44.7 million, US$59.9 million and US$29.6 million, accounting for approximately 38.7%, 45.1% and 41.3% of our total revenues for those years, respectively.
Sales to Dealers
Dealers, are customers who source toner cartridges from importers and/or wholesalers, and sell them to end consumers who place purchase orders with them, including small to medium sized enterprises, local offices and schools, among others. Many dealers do not maintain their own warehouses and therefore depend on importers and/or wholesalers to ship the orders directly to their end customers. Dealers typically order our products with small quantity compared to ODM customers. Our local sales team need to identify and develop the dealers, and provide them with customized services. We supply dealers with products with generic packaging boxes with no brand information, or white-label products. We also provide optional ancillary services, including relabeling services, drop shipping services and storage services to dealers. With the aforementioned ancillary services, we believe that we have gained more bargaining power. In addition, through our proprietary EDI system and internet-based quick order system, our dealer customers can easily and effortlessly place orders with us, locate product specifications and inventory information, check the status of their orders, and make payments. See “— Our Technology.”
We do not enter into sales agreement or any long-term contracts with the dealers for our white-label products, and our sales are conducted on a purchase order basis. The dealers are not allowed to return or exchange products except for defective products.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our sales of white-label products were approximately US$40.6 million, US$37.2 million and US$26.3 million, representing 35.2%, 28.1% and 36.7% of total revenue for respective periods.
Sales to Online Retail Customers
Our online retail customers are those who mainly purchase our branded products through our online retail stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms. According to the CIC Report, individuals and small to micro sized enterprises mainly order through online stores, and as a result of COVID-19, more consumers switched to online purchases. We expect our sales to online retail customers to achieve the highest increase and serve as the driver for our future business growth, among our existing three sales channels.
Currently, we have 11 online stores across different platforms, mainly targeting the U.S. or European markets, and our sales to online retail customers are conducted on a per-order basis. For each online store, we design a distinct and unique layout and use different pictures to display our products. In addition, we manufacture and sell our products under three brands with different target audience, namely TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech, allowing us to attract potential customers with different preferences for toner cartridge products. In order to increase our online sales and market presence, we strategically design and customize our product descriptions to enhance the level of search engine optimization and increase visibility to users. In addition, we also employ marketing strategies such as product advertisements on the online selling platforms.
We typically set the retail prices for our branded products to 30% to 50% of those of original-brand cartridge products. Typically we are able to derive the highest profit margins from sales to online retail customers among the three sales channels. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue generated from our online retail stores from branded products were approximately US$30.1 million, US$35.6 million and US$15.8 million, representing 26.1%, 26.8% and 22.0%, respectively, of total revenue for the periods.
Geographic Coverage
Our products are currently sold to customers in over 50 countries. Sales to U.S. and European customers represent the majority of our total revenue. Our European customers are from a large number of different countries, including Germany, Russia, the United Kingdom, Italy, Netherlands, France, Hungary, and others, among which customers from Germany constitute the largest market share among customers from all European countries with respect to our ODM business and B2B business. In recent years, we have also been putting in efforts to develop other markets around the world and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.
105
Customer Service
We are committed to provide premium customer service quality to our customers, which is reflected in our product return and exchange policies. We maintain our main customer service center in sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC, handling user queries and complaints regarding our products and services. We have after-sales and technical service teams of 71 employees working according to the office hours in U.S. and European time zones to provide 24-hour service to these customers. Our local sales team will also provide sales related follow-up works for our customers. Customers can make queries on our products and ordering process and file complaints around the clock by various means, such as online chatting, a customer service hotline, emails and face-to-face communication. Our customer service representatives are required to complete training on product and service knowledge, complaint handling and communication skills. We aim to provide timely, comprehensive, and high-quality customer services to ensure that we meet our customers’ needs and expectations for our products.
Our Services to ODM Customers and Dealers
Our customers including ODM customers and dealers are eligible to refund or exchange defective products within two years from the date of purchase. During the warranty period, customers are eligible to submit refund or exchange request to our return merchandise authorization team, or RMA team, at our quality assurance department. The RMA team will process the requests within 48 business hours. To expedite the RMA procedure, we request customers to submit RMA with five essential information, including item number, quantity, reason for return, batch number and original order number or purchase number. We generally provide a credit to our customers in the method in which the customers paid within seven business days of our receipt of the accepted return. A refund will not be processed until the product is received by our warehouse.
Defective products. Our quality assurance team in sales headquarters in the U.S. and Europe will diagnose the claims for defective products based on the essential information and determined if we need to retrieve for inspection or not. Upon receipt of the returned items, we shall inspect them for final determination of return, exchange or notification of ineligible products. We will notify our customers if any ineligible products are received. We reserve the right to either recycle or otherwise dispose of the ineligible products after the seven days from the date customers were notified. Ineligible products include (i) any products were damaged due to customers’ error; (ii) any products are returned due to defects but no defect is found after testing; (iii) any product that was not directly purchased from us or not our products; (iv) any returns with more than 70% of toner usage; and (v) any products that were malfunctioned. If the quality issues of our products are due to the faults of our suppliers, we will claim against our suppliers.
Incorrectly supplied products. The customers should notify us within 180 days of receipt of the incorrectly supplied products to qualify for refund or free replacement.
Missing, incomplete or damaged orders. If the purchase orders have not arrived, or arrive in complete or damages, our customers could contact our RMA Department to report any issue within three business days of the delivery date to qualify for refund or free replacement. If the products are lost or damaged in shipping, our customers or we could file a claim with the carrier for the loss if the products are shipped on a customer’s account or our account.
Change of mind returns. Customers may request product returns at their own costs if they are ordered in error or unwanted within 90 days from the original invoice date. The products must be returned in resalable conditions with the original packaging. We will charge 20% restocking fee if the products are returned to us after 90 days from the original invoice date. We will charge US$2 each on re-box if the packaging is damaged or defaced in any way, or if the packaging has been customized.
Our Services to Online Retail Customers
We allow our customers purchased through our online channels to exchange or return goods within 30 days of receipt of shipment for any reasons. We generally allow our customers to exchange or return any defective products with quality issues at any time after purchase. For returning, exchanging or repairing any defective products, our customers can mail such products to us after initiating a product return request on the platform on which they purchased the products.
106
Our Technology
Our technologies are crucial to our success. We have invested strategically to build our proprietary technology, with a goal to improve operational efficiency and customer experience.
EDI system. We have launched our electronic data interchange system for our dealer customers located in North America, through which the customers can send purchase orders to us, and receive shipping information from us.
Internet-based quick order system. We provide one-step ordering solutions to our ODM and dealer customers through our internet-based quick order system. Through this system, our customers could place and handle orders, locate product specifications and inventory information, check the status of their orders, and make payments.
Cloud-based warehouse management system. The cloud-based management system connects with many third-party platforms in the U.S. We have also integrated our cloud-based warehouse management system with our EDI system, allowing us to process orders, monitor the status of our inventory, and handle accounting matters through the system. After our customers place orders on Amazon or other online selling platforms, or through our EDI system or internet-based quick order system, such orders are processed through our cloud-based warehouse management system, which will generate automated messages to our warehousing and logistics teams for further processing and delivery. Any updates to the status of customer orders will be sent by our cloud-based warehouse management system back to the corresponding online selling platform, EDI system or internet-based quick order system, such that our customers are able to check the real-time status of their orders.
Intellectual Property
We currently hold a broad collection of rights relating to certain aspects of our in-house designed products. Such rights include trademarks, copyrights, domain names, trade names, trade secrets and other proprietary rights in a number of overseas jurisdictions including the U.S., Europe, and the PRC. All of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by some of our patents. We believe the duration of intellectual property rights is adequate relative to the expected lives of our products and services.
We have established and implemented internal policies and protocols in relation to the creation, management, implementation and protection of our intellectual property and trade secrets. Under our intellectual property protection measures, as of June 30, 2021, we had 366 registered patents, including utility patents, design patents and others, in the PRC and worldwide, including approximately 352 registered patents in the PRC. As of June 30, 2021, we had 66 pending patent applications in the PRC and worldwide, including 63 of such pending applications in the PRC. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had 24 trademarks, including 15 trademarks in various categories registered in the U.S. and six trademarks in various categories registered in the European Union, and one domain name registered.
We reply on a combination of patent, copyright, and trademark laws and restrictions in the PRC and other jurisdictions, fair trade practice, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights and in order to provide patent safe and self-developed products to our customers. Despite our precautions, third parties may infringe our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties and the expenses that may incur in protecting our intellectual property rights from such unauthorized use may adversely affect our business and results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our ability to compete effectively may be hampered if our intellectual property rights are infringed on by third-parties or, on the other hand, if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.”
We have not had any actions, which has had a material negative impact on our financial position or results of operations, brought against us by any third parties claiming that we have infringed any their intellectual property rights. However, from time to time we may be involved in disputes relating to intellectual property rights belonging to or asserted by third parties.
107
Competition
We are a specialized manufacturer, supplier and seller of toner cartridge to our customers mainly in the U.S. and Europe. We were the second largest compatible toner cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturing revenue in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We face competition from manufacturers of similar products in China for sale to customers in the U.S. and Europe. The market concentration for compatible toner cartridges is relatively high as the top five compatible toner cartridges manufacturers accounted for approximately 55.9% and 85.6% of the total revenue in the U.S. and Europe in 2020, respectively, according to the CIC Report. Based on our operating experience, we believe the principal competitive factors in our relevant markets include:
• production scale, including production and processing capacities;
• quality of our products;
• research and development capabilities;
• selling price;
• production cost;
• customer satisfaction and reputation; and
• geographical location.
There are certain major barriers of entry into the toner cartridge industry, including patents protection, substantial capital investment required to set up the operations, ability to retain highly qualified technical experts and established relationships with customers. Please refer to “Industry Overview — Competitive landscape of the compatible toner cartridge market in the PRC” for details of the competition we face, including the key players in the compatible toner cartridge industry in China, as manufacturers and engaged in the sales of U.S. and European market.
Occupational Health and Safety
We are subject to the labor, safety and work-related laws and regulations where our business operate. See “Regulation.” We have already established a work safety system which includes a system for recording and handling accidents for the production facilities warehouse and formulated a number of guidelines and this regard. We hold regular safety training session for our employees.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any significant incidents or accidents in relation to workers’ safety or subject to any material claim, whether for personal or property damage, or penalty in relation to health, work safety, social or environmental production issues, or involved in any accident or fatality, and had been in compliance with applicable laws and regulations in all material aspects during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.
Environmental and Social
We are committed to environmental protection and conservation and we have adopted environmental policies in relation to the environmental protection and conversation.
We are subject to the PRC environmental laws, regulations and standards where we manufacture our products. See “Regulation” for details of applicable environmental laws, regulations and standards.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had complied with the applicable environmental laws and regulations in all material respects, and that we were not subject to any material fines or legal actions involving non-compliance with any relevant regulations in the PRC.
The cost of compliance with the applicable environmental protection laws, regulations, policies and standards was not material during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. However, environmental laws and regulations have tended to become increasingly stringent and, to the extent regulatory changes occur in the future, they could result in, among other things, increased costs to our company.
108
Employees
We had 1,573, 1,554, 1,479 and 1,238 full-time employees as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and September 30, 2021. Out of the 1,479 full-time employees we had as of December 31, 2020, 1,411 of them were located in China and 68 of them were located overseas. The following table sets forth the number of our full-time employees as of September 30, 2021:
Function |
Number of |
|
Manufacturing |
597 |
|
Sales and Marketing |
206 |
|
Research and Development |
30 |
|
Production Material Control |
103 |
|
Quality Assurance |
50 |
|
Administration |
62 |
|
Accounting and Finance |
47 |
|
Information Technology |
22 |
|
Management |
10 |
|
Others |
111 |
|
Total |
1,238 |
Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate, train and retain qualified personnel. We offer our employees competitive salaries, bonuses and other incentives. Bonuses are generally discretionary and based on employee performance as well as our overall business performance. We offer interest-free home loans to certain qualified employees as an employee benefit.
We recruit most of our employees through job fairs, recruitment agencies and online channels. In addition, we launch regular internal and external training programs for employees covering daily work, production safety, technics, industry, information security and customs regulations. We also select outstanding employees and key core talents to study in outside training institutions or designated institutions according to the needs of specific occupations.
We have entered into employment agreements with our full-time employees. We have also sign confidentiality agreements with our employees except manufacturing staff under which such employees shall, during or after the course of employment, keep all confidential information strictly confidential. Confidential information includes all data and information that is obtained, created or developed or became aware of, whether directly or indirectly, as a result of using any equipment or resources or due to the performance of duties by such employees or information marked with “Confidential” or similar wordings, regardless of whether such information is written, completed, or registered intellectual properties.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any material labor disputes with our employees, receive any complaints, notices or orders from relevant government authorities or third parties, or receive any claims from our employees relating to social insurance or housing provident funds. None of our employees are currently represented by labor unions.
Insurance
We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected event. We have purchased property insurance which covers all risks of physical loss, destruction or damage to our production facilities, the inventory of our products and our fixed assets, work safety liability insurance which covers work injuries at our production facilities. Our main export credit insurance covers majority of the commercial risks and political risks in relation to our export transactions. The export credit insurance covers risks in relation to (i) commercial risks occurs when the buyer defaults on payment for goods, refuses to take delivery of goods or goes bankrupt or insolvent; and (ii) political risks occurs when the country or region of the buyer prohibits or restricts the buyer from paying for goods, an import ban is imposed on the goods purchased by the buyer, any war, civil war or riot makes the buyer unable to perform contract or a third party country through which the payment by the buyer has to be routed issues a moratorium. The insurance company is responsible to compensate up to majority of the loss resulting from the commercial risks or political risks.
109
In line with general market practice, we do not maintain any business interruption insurance, which is not mandatory under the relevant laws of the PRC. We do not main key-man life insurance or insurance policies covering damages to our IT infrastructure or information technology systems. We believe that we are covered by adequate property and liability insurance policies which are customary for similar companies in the PRC, the U.S. and Europe. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make any material insurance claims in relation to our business. Our management evaluates the adequacy of our insurance coverage from time to time, and we purchase additional insurance policies as needed. However, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all losses that may occur. Please refer to the section headed “Risk Factors — Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all risks in relation to our business operations.”
Properties and Facilities
Our principal executive offices are located in Xinyu, Jiangxi, China. We own seven parcels of land with an aggregate gross site area of approximately 3.9 million square feet, and owned and occupied 32 buildings with a total gross floor area of approximately 1.2 million square feet in the PRC. We also lease lands and buildings from independent third parties with an aggregate gross floor area of 244,571 square feet in the PRC, the Netherlands, Italy, the United Kingdom and France. These leases vary in duration from one year to nine years. The properties and facilities we own and lease serve the functions of product manufacturing, research and development, warehousing, marketing, and customer services.
We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our current needs, and we will obtain additional facilities to accommodate our future expansion plans.
Seasonality
Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the orders we receive. We typically experience lower revenue in the fourth quarter every year due to the decrease in demand for our toner cartridges in offices before and during the Christmas holidays. As the majority of our customers are located in North America and Europe, the demand of printers used in offices and schools tends to decrease when our customers are on vacation during those periods. We expect such pattern is likely to continue in the future.
Legal Proceedings
On November 12, 2021, ML Products, Inc. filed a complaint with the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Aster US, a subsidiary of the Company, and five other defendants, claiming that Aster US (i) violated the Lanham Act by conducting false advertising, (ii) violated the California Business and Professions Code §17200 by engaging in unfair competition, and (iii) violated the California Business and Professions Code §17500 by conducting false advertisement. If the reviewing court determines that these claims are successfully established, monetary relief or injunctive relief may be granted to the plaintiff. We believe this lawsuit is without merit and we are defending ourselves vigorously. There is uncertainty, however, regarding ultimate resolution of this lawsuit. As of the date of this prospectus, we have been served with the complaint. We maintain a liability insurance policy, pursuant to which we are presently seeking confirmation by the provider to determine if such policy entitles us to receive liability coverage or contribution towards our related legal expenses and fees. However, since this case is still in its early stage, we are not able to predict the scale of liability, if any, potential monetary impact or outcome of this case at this time.
We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any other material legal or administrative proceedings than as described in this section. Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.
110
This section sets forth a summary of applicable laws, rules, regulations, government and industry policies and requirements that have a significant impact on our operations and business. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all laws and regulations, which apply to our business and operations. Investors should note that the following summary is based on relevant laws and regulations in force as of the date of this prospectus, which may be subject to change.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, and from July 1, 2021 to the date of this prospectus, we did not commit any material non-compliance of the applicable laws and regulations. During the same periods, we did not experience any non-compliance, taken as a whole, that would have a materially negative impact on our business, results of operations, or our ability to operate our business in a legally compliant manner.
OVERVIEW OF THE PRC LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Foreign Investment
Limited liability companies and joint stock companies established and operated in China are subject to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Company Law”), which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of National People’s Congress (“Standing Committee of NPC”) on December 29, 1993 and became effective on July 1, 1994, and was subsequently revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005, December 28, 2013 and October 26, 2018, respectively. Foreign-invested companies must comply with the Company Law, unless otherwise stipulated by foreign investment laws.
Before January 1, 2020, the establishment and operation of foreign wholly-owned enterprises were subject to the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on April 12, 1986, and revised on October 31, 2000 and September 3, 2016, respectively, and Implementation Rules for the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises promulgated by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People’s Republic of China on December 12, 1990 and revised by the State Council on April 12, 2001 and February 19, 2014.
Since January 1, 2020, foreign wholly-owned enterprises have been subject to the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by National People’s Congress on March 15, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020 with the abolishment of Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises. Foreign investors and foreign-owned enterprises undertaking investment activities in China are subject to the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for the Access of Foreign Investment, of which the latest version was promulgated by the NDRC and the MOFCOM on June 23, 2020 and became effective on July 23, 2020, and Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment, of which the latest version was promulgated by the NDRC and the MOFCOM on December 27, 2020 and became effective on January 27, 2021.
Our business operations are not subject to the restrictions or prohibitions in the latest version of Negative List, and therefore our business operations are in a permitted industry for foreign investment.
Relevant Laws and Regulations on Product Quality and Consumer Protection
According to the Product Quality Law of the PRC promulgated on February 22, 1993 and amended on July 8, 2000, August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018 respectively, and the Law of the PRC on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests promulgated on October 31, 1993 and amended on August 27, 2009 and October 25, 2013 to protect the legitimate rights and interests of end-users and strengthen the supervision and control of the quality of products, if the product sold is sub-standard but not defective, the retailer will be responsible for the repair, exchange, or refund of the sub-standard product and for the compensation to the consumer for its losses (if any). In addition, the manufacturer is liable for the sub-standard product. The retailer is entitled to claim reimbursement from the manufacturer for the compensation paid by the retailer to the consumer. If the product is defective and has caused personal injury or damage to assets, the consumer has the option to claim compensation from either the manufacturer, or the distributor or the retailer. A retailer or distributor who has already compensated the consumer is entitled to claim reimbursement from the liable manufacturer.
111
In addition to the Product Quality Law, there are also other PRC laws that apply to the product liability. According to the PRC Civil Code, promulgated on May 28, 2020, in the event of damage caused to others due to product defect, the infringed may seek compensation from the manufacturer or the seller of the products. Where the product defect is caused by the manufacturer, the seller may, after paying compensation, claim the same from the manufacturer. Where the product defect is caused by the fault of the seller, the manufacturer may, after paying compensation, claim the same from the seller.
Labor and Social Security
The relevant labor laws of PRC are comprised of Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Labor Law”, which promulgated on July 5, 1994, revised on December 29, 2018 and became effective on the same date), Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Labor Contract Law”) (which became effective on January 1, 2008, revised on December 28, 2012 and became effective on July 1, 2013), the Regulation on the Implementation of the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China, Trial Measures for Maternity Insurance of Enterprise Employees, Work-related Injury Insurance Regulation, Unemployment Insurance Regulation, Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, Provisions on the Administration of Declaration and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, Regulation on Management of Housing Provident Fund and other relevant laws and regulations promulgated by the PRC government authorities from time to time.
Under the Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant requirements, employees are required to participate in five types of social insurance, namely basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance, of which the premiums of maternity insurance and work-related injury insurance shall be paid only by the employer in accordance with national regulations and employees are not required to pay, while premiums of basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance and unemployment insurance shall be paid jointly by employer and employees. If the employer fails to pay the social insurance premiums in full as scheduled, the social insurance authorities may order the employers to make the payments or to make up the difference within a specified time limit, with late payment fees imposed. If the employers fail to make the payments within such time limit, relevant administrative authorities may impose fines on them.
In accordance with the Regulation on Management of Housing Provident Fund promulgated by the State Council on April 3, 1999 (latest revised on March 24, 2019), the employer shall make contributions to the housing provident fund for its employees.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to social insurance plans for certain employees. As a result, we may be ordered by relevant governmental authority to make any outstanding contributions within a stipulated period of time and pay penalties at a daily rate of 0.05% of the outstanding contributions. The outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable was approximately $0.11 million as of June 30, 2021, which is accrued in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the maximum amount of such penalties that we could be imposed on is approximately US$0.31 million. We received confirmations from relevant local authorities that we were not subject to any penalty for failing to make full contributions to the social insurance fund during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been ordered to pay outstanding contributions or related penalties.
Production Safety
According to the Production Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgate by the Standing Committee of NPC on June 29, 2002, became effective on November 1, 2002 and revised on August 27, 2009, August 31, 2014 and June 10, 2021 respectively, entities that are engaged in the production and business operation activities within the territory of the PRC shall (i) observe the Production Safety Law and other relevant laws and regulations concerning production safety; (ii) strengthen the management and control of production safety; (iii) improve the measures for safety protection of production sites; and (iv) establish and improve the accountability system for safety accidents to ensure the work safety in production sites. The production entities shall implement national standards or industrial
112
standards for safety formulated according to laws, and provide conditions for safe production stipulated by relevant national standards or industrial standards. Entities that do not meet the conditions for safety production shall not be engaged in production and operation activities.
Foreign Trade Law of the People’s Republic of China
According to Foreign Trade Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted on May 12, 1994 and revised on April 6, 2004 and November 7, 2016 respectively, foreign trading enterprise engaged in the import and export of goods or technology shall file and register with the competent department for foreign trade under the State Council or governmental body authorized by the State Council. The Customs shall not process customs declaration submitted by foreign trading enterprise not registered and filed in accordance with the requirements.
Law on Import and Export Commodity Inspection
According to Law of the People’s Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection which became effective on August 1, 1989, and subsequently revised on April 28, 2002, June 29, 2013, April 27, 2018, December 29, 2018 and April 29, 2021 and its implementation regulations, the consignee or consignor of imported or exported goods may complete the clearance declaration with the customs themselves or entrust commodity clearance agency firms to complete the declaration procedures. The government has adopted a filing and registration administration system for enterprises completing the declaration themselves. The consignee or consignor of imported or exported goods shall file with the relevant entry-exit inspection and quarantine authority according to law when handling the customer clearance procedures.
Others
Circular No.37
Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration of the Overseas Investment and Financing and the Round-tripping Investment Made by Domestic Residents through Special-purpose Companies (“Circular No.37”) which became effective on July 4, 2014, domestic resident (including domestic corporate entity and individual domestic resident) which/who, for the purposes of investment and financing, directly establishes or indirectly controls special-purpose company, and directly or indirectly undertakes domestic direct investment activities through such special-purpose company using legitimately held domestic company assets or interests or using legitimately held overseas company assets or equities, i.e., the activity of establishing domestic foreign-invested enterprise or project by merger and acquisition or incorporating new entity while acquiring ownership, control, rights of business operation and management and so on must apply to SAFE for registration of foreign exchange for overseas investment.
M&A Rules
According to the Provisions on the Merger or Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (“M&A Rules”), which were jointly issued by the MOFCOM, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the SAT, State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the PRC (the “SAIC”), the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the SAFE on March 7, 2003, became effective on April 12, 2003, and subsequently revised on August 8, 2006 and June 22, 2009 by MOFCOM, a foreign investor is required to obtain necessary approvals, (i) when the non-foreign-invested equities of a domestic company (“domestic enterprise”) is acquired by a foreign investor, transforming the said domestic enterprise into a foreign-invested enterprise; or subscribe the equity of a domestic enterprise through increasing the registered capital, so as to change the domestic enterprises into a foreign-invested enterprise; or (ii) the foreign investor incorporates a foreign-invested enterprise and acquires and operates the assets of a domestic enterprise through the said foreign-invested enterprise, or acquiring the assets of a domestic enterprise as investment capital to incorporate another foreign-invested enterprise, the foreign investor shall be subject to the approval of the MOFCOM of the PRC or the provincial commerce department, and shall file registration of change or registration of establishment with the SAIC or its authorized local industry and commerce bureaus.
The merger and acquisition of a domestic company with or by a domestic company, enterprise or individual, which is associated with the target company, in the name of an overseas company legitimately incorporated or
113
controlled by the domestic company, enterprise or individual shall be subject to examination and approval by the MOFCOM. The parties involved shall not use domestic investment by foreign-invested enterprises or other methods to circumvent the aforesaid requirements.
Environmental Protection
According to the Environmental Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on December 26, 1989 and became effective on the same day, and was revised on April 24, 2014 and became effective on January 1, 2015, companies undertaking any project with environmental pollution must comply with regulations on the administration of environmental protection for construction projects. Any anti-pollution infrastructure must be designed, constructed and used in synchronization with principal part of the project. The State adopts pollution discharge permit management system in accordance with the law. Enterprises, public institutions and other producers and business operators that are subject to pollution discharge permit management shall discharge pollutants in accordance with the requirements of their permits; no pollutant discharge is allowed without a pollutant discharge permit.
According to the Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the Standing Commission of NPC on October 28, 2002 and became effective on September 1, 2003, and revised on July 2, 2016 and December 29, 2018, respectively, constructors should refer to the Catalogue for the Classified Administration of Environmental Impact Assessments for Construction Projects formulated and issued by administrative departments for environmental protection of the State Council. If any of the construction projects (I) may cause significant environment impact, the constructor shall prepare a report of environmental impacts so as to include a comprehensive assessment of the environmental impacts; (II) may have moderate environmental impacts, the constructor shall prepare a report form of environmental impacts so as to include an analysis or special assessment of the environmental impacts; (III) have minor environmental impacts and environmental impact assessment is not required, the constructor shall fill in a registration form for the environmental impacts. In case the environmental impact assessment document of a construction project fails to pass the examination of the statutory authorities for examination and approval or fails to be approved after examination, such authorities may not approve the construction thereof, and the constructor may not commence construction.
The “13th Five-Year” Environmental Impact Assessment Reform Implementation Plan promulgated by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on July 15, 2016 clearly called off the administrative permit for the completion acceptance of environmental protection and required the establishment of a coordinated management system for environmental impact assessment, “three synchronizations” and emission permit. Requirements on pollutant emission control in the environmental impact assessment documents and approval of the construction project shall be included in the emission permit. The implementation of “three synchronizations” of an enterprise shall be a pre-condition for emission permit application. Before starting the production or usage, constructor shall authorize a third-party institution to compile the report on the completion acceptance of environmental protection facilities of the construction project based on comments in the environmental assessment and approval documents, which will be open to the public and filed with environmental protection department.
In accordance with the Administration Measures for Pollutant Discharge Permit (Trial) promulgated by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on January 10, 2018 and revised by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment on August 22, 2019, enterprises, public institutions and other producers and business operators (the “pollutant discharge entities”) included in the Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permit for Stationary Pollution Sources shall apply for and obtain a pollutant discharge permit within the prescribed time limit; and it is temporarily unnecessary for pollutant discharge entities not included in the Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permit for Stationary Pollution Sources to apply for a pollutant discharge permit. The currently valid Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permits for Stationary Pollution Sources was promulgated and implemented by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on December 20, 2019.
Property
Land
According to the PRC Civil Code, promulgated on May 28, 2020 and the Land Administration Law of The People’s Republic of China promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on June 25, 1986 (latest revised on August 26, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020), land in the urban districts shall be owned by the State; land in the rural areas and suburban areas, except otherwise provided for by the State, shall be collectively owned by
114
peasants. The State may, for public interests, make expropriation on land collectively owned by the peasants under circumstances stipulated in the Land Administration Law of The People’s Republic of China and in which expropriation are confirmed to be necessary, but shall give compensations accordingly.
According to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China Concerning the Assignment and Transfer of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land in the Urban Areas promulgated by the State Council on May 19, 1990 and was revised on November 29, 2020 and became effective on the same date, the State implements the system of assignment and transfer of the right to the use of state-owned land in the urban areas in accordance with the principle of separation of ownership and right of use. The maximum terms of granting are varied for different land uses. The relevant terms are generally as follows:
Land use |
The maximum term |
|
Business, tourism, entertainment |
40 |
|
Residence |
70 |
|
Industry |
50 |
|
Public facilities |
50 |
|
Others |
50 |
Land users who have acquired the state-owned land use right may transfer, lease, mortgage or use it in other economic activities within the terms of use, and their legal rights and interests shall be protected by the laws of the State.
Real Estate
According to Urban Real Estate Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated at the eighth meeting of the Eighth Standing Committee of NPC on July 5,1994, became effective on January 1, 1995, and revised on August 30, 2007 and August 27, 2009 respectively (“Urban Real Estate Law”, the latest amendment of which was announced on August 26, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020), the construction of infrastructure and building on the land with the state-owned land use right belong to real estate development. Transfer is permitted for qualified real estates, unless otherwise stipulated by the laws. The ownership of a building acquired in accordance with the law, together with the land use right within the area occupied by the building, may create a mortgage. The owner of building has the right to lease out the building. When real estate is transferred and mortgaged, the ownership of the building and the land use right within the area occupied by the building are transferred and mortgaged at the same time.
Intellectual Property
Patent
According to the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated on March 12, 1984 and recently amended on October 17, 2020, which became effective on June 1, 2021, and the Implementation Rules of Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China revised on January 9, 2010, there are three types of patents in China, which are “invention”, “utility model” and “design”. Invention patents are valid for twenty years from the date of application, while utility model patents and design patents are valid for ten years from the date of application. Patentee shall pay an annual fee from the year in which the patent right was granted. The patent right shall cease when the period of validity expires; where an annual fee is not paid as prescribed or the patentee abandons his or its patent right by a written statement, the patent right shall cease before the expiration of its duration.
Trademark
Trademarks are protected by the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China revised in 2019 and Implementation Regulations of Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted by the State Council in 2002 and revised in 2014. The Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce under the State Council is responsible for trademark registrations and granting a validity period of ten years for registered trademarks which can be subsequently renewed for ten years each time on trademark holders’ demand. The trademark licensing agreement shall be submitted to the Trademark Office for filing. The Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China has adopted the “first to file” principle with respect to trademark registration. If the subject of the application is a mark identical or similar to the subject of any other prior application which is to be used on identical or similar
115
commodities or service once get registered or pending for primary approval, the application for registration would be rejected. Any applicant may not infringe the existing prior right legitimately obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation.”
Domain Name
Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names promulgated by Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on August 24, 2017 and became effective on November 1, 2017 and the Administrative Regulations for Country Code Top-Level Domain Name Registration issued by China Internet Network Information Centre on June 18, 2019 and became effective on the same date, the principle of “first come, first served” applies to domain name registration service. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant will become the holder of the registered domain name. In the case of changes in registered information on the domain name, the domain name holder should apply to the domain name registry for changing the registered information on the domain name within 30 days of the change. Furthermore, the holder shall pay operation fees for registered domain names on schedule. If the domain name holder fails to pay corresponding fees as required, the original domain name registry shall deregister the domain name and notify the holder of deregistration in written forms.
Foreign Exchange
According to the Regulations of the PRC on Foreign Exchange Administration promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996 and revised on August 5, 2008, the foreign exchange income and expenditure or foreign exchange business operations of domestic institutions or individuals as well as the foreign exchange income and expenditure or foreign exchange business operations conducted within the territory of the PRC by overseas institutions or individuals shall be subject to foreign exchange administration. The foreign exchange income and expenditure under the current account shall be based on genuine and lawful transactions. An overseas institution or individual that makes direct investments in the territory of the PRC shall carry out registration procedures with foreign exchange administrative authority upon the approval of the competent department.
According to the Notice on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment (Hui Fa [2012] No. 59) promulgated by the SAFE, some administrative permitted items regarding the foreign exchange administration for direct investment shall be canceled and adjusted, for example, canceling the approval procedure for the opening and entry recording of foreign exchange account under direct investment, canceling the approval procedure for foreign investors’ reinvestment with domestic lawful income, simplifying the foreign exchange administration for the domestic reinvestment by foreign-invested companies, simplifying the foreign exchange registration formalities for acquisitions of Chinese parties’ equities by foreign investors, canceling the approval procedure for foreign exchange purchase and external payment under direct investment, and canceling the approval procedure for domestic foreign exchange transfer under direct investment.
According to the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents (Hui Fa [2013] No. 21) promulgated by the SAFE, direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration, and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by the SAFE.
According to the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Foreign Exchange Administration Policies in Relation to Direct Investment (Hui Fa [2015] No. 13) promulgated by the SAFE, foreign exchange administration policies for direct investment are further simplified, which specifically include the cancelation of two administrative approvals, i.e., the foreign exchange registration approvals under domestic and overseas direct investments, which shall be verified directly by banks instead; simplifying confirmation registration and administration over a foreign investor’ s capital contribution under domestic direct investment; and canceling the annual foreign exchange inspection of direct investment.
According to the Notice on the Reform of the Administrative Approach for the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital Funds of Foreign-invested Enterprises (Hui Fa [2015] No. 19) promulgated by the SAFE, a voluntary settlement mechanism for foreign exchange capital funds to foreign-invested enterprises shall be implemented, and RMB funds from voluntary settlement of capital funds shall be deposited into and managed under an account for foreign exchange fund settled and to be paid.
116
Taxation
Enterprise Income Tax
According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China (“EIT Law”), which was promulgated by the NPC on March 16, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008 and revised on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, respectively, and the Regulation on Implementation of the EIT Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law”), which was promulgated by the State Council on December 6, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008 and revised on April 23, 2019, income tax rate of 25% is applied to the resident enterprises (including foreign-owned enterprises) since January 1, 2008. Where non-resident enterprises that have not set up institutions or establishments in the PRC, or where institutions or establishments are set up but there is no actual relationship with the income obtained by the institutions or establishments set up by such enterprises, they shall pay enterprise income tax for the income originating from the PRC, and such income of non-resident enterprises shall be taxed at the reduced rate of 10% and withheld at source, for which the payer thereof shall be the withholding agent.
On the basis of the EIT Law, an enterprise established according to the law of the overseas jurisdictions with its “de facto management body” in the PRC is regarded as a Chinese resident enterprise, and it shall pay the PRC’s enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% for its income earned globally. A “de facto management body” is an organization who actually implements comprehensive management and control of the enterprise’s production and business operations, personnel and human resources, finance, property, etc. It is provided in the Notice of Related Issues about Determining Overseas Registered and Chinese Holding Enterprises to be Resident Enterprises According to Actual Management Structure Standards (Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 82) promulgated by the SAT on April 22, 2009 that overseas enterprises invested by enterprises in the PRC as controlling investors which also comply with the following conditions shall be determined to be “resident enterprises” whose “de facto management body” are in the PRC: (a) the place where the enterprises are responsible for the implementation of the daily production and operation management and their senior management departments perform their duties is mainly located in the PRC; (b) financial and personnel decisions of the enterprise are made by organizations or personnel in the PRC, or requires the approval from agencies or officers located in the PRC; (c) main assets, accounting books, company seal and files of minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (d) more than half of those who have voting rights or senior management of the enterprises reside in the PRC permanently.
In addition, according to the EIT Law, new and high-tech enterprises which need key support of the State shall be levied enterprise income tax a reduced rate of 15%. According to the Implementation Rules of the EIT Law, new and high-tech enterprises which need key support of the State are those have their own core intellectual property rights and meet the following conditions at the same time:
(1) the product (service) falls within the scope of the High and New Technology Areas Entitled to the Key Support of the State;
(2) the ratio of research and development expenses to sales revenues is not lower than the prescribed ratio;
(3) the ratio of the income from high and new technology products (services) to the total income of the enterprise is not lower than the prescribed ratio;
(4) the ratio of technicians to the total number of staff members of the enterprise is not lower than the prescribed ratio;
(5) other conditions as stipulated in the Administrative Measures for Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises.
The High and New Technology Areas Entitled to the Key Support of the State and the Administrative Measures for Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises were formulated by the Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Finance and SAT in consultation with the relevant departments under the State Council, and were announced and implemented with the approval of the State Council.
117
Withholding Tax
According to the EIT Law and Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and dividends payable by a Chinese foreign-owned enterprise to its foreign investors shall be subject to 10% withholding tax, unless there is a tax agreement between the jurisdiction where the foreign investor is registered and China that provides for different withholding arrangements. According to the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income promulgated by the SAT on August 21, 2006, if the shareholders is a Hong Kong resident holding at least 25% of the registered capital of a Chinese company, the applicable withholding tax rate of any dividend declared by the Chinese company is 5%, or if the shareholder is a Hong Kong resident holding less than 25% of the registered capital, the withholding tax rate applicable is 10%. According to the Measures for the Administration of Non-Resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of the Treatment under Tax Agreements promulgated by the SAT on October 14, 2019, implemented on January 1, 2020, if a non-resident taxpayer meet the conditions for enjoying the treatment under tax agreements, he can enjoy such treatment at the time of tax declaration or through the withholding agent at the time of withholding declaration and accept subsequent management from the tax authorities. In the case of source withholding and designated withholding, if a non-resident taxpayer believes that he meets the conditions for enjoying such treatment and needs to enjoy it, he shall take the initiative to propose to the withholding agent and submit relevant report forms and materials to the withholding agent.
Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Property between Non-Resident Enterprises
According to the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning Enterprise Income Tax for Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises (“Circular No.7”) issued by the SAT of the People’s Republic of China and immediately implemented on February 3, 2015, where a non-resident enterprise indirectly transfers equity interests or other assets of a PRC resident enterprise by implementing arrangements that are not for reasonable commercial purposes to avoid its obligation to pay enterprise income tax, such an indirect transfer shall be redefined and recognized as the direct transfer of equity interests or other assets of the PRC resident enterprise.
Value-added Tax
According to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Value-added Taxes (revised on November 10, 2008, February 6, 2016 and November 19, 2017) promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and the Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Value-added Taxes (revised on December 15, 2008 and October 28, 2011) issued by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China on December 25, 1993, and became effective after the recent revision on November 1, 2011, if a taxpayer engages in taxable activities, the VAT rates shall be as follows:
(1) for taxpayers selling goods, labor services, leasing services of tangible movable property or imported goods, other than those stipulated in items 2, 4 and 5 below, the tax rate shall be 17%;
(2) for taxpayers selling transportation, postal, basic telecommunications, construction, immovable leasing services, selling immovables, transferring the land use rights, selling or importing the following goods, the tax rate shall be 11%:
a. Agricultural products such as grains, edible vegetable oil and edible salt;
b. Tap water, heating, air conditioning, hot water, gas, liquefied petroleum gas, natural gas, dimethyl ether, methane gas, coal products for household use;
c. Books, newspapers, magazines, audio-visual products and electronic publications;
d. Feed, chemical fertilizer, pesticide, agricultural machinery and agricultural film;
e. Other goods stipulated by the State Council.
(3) for taxpayers selling services and intangible assets, other than those stipulated in item 1, 2 above and 5 below, the tax rate shall be 6%.
(4) for taxpayers exporting goods, the tax rate shall be zero, except as otherwise stipulated by the State Council.
118
(5) for domestic entities and individuals who engage in cross-border sales of services and intangible assets within the scope prescribed by the State Council, the tax rate shall be zero.
Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surcharges
According to the Circular of the State Council on Unifying the System of City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax Paid by Domestic and Foreign Invested Enterprise and Individual issued on October 18, 2010 and became effective on December 1, 2010, the Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated on August 11, 2020 and became effective on September 1, 2021, and the Interim Regulations on the Collection of Education Surcharges, promulgated by the State Council in 1986 and amended in 2011, shall be applicable to foreign-invested enterprises, foreign enterprises and foreign persons.
According to the Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, any entity or individual subject to consumption tax, value-added tax shall also pay the urban maintenance and construction tax. The urban maintenance and construction tax shall be determined according to the consumption tax and value-added tax paid by the taxpayer, and shall be paid together with the consumption tax and value-added tax. In addition, the tax rates of urban maintenance and construction for urban areas, counties or towns and non-urban areas, counties or towns shall be 7%, 5% and 1% respectively.
According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection of Education Surcharges, all entities and individuals subject to consumption tax, value-added tax and business tax shall also pay education surcharges. The education surcharges rate is 3% of the value-added tax, business tax and consumption tax actually paid by each entity or individual, which shall be paid together with the value-added tax, business tax and consumption tax.
Customs Law
According to Customs Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted on January 22, 1987, and subsequently revised on July 8, 2000, June 29, 2013, December 28, 2013, November 7, 2016, November 4, 2017 and April 29, 2021, the recipient and sender of import and export goods completing customs declaration formalities must complete filing formalities with the Customs in accordance with the laws.
OVERVIEW OF UNITED STATES LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Product Safety
The law of product safety is primarily under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”), an administrative agency of the United States federal government that regulates certain classes of products sold to the public. The CPSC was established pursuant to the 1972 Consumer Product Safety Act (“CPSA”). The CPSA is the umbrella statute at the federal level with respect to product safety for consumer products. The CPSA was amended by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (“CPSIA”) in 2008. The implementation of CPSIA was a significant overhaul of consumer product safety laws in the United States and was designed to enhance federal and state efforts to improve the safety of all products imported into and distributed in the United States. Products imported into the United States which fail to comply with CPSIA’s requirements are subject to confiscation and the importer and/or distributor in the United States is subject to civil penalties and fines, as well as possible criminal prosecution.
Under the CPSIA, a “general conformity certification” is required for any consumer product imported into the United States that is subject to a consumer product safety rule, standard, regulation, or ban pursuant to the CPSA or issued by the CPSC. The requirement applies to all manufacturers and importers of goods. Those parties must certify that their products comply with all applicable consumer product safety rules and laws such as the CPSA, Flammable Fabrics Act, Federal Hazardous Substance Act, and Poison Prevention Act. The CPSA specifies that certification must be based on a “test of each product or a reasonable testing program.” The certificate must accompany the product or shipment of products, and a copy must be furnished to each distributor or retailer and U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The CPSC may also request a copy of the certification.
119
The CPSA also contains several reporting requirements for manufacturers and sellers of consumer products sold in the U.S. Section 15 of the CPSA requires a manufacturer or a seller to inform the CPSC immediately in the event it obtains information that any of its products: (1) creates a substantial risk of injury to consumers; (2) creates an unreasonable risk of serious injury or death; or (3) fails to comply with an applicable consumer product safety rule or with any other rule, regulation, standard, or ban under the CPSA or any other statute enforced by the CPSC. The CPSC may require the manufacturer or the seller to cease distribution of the product, and notify each person to whom the manufacturer or the seller knows such product was sold of such non-compliance, defects or risk. In certain circumstances, the CPSC may require the manufacturer or the seller to bring the product into conformity with the applicable product safety rules, repair the defect in the product, replace the product with an equivalent product that complies with the applicable product safety rules, issue a product recall and/or refund the purchase price of the product.
Product Liability Law
U.S. state law generally imposes liability on all manufacturers and retailers (and parties in the supply chain) for injuries that result from unsafe, defective and dangerous products sold to consumers. Product liability claims in the United States are typically based on three theories of law: (1) strict liability, (2) negligence and (3) breach of warranty. In addition, as noted above, U.S. laws and regulations can also obligate manufacturers and retailers (and parties in the supply chain) to remedy product defects, which can include safety recall campaigns.
Parties involved in manufacturing, distributing or selling a product may be subject to liability for harm caused by a defect in that product. There are three types of product defects, namely, design defects, manufacturing defects and defects in marketing. In a negligence claim, a defendant may be held liable for personal injury or property damage caused by the failure to use due care. Strict liability claims, however, do not depend on the degree of carefulness by the defendant. A defendant is liable when it is shown that an injury (personal or to property) occurred as the result of a product’s defect. Breach of warranty is also a form of strict liability in the sense that a showing of fault is not required. The plaintiff need only establish the warranty was breached, regardless of how that came about. Companies that manufacture, distribute or sell a product in a particular state may be subject to the jurisdiction of such state’s product liability laws, whether the company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or principal place of business is in that state, in another U.S. state or in a non-U.S. jurisdiction.
Product liability legal actions and recall campaigns in the United States (“Product Liability Matters”) could involve personal injury and property damage and could involve claims for substantial monetary damages. The results of any future litigation and claims involving product liability in the United States are inherently unpredictable.
Import Tariffs and Customs Regulations
U.S. customs regulations (“Customs Regulations”), administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) apply to any products entering the United States. Those regulations cover, among other areas, valuation of goods, classification, recordkeeping requirements, entry formalities, and laws related to duties and tariffs. The United States imposes tariffs on certain goods imported from various countries. Tariff rates are generally set forth in the HTSUS. Note that embargoes, anti-dumping duties, countervailing duties, and other specific matters administered by the United States executive branch are not contained in the HTSUS and that various regulations or administrative actions could result in modification of these duties. Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974, 19 USC.§ 2101 et. seq. (the “Trade Act”) permits the President of the United States to grant temporary import relief by raising import duties or imposing non-tariff barriers (e.g., quotas) on goods entering the United States that injure or threaten to injure domestic industries producing similar goods. Section 301 of the Trade Act authorizes the President of the United States to take all appropriate action, including retaliation, to obtain the removal of any act, policy, or practice of a foreign government that violates an international trade agreement or is unjustified, unreasonable, or discriminatory, and that burdens or restricts U.S. commerce. The law does not require that the U.S. government wait until it receives authorization from the World Trade Organization to take such enforcement actions.
Customs regulations provide maximum penalties based on three legal states of mind, from least culpable to most culpable as follows: (1) In cases of negligence, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the lesser of: the domestic value of the merchandise or two times the loss of duties (and if the violation did not result in underpayment of
120
duties, then a maximum of 20% of the value of the merchandise); (2) In cases of gross negligence, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the lesser of: the domestic value of the merchandise or four times the loss of duties (and if the violation did not result in underpayment of duties, then a maximum of 40% of the value of the merchandise); and (3) In cases of fraud, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the domestic value of the merchandise.
U.S. and China trade policy under the prior U.S. presidential administration gave rise to the imposition of significant additional tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, and vice versa, under Sections 201 and 301 of the Trade Act. To date, four lists of products imported from China, identified by HTSUS codes, have been issued with various tariff impositions. On September 1, 2019, the U.S. government imposed additional tariffs on specific products on List 4 (the “Product List”) to be imported from the PRC to the U.S. (the “Additional Tariffs”). Certain Additional Tariffs that were intended to go into effect in December 2019 were reduced in half. Products classified under HTSUS 8443.99.2550, which includes toner cartridges, i.e., as parts and accessories of printers, are subject to Additional Tariffs. Specifically, under the List 4A $300 Billion Tariff Action, the applicable 301 tariff for such products is currently 7.5%.
Employment and Labor Law
Private businesses operating in the United States are subject to employment laws of the federal governments, state government, and, to a lesser extent, local counties or municipalities. These laws govern many aspects of the workplace as set forth herein and failure to comply can result in fines and penalties from relevant oversight agencies and liability to employees, which can include a multiple of actual damages, counsel fees, and punitive damages for certain violations. Businesses that operate in Pennsylvania must comply with governing federal laws and laws of the Commonwealth (together, “US-PA Employment Laws”). However, because Aster US has a small number of employees in Pennsylvania, United States, it is exempt from certain US-PA Employment Laws, including certain aspects of the federal Family and Medical Leave Act in United States. Compliance with applicable US-PA Employment Laws requires adopting policies meeting the minimum requirements and administering those policies in a manner that is consistent with the obligations.
Employees in Pennsylvania, United States are generally deemed to be employees at will, meaning they can be terminated or the terms and conditions of their employment can be altered for any reason or no reason, absent a contractual arrangement that alters the employment at-will status.
Broadly, Aster US’s obligation to comply with applicable US-PA Employment Laws, includes laws and rules relating to:
(i) Wage and hour standards, such as paying required overtime for employees who do not meet exemption requirements and work in excess of 40 hours in a week, paying minimum wage, paying wages when due, and ensuring exemption requirements are met for employees designated as exempt;
(ii) Providing required leave for covered employees, including unpaid leave for applicable reasons such as military service, jury duty, and as a reasonable accommodation for disabilities;
(iii) Anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation;
(iv) Ensuring employees are eligible to be employed in the United States; and
(v) Occupational safety.
Failure to comply with the US-PA Employment Laws may, in some instances, expose Aster US to civil liability to employees or former employees for compensatory damages as well as punitive damages and counsel fees, such as is the case if an employer engages in discriminatory conduct that “shocks the conscience.” Aster US could also be subject to fines, penalties, and assessments from various regulatory authorities; e.g., the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, the Unites States Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
Given the small size of Aster US’s workforce in Pennsylvania, United States and that only one employee is characterized as exempt from overtime, it is not expected that there is a material issue relating to the characterization of employees as overtime eligible or exempt. Additionally, Aster US uses a reputable, national payroll provider, so it is expected Aster US’s payroll practices, as reported to the provider by Aster US, are in compliance. Based on information
121
supplied by Aster US, it appears Aster US is aware of requirements relating to mandated leave, anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation rules and other worker protection requirements and has adopted policies to meet them. While Aster US has appropriate anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation policies in place, it is not possible to determine whether it consistently and appropriately enforces and administers such policies.
Businesses that operate in California must comply with governing federal laws and laws of the State of California, as well as applicable local laws, ordinances, and regulations (together, “US-CA Employment Laws”). However, because Aster US has a small number of employees in California, United States, it is exempt from certain US-CA Employment Laws, including certain aspects of the federal Family and Medical Leave Act. Compliance with applicable US-CA Employment Laws requires adopting policies meeting the minimum requirements and administering those policies in a manner that is consistent with the obligations.
Employees in California, United States are generally deemed to be employees at will, meaning they can be terminated or the terms and conditions of their employment can be altered for any reason or no reason, absent a contractual arrangement that alters the employment at-will status. Broadly, Aster US’s obligation to comply with applicable US-CA Employment Laws, includes laws and rules relating to:
(i) Wage and hour standards, including but not limited to paying required overtime at the employee’s regular rate of pay for employees who do not meet exemption requirements and work in excess of 40 hours in a week, 8 hours in a day and/or the first 8 hours worked on the seventh consecutive day worked in a workweek, paying required double time for work in excess of 12 hours in a day and/or all hours worked in excess of 8 hours on the seventh consecutive day worked in a workweek, paying minimum wage, paying wages when due, providing mandated off-duty rest periods and meal periods, providing compliant wage statements, and ensuring exemption requirements are met for employees designated as exempt;
(ii) Ensuring correct classifications of workers engaged by Aster US as employees or independent contractors;
(iii) Providing required leave for covered employees, including unpaid leave for applicable reasons such as pregnancy, military service, jury duty, and crime victim status, and as a reasonable accommodation for disabilities, and paid sick time as required by applicable state and local laws;
(iv) Anti-discrimination, anti-harassment, and anti-retaliation;
(v) Providing reasonable accommodations to and engaging in the interactive process with employees with disabilities, religious needs, or other protected characteristics;
(vi) Whistleblower protection;
(vii) Pre-employment hiring, including compliance with background check laws and regulations;
(viii) Confidential information, invention assignment, non-competition and non-solicitation;
(ix) Ensuring employees are eligible to be employed in the United States; and
(x) Occupational safety, including compliance with all relevant COVID laws, orders, ordinances, regulations, and guidance, and worker’s compensation.
Failure to comply with the US-CA Employment Laws may, in some instances, expose Aster US to civil liability to employees or former employees for compensatory damages, statutory damages, civil penalties, as well as punitive damages and counsel fees, in either single plaintiff, multiple plaintiff, class action, representative action, and/or collective action litigation. Aster US could also be subject to fines, penalties, and assessments from various regulatory authorities; e.g., the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the California Department of Labor Standards Enforcement, the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency, the California Employment Development Department, the California Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Unites States Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
122
OVERVIEW OF NETHERLANDS LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Product Liability
In the Netherlands, product liability can result from various laws and regulations, depending on the relation between the relevant parties. In case of a defective product that causes damage, the liability of the producer of the products can be based on article 6:185 et seq. of the Dutch Civil Code (DCC), which is the implementation of the EU Product Liability Directive. National law is also of importance. If there is a breach of contract (article 6:74 DCC), a party can be held liable for a defective product. Lastly, a party can be held liable based on tort (article 6:162 DCC).
If the claim is based on article 6:185 et seq. DCC it is not a requirement that the producer is to be blamed for the defective product. In principle, the producer is liable for damage caused by a fault in a product meant for the consumer market or bought by a consumer. A fault is, amongst others, (i) the lack of a safety provision; (ii) unsound instructions for use; and/or (iii) the lack of warnings on the product. Please note that (i) damage can be claimed in case this is caused by death or personal injury and/or the damage is involving any item or property that is intended for and used for the private use or consumption of the claimant; (ii) product liability does not apply to, among other things, services; and (iii) if products are imported from outside the European Union, the importer is legally considered as the producer. Only the consumer can file a claim based on article 6:185 DCC. These laws are to protect the consumers and therefore consumer friendly.
A claim can furthermore be based on tort (article 6:162 DCC), and this generally constitutes a negligence-based liability. However, the claimant must prove that the tort or unlawful act can be attributed to the producer. Please note that article 6:162 DCC claims, can be invoked by other persons, other than a consumer, for example, a retailer, to claim damages resulting from the defective product.
Generally, parties agree on selling and buying products which are not defect. If a defective product is delivered, it could be expected that the receiving party claims breach of contract (article 6:74 DCC). Do note that breach of contract can only be claimed by the party to the contract and not for example by the end user or consumer.
Consumer Law
According to Dutch law, which is mainly based on EU-law, different rules apply in contractual relationships between businesses and consumers than those between businesses. Consumers have more rights under Dutch law and are better protected than businesses. This means that contracts and general terms and conditions have to be carefully examined. Examples of consumer rights are a standard term for canceling the purchase and the obligation of the seller to provide the consumer with clear information.
As for the standard terms and conditions, in the Netherlands in general the general terms and conditions should be handed over when concluding an agreement. The reason is that a party should have a reasonable possibility to become aware of the general terms and conditions. Also, the content of the terms and conditions cannot pose an unreasonable burden to the other party. In case of a contractual relationship with a consumer, please note that Dutch law provides for certain stipulations that are already considered onerous in advance, or are suspected to pose an unreasonable burden. If a stipulation is held to be onerous, the stipulation can be annulled.
General Data Protection Regulation in the Netherlands
The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) applies from May 25, 2018. The GDPR is directly applicable in the Netherlands and Aster Netherlands are subject to it. As the GDPR leaves room for certain national choices regarding the processing of personal data, the Dutch Implementation Act of the GDPR is also of importance.
All processing of personal data must comply with the general data protection principles as laid down in the GDPR. Personal data, amongst others, has to be processed in compliance with the purpose limitation, storage limitation, accuracy and data minimization principals. Also, personal data must be processed lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner, and the personal data must be kept secure using appropriate technical or organizational measures.
The processing of personal data is only allowed if at least one of the following lawful bases for processing of personal data can be relied upon: the data subject gave consent, the processing is necessary for the performance of a contract to which the data subject is party or for taking pre-contractual steps on the data subject’s request, necessary for compliance with a legal obligation of the controller, necessary in order to protect the vital interests of the data
123
subject or of another natural person, necessary for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller or necessary for the purposes of the controller’s or a third party’s legitimate interests, except where overridden by the interests or fundamental rights and freedom of the data subject. Specific rules apply to certain processing activities, such as the processing of special category personal data, personal data of a criminal law nature and/or national identification numbers.
Under the GDPR, data subjects have various rights, such as the right of access, which gives data subjects the right to obtain a copy of their personal data as well as certain supplementary information, the right to data portability and the right to be forgotten.
The GDPR arranges for various obligations for controllers and processors of personal data. In certain situations controllers and processors must, amongst others, appoint a data protection officer. Also, controllers and processors have to maintain a record of their processing activities and, where applicable, enter into written data processing agreements, respectively, and joint controller arrangements. Where personal data is to be transferred to countries outside the EU, the GDPR provides rules and requirements for such transfer.
The Dutch Data Protection Authority (Dutch DPA) supervises compliance with the GDPR. The tasks and powers of the Dutch DPA are described in the GDPR, supplemented by the Dutch Implementation Act of the GDPR. Violations of the GDPR can be sanctioned with fines of up to 4% of annual worldwide turnover of the preceding financial year or EUR20 million, whichever is higher.
Employment and Labor Law
Under Dutch law parties may enter into an employment agreement for a definite or for an indefinite period of time. The number of succeeding employment agreements for a definite period of time is limited to three, which may not exceed a total duration of three years. An interval of six months “breaks the chain” of these consecutive employment agreements. If the maximum amount of three employment agreements or the maximum period of three years is exceeded, the employee will be considered to have an employment agreement for an indefinite period of time (art. 7:668 DCC).
Each employee is, amongst other rights, entitled to the statutory minimum wage (which changes every year and currently amounts to EUR 1,684.80 (as per 1 July 2021: EUR 1,701.) for employees of 21 years or older, in principle 8% holiday allowance per year (MinimumWage and Minimum Holiday Allowance Act), in principle payment of 70% of the salary during sickness in the first two years (art. 7:629 DCC) and at least 20 holidays (based on 1 FTE) (art. 7:634 DCC). Failing to pay the minimum salary (during holidays or illness) or the holiday allowance, may entitle the employee to the statutory increase (wettelijke verhoging), which is maximum 50% of the amount that the employee did not receive, depending on the delay (art. 7:625 DCC). The relevant employee may also claim the statutory interests (wettelijke rente) amounting to 2%. Not paying the minimum wage and/or the holiday allowance (on time) could also lead to the Inspectorate SZW (Inspectie SZW) issuing i) a warning, ii) an incremental penalty payment (EUR 500 for each day that the employer did not pay the required amount up to a maximum of EUR 40,000 per employee); iii) a fine (between EUR 250 and EUR 2,000 in case of holiday allowance and between EUR 500 and EUR 10,000 in case of the minimum wage); and/or in case of serious violations preventive shutting down the business.
An employment agreement may terminate by operation of law (agreements for a definite period, art. 7:677 DCC) or with mutual consent by entering into a settlement agreement (art. 7:670b DCC). Unilaterally terminating an employment agreement requires, in principle, (except for cause or during the probationary period) the dissolution of the court (art. 7:671b DCC) or the prior permission to give notice from the UWV (a governmental body) (art. 7:671a DCC). If the employer terminates the employment agreement nonetheless, the court may restore the employment agreement or award the employee a fair compensation (billijke vergoeding) (art. 7:681 DCC). Each unilateral termination of an employment agreement (including termination by operation of law of definite period of time agreements), in principle, gives rise to an obligation to pay the employee the statutory severance payment (transitievergoeding) amounting to 1/3th of a monthly salary for each year of employment (art. DCC 7:673 DCC). This payment is set at a maximum of EUR 84,000 gross (as per 1 January 2021) or one full year of salary for employees who earn more than this amount.
The obligations of an employer with respect to working conditions are laid down in the Working Conditions Act (Arbeidsomstandighedenwet), the Working Conditions Decree (Arbobesluit) and the Working Conditions Regulation (Arboregeling). Dutch employment law includes merely general obligations for the employer, rather than specific safety requirements, pursuant to which the employer must organize the work in such a way that the staff works in a
124
safe and healthy workplace by, amongst others: i) providing a proper workplace and safe equipment; ii) preventing physical and psychological strain (stress); and iii) taking steps to avoid accidents with hazardous or harmful substances, radiation or contagious diseases. As part of this, the employer is, amongst others, obliged to list the potential risks in the workplace in a risk inventory and evaluation (RI&E) and to have a health and safety policy in place, in which, amongst others, measures are included with respect to first aid, firefighting and evacuation of the personnel (appointing Emergency Response Officer(s)). Employers are also obliged to seek the support of a health and safety expert (either by employing a health and safety officer or by hiring a health and safety agency) to deal with: i) illness of an employee (reducing absenteeism); ii) medical examinations for new employees and iii) voluntary periodic occupational health examinations (PAGO) or periodical medical examinations (PMO). Violation of the working conditions obligations may lead to the Inspectorate SZW issuing a warning, an administrative enforcement order, an incremental penalty and/or a fine that in principle varies from EUR 340 to EUR 13,500 per violation (a fine up to EUR 50,000 may be imposed if the employer did not report an accident). These amounts are a starting point and may be adjusted (depending on the size of the company), increased (i.e. consequence for the relevant employees, recidivism, type of violation) or decreased (depending on the efforts the employer has taken). In addition, the Inspectorate SZW could decide to shut down the business if for instance remaining at the premises is dangerous for the personnel.
OVERVIEW OF HONG KONG LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Business Registration Ordinance (Chapter 310 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
Every person (including a body corporate or an individual) carrying on business in Hong Kong shall make a business registration application with the Commissioner of Inland Revenue within one month of the commencement of the business. The function for business registration is not for regulating business activities or licensing. It only serves to enable members of the public to obtain business information conveniently.
Once the requisite requirements for registration under section 5 are satisfied, a business registration certificate will be issued. The valid business registration certificate must be displayed in a conspicuous place at the address where the business is carried on. According to section 15(1), any failure to make a business registration application within one month from the commencement of the business, in the case of a body corporate, the secretary, manager or director may face a maximum penalty of a fine at level 2, i.e. HK$5,000 and imprisonment of one year.
Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
Part 16 of the ordinance concerns companies incorporated outside Hong Kong that have established a place of business in Hong Kong. Such foreign companies are defined by the ordinance as non-Hong Kong companies. Any such foreign company that falls within the definition of a non-Hong Kong company shall apply to the Companies Registry to register as a non-Hong Kong company within one month from the date of establishing a place of business in Hong Kong.
Any failure to register a foreign company which has established a place of business in Hong Kong as a non-Hong Kong company may, according to s.776(6), subject the company in question and its responsible person, including director, to a maximum fine at level 5 i.e. HK$50,000 and to a further fine of HK$1,000 for each day during which the offense continues in the case of a continuing offense.
Sale of Goods Ordinance (Chapter 26 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
This ordinance aims to codify the laws relating to the sale of goods. Under section 15, where there is a contract for sale of goods by description, there is an implied condition that the goods shall correspond with the description.
Under section 16, where a seller sells goods in the course of a business, there is an implied condition that the goods supplied under the contract are of merchantable quality, except that there is no such condition (i) as regards defects specifically drawn to the buyer’s attention before the contract is made; or (ii) if the buyer examines the goods before the contract is made, as regards defects which that examination ought to reveal; or (iii) if the contract is a contract for sale by sample, as regards defects which would have been apparent on a reasonable examination of the sample.
125
Under section 17, where there is a contract by sample, there are implied conditions that (i) the bulk shall correspond with the sample in quality; (ii) the buyer shall have a reasonable opportunity of comparing the bulk with the sample; and (iii) the goods shall be free from any defects, rendering them unmerchantable, which would not be apparent on a reasonable examination of the sample.
Where any right, duty or liability may arise under a contract of sale of goods by implication of law, it may, subject to the Control of Exemption Clauses Ordinance, Chapter 71 of the Laws of Hong Kong, be negatived or varied by express agreement, or by course of dealings between parties, or by usage if the usage is such as to bind both parties to the contract.
Control of Exemption Clauses Ordinance (Chapter 71 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
The ordinance aims to limit the extent to which civil liability for breach of contract, or for negligence or other breach of duty, can be avoided by means of contract terms and otherwise.
Under section 8, as between contracting parties where one of them deals as consumer or on the other’s written standard terms of business, as against that party, the other cannot by reference to any contract term (i) when himself in breach of contract, exclude or restrict any liability of his in respect of the breach; or (ii) claim to be entitled to render a contractual performance substantially different from that which was reasonably expected of him; or (iii) claim to be entitled in respect of the whole or any part of his contractual obligation, to render no performance at all, except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.
Under section 9, a person dealing as a consumer cannot by reference to any contract term be made to indemnify another person in respect of liability that may be incurred by the other for negligence or breach of contract, except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.
Under section 11, as against a person dealing as consumer, the liability for breach of the obligations arising under sections 15, 16 and 17 of the Sale of Goods Ordinance cannot be excluded or restricted by reference to any contract term, and as against person dealing otherwise than as consumer. The liability arising thereunder can only be excluded or restricted by reference to a contract term except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.
Trade Descriptions Ordinance (Chapter 362 of the Laws of Hong Kong)
The ordinance aims to protect customers against unfair trade practices by regulating businesses to sell products and services in a truthful manner. It prohibits false trade descriptions in respect of services supplied in the course of trade.
Section 2 provides, among others, that “trade description” in relation to services means an indication, direct or indirect, and by whatever means given, with respect to the service or any part of the service including an indication of any of the matters nature, scope, quantity (including the number of occasions on which, and the length of time for which the service is supplied or to be supplied), standard, quality, value or grade; fitness for purpose, strength, performance, effectiveness, benefits or risks; method and procedure by which, manner in which, and location at which, the service is supplied or to be supplied; availability; testing by any person and the results of the testing; approval by any person or conformity with a type approved by any person; a person by whom it has been acquired, or who has agreed to acquire it; the person by whom the service is supplied or to be supplied; after-sale service assistance concerning the service; price, how price is calculated or the existence of any price advantage or discount.
Section 7 provides that no person shall in the course of trade or business apply a false trade description to any goods or sell or offer for sale any goods with false trade descriptions applied thereto.
Section 7A provides that a trader who applies a false trade description to a service supplied or offered to be supplied to consumer, or supplies or offers to supply to consumer a service to which a false trade description is applied, commits an offense.
Sections 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H and 13I provide that a trader who engages in relation to a consumer in commercial practice that is a misleading omission; or is aggressive; constitutes bait advertising; constitutes a bait and switch; or constitutes wrongly accepting payment for a product, commits an offense.
A person who commits an offense under sections 7, 7A, 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H or 13I shall be subject, on conviction on indictment, to a fine of HK$500,000 and to imprisonment for five years, and on summary conviction, to a fine of HK$100,000 and to imprisonment for two years.
126
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.
Directors and Executive Officers |
Age |
Position/Title |
||
Mr. Weidong Gu |
51 |
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
||
Mr. Shaofang Weng |
50 |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
||
Mr. Quanmao Zhou |
31 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
Mr. Zhisheng Cheng |
42 |
Vice President |
||
Mr. Qilong Yang |
48 |
Vice President |
||
Ms. Yu Xiang* |
38 |
Independent Director Appointee |
||
Ms. Fenglei Jiang |
54 |
Independent Director |
||
Mr. Xinwei Xie |
47 |
Independent Director |
____________
* Ms. Yu Xiang has accepted her director appointment effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.
Mr. Weidong Gu is one of our founders and has served as our director since inception and our chairman of the board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Gu has extensive experience as an engineer and possesses more than 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. In 2011, Mr. Gu co-founded our Company, and since then, he has been overseeing our Company’s corporate strategic planning and business development, and managing our day-to-day business operations. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Gu worked as the manager of the engineering department and deputy general manager of Zhuhai Seine Technology Co., Ltd., responsible for managing the manufacturing and research and development operations. Prior to 2002, Mr. Gu was involved in engineering work in several companies. Mr. Gu received a bachelor’s degree in radio engineering from Xiangtan University in the PRC in 1991. He obtained an intermediate engineer qualification in August 1999.
Mr. Shaofang Weng is one of our founders and has served as our director and chief executive officer since April 2020. Mr. Weng has over 18 years of experience in financial accouting and control. Mr. Weng has been with our Company since January 2011 and served as the financial controller of Jiangxi Yibo since February 2012. From June 2007 to October 2010, Mr. Weng served as the executive director of Dongguan Pudao Consulting Co., Ltd., a company that provides tax and financing services for small and medium enterprises. Prior to that, Mr. Weng served as finance manager and deputy general manager of Guangzhou Tianyue Communication Technology Development Co., Ltd. from November 2003 to June 2007. Mr. Weng received a bachelor’s degree in accounting in 1995 and a master’s degree in accounting in 2002 from Jiangxi University of Finance and economics. Mr. Weng has been a member of The Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants since December 1998.
Mr. Zhisheng Cheng is one of our founders and has served as our vice president since April 2020. Mr. Cheng has had extensive experience in product development. Mr. Cheng has been with us since 2011 and has since served as the director of technology and the deputy general manager of Jiangxi Yibo. Prior to founding our Company, from January 2007 to February 2011, Mr. Cheng worked as the director of the technology department of Zhuhai Seine Technology Co., Ltd. Prior to that, Mr. Cheng worked as the head of research and development at Zhuhai Ninestar Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. from July 2004 to January 2007. Mr. Cheng received a bachelor’s degree in mechanical design and manufacture from Hubei University of Technology in the PRC in 2004.
Mr. Qilong Yang is one of our founders and has served as our vice president since April 2020. Mr. Yang has had extensive experience in manufacturing management and operation. Mr. Yang has been with us since 2011 and has since served as the deputy general manager of Jiangxi Yibo. Prior to that, Mr. Yang worked at Zhuhai Ninestar Eletronic Technology Co., Ltd. from October 2001 to August 2009 as the supervisor and manager of quality control department and from September 2009 to July 2011 as the assistant to the general manager. Mr. Yang graduated with a diploma in computer information management from Sichuan Three Gorges College in the PRC in 1996.
Ms. Yu Xiang is our independent director appointee, whose appointment will become effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. From April 2008 to October 2020, Ms. Yu Xiang served as a managing director of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, with a focus on serving Chinese
127
companies making initial public offerings in the United States and Chinese companies listed in the United States, and was also responsible for leading the work of south regional office. From October 2005 to April 2008, Ms. Xiang served as senior associate of PricewaterhouseCoopers, providing audit assurance services to various PRC companies that were listed on the international stock markets. Ms. Xiang obtained her bachelor’s degree in accounting from Nanjing Audit University in 2005 and is a member of AICPA and FCCA.
Ms. Fenglei Jiang has served as our independent director since June 2021. Ms. Fenglei Jiang has had extensive experience in engineering and business management. Since September 2015, Ms. Fenglei Jiang has served as the supervisor of Guangzhou Carbon Asset Management Co., Ltd. Since April 2005, Mr. Fenglei Jiang has been working at Zhongshan Wanjing Technology Development Co., Ltd. and currently is serving as an executive director and general manager. Ms. Fenglei Jiang received a bachelor’s degree in metal material and heat treatment from Beihang University in the PRC in 1988.
Mr. Xinwei Xie has served as our independent director since June 2021. Mr. Xie has extensive experience in information technology and e-commerce. Since July 2015, Mr. Xie has been serving as the chief technology officer and director of Hainan Yinghai Network Technology Co., Ltd., where he was responsible for the research and development of proprietary medical insurance fraud prevention and costs control digital systems. Since October 2010, Mr. Xie has been an executive director and supervisor at Shanghai Highdata Technology Co., Ltd., a medical information company, where he was responsible for the research and development of an independent intellectual property memory database, supervised projected in connection with big data technology and the development of a quality protection system for drugs. Mr. Xie received a bachelor’s degree in business information management from Hangzhou College of Commerce of the Zhejiang Gongshang University in the PRC in 1995.
Controlled Company
Upon completion of this offering, our chairman of the board of directors, Mr. Weidong Gu, will beneficially own 18.96% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 91.14% of our total voting power, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, or 18.44% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option. As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” for the purpose of the Nasdaq listing rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
• the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and
• the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.
Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are deemed a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with us is required to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors.
128
A general notice by any director to the effect that he is a member, shareholder, director, partner, officer or employee of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or transaction with that company or firm, shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect to a contract or transaction in which he has an interest.
After such general notice, special notice relating to any particular transaction shall not be required. A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein. If he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered.
The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party. None of our directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.
Committees of the Board of Directors
We will establish three committees under the board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Ms. Yu Xiang will be the chairperson of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules and meets the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our audit committee will consist solely of independent directors that satisfy the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC requirements within one year of the completion of this offering. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Xiang Yu qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC rules and possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.
The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:
• selecting our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;
• reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;
• reviewing and approving all proposed related-party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;
• discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;
• annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;
• meeting separately and periodically with management and our independent registered public accounting firms;
• reporting regularly to the full board of directors; and
• performing such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time.
129
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Ms. Fenglei Jiang will be the chairperson of our compensation committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.
The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated.
The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:
• reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;
• reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;
• reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the compensation of our directors;
• reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans; and
• selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Mr. Xinwei Xie will be the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.
The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting directors and in determining the composition of our board and board committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:
• identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors, or for appointment to fill any vacancy;
• reviewing annually with our board of directors its composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;
• identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;
• advising the board periodically with respect to developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;
• making recommendations to our board of directors on corporate governance matters and on any corrective action to be taken; and
• monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure compliance.
130
Duties of Directors
Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in good faith in what they consider to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
Although under Cayman Islands law, a controlling shareholder of a Cayman Islands company does not owe fiduciary duties to the company or its minority shareholders, a controlling shareholder who serves as a director of a company owes fiduciary duties in his capacity as a director to such company, for as long as he or she serves on the company’s board of directors. Certain shareholders of our controlling shareholder serves on our board of directors and, as a result, owes the aforementioned fiduciary duties to us.
In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association as may be amended from time to time. Our company has a right to seek damages against any director who breaches a duty owed to us.
The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:
• convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;
• declaring dividends and distributions;
• appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;
• exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and
• approving the transfer of shares of our company, including the registering of such shares in our share register.
Code of Ethics and Corporate Governance
We will adopt a code of ethics, which will be applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. We will make our code of ethics publicly available on our website.
In addition, our board of directors will adopt a set of corporate governance guidelines covering a variety of matters, including approval of related party transactions prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part.
Terms of Directors and Officers
Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until their resignation, death or incapacity, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or until his or her office is otherwise vacated in accordance with our amended and restated articles of association.
A director will also be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors, (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind, (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing, (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for three consecutive meetings and our board resolved that his office be vacated, or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Interested Transactions
A director may, subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under applicable law, the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, or
131
disqualification by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any directors in such contract or transaction is disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration and any vote in that matter.
Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements
We will enter into employment agreements with our executive officers. Each of our executive officers is employed for a continuous term unless either we or the executive officer gives prior notice to terminate such employment, or for a specified time period, or for a specified time period which will be renewed automatically unless a notice of non-renewal is given. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, including but not limited to as a result of the executive officer’s commitments of any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the employment, conviction of a criminal offence, fraud or dishonesty, habitual neglect of his or her duties, material misconduct being inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the executive officer’s material duties or material breach of internal procedures or regulations which causes damage to the Company. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with month’s prior written notice.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against all liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company to the fullest extent permitted by law with certain limited exceptions.
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid an aggregate of approximately RMB2.66 million (US$416,425) in cash to our executive officers and directors and we did not pay any compensation to our non-executive directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.
Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance, pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan and other statutory benefits. Our Hong Kong subsidiaries are required by the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance to make monthly contributions to the mandatory provident fund scheme in an amount equal to at least 5% of an employee’s salary.
132
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering for:
• each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially own our ordinary shares;
• our directors and executive officers as a group; and
• each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.
Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering includes Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option.
Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer, or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our ordinary shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, shares underlying options, warrants, or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. We will be required to have at least 300 shareholders at closing in order to satisfy the Nasdaq listing standards.
Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned |
Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Class A |
Class B |
Total |
Percentage |
Percentage |
Class A |
Class B |
Total |
Percentage |
Percentage |
|||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers:* |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Weidong Gu(1) |
6,126,300 |
26,315,800 |
32,442,100 |
61.6 |
% |
93.0 |
% |
6,126,300 |
26,315,800 |
32,442,100 |
55.33 |
% |
91.14 |
% |
||||||||||
Shaofang Weng |
528,900 |
— |
528,900 |
1.0 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
528,900 |
— |
528,900 |
0.90 |
% |
0.18 |
% |
||||||||||
Zhisheng Cheng |
1,763,200 |
— |
1,763,200 |
3.4 |
% |
0.6 |
% |
1,763,200 |
— |
1,763,200 |
3.01 |
% |
0.60 |
% |
||||||||||
Qilong Yang |
528,900 |
— |
528,900 |
1.0 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
528,900 |
— |
528,900 |
0.90 |
% |
0.18 |
% |
||||||||||
Yu Xiang† |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
||||||||||
Fenglei Jiang |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
||||||||||
Xinwei Xie |
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
— |
— |
|
— |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group: |
8,947,300 |
26,315,800 |
35,263,100 |
67.0 |
% |
94.0 |
% |
8,947,300 |
26,315,800 |
35,263,100 |
60.14 |
% |
92.09 |
% |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
5% Shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Aster Excellent Limited(1) |
8,947,300 |
26,315,800 |
35,263,100 |
67.0 |
% |
94.0 |
% |
8,947,300 |
26,315,800 |
35,263,100 |
60.14 |
% |
92.09 |
% |
||||||||||
Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited(2) |
10,526,300 |
— |
10,526,300 |
20.0 |
% |
3.6 |
% |
10,526,300 |
— |
10,526,300 |
17.95 |
% |
3.56 |
% |
||||||||||
Eagle Heart Limited(3) |
6,315,900 |
— |
6,315,900 |
12.0 |
% |
2.2 |
% |
6,315,900 |
— |
6,315,900 |
10.77 |
% |
2.14 |
% |
____________
* Except as indicated otherwise below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is No. 756 Guangfu Road, Hi-tech Development Zone, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC.
** Beneficial ownership information disclosed herein represents direct and indirect holdings of entities owned, controlled or otherwise affiliated with the applicable holder as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.
† Yu Xiang has consented to being named as a director nominee in our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.
133
†† After giving effect to the issuance and sale of 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares.
(1) Represents 35,263,100 ordinary shares held by Aster Excellent prior to this offering, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 2, 2019 and is owned as to 92.0% by Mr. Weidong Gu, 5.0% by Mr. Zhisheng Cheng, 1.5% by Mr. Shaofang Weng and 1.5% by Mr. Qilong Yang.
(2) Represents 10,526,300 ordinary shares held by Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, a company formed in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on September 17, 2019, and is wholly owned by Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC on August 23, 2016 and an independent third party, which is in turn wholly owned by the Financial and Monetary Bureau of Xinyu Hi-Tech Industry Development Zone, a department of Xinyu High-Tech Industry Development Zone.
(3) Represents 6,315,900 ordinary shares held by Eagle Heart Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on July 23, 2019, and is owned as to 100% by Mr. Xingzhi Huang.
As of the date of this prospectus, none of our ordinary shares are held by record holders the United States. None of our shareholders has informed us that it is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities.
We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company. See “Description of Share Capital — History of Securities Issuances” for a description of issuances of our ordinary shares that have resulted in significant changes in ownership held by our major shareholders.
134
Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements
See “Management — Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”
Other Related Party Transactions
Transactions with Mr. Weidong Gu. Mr. Weidong Gu is our founder and chairman of the board of directors. On January 9, 2019, we entered into a loan agreement with Agriculture Bank of China. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Weidong Gu provided personal guarantee to these loans.
Transactions with Mr. Qilong Yang. Mr. Qilong Yang is our vice president. In 2019, we provided an interest-free loan to Mr. Qilong Yang in the amount of $718,500, and in 2020, Mr. Qilong Yang paid back the amount in full.
Transactions with Mr. Zhisheng Cheng. Mr. Zhisheng Cheng is our vice president. In 2018, we provided an interest-free loan to Mr. Zhisheng Cheng in the amount of $131,400, and in 2020, Mr. Zhisheng Cheng paid back the amount in full. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Zhisheng Cheng provided personal guarantee to these loans.
Transactions with Mr. Xingzhi Huang. Mr. Xingzhi Huang is the 100% owner of Eagle Heart Limited, our 12% shareholder. Since 2016, we provided loans to Mr. Xingzhi Huang in a total amount of $9,182,415 at an annual interest rate of 5.6%. In 2019, Mr. Huang paid back the amount in full. On December 27, 2018 and January 20, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Agricultural Bank of China. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Xingzhi Huang provided personal guarantee to these loans.
Transactions with Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. is the controlling shareholder of Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who owns 20% of our ordinary shares. On September 10, 2020, we entered into a loan agreement with Export-Import Bank of China. Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. provided institutional guarantee to this loan.
135
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.
As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. As of the date hereof, there were 52,631,600 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, including 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
We have adopted an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on October 20, 2021, which became effective immediately.
The following are summaries of material provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that we expect will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
The following description of our share capital and provisions of our memorandum and articles of association are summaries and are qualified by reference to the memorandum and articles of association that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the ordinary shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur when our memorandum and articles of association becomes effective.
The following discussion primarily concerns ordinary shares and the rights of holders of ordinary shares.
Ordinary Shares
General
Our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares, of nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of (i) 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, (ii) 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and (iii) 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares.
Dividends
The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our shareholders or board of directors subject to the Companies Act and to the articles of association.
Conversion
Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of any Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person who is not an affiliate of such holder, or upon a change of beneficial ownership of any Class B ordinary shares as a result of which any person who is not a Founder or an affiliate of a Founder becomes a beneficial owner of such Class B ordinary shares, each of such Class B ordinary shares will be automatically and immediately converted into one Class A ordinary share.
136
Voting Rights
Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares shall, at all times, vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote by the shareholders. Each Class A ordinary share shall be entitled to one vote on all matters subject to vote at general and special meetings of our company and each Class B ordinary share shall be entitled to 10 votes on all matters subject to vote at general and special meetings of our company. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one shareholder present in person or by proxy.
An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes attached to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of votes cast attached to the ordinary shares. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our memorandum and articles of association.
Transfer of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the restrictions contained in our articles of association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his, her or its ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.
Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:
• the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;
• the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares;
• the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;
• the ordinary shares transferred are fully paid and free of any lien in our favor; and
• any fee related to the transfer has been paid to us; and
• the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.
If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.
Liquidation
On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.
Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares
Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.
Redemption of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and other applicable law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as may be determined by the board of directors.
137
Variations of Rights of Shares
If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.
General Meetings of Shareholders
Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors or our chairman. Advance notice of at least ten clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.
Inspection of Books and Records
Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will in our articles provide our shareholders with the right to inspect our list of shareholders and to receive annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Changes in Capital
We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:
• increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;
• consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;
• sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount; or
• cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.
We may by special resolution reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.
Exempted Company
We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Act in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:
• an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
• an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;
• an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
• an exempted company may issue no par value, negotiable or bearer shares;
• an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);
138
• an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
• an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and
• an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.
“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. We currently intend to comply with the Nasdaq Rules in lieu of following home country practice after the closing of this offering. The Nasdaq Rules require that every company listed on the Nasdaq hold an annual general meeting of shareholders. In addition, our articles of association allow directors to call special meeting of shareholders pursuant to the procedures set forth in our articles.
Differences in Corporate Law
The Companies Act is modeled after that of England and Wales but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements
A merger of two or more constituent companies under Cayman Islands law requires a plan of merger or consolidation to be approved by the directors of each constituent company and authorization by (a) a special resolution of the members of each such constituent company and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.
A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.
The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.
Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Cayman constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.
In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:
• the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;
• the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;
• the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and
• the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.
139
When a take over offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares the subject of the offer within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so accepted unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.
If an arrangement and reconstruction or take over offer is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
Shareholders’ Suits
In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:
• a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;
• the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and
• those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud which may attach to such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our memorandum and articles of association.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association
Some provisions of our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.
However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company for a proper purpose.
Directors’ Fiduciary Duties
Under Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the
140
best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.
As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company — a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.
Shareholder Proposals
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
Neither Cayman Islands law nor our articles of association allow our shareholders to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. However, our articles of association require us to call such meetings every year.
Cumulative Voting
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
Removal of Directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our articles of association, directors may be removed by ordinary resolution.
Transactions with Interested Shareholders
The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested
141
shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.
Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.
Dissolution; Winding Up
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.
Under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and our articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.
Variation of Rights of Shares
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.
Amendment of Governing Documents
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.
Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders
There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.
142
Directors’ Power to Issue Shares
Subject to applicable law, our board of directors is empowered to issue or allot shares or grant options and warrants with or without preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions.
History of Securities Issuances
The following is a summary of our securities issuances and re-designations during the past three years:
Ordinary Shares
On August 5, 2019, we issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent on the same day.
On August 5, 2019, we issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent.
On September 25, 2019, we issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 26, 2019, we issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.
On September 30, 2019, we issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited.
On October 20, 2021, our authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and our issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, our issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of our 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares.
143
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We intend to apply to list our Class A ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, we will have outstanding Class A ordinary shares held by public shareholders, representing approximately 10.23% of our ordinary shares in issue. All of the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could materially adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A ordinary shares.
Lock-up Agreements
We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Class A ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Class A ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Class A ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Class A ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the underwriter.
Furthermore, each of our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares will enter into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares. These restrictions also apply to any ordinary shares acquired by our directors and executive officers in the offering pursuant to the directed share program, if any.
We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our Class A ordinary shares, or the availability of Class A ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.
Rule 144
All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those sold in this offering, are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates (including persons beneficially owning 10% or more of our outstanding shares) and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:
• 1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 323,158 Class A ordinary shares immediately after this offering (or 332,158 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full); or
• the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed with the SEC.
Such sales are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
144
Rule 701
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, persons other than affiliates who purchased ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering may be entitled to sell such shares in the United States in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144.
Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 subject only to its manner-of-sale requirements. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to any applicable lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.
Regulation S
Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.
145
The following discussion of material PRC, Cayman Islands, and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Class A ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local, and other tax laws or under tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Island tax law, it represents the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, our Cayman Islands legal counsel; to the extent it relates to PRC tax law, it is the opinion of JunHe LLP, our PRC legal counsel.
Cayman Islands Taxation
The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or holders of our Class A ordinary shares levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A ordinary shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.
PRC Taxation
Income Tax and Withholding Tax
In March 2007, the National People’s Congress of China enacted the Enterprise Income Tax Law, or EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 (as amended in December 2018). The EIT Law provides that enterprises organized under the laws of jurisdictions outside China with their “de facto management bodies” located within China may be considered PRC resident enterprises and therefore subject to EIT at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the EIT Law further defines the term “de facto management body” as the management body that exercises substantial and overall management and control over the business, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.
In April 2009, the SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is deemed to be located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not offshore enterprises controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises.
According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.
The Administrative Measures for Enterprise Income Tax of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Resident Enterprises (Trial Version), or Bulletin 45, further clarifies certain issues related to the determination of tax resident status. Bulletin 45 also specifies that when provided with a resident Chinese-controlled, offshore-incorporated
146
enterprise’s copy of its recognition of residential status, a payer does not need to withhold a 10% income tax when paying certain PRC-source income, such as dividends, interest and royalties to such Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise.
We believe that our Cayman Islands holding company, Planet Image International Limited, is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. Planet Image International Limited is a company incorporated outside China. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside China. As such, we do not believe that our company meets all of the conditions above or is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our position and there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem our company as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China, in which case we would be subject to the EIT at the rate of 25% on worldwide income. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Cayman Islands holding company is a “resident enterprise” for EIT purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow.
One example is a 10% withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring our ordinary shares. It is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our Class A ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas.
According to the Announcement of SAT on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or Circular 7, which was promulgated by the SAT and became effective on February 3, 2015, if a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by transfer of the equity interests of an offshore holding company (other than a purchase and sale of shares issued by a PRC resident enterprise in the public securities market) without a reasonable commercial purpose, PRC tax authorities have the power to reassess the nature of the transaction and the indirect equity transfer may be treated as a direct transfer. As a result, the gain derived from such transfer, which means the equity transfer price less the cost of equity, will be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.
Under the terms of Circular 7, a transfer which meets all of the following circumstances shall be directly deemed as having no reasonable commercial purposes if:
• over 75% of the value of the equity interests of the offshore holding company are directly or indirectly derived from PRC taxable properties;
• at any time during the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the total properties of the offshore holding company are investments within PRC territories, or in the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the offshore holding company’s revenue is directly or indirectly derived from PRC territories;
• the function performed and risks assumed by the offshore holding company are insufficient to substantiate its corporate existence; or
• the foreign income tax imposed on the indirect transfer is lower than the PRC tax imposed on the direct transfer of the PRC taxable properties.
On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017. Circular 37 purports to provide further clarifications by setting forth the definitions of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of the withholding amount and the date on which the withholding obligation arises.
Specifically, Circular 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in instalments, the instalments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.
147
There is uncertainty as to the application of Circular 7 and Circular 37. Circular 7 and Circular 37 may be determined by the PRC tax authorities to be applicable to transfers of our shares that involve non-resident investors, if any of such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack a reasonable commercial purpose.
As a result, we and our non-resident investors in such transactions may become at risk of being taxed under Circular 7 and Circular 37, and we may be required to comply with Circular 7 and Circular 37 or to establish that we should not be taxed under the general anti-avoidance rule of the EIT Law. This process may be costly and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Value-added Tax
Under the Circular on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or Circular 36, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and the SAT on March 23, 2016 and became effective on May 1, 2016, entities and individuals engaging in the sale of services, intangible assets or fixed assets within the territory of the PRC are required to pay value added tax, or VAT, instead of business tax.
According to the Circular 36, our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity are subject to VAT, at a rate of 6% to 17% on proceeds received from customers.
According to the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the SAT on Adjusting Value-added Tax Rates, where a taxpayer engages in a taxable sales activity for the value-added tax purpose or imports goods, the previous applicable 17% tax rates are lowered to 16%.
According to the Circular on Policies to Deepen Value-added Tax Reform, where a taxpayer engages in a taxable sales activity for the value-added tax purpose or imports goods, the previous applicable 16% and 10% tax rates are lowered to 13% and 9% respectively.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires our Class A ordinary shares in this offering and holds our Class A ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare, and alternative minimum tax considerations, any withholding or information reporting requirements, or any state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations relating to the ownership or disposition of our Class A ordinary shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:
• banks and other financial institutions;
• insurance companies;
• pension plans;
• cooperatives;
• regulated investment companies;
• real estate investment trusts;
• broker-dealers;
• traders that elect to use a market-to-market method of accounting;
• certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;
148
• governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;
• tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);
• holders who acquired our Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;
• investors that will hold our Class A ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
• persons holding their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business outside the United States;
• persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value (including by reason of owning our Class A ordinary shares);
• investors required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their Class A ordinary shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;
• investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;
• partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding Class A ordinary shares through such entities, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.
The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Class A ordinary shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares.
General
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
• a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
• an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
• a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Class A ordinary shares.
Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)
A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the US Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:
• at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or
• at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).
149
Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.
Based on our operations, current and projected income and assets, and the composition of our income and assets (taking into account the current and expected income generated from our investment products purchased from banks), we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future under the current PFIC rules. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Class A ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Class A ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Class A ordinary shares. If we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Class A ordinary shares.
If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold Class A ordinary shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Class A ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:
• the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Class A ordinary shares;
• the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and
• the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.
The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Class A ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Class A ordinary shares as capital assets.
A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the US Internal Revenue Code for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to
150
the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Class A ordinary shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Class A ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. Such ordinary loss, however, is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Class A ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Class A ordinary shares. Your basis in the Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A ordinary shares” generally would not apply.
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including Nasdaq. If the Class A ordinary shares are regularly traded on Nasdaq and if you are a holder of Class A ordinary shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.
Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. The qualified electing fund election, however, is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Class A ordinary shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Class A ordinary shares, including regarding distributions received on the Class A ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.
If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Class A ordinary shares, then such Class A ordinary shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Class A ordinary shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Class A ordinary shares for tax purposes.
IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for our Class A ordinary shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of our Class A ordinary shares. However, if we are determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Class A ordinary shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if we are determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits our Class A ordinary shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Class A ordinary shares.
You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Class A ordinary shares and the elections discussed above.
151
Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Class A ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.
With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a PFIC for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is not income tax treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A ordinary shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the NYSE and the Nasdaq Stock Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.
Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Class A ordinary shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”
To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Class A ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.
Taxation of Dispositions of Class A Ordinary Shares
Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Class A ordinary shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year, you will generally be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding under Section 3406 of the US Internal Revenue Code with at a current flat rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer
152
identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. Transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries, however, may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.
Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Class A ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Class A ordinary shares.
153
Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriter, Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to it, the number of Class A ordinary shares indicated below:
Underwriter |
Number of |
|
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. |
|
|
Total |
|
The underwriter is offering the Class A ordinary shares subject to its acceptance of the Class A ordinary shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by its counsel and to other conditions. The underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such Class A ordinary shares are taken. However, the underwriter is not required to take or pay for the Class A ordinary shares covered by the underwriter’s option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares described below.
Over-Allotment Option
We have granted to the underwriter an option, exercise for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 15% additional Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts. The underwriter may exercise this option solely for the purpose of cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional Class A ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Class A ordinary shares listed next to the name of the underwriter in the preceding table.
Discounts and Expenses
The underwriter will offer the Class A ordinary shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers at the initial public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $ per Ordinary Share. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the underwriter. No change in those terms will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriter as stated herein, subject to its receipt and acceptance and subject to its right to reject any order in whole or in part.
The underwriting discounts are equal to 7.0% of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, provided however, that underwriting discounts are 5.0% of the initial public offering price for the Class A ordinary shares purchased by investors introduced by us.
The following table shows the per Ordinary Share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Class A ordinary shares.
Per Share |
Total Without |
Total With Full |
||||
Initial public offering price |
|
|
|
|||
Underwriting discounts to be paid by us |
|
|
|
|||
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
|
|
|
We have agreed to pay to the underwriter a non-accountable fee of 1% of the aggregate offering amount upon closing of this offering.
154
We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter up to a maximum of $150,000 for our-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the legal fees and other disbursements as disclosed below).
We paid an expense deposit of $75,000 to the underwriter, within days of the execution of the letter of intent between us and the underwriter for the underwriter’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses; any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the underwriter’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).
We have applied to list our Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “ .” There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.
Underwriter Warrants
In addition, we have agreed to issue warrants to the underwriter to purchase a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to 5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering (the “Underwriter Warrants”). Such warrants shall have an exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price of the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering. The Underwriter Warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, will be exercisable after six (6) months after closing of this offering, and will expire on the third anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Underwriter Warrants and the underlying Class A ordinary shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the Underwriter Warrants nor any of our Class A ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of this offering. In addition, although the Underwriter Warrants and the underlying Class A ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the Underwriter Warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).
We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants, other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger, or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.
Lock-Up Agreements
We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Class A ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Class A ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Class A ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Class A ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the underwriter.
Furthermore, each of our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares will enter into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to Class A our ordinary shares.
155
Pricing of the Offering
Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
Electronic Offer, Sale, and Distribution of Class A Ordinary Shares
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriter may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriter may agree to allocate a number of Class A ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. The Class A ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids
In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our Class A ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriter may sell more Class A ordinary shares than it is obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of Class A ordinary shares available for purchase by the underwriter under option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. The underwriter can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares or purchasing Class A ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of Class A ordinary shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the open market price of Class A ordinary shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. The underwriter may also sell Class A ordinary shares in excess of the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing Class A ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
The underwriter may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our Class A ordinary shares in this offering because such underwriter repurchases those Class A ordinary shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Finally, the underwriter may bid for, and purchase, our Class A ordinary shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.
These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A ordinary shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriter is not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.
Passive Market Making
In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in our Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the Class A ordinary shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.
156
Potential Conflicts of Interest
The underwriter and its affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Selling Restrictions
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Class A ordinary shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Class A ordinary shares, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Class A ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Class A ordinary shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
Stamp Taxes
If you purchase Class A ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
157
EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and non-accountable expense allowance, expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of our Class A ordinary shares. Except for the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Stock Market listing fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. filing fee, all amounts are estimates.
Legal Fees and Other Expenses |
$ |
717,139 |
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
|
270,990 |
|
Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Fee |
|
150,000 |
|
Printing and Engraving Expenses |
|
38,000 |
|
Transfer Agent Expenses |
|
15,075 |
|
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee |
|
5,000 |
|
FINRA Filing Fee |
|
5,000 |
|
Miscellaneous Expenses |
|
314,969 |
|
Total |
$ |
1,516,173 |
We will bear these expenses and the underwriting discounts incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Class A ordinary shares by us.
158
We are being represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriter is being represented by VCL Law LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by JunHe LLP and for the underwriters by Zhong Lun Law Firm. Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC may rely upon Conyers Dill & Pearman with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and JunHe LLP with respect to matters governed by PRC law. VCL Law LLP may rely upon Zhong Lun Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law.
The consolidated financial statements of Planet Image International Limited as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for the years then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The registered business address of Friedman LLP is located at One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, Floor 21, New York, NY 10006.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act, covering the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. You should refer to our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules if you would like to find out more about us and about the Class A ordinary shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus may not contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.
Immediately upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.
159
Planet Image International Limited
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page |
||
F-2 |
||
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 |
F-3 |
|
F-4 |
||
F-5 |
||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 |
F-6 |
|
F-7 – F-29 |
||
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited) |
F-30 |
|
F-31 |
||
F-32 |
||
F-33 |
||
F-34 – F-55 |
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and shareholders of
Planet Image International Limited
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Planet Image International Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Friedman LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.
New York, New York
August 30, 2021, except Notes 1, 2 and 13 as to which the date is November 2, 2021, and Note 18 as to which the date is March 16, 2022
F-2
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
As of December 31, |
||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||
Assets |
|
|
||||
Current assets: |
|
|
||||
Cash |
$ |
30,720 |
$ |
27,971 |
||
Restricted cash |
|
4,943 |
|
10,403 |
||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
18,497 |
|
24,362 |
||
Inventories, net |
|
19,887 |
|
29,195 |
||
Amounts due from related parties |
|
762 |
|
— |
||
Advance to suppliers |
|
439 |
|
2,009 |
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
3,339 |
|
3,345 |
||
Total current assets |
|
78,587 |
|
97,285 |
||
|
|
|||||
Non-current assets: |
|
|
||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
5,409 |
|
5,985 |
||
Intangible asset, net |
|
2,824 |
|
2,919 |
||
Right-of-use assets |
|
5,544 |
|
4,625 |
||
Deferred tax assets |
|
695 |
|
472 |
||
Other non-current assets |
|
870 |
|
1,089 |
||
Total non-current assets |
|
15,342 |
|
15,090 |
||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
93,929 |
$ |
112,375 |
||
|
|
|||||
Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Shareholders’ Equity |
|
|
||||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
||||
Short-term borrowings |
$ |
31,686 |
$ |
29,127 |
||
Accounts payable |
|
26,549 |
|
42,946 |
||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
7,473 |
|
7,922 |
||
Operating lease liabilities – current |
|
1,198 |
|
1,330 |
||
Taxes payable |
|
968 |
|
823 |
||
Total current liabilities |
|
67,874 |
|
82,148 |
||
|
|
|||||
Non-current liabilities: |
|
|
||||
Operating lease liabilities – non current |
|
4,464 |
|
3,507 |
||
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
214 |
|
314 |
||
Total non – current liabilities |
|
4,678 |
|
3,821 |
||
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
$ |
72,552 |
$ |
85,969 |
||
|
|
|||||
Commitments and Contingencies |
|
|
||||
|
|
|||||
Mezzanine equity |
|
|
||||
Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2020)* |
|
14,104 |
|
14,104 |
||
|
|
|||||
Shareholders’ equity |
|
|
||||
Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)* |
|
— |
|
— |
||
Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)* |
|
1 |
|
1 |
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
833 |
|
833 |
||
Retained earnings |
|
5,047 |
|
9,281 |
||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
1,392 |
|
2,187 |
||
Total shareholders’ equity |
|
7,273 |
|
12,302 |
||
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
$ |
93,929 |
$ |
112,375 |
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-3
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
For the years ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
Net revenue |
$ |
115,440 |
|
$ |
132,791 |
|
||
Cost of revenue |
|
(68,377 |
) |
|
(84,364 |
) |
||
Gross profit |
|
47,063 |
|
|
48,427 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Selling expenses |
|
(27,509 |
) |
|
(31,573 |
) |
||
General and administrative expenses |
|
(6,115 |
) |
|
(7,858 |
) |
||
Research and development expenses |
|
(3,458 |
) |
|
(4,892 |
) |
||
Total operating expenses |
|
(37,082 |
) |
|
(44,323 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income from operations |
|
9,981 |
|
|
4,104 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|
|
|
|
||||
Other non-operating income, net |
|
918 |
|
|
309 |
|
||
Government subsidy |
|
1,415 |
|
|
1,290 |
|
||
Financial and interest expenses, net |
|
(2,317 |
) |
|
(1,095 |
) |
||
Total other income |
|
16 |
|
|
504 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income before income tax expense |
|
9,997 |
|
|
4,608 |
|
||
Income tax expense |
|
(684 |
) |
|
(374 |
) |
||
Net income |
|
9,313 |
|
|
4,234 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
1,233 |
|
|
795 |
|
||
Total comprehensive income |
$ |
10,546 |
|
$ |
5,029 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income per share |
|
|
|
|
||||
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
0.22 |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
||
Weighted average shares |
|
|
|
|
||||
Basic and Diluted* |
|
42,105,300 |
|
|
42,105,300 |
|
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
Preferred shares |
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Share* |
Amount |
Share* |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2018 |
— |
$ |
— |
41,579,000 |
$ |
1 |
$ |
15,211 |
|
$ |
(4,266 |
) |
$ |
159 |
$ |
11,105 |
|
||||||||
Capital contribution from shareholders |
— |
|
— |
526,300 |
|
— |
|
705 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
705 |
|
||||||||
Return of capital to shareholders** |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
(15,083 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
(15,083 |
) |
||||||||
Net income |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
9,313 |
|
|
— |
|
9,313 |
|
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,233 |
|
1,233 |
|
||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2019 |
— |
|
— |
42,105,300 |
|
1 |
|
833 |
|
|
5,047 |
|
|
1,392 |
|
7,273 |
|
||||||||
Net income |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
4,234 |
|
|
— |
|
4,234 |
|
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
795 |
|
795 |
|
||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2020 |
— |
$ |
— |
42,105,300 |
$ |
1 |
$ |
833 |
|
$ |
9,281 |
|
$ |
2,187 |
$ |
12,302 |
|
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
** See “Note 1 — Organization and principal activities”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
For the years ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income |
$ |
9,313 |
|
$ |
4,234 |
|
||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
(14 |
) |
|
49 |
|
||
Change in inventory reserve |
|
865 |
|
|
(674 |
) |
||
Interest income |
|
(428 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
972 |
|
|
1,031 |
|
||
Amortization of right-of-use assets |
|
1,278 |
|
|
1,434 |
|
||
Loss from the disposal of property and equipment |
|
14 |
|
|
2 |
|
||
Deferred income tax expenses |
|
687 |
|
|
323 |
|
||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts receivable |
|
(370 |
) |
|
(5,916 |
) |
||
Inventories |
|
2,964 |
|
|
(7,782 |
) |
||
Advance to suppliers |
|
(100 |
) |
|
(1,570 |
) |
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
463 |
|
|
(4 |
) |
||
Other non-current assets |
|
21 |
|
|
(219 |
) |
||
Accounts payable |
|
(12,007 |
) |
|
16,425 |
|
||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
584 |
|
|
449 |
|
||
Operating lease liabilities |
|
(1,227 |
) |
|
(1,341 |
) |
||
Taxes payable |
|
(1,188 |
) |
|
(145 |
) |
||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
1,827 |
|
|
6,929 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment |
|
(1,009 |
) |
|
(897 |
) |
||
Payments made to related party loans |
|
(727 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Proceeds from repayment of related party loans |
|
11,241 |
|
|
762 |
|
||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
9,505 |
|
|
(135 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Proceeds from bank loans |
|
37,078 |
|
|
35,548 |
|
||
Repayments of bank loans |
|
(31,334 |
) |
|
(39,892 |
) |
||
Repayment of borrowings from third parties |
|
(5,541 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Proceeds from issuance of redeemable ordinary shares |
|
14,104 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Return of capital to shareholders |
|
(15,083 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
Proceeds from shareholder contributions |
|
755 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
(21 |
) |
|
(4,344 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Effect of exchange rate changes |
|
811 |
|
|
894 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net increase in cash |
|
12,122 |
|
|
2,711 |
|
||
Cash and restricted cash, at beginning of year |
|
23,541 |
|
|
35,663 |
|
||
Cash and restricted cash, at end of year |
$ |
35,663 |
|
$ |
38,374 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash paid for income tax |
$ |
17 |
|
$ |
637 |
|
||
Cash paid for interest |
$ |
1,872 |
|
$ |
1,628 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accrual for purchase of property, plant and equipment included in accrued expenses and other payables |
$ |
22 |
|
$ |
28 |
|
||
Obtaining right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities |
$ |
5,594 |
|
$ |
515 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
(a) Principal activities
Planet Image International Limited (“Planet Image” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019 under the Cayman Islands Companies Act. The Company through its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sale of compatible toner cartridges with its manufacturing facilities based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). The majority of the Company’s products are sold in the United States of America (the “U.S.”) and Europe, including on an ODM basis and throughout distributors or online sales.
(b) Organization
Planet Image was incorporated as an ultimate holding company in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019.
Plant image owns 100% equity interest of Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster BVI”), Aster Industrial Limited (“Aster Industrial”) and Lucky Knot Limited (“Lucky Knot”), all established as investment holding companies in the British Virgin Islands.
Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster HK”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster Industrial, and Aster Online Company Limited (“Aster Online”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucky Knot, were both incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, China., while Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster US”), a company incorporated in the State of California in March 2011 and Aster Technology Holland B.V. (“Aster NL”), a company incorporated in the Netherlands in July 2011, were both 100% owned by Aster BVI.
Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. (“Jiangxi Yibo”), was established under the laws of the PRC in January 2011 and along with its subsidiaries, are the Group’s main operating entities in China.
Prior to the Reorganization described below, Jiangxi Yibo was controlled by several individual shareholders. A reorganization of the Company’s legal structure (“Reorganization”) was completed in March 2020. The Reorganization involved the following major events:
• Formation of Planet Image, Aster BVI, Aster Industrial, Lucky Knot, Aster HK and Aster Online;
• Transfer of 95% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from several of its former shareholders to Aster HK and 5% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from a former shareholder to Aster Online and then to Aster HK, and as a result, Jiangxi Yibo became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster HK; meanwhile the total consideration of $15,083 (RMB100,000) that received by the former shareholders of Jiangxi Yibo was not injected to the Company during the Reorganization and was deemed as a return of capital that led to their dilutive proportion of shareholding in the Company;
• Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster US and Aster NL to Aster BVI, and as a result Aster US and Aster NL became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster BVI; and
• Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster Supplies GmbH (“Aster Germany”), Aster Technology Italia S.R.L. (“Aster Italy”) and Aster Technology France (“Aster France”) to Aster NL, and as a result Aster Germany, Aster Italy and Aster France became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster NL.
Upon the completion of the above Reorganization, Plant Image became the ultimate holding company of the Group. The Company is effectively controlled by the same group of shareholders before and after the Reorganization and therefore the Reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of these entities under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2020, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows. All subsidiaries of the Group are all wholly-owned by the Company through equity investment.
F-7
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)
Entity |
Date of incorporation |
Place of incorporation |
Percentage of |
Principal activities |
||||||
Aster BVI |
February 25, 2011 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Lucky Knot Limited |
July 18, 2019 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Aster Industrial Limited |
August 8, 2019 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Aster Online |
August 15, 2019 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Aster HK |
August 16, 2019 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster U.S.”) |
March 1, 2011 |
U.S. |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. |
||||||
Aster NL |
July 8, 2011 |
Netherlands |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||||
Jiangxi Yibo |
January 12, 2011 |
PRC |
100% |
Manufacture of compatible toner cartridges in the PRC |
||||||
Aster Germany |
September 25, 2018 |
Germany |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||||
Aster Italy |
May 7, 2018 |
Italy |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||||
Aster France |
April 3, 2019 |
France |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||||
Jiangxi Leibotai Electronic Technology Co., Ltd (“Jiangxi Leibotai”) |
June 26, 2012 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of procurement services in the PRC |
||||||
Zhongshan Yantuo Printer Equipment Co., Ltd (“Zhongshan Yantuo”)(1) |
April 8, 2013 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of sales management services in the PRC |
||||||
Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Dinghong”) |
February 28, 2020 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of sales management services in the PRC |
||||||
Aster Technology UK Ltd (“Aster UK”) |
January 21, 2019 |
United Kingdom |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||||
Peony Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
White Poplar Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Grand Future Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Oriental Poetry Co., Limited |
March 5, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited |
March 5, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Pigeon King Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Plum Blossom Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||||
Your Office Supplies Company Limited |
June 23, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Iprint Enterprise Limited |
June 14, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Amstech Limited |
May 25, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Aztech Enterprise Limited |
May 25, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Supplies4u Limited |
March 29, 2017 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Access Supplies Limited |
March 31, 2017 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Dellon Technology Company Limited |
February 7, 2018 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Proimage B.V. |
July 21, 2014 |
Netherlands |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Eco Imaging Inc. |
February 23, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Revol Trading Inc. |
November 9, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||||
Intercon International Corp. |
November 14, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
__________
(1) Aster UK is a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of Zhongshan Yantuo through equity investment.
F-8
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
(b) Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.
(c) Use of estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for deferred income taxes and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
(d) Foreign currencies and foreign currency translation
The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollar (“US$”). The Company’s operating subsidiaries in China, Europe and the United States use their respective currencies Renminbi (“RMB”), Euro (“EUR”) and US$ as their functional currencies.
The financial statements of Planet Image and its subsidiaries, other than subsidiaries with functional currency of US$, are translated into US$ using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:
December 31, 2019 |
December 31, 2020 |
|||||||||
Year-end spot rate |
Average rate |
Year-end spot rate |
Average rate |
|||||||
US$ against RMB |
US$1=RMB6.9589 |
US$1=RMB6.8774 |
US$1=RMB6.5402 |
US$1=RMB6.9061 |
||||||
US$ against EUR |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.8197 |
US$1=EUR0.8759 |
F-9
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
(e) Cash
Cash consists of cash on hand and cash in bank. The Group maintains cash with various financial institutions primarily in China. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, cash balances were $30,720 and $27,971, respectively. The Group has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.
(f) Restricted Cash
Restricted cash mainly represents security deposits held in bank accounts for bank acceptance notes and cash pledged as collateral for bank borrowings.
(g) Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Group has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. The Group reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. The Group usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Group establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.
(h) Inventories, net
Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. The Group records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were $1,932 and $1,336, respectively.
(i) Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Category |
Estimated useful lives |
|||
Buildings |
20 years |
|||
Leasehold improvements |
lesser of useful life and lease term |
|||
Machinery and electronic equipment |
2 – 10 years |
|||
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
2 – 5 years |
|||
Automobile |
3 – 5 years |
Direct costs that are related to the construction of property, plant and equipment and incurred in connection with bringing the assets to their intended use are capitalized as construction in progress. Construction in progress is transferred to specific property, plant and equipment items and the depreciation of these assets commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.
F-10
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expenses as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the costs, accumulated depreciation and impairment with any resulting gain or loss recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.
(j) Intangible asset, net
Intangible asset is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any recorded impairment. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. Intangible asset is amortized using the straight-line approach over the estimated economic useful live of the asset as follows:
Category |
Estimated useful lives |
|||
Land use right |
43 years |
(k) Impairment of long-lived assets
The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
(l) Redeemable ordinary shares
The Company accounts for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the control of the Company is classified as mezzanine equity. The Company evaluates the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in temporary equity is unnecessary.
(m) Fair value measurement
The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (‘‘ASC 820’’). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided on fair value measurement.
ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
• Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
• Level 2 — Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.
• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.
F-11
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.
Financial assets and liabilities of the Group primarily consisted of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties, other receivables included in prepayments and other current assets, short-term borrowings, accounts payable, amounts due to related parties, other payables included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the carrying amounts of financial instruments approximated to their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.
The Group’s non-financial assets, such as property and equipment and land-use-right, would be measured at fair value only if they were determined to be impaired.
(n) Commitments and contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Group is subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. The Group recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Group may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.
(o) Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The Company’s revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.
The Group’s revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. The Group provides products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
The Group usually enters into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which the Group identifies the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. The Group performs shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill the Group’s promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, the Group’s warranties are limited to product specifications and the Company does not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. The Company establishes provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.
F-12
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Revenues represent the amount of consideration that the Group is entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which the Group estimates by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. The Group recognizes revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that the Group will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Group disaggregates its revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as the Group believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Group’s disaggregation of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 are disclosed in Note 16 of this consolidation financial statements.
Contract Balances
When either party to a revenue contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the Group’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Group merely incurs cost to obtain a contract with a customer. The Group presents any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. The Group does not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts were $18,497 and $24,362 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
The Group presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Group transfers products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is the Group’s obligation to transfer products to a customer for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 the balance of advance from customers amounted to $1,064 and $810, respectively.
(p) Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of materials (ii) labor costs, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) freight charged by third-party transportation company, (vi) tariff imposed to our products sold to the U.S., (vii) warehousing and logistic fee charged by online selling platform and other costs related to the business operation. Depreciation and amortization of manufacturing facilities and warehouses attributable to manufacturing activities is capitalized as part of the cost of inventory, and expensed in costs of revenues when the inventory is sold.
(q) Selling expenses
Selling expenses mainly consist of (i) commission charged by online selling platform, and (ii) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to selling and marketing functions.
(r) General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses mainly consist of (i) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to general and administrative personnel, (ii) professional service fees; and (iii) other corporate expenses.
F-13
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
(s) Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses mainly consist of (i) cost of materials used for experiment, (ii) staff costs and other daily expenses related to our research and development activities.
(t) Government subsidy
Government subsidy is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attach to it and the grant will be received. Government grant for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs or obligation is recognized in the Group’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when the grant becomes receivable.
(u) Employee benefits
According to the regulations of the PRC, full-time eligible employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to various government statutory employee benefit plans, including medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance and pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated employee benefit plan. The Group is required to make contributions to the plan and accrues for these benefits based on certain percentages of the qualified employees’ salaries. The Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contribution. Employee social benefits included as expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income amounted to $728 and $638 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable were $98 and $105, respectively.
(v) Leases
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Lease (FASB ASC Topic 842). The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the presentation of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for additional information.
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange of a consideration. To assess whether a contract is or contains a lease, the Group assess whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether it has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the asset and whether it has the right to control the use of the asset.
The right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. The Group recognizes operating lease expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Operating lease right-of-use of assets
The right-of-use of asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and less any lease incentive received.
Operating lease liabilities
Lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the outstanding lease payments at the commencement date, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed lease payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and any exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.
F-14
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. It is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments, if there is a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if there is any change in the Group assessment of option purchases, contract extensions or termination options.
(w) Income taxes
The Group accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Group believes there were no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100 ($15). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Operation results of the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC for the years ended 31, 2019 and 2020 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.
(x) Value added tax (“VAT”)
The Group is subject to VAT and related surcharges on revenue generated from sales of products. The Group records revenue net of VAT. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT, paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities.
The PRC VAT rate is 13% for taxpayers selling consumer products, and 16% prior to April 1, 2019. The primary applicable rate of Europe Union (“EU”) VAT is 19% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.
(y) Earnings per share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS are computed by dividing income available to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised and converted into ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, there were no dilution impact.
F-15
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
(z) Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income is defined as the increase in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Amongst other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income included net income and foreign currency translation adjustments that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
(aa) Concentration of risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the aggregate amounts of cash and restricted cash of $22,796 and $18,784, respectively, were held at major financial institutions located in the mainland China and $12,867 and $19,590, respectively, were deposited with major financial institutions located outside the mainland China. Management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality and continually monitors the credit worthiness of these financial institutions.
The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with its trading and other activities is measured on an individual counterparty basis, as well as by group of counterparties that share similar attributes. Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. There was no revenue from clients which individually represented greater than 10% of the total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
The Company purchased approximately 10.3% and 11.2% of its raw materials from the same one supplier for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
(bb) Recent accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses”, which will require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10, ASU 2019-11 and ASU 2020-02 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. For all other entities, the amendments for ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of the ASUs is on a modified retrospective basis. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 from January 1, 2023. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (‘‘ASU 2019-12’’), which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing exceptions and simplifies the accounting for income taxes regarding franchise tax, good will, separate financial statements, enacted change in tax laws or rates and employee stock ownership plans. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Group for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2022 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2023. The Company in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.
F-16
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
Accounts receivable consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Accounts receivable |
$ |
18,519 |
|
$ |
24,437 |
|
||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
(22 |
) |
|
(75 |
) |
||||
Accounts receivable, net |
$ |
18,497 |
|
$ |
24,362 |
|
The movement of allowance of doubtful accounts is as follows:
As of December 31, |
|||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
||||||||
Balance at beginning of the year |
$ |
36 |
|
$ |
22 |
||||
(Reversal)/addition in bad debt allowance |
|
(14 |
) |
|
53 |
||||
Balance at end of the year |
$ |
22 |
|
$ |
75 |
The Group reversed bad debt expense of $14 and recorded bad debt expense of $49 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of the date of this report, approximately 83% of the Group’s net accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2020 has been subsequently collected and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible and covered by insurance.
4. INVENTORIES, NET
Inventories consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Raw materials |
$ |
6,339 |
|
$ |
6,751 |
|
||||
Work in progress |
|
2,038 |
|
|
2,903 |
|
||||
Finished goods |
|
13,442 |
|
|
20,877 |
|
||||
Inventories, gross |
|
21,819 |
|
|
30,531 |
|
||||
Impairment provision |
|
(1,932 |
) |
|
(1,336 |
) |
||||
Inventories, net |
$ |
19,887 |
|
$ |
29,195 |
|
5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
Export input VAT receivables(a) |
|
1,099 |
|
2,025 |
||||
Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables(b) |
|
973 |
|
353 |
||||
Employee receivables and business advances(c) |
|
825 |
|
242 |
||||
Security deposits |
|
122 |
|
209 |
||||
Others(d) |
|
320 |
|
516 |
||||
Total |
$ |
3,339 |
$ |
3,345 |
(a) Export input VAT receivables mainly represent the refundable input VAT the Group has paid for the production of the products in PRC when declaring goods for export.
(b) Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables mainly represent insurance claim receivables due from insurance companies. As of the date of this report, all of the insurance receivables balance at December 31, 2020 has been subsequently collected.
F-17
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS (cont.)
(c) Employee receivables and business advances include interest-free loans to employees and advances made to employees for business purposes.
(d) Others mainly include prepaid miscellaneous service fee and prepaid rental fee.
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Buildings |
$ |
5,627 |
|
$ |
6,015 |
|
||||
Machinery and equipment |
|
3,019 |
|
|
3,979 |
|
||||
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
1,154 |
|
|
1,431 |
|
||||
Automobiles |
|
340 |
|
|
412 |
|
||||
Leasehold improvements |
|
117 |
|
|
124 |
|
||||
Construction in progress |
|
4 |
|
|
91 |
|
||||
Total |
|
10,261 |
|
|
12,052 |
|
||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(4,852 |
) |
|
(6,067 |
) |
||||
Property and equipment, net |
$ |
5,409 |
|
$ |
5,985 |
|
Depreciation expense was $890 and $949 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
7. INTANGIBLE ASSET, NET
Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Land use right |
$ |
3,550 |
|
$ |
3,779 |
|
||||
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(726 |
) |
|
(860 |
) |
||||
Intangible asset, net |
$ |
2,824 |
|
$ |
2,919 |
|
Amortization expense was $82 for both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and expected to remain the same for the remaining of the amortization period.
8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
As of December 31, |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
$ |
$ |
|||||||
Accrued payroll and employee benefits |
|
2,954 |
|
4,044 |
||||
Accrued expenses(a) |
|
2,853 |
|
2,526 |
||||
Advance from customers(b) |
|
1,064 |
|
810 |
||||
Others |
|
602 |
|
542 |
||||
Total |
$ |
7,473 |
$ |
7,922 |
__________
(a) Accrued expenses mainly represent accrued freight charges and other accrued expensed related to the business operation.
(b) Advance from customers mainly represent the advance received from customers for the finished goods purchases. The change in contract liabilities primarily represents the cash received, less amounts recognized as revenues during the period.
F-18
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
9. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally maturing within one year. The principal of the borrowings is due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly. The bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The balance of short-term borrowings consisted of the following:
December 31, |
December 31, |
||||||
US$ |
US$ |
||||||
Short-term borrowings |
|
||||||
Bank of China Xinyu Branch(a) |
$ |
9,987 |
10,627 |
||||
Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch(b) |
|
10,778 |
11,467 |
||||
Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch(c) |
|
6,610 |
7,033 |
||||
Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch(d) |
|
4,311 |
— |
||||
Total |
$ |
31,686 |
29,127 |
__________
(a) For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group entered into five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$9,987 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35%. These borrowings were due from June 2020 to November 2020 and were fully repaid in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$10,627 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35% under the same credit facility. These borrowings were due from June 2021 to November 2021. The due balance in June 2021 has been settled subsequently. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (See Note 15).
(b) For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group entered into two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$10,778 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28%. These borrowings were due in December 2020 and were fully repaid in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$11,467 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28% under the same credit facility. These borrowings were due from November 2021 to December 2021. Bank loans from Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch were guaranteed by a third-party company.
(c) For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group had a bank loan in the amount of $6,610 from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch with one year term and an annual interest rate of 3.69%. This loan was due and fully repaid in September 2020. The Group re-entered into a new loan in the amount of $7,033 with Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in September 2020 for another one-year term with an annual interest of 3.40%, which is due in September 2021. The loan balances as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were guaranteed by a third-party company and Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd, a related party of the Group, respectively.
(d) the Group entered into two separate bank loans with Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch in January 2019 for one year with annual interest rate of 5.87% for the loan amount of $718 and annual interest rate of 4.87% for the loan amount of $3,593. These loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual or related parties, or both, and were fully repaid in 2020. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (Related-party guarantees see Note 15).
Interest expenses were $1,618 and $1,554 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 5.18% and 4.77% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the Group had unutilized lines of credit aggregating US$10,378 for short-term financing. To utilize these unused lines of credit, the Group is required to obtain consent of the lenders and be in compliance with financial covenants, such as requirement for certain financial ratios and use the funds according to the agreed purpose, etc. The Group has been in compliance with these financial covenants up to the date of this report.
F-19
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
10. LEASES
Effective on January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842. At the inception of a contract, the Group determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. ROU assets represent the Group’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating lease was as follows:
As of December 31, |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
Right-of-use assets |
$ |
5,544 |
$ |
4,625 |
||||
|
|
|||||||
Operating lease liabilities – current |
$ |
1,198 |
$ |
1,330 |
||||
Operating lease liabilities – non-current |
|
4,464 |
|
3,507 |
||||
Total operating lease liabilities |
$ |
5,662 |
$ |
4,837 |
The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:
Remaining lease term and discount rate: |
|
||||
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
5.6 |
|
|||
Weighted average discount rate |
4.8 |
% |
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group incurred total operating lease expenses of $1,278 and $1,434, respectively.
The following is a schedule of future minimum payments under our operating leases as of December 31, 2020:
Year ended December 31, |
Amounts |
|||||
2021 |
$ |
1,489 |
|
|||
2022 |
|
1,251 |
|
|||
2023 |
|
1,131 |
|
|||
2024 |
|
941 |
|
|||
Thereafter |
|
532 |
|
|||
Total lease payments |
|
5,344 |
|
|||
Less: imputed interest |
|
(507 |
) |
|||
Total operating lease liabilities, net of interest |
$ |
4,837 |
|
11. TAXATION
Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)
The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and several of its wholly-own subsidiaries are incorporated in BVI. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands and the BVI, these entities are not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands and the BVI.
F-20
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
11. TAXATION (cont.)
Hong Kong
According to Tax (Amendment) (No. 3) Ordinance 2018 published by Hong Kong government, effective April 1, 2018, under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD2 million of assessable profits will be lowered to 8.25% (half of the rate specified in Schedule 8 to the Inland Revenue Ordinance (IRO)) for corporations. The Group was not subject to Hong Kong profit tax for any period presented as it did not have assessable profit during the periods presented.
United States
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) which significantly changed previous U.S. tax laws, including a reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings.
Europe
The Company’s subsidiaries, which were mainly incorporated in European Union (“EU”) countries, such as Netherland, Italy, France and etc., are subjected to enterprise income tax on the respective country’s taxable income as determined under the tax laws and accounting standards at a rate from 16.5% to 28%.
PRC
Generally, the Company’s subsidiaries that are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.
In accordance with the implementation rules of Enterprise Income Tax Laws of the PRC (the “EIT Laws”), a qualified “High and New Technology Enterprise” (“HNTE”) is eligible for a preferential tax rate of 15%. The HNTE certificate is effective for a period of three years. An entity could re-apply for the HNTE certificate when the prior certificate expires. The Company’s subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, is qualified as HNTE and has renewed its HNTE certificate in 2019. Therefore, Jiangxi Yibo is eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2019 to 2021 to the extent it has taxable income under the EIT Law.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, one of Jiangxi Yibo’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhongshan Yantuo, is recognized as small low-profit enterprises. In January 2019, the State Administration of Taxation provides a preferential corporate income tax rate of 20% and an exemption ranged from 50% to 75% in the assessable taxable profits for entities qualified as small-size enterprises (the exemption range has been changed to from 50% to 87.5% for the period from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022). The policy is effective for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2022.
The income tax provision consisted of the following components:
For the years ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
Current income tax expense |
$ |
8 |
$ |
39 |
||||
Deferred income tax expense |
|
676 |
|
335 |
||||
Total income tax expense |
$ |
684 |
$ |
374 |
F-21
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
11. TAXATION (cont.)
A reconciliation of the Group’s PRC statutory tax rate to the effective income tax rate during the periods is as follows:
For the years ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
Computed income tax expense with PRC statutory tax rate |
25.00 |
% |
25.00 |
% |
||||
Non-deductible items |
1.32 |
% |
7.83 |
% |
||||
Additional deduction of qualified R&D expenditures |
(3.90 |
)% |
(11.00 |
)% |
||||
Effect of income tax rate differences in jurisdictions other than the PRC |
(11.60 |
)% |
(8.62 |
)% |
||||
Changes in valuation allowance |
3.32 |
% |
0.74 |
% |
||||
Effect of tax holiday and preferential tax rate |
(7.29 |
)% |
(5.84 |
)% |
||||
Effective income tax rate |
6.85 |
% |
8.11 |
% |
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were summarized below:
As of December 31, |
||||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ |
279 |
|
$ |
150 |
|
||||
Net operating loss carried forward |
|
773 |
|
|
719 |
|
||||
Total deferred tax assets |
|
1052 |
|
|
869 |
|
||||
Valuation allowance |
|
(357 |
) |
|
(397 |
) |
||||
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance |
$ |
695 |
|
$ |
472 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||||
Accelerated tax depreciation and others |
$ |
214 |
|
$ |
314 |
|
||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
$ |
214 |
|
$ |
314 |
|
12. MEZZANINIE EQUITY
On September 30, 2019, the Group issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd (“Gaoxin” or the “Holder”) which were then split and re-designated to 10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares, in exchange for RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,104) investment in the Company. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin is subject to redemption upon the occurrence of any of the following events (referred to as a “Redemption Event”): (1) the Company fails to successfully complete its initial public offering on either Hong Kong Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Capital Market and New York Stock Exchange before March 31, 2022; (2) its initial public offering price per share is lower than or equal to 1.15 times of the share price paid by Gaoxin; or (3) the shares held by Gaoxin could not trade immediately after completion of the Group’s initial public offering or Gaoxin does not receive the shortest applicable lock-up period for its shares. Upon the occurrence of any of these Redemption Events, Gaoxin has the option to request the Company to repurchase all of these ordinary shares with the original investment price plus a 7.5% annualized return. The interest shall be accrued from the date when Gaoxin made the payment of the investment to the date when the Company completes the repurchase of all equity interests held by Gaoxin. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin features certain redemption rights that are considered by the Company to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.
The Company accounts for these redeemable ordinary shares in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control is classified as mezzanine equity.
The Company evaluated the likelihood of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that redeemable ordinary shares will be redeemed, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the instrument to
F-22
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
12. MEZZANINIE EQUITY (cont.)
equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group assessed that it is not probably that these ordinary shares will become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. In the event of the process of initial public offering going beyond the management expectation which would trigger the first Redemption Event, management plans to enter an agreement with Gaoxin for an extension of the date specified in the first Redemption Event when approaching the deadline. The Company is confident that it is very likely to reach such an agreement with Gaoxin upon the filing of the prospectus with the U.S. SEC. Therefore, no adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the mezzanine equity since the initial recognition.
13. Equity
Ordinary shares
On August 5, 2019, the Company authorized share capital was 38,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.01 each.
On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent Limited on the same day.
On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited.
On September 25, 2019, the Company issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 26, 2019, the Company issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.
On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who received the ordinary shares on behalf of Gaoxin.
On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.
F-23
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
13. Equity (cont.)
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s authorized and issued Class A ordinary shares were 2,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, and the Company’s authorized and issued Class B ordinary shares were 1,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, on a retrospective basis to reflect the share split, re-designation and reclassification.
Preferred shares
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s authorized preferred shares were 800,000,000 on a retrospective basis following the Subdivision on October 20, 2021, and no preferred share was issued. The classes or series of preferred shares including designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation will be fixed upon each issuance.
14. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS
A significant portion of the Group’s operations are conducted through its PRC (excluding Hong Kong) subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by our subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and after it has met the PRC requirements for appropriation to statutory reserves. The Group is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Paid-in capital of our subsidiaries included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes.
As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds of the Company’s subsidiaries, that are included in the Company’s consolidated net assets were approximately $17,511 and $17,800, respectively.
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Related parties
The Company’s related parties with which the Group had transactions include its affiliates, any director or executive officers of the Company and his or her immediate family members, as well as any shareholders owning more than 5% of the Company’s ordinary shares.
As of December 31, 2019, there was a total amount of $762 due from its related parties, including a balance of $43 due from one of its vice presidents, and a balance of $719 due from another vice president, which were both interest free. The entire balance of dues from related parties were fully collected in 2020. There was no balance due from related parties as of December 31, 2020.
The Group provided interest-bearing loan to one of its shareholders since 2016, in a total amount of $9,182 with annual rate of 5.6%, which was collected in 2019 along with accrued interests of $2,059.
The Company’s certain related parties, including its controlling shareholder and director, one of its executive officers and one shareholder owning more than 10% of the Company’s stock, provided their personal guarantees for one of its bank loans in the amount of $9,174 and $8,622 from Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31,
F-24
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (cont.)
2019 and 2020, respectively, and another bank loan in the amount of $4,311 from Agriculture Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31, 2019, and an institutional guarantee for a loan from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in the amount of $7,033 as of December 31, 2020.
16. SEGMENT INFORMATION
An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer (the “CEO”), who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Company has determined that there is only one reportable operating segment since the manufacturing and sales of products are viewed as an integrated business process and allocation of the resources and assessment of the performance are not separately evaluated by the Company’s CODM.
Revenue by sales channel
The Group’s revenue derived from different channels for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, are as below:
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
USD |
USD |
|||||||
Offline |
$ |
85,363 |
$ |
97,184 |
||||
Online |
|
30,077 |
|
35,607 |
||||
Total |
$ |
115,440 |
$ |
132,791 |
Geographic information
The majority of the Group’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was generated from Europe, North America and Others. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by geographic area:
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||||
USD |
USD |
|||||||
North America |
$ |
70,444 |
$ |
72,568 |
||||
Europe |
|
43,413 |
|
56,892 |
||||
Others |
|
1,583 |
|
3,331 |
||||
Total |
$ |
115,440 |
$ |
132,791 |
As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group’s 96.50% and 95.45% of long-lived assets, except for several right-of-use assets of overseas leasing, are located in the PRC.
F-25
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Guarantee
On January 11, 2019, Jiangxi Yibo entered into an agreement to provide a guarantee to a third party on a credit facility of bank loan in the amount of $2,587 (RMB18,000) for a one-year term. The Group did not record any guarantee liability considering that the possibility of the third party’s default on the borrowing was remote. The third party subsequently repaid the bank loan in January 2020 and the guarantee provided by Jiangxi Yibo was terminated accordingly.
Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be subject to legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships and a variety of other matters. The Group records contingent liabilities resulting from such claims, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.
From August 2018 to November 2018, Yorktown Industries, Inc. dba Concord Supplies and Yorktown Industries Indiana, Inc. (collectively as “Yorktown”) had purchased our products with a total value of approximately $129, which have not yet been paid. On February 5, 2019, we filed a lawsuit against Yorktown at the Superior Court of California, County of Orange (Sate Court) against Yorktown for damages (the “Yorktown Case One”). On April 15, 2019, this case was removed to the United States District Court of the Central District of California. On June 11, 2019, this case was ordered to be transferred to the United States Court of Northern District of Illinois.
In November 2018, Aster U.S. and Yorktown entered into a Supplier Agreement which Yorktown agreed to order goods from Aster U.S. The Supplier Agreement contains a provision which Aster U.S. agreed to offer Yorktown the “most favored customer status” with regard to the pricing, comparing to any other similarly situated customer. On January 3, 2019, Yorktown filed a lawsuit against Aster for damages that Aster offered lower price to third parties and therefore breached the “most favored customer clause” contained in the contract, at the Illinois Circuit Court of Cook County (State Court). (the “Yorktown Case Two”) This case was later removed to the United States Court of the Northern District of Illinois on April 9, 2019.
Subject to court order, Yorktown Case One and Yorktown Case Two were consolidated on August 22, 2019 (the “Yorktown Cases”). According to the latest progress of the Yorktown Cases, the fact discovery deadline has been extended to October 30, 2021. Aster U.S. and Yorktown shall file a joint status report confirming the completion of fact discovery and report whether they are mutually interested in scheduling a settlement conference with the State Court by November 8, 2021.
As of the date of this report, the Yorktown Cases are still in progress. Although the outcomes of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted, the Group’s legal counsel on these cases believes that Aster U.S. is likely to prevail in the Yorktown Cases due to Yorktown’ lack of merits of its claim. Therefore, the Group did not record any liability regarding Yorktown Case two. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no other outstanding litigation.
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Loan
On January 6, 2021, the Group entered into a loan agreement with Agricultural Bank of China (“ABC”) in the amount of $4,587 (RMB30,000) with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 5.45% in order to supplement its working capital needs.
On May 11, 2021, the Group entered into another loan agreement with ABC in the same amount of $4,587 (RMB30,000) with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 5.00% to be used for working capital.
F-26
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)
On June 28, 2021, July 6, 2021, and July 19, 2021, the Group entered into three loan agreements with Bank of China in the amount of $1,453 (RMB9,500), $2,294 (RMB15,000) and $2,294 (RMB15,000), respectively, with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 4.35% to supplement working capital.
All bank loans were guaranteed by one of the executive officers and directors of the Company and another shareholder who holds more than 10% equity interest of the Company.
Share split, re-designation and reclassification
On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.
Entering into Intended Extension of Date Specified in The First Redemption Event of Redeemable Ordinary Shares
On March 9, 2022, the Group entered into an intended supplementary agreement with Gaoxin to extend the date specified in the first Redemption Event for twelve months to March 31, 2023. The Group is going through necessary governmental approval procedures to enter into a formal supplementary agreement with Gaoxin which are expect to be completed by the end of March 2022. As of the date of this report, the Group assessed that these ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin will be unlikely to become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. Accordingly, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary.
19. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY
The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e) (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company.
The condensed financial information of the parent company, Planet Image, has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in Planet Image’s consolidated financial statements except that the parent company has used equity method to account for its investment in its subsidiaries.
F-27
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
19. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)
Planet Image’s share of income and losses from its subsidiaries is reported as losses from subsidiaries in the accompanying condensed financial information of parent company.
Planet Image is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, Planet Image is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.
Planet Image did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.
Condensed balance sheets
As of December 31, |
||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||
Assets |
|
|
||||
Current assets |
|
|
||||
Cash |
$ |
752 |
$ |
1,407 |
||
Amount due from subsidiaries |
|
13,650 |
|
14,535 |
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
— |
|
7 |
||
Total current assets |
|
14,402 |
|
15,949 |
||
|
|
|||||
Non-current assets |
|
|
||||
Investments in subsidiaries |
|
7,002 |
|
11,258 |
||
Total assets |
$ |
21,404 |
$ |
27,207 |
||
|
|
|||||
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
|
|
||||
Current liabilities |
|
|
||||
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities |
|
27 |
|
801 |
||
Total current liabilities |
$ |
27 |
$ |
801 |
||
|
|
|||||
Mezzanine equity |
|
|
||||
Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A shares at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2020)* |
|
14,104 |
|
14,104 |
||
|
|
|||||
Shareholders’ equity |
|
|
||||
Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)* |
|
— |
|
— |
||
Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)* |
|
1 |
|
1 |
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
833 |
|
833 |
||
Retained earnings |
|
5,047 |
|
9,281 |
||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
1,392 |
|
2,187 |
||
Total shareholders’ equity |
|
7,273 |
|
12,302 |
||
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
$ |
21,404 |
$ |
27,207 |
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
F-28
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
19. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)
Condensed statements of comprehensive income
For the years ended |
|||||||
2019 |
2020 |
||||||
Operating income (expense): |
|
|
|
||||
Share of income from subsidiaries |
$ |
9,043 |
$ |
3,459 |
|
||
General and administrative expenses |
|
— |
|
(76 |
) |
||
Total operating income |
|
9,043 |
|
3,383 |
|
||
|
|
|
|||||
Interest income |
|
270 |
|
851 |
|
||
|
|
|
|||||
Income before income tax expense |
|
9,313 |
|
4,234 |
|
||
Income tax expense |
|
— |
|
— |
|
||
Net income |
|
9,313 |
|
4,234 |
|
||
|
|
|
|||||
Other comprehensive income |
|
— |
|
— |
|
||
Total comprehensive income |
$ |
9,313 |
$ |
4,234 |
|
Condensed statements of cash flows
For the years ended |
||||||
2019 |
2020 |
|||||
Net cash generated from operating activities |
$ |
752 |
$ |
655 |
||
Net cash generated from investing activities |
|
— |
|
— |
||
Net cash generated from financing activities |
|
— |
|
— |
||
Net increase in cash |
|
752 |
|
655 |
||
Cash at beginning of year |
|
— |
|
752 |
||
Cash at end of year |
$ |
752 |
$ |
1,407 |
F-29
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
As of |
||||||
December 31, |
June 30, |
|||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||
Assets |
|
|
||||
Current assets: |
|
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
27,971 |
$ |
34,354 |
||
Restricted cash |
|
10,403 |
|
5,758 |
||
Accounts receivable, net |
|
24,362 |
|
20,889 |
||
Inventories, net |
|
29,195 |
|
26,978 |
||
Advance to suppliers |
|
2,009 |
|
1,445 |
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
3,345 |
|
2,910 |
||
Total current assets |
|
97,285 |
|
92,334 |
||
|
|
|||||
Non-current assets: |
|
|
||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
5,985 |
|
6,420 |
||
Intangible asset, net |
|
2,919 |
|
2,907 |
||
Right-of-use assets |
|
4,625 |
|
4,129 |
||
Deferred tax assets |
|
472 |
|
1,150 |
||
Other non-current assets |
|
1,089 |
|
1,080 |
||
Total non-current assets |
|
15,090 |
|
15,686 |
||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
112,375 |
$ |
108,020 |
||
|
|
|||||
Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Shareholders’ Equity |
|
|
||||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
||||
Short-term borrowings |
$ |
29,127 |
$ |
34,089 |
||
Accounts payable |
|
42,946 |
|
29,483 |
||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
7,922 |
|
6,083 |
||
Operating lease liabilities – current |
|
1,330 |
|
1,322 |
||
Taxes payable |
|
823 |
|
1,988 |
||
Total current liabilities |
|
82,148 |
|
72,965 |
||
|
|
|||||
Non-current liabilities: |
|
|
||||
Operating lease liabilities – non current |
|
3,507 |
|
3,043 |
||
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
314 |
|
411 |
||
Total non – current liabilities |
|
3,821 |
|
3,454 |
||
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
$ |
85,969 |
$ |
76,419 |
||
|
|
|||||
Commitments and Contingencies |
|
|
||||
|
|
|||||
Mezzanine equity |
|
|
||||
Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A shares issued and outstanding at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021)* |
|
14,104 |
|
14,104 |
||
|
|
|||||
Shareholders’ equity |
|
|
||||
Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively)* |
|
1 |
|
1 |
||
Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively)* |
|
— |
|
— |
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
833 |
|
833 |
||
Retained earnings |
|
9,281 |
|
15,838 |
||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
2,187 |
|
825 |
||
Total shareholders’ equity |
|
12,302 |
|
17,497 |
||
TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
$ |
112,375 |
$ |
108,020 |
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-30
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
For the six months ended June 30, |
||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||
Net revenue |
$ |
58,931 |
|
$ |
71,684 |
|
||
Cost of revenues |
|
(36,183 |
) |
|
(43,749 |
) |
||
Gross profit |
|
22,748 |
|
|
27,935 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Selling expenses |
|
(14,381 |
) |
|
(15,663 |
) |
||
General and administrative expenses |
|
(3,998 |
) |
|
(3,004 |
) |
||
Research and development expenses |
|
(1,838 |
) |
|
(2,667 |
) |
||
Total operating expenses |
|
(20,217 |
) |
|
(21,334 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income from operations |
|
2,531 |
|
|
6,601 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|
|
|
|
||||
Other non-operating income, net |
|
183 |
|
|
792 |
|
||
Government subsidy |
|
432 |
|
|
228 |
|
||
Financial and interest expenses, net |
|
(962 |
) |
|
(272 |
) |
||
Total other (expenses)/income |
|
(347 |
) |
|
748 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Income before income tax expense |
|
2,184 |
|
|
7,349 |
|
||
Income tax expense |
|
(292 |
) |
|
(792 |
) |
||
Net income |
|
1,892 |
|
|
6,557 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
365 |
|
|
(1,362 |
) |
||
Total comprehensive income |
$ |
2,257 |
|
$ |
5,195 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net income per share |
|
|
|
|
||||
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
0.04 |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
||
Weighted average shares |
|
|
|
|
||||
Basic and Diluted* |
|
42,105,300 |
|
|
42,105,300 |
|
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-31
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
|
|
Additional paid-in capital |
Retained earnings |
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
Total shareholder’s equity |
|||||||||||||||||||
Share* |
Amount |
Share* |
Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2019 |
— |
$ |
— |
42,105,300 |
$ |
1 |
$ |
833 |
$ |
5,047 |
$ |
1,392 |
|
$ |
7,273 |
|
||||||||
Net income |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
1,892 |
|
— |
|
|
1,892 |
|
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
365 |
|
|
365 |
|
||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2020 |
— |
|
— |
42,105,300 |
|
1 |
|
833 |
|
6,939 |
|
1,757 |
|
|
9,530 |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Balance as of December 31, 2020 |
— |
$ |
— |
42,105,300 |
$ |
1 |
$ |
833 |
$ |
9,281 |
$ |
2,187 |
|
$ |
12,302 |
|
||||||||
Net income |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
6,557 |
|
— |
|
|
6,557 |
|
||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
(1,362 |
) |
|
(1,362 |
) |
||||||||
Balance as of June 30, 2021 |
— |
$ |
— |
42,105,300 |
$ |
1 |
$ |
833 |
$ |
15,838 |
$ |
825 |
|
$ |
17,497 |
|
____________
* Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-32
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)
For the six months ended June 30, |
||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income |
$ |
1,892 |
|
$ |
6,557 |
|
||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
49 |
|
|
83 |
|
||
Change in inventory reserve |
|
(815 |
) |
|
348 |
|
||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
556 |
|
|
758 |
|
||
Amortization of right-of-use assets |
|
708 |
|
|
707 |
|
||
Loss from the disposal of property and equipment |
|
4 |
|
|
2 |
|
||
Deferred income tax expenses/(benefits) |
|
212 |
|
|
(581 |
) |
||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accounts receivable |
|
(2,632 |
) |
|
3,389 |
|
||
Inventories |
|
(1,586 |
) |
|
1,868 |
|
||
Advance to suppliers |
|
(556 |
) |
|
563 |
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
247 |
|
|
436 |
|
||
Other non-current assets |
|
4 |
|
|
9 |
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
3,918 |
|
|
(13,918 |
) |
||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
|
(1,966 |
) |
|
(2,167 |
) |
||
Operating lease liabilities |
|
(691 |
) |
|
(682 |
) |
||
Taxes payable |
|
(407 |
) |
|
1,165 |
|
||
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
(1,063 |
) |
|
(1,463 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment |
|
(433 |
) |
|
(717 |
) |
||
Proceeds from repayment of related party loans |
|
748 |
|
|
— |
|
||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
315 |
|
|
(717 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Proceeds from bank loans |
|
5,617 |
|
|
10,731 |
|
||
Repayments of bank loans |
|
(5,617 |
) |
|
(6,099 |
) |
||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
— |
|
|
4,632 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Effect of exchange rate changes |
|
67 |
|
|
(714 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
(681 |
) |
|
1,738 |
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, at beginning of period |
|
35,663 |
|
|
38,374 |
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, at end of period |
$ |
34,982 |
|
$ |
40,112 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash paid for income tax |
$ |
27 |
|
$ |
123 |
|
||
Cash paid for interest |
$ |
889 |
|
$ |
979 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
|
|
||||
Accrual for purchase of property, plant and equipment included in accrued expenses and other payables |
$ |
31 |
|
$ |
328 |
|
||
Obtaining right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities |
$ |
118 |
|
$ |
211 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-33
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
(a) Principal activities
Planet Image International Limited (“Planet Image” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019 under the Cayman Islands Companies Act. The Company through its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sale of compatible toner cartridges with its manufacturing facilities based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). The majority of the Company’s products are sold in the United States of America (the “U.S.”) and Europe, including on an ODM basis and throughout distributors or online sales.
(b) Organization
Planet Image was incorporated as an ultimate holding company in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019.
Plant image owns 100% equity interest of Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster BVI”), Aster Industrial Limited (“Aster Industrial”) and Lucky Knot Limited (“Lucky Knot”), all established as investment holding companies in the British Virgin Islands.
Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster HK”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster Industrial, and Aster Online Company Limited (“Aster Online”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucky Knot, were both incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, China., while Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster US”), a company incorporated in the State of California in March 2011 and Aster Technology Holland B.V. (“Aster NL”), a company incorporated in the Netherlands in July 2011, were both 100% owned by Aster BVI.
Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. (“Jiangxi Yibo”), was established under the laws of the PRC in January 2011 and along with its subsidiaries, are the Group’s main operating entities in China.
Prior to the Reorganization described below, Jiangxi Yibo was controlled by several individual shareholders. A reorganization of the Company’s legal structure (“Reorganization”) was completed in March 2020. The Reorganization involved the following major events:
• Formation of Planet Image, Aster BVI, Aster Industrial, Lucky Knot, Aster HK and Aster Online;
• Transfer of 95% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from several of its former shareholders to Aster HK and 5% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from a former shareholder to Aster Online and then to Aster HK, and as a result, Jiangxi Yibo became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster HK; meanwhile the total consideration of $15,083 (RMB100,000) that received by the former shareholders of Jiangxi Yibo was not injected to the Company during the Reorganization and was deemed as a return of capital that led to their dilutive proportion of shareholding in the Company;
• Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster US and Aster NL to Aster BVI, and as a result Aster US and Aster NL became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster BVI; and
• Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster Supplies GmbH (“Aster Germany”), Aster Technology Italia S.R.L. (“Aster Italy”) and Aster Technology France (“Aster France”) to Aster NL, and as a result Aster Germany, Aster Italy and Aster France became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster NL.
Upon the completion of the above Reorganization, Plant Image became the ultimate holding company of the Group. The Company is effectively controlled by the same group of shareholders before and after the Reorganization and therefore the Reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of these entities under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-34
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)
As of June 30, 2021, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows. All subsidiaries of the Group are all wholly-owned by the Company through equity investment.
Entity |
Date of incorporation |
Place of incorporation |
Percentage |
Principal activities |
||||
Aster BVI |
February 25, 2011 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Lucky Knot Limited |
July 18, 2019 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Aster Industrial Limited |
August 8, 2019 |
BVI |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Aster Online |
August 15, 2019 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Aster HK |
August 16, 2019 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster U.S.”) |
March 1, 2011 |
U.S. |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. |
||||
Aster NL |
July 8, 2011 |
Netherlands |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||
Jiangxi Yibo |
January 12, 2011 |
PRC |
100% |
Manufacture of compatible toner cartridges in the PRC |
||||
Aster Germany |
September 25, 2018 |
Germany |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||
Aster Italy |
May 7, 2018 |
Italy |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||
Aster France |
April 3, 2019 |
France |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||
Jiangxi Leibotai Electronic Technology Co., Ltd (“Jiangxi Leibotai”) |
June 26, 2012 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of procurement services in the PRC |
||||
Zhongshan Yantuo Printer Equipment Co., Ltd (“Zhongshan Yantuo”)(1) |
April 8, 2013 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of sales management services in |
||||
Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Dinghong”) |
February 28, 2020 |
PRC |
100% |
Provision of sales management services in the PRC |
||||
Aster Technology UK Ltd (“Aster UK”) |
January 21, 2019 |
United Kingdom |
100% |
Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe |
||||
Peony Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
White Poplar Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Grand Future Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Oriental Poetry Co., Limited |
March 5, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited |
March 5, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Pigeon King Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Plum Blossom Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited |
March 9, 2020 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Investment holding |
||||
Your Office Supplies Company Limited |
June 23, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
I print Enterprise Limited |
June 14, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Amstech Limited |
May 25, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Aztech Enterprise Limited |
May 25, 2016 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Supplies4u Limited |
March 29, 2017 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Access Supplies Limited |
March 31, 2017 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Dellon Technology Company Limited |
February 7, 2018 |
Hong Kong |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Proimage B.V. |
July 21, 2014 |
Netherlands |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Eco Imaging Inc. |
February 23, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Revol Trading Inc. |
November 9, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
||||
Intercon International Corp. |
November 14, 2012 |
U.S. |
100% |
Online sales of compatible toner cartridges |
____________
(1) Aster UK is a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of Zhongshan Yantuo through equity investment.
F-35
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(a) Basis of presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and have been consistently applied. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a comprehensive presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the interim period ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021.
(b) Principles of consolidation
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.
(c) Use of estimates
The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for deferred income taxes and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.
(d) Foreign currencies and foreign currency translation
The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollar (“US$”). The Company’s operating subsidiaries in China, Europe and the United States use their respective currencies Renminbi (“RMB”), Euro (“EUR”) and US$ as their functional currencies.
The financial statements of Planet Image and its subsidiaries, other than subsidiaries with functional currency of US$, are translated into US$ using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution.
Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
F-36
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:
June 30, 2020 |
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, 2021 |
||||||||||
Period-end |
Average |
Year-end |
Average |
Period-end |
Average |
|||||||
US$ against RMB |
US$1=RMB7.0721 |
US$1=RMB7.0323 |
US$1=RMB6.5402 |
US$1=RMB6.9061 |
UUS$1=RMB6.4683 |
US$1=RMB6.4767 |
||||||
US$ against EUR |
US$1=EUR0.8929 |
US$1=EUR0.9050 |
US$1=EUR0.8197 |
US$1=EUR0.8759 |
US$1=EUR0.8403 |
US$1=EUR0.8316 |
(e) Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, cash in bank and fixed deposits with original maturities of less than three months. The Group maintains cash with various financial institutions primarily in China. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, cash and cash equivalents balances were $27,971 and $34,354, respectively. The Group has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.
(f) Restricted Cash
Restricted cash mainly represents security deposits held in bank accounts for bank acceptance notes and cash pledged as collateral for bank borrowings.
(g) Accounts Receivable, net
Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Group has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. The Group reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. The Group usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Group establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.
(h) Inventories, net
Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. The Group records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were $1,336 and $1,695, respectively.
F-37
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
(i) Property, plant and equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Category |
Estimated useful lives |
|||
Buildings |
20 years |
|||
Leasehold improvements |
lesser of useful life and lease term |
|||
Machinery and electronic equipment |
2 – 10 years |
|||
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
2 – 5 years |
|||
Automobile |
3 – 5 years |
Direct costs that are related to the construction of property, plant and equipment and incurred in connection with bringing the assets to their intended use are capitalized as construction in progress. Construction in progress is transferred to specific property, plant and equipment items and the depreciation of these assets commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expenses as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the costs, accumulated depreciation and impairment with any resulting gain or loss recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.
(j) Intangible asset, net
Intangible asset is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any recorded impairment. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. Intangible asset is amortized using the straight-line approach over the estimated economic useful live of the asset as follows:
Category |
Estimated |
|||
Land use right |
43 years |
(k) Impairment of long-lived assets
The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.
(l) Redeemable ordinary shares
The Company accounts for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the control of the Company is classified as mezzanine equity. The Company evaluates the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value
F-38
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in temporary equity is unnecessary.
(m) Fair value measurement
The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (‘‘ASC 820’’). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided on fair value measurement.
ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
• Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
• Level 2 — Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.
• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.
ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.
Financial assets and liabilities of the Group primarily consisted of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other receivables included in prepayments and other current assets, short-term borrowings, accounts payable, other payables included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the carrying amounts of financial instruments approximated to their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.
The Group’s non-financial assets, such as property and equipment and land-use-right, would be measured at fair value only if they were determined to be impaired.
(n) Commitments and contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Group is subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. The Group recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Group may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.
(o) Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach
F-39
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The Company’s revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.
The Group’s revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. The Group provides products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.
The Group usually enters into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which the Group identifies the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. The Group performs shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill the Group’s promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, the Group’s warranties are limited to product specifications and the Company does not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. The Company establishes provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.
Revenues represent the amount of consideration that the Group is entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which the Group estimates by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. The Group recognizes revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that the Group will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Group disaggregates its revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as the Group believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Group’s disaggregation of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 are disclosed in Note 16 of this consolidation financial statements.
Contract Balances
When either party to a revenue contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the Group’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Group merely incurs cost to obtain a contract with a customer. The Group presents any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. The Group does not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts were $24,362 and $20,889 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.
The Group presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Group transfers products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is the Group’s obligation to transfer products to a customer for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 the balance of advance from customers amounted to $810 and $378, respectively.
F-40
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
(p) Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of materials (ii) labor costs, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) freight charged by third-party transportation company, (vi) tariff imposed to our products sold to the U.S., (vii) warehousing and logistic fee charged by online selling platform and other costs related to the business operation. Depreciation and amortization of manufacturing facilities and warehouses attributable to manufacturing activities is capitalized as part of the cost of inventory, and expensed in costs of revenues when the inventory is sold.
(q) Selling expenses
Selling expenses mainly consist of (i) commission charged by online selling platform, and (ii) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to selling and marketing functions.
(r) General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses mainly consist of (i) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to general and administrative personnel, (ii) professional service fees; and (iii) other corporate expenses.
(s) Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses mainly consist of (i) cost of materials used for experiment, (ii) staff costs and other daily expenses related to our research and development activities.
(t) Government subsidy
Government subsidy is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attach to it and the grant will be received. Government grant for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs or obligation is recognized in the Group’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when the grant becomes receivable.
(u) Employee benefits
According to the regulations of the PRC, full-time eligible employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to various government statutory employee benefit plans, including medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance and pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated employee benefit plan. The Group is required to make contributions to the plan and accrues for these benefits based on certain percentages of the qualified employees’ salaries. The Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contribution. Employee social benefits included as expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income amounted to $245 and $553 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable were $105 and $106, respectively.
(v) Leases
On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Lease (FASB ASC Topic 842). The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the presentation of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for additional information.
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange of a consideration. To assess whether a contract is or contains a lease, the Group assess whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether it has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the asset and whether it has the right to control the use of the asset.
F-41
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
The right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. The Group recognizes operating lease expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Operating lease right-of-use of assets
The right-of-use of asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and less any lease incentive received.
Operating lease liabilities
Lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the outstanding lease payments at the commencement date, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed lease payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and any exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.
Lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. It is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments, if there is a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if there is any change in the Group assessment of option purchases, contract extensions or termination options.
(w) Income taxes
The Group accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Group believes there were no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.
The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100 ($15). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Operation results of the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.
(x) Value added tax (“VAT”)
The Group is subject to VAT and related surcharges on revenue generated from sales of products. The Group records revenue net of VAT. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT, paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities.
F-42
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
The PRC VAT rate is 13% for taxpayers selling consumer products, and 16% prior to April 1, 2019. The primary applicable rate of Europe Union (“EU”) VAT is 19% for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.
(y) Earnings per share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS are computed by dividing income available to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised and converted into ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, there were no dilution impact.
(z) Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income is defined as the increase in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Amongst other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income included net income and foreign currency translation adjustments that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.
(aa) Concentration of risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the aggregate amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $18,784 and $32,386, respectively, were held at major financial institutions located in the mainland China and $19,590 and $7,726, respectively, were deposited with major financial institutions located outside the mainland China. Management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality and continually monitors the credit worthiness of these financial institutions.
The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with its trading and other activities is measured on an individual counterparty basis, as well as by group of counterparties that share similar attributes. Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. There was no revenue from clients which individually represented greater than 10% of the total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
The Company purchased approximately 10.0% and 13.6% of its raw materials from the same one supplier for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
(bb) Recent accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses”, which will require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10, ASU 2019-11 and ASU 2020-02 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. For all other entities, the amendments for ASU 2016-13 are effective
F-43
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of the ASUs is on a modified retrospective basis. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 from January 1, 2023. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (‘‘ASU 2019-12’’), which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing exceptions and simplifies the accounting for income taxes regarding franchise tax, good will, separate financial statements, enacted change in tax laws or rates and employee stock ownership plans. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Group for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2022 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2023. The Company in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.
Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.
3. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
Accounts receivable consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||||
December 31, |
June 30, |
|||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
$ |
24,437 |
|
$ |
21,047 |
|
||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
(75 |
) |
|
(158 |
) |
||||
Accounts receivable, net |
$ |
24,362 |
|
$ |
20,889 |
|
The movement of allowance of doubtful accounts is as follows:
As of |
||||||||
December 31, |
June 30, |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Balance at beginning of the periods presented |
$ |
22 |
$ |
75 |
||||
Addition in bad debt allowance |
|
49 |
|
83 |
||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
|
4 |
|
— |
||||
Balance at end of the periods presented |
$ |
75 |
$ |
158 |
The Group recorded bad debt expense of $49 and $83 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of the date of this report, approximately 77% of the Group’s net accounts receivable balance at June 30, 2021 has been subsequently collected and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible and covered by insurance.
F-44
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
4. INVENTORIES, NET
Inventories consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||||
December 31, |
June 30, |
|||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||
Raw materials |
$ |
6,751 |
|
$ |
4,767 |
|
||||
Work in progress |
|
2,903 |
|
|
2,817 |
|
||||
Finished goods |
|
20,877 |
|
|
21,089 |
|
||||
Inventories, gross |
|
30,531 |
|
|
28,673 |
|
||||
Impairment provision |
|
(1,336 |
) |
|
(1,695 |
) |
||||
Inventories, net |
$ |
29,195 |
|
$ |
26,978 |
|
The balances of impairment provision for inventories decreased by $840 from $1,932 to $1,092 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, and increased by $359 from $1,336 to $1,695 for the six months ended June 30, 2021.
5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||
December 31, |
June 30, |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Export input VAT receivables(a) |
$ |
2,025 |
$ |
1,908 |
||||
Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables(b) |
|
353 |
|
100 |
||||
Employee receivables and business advances(c) |
|
242 |
|
404 |
||||
Security deposits |
|
209 |
|
220 |
||||
Others(d) |
|
516 |
|
278 |
||||
Total |
$ |
3,345 |
$ |
2,910 |
____________
(a) Export input VAT receivables mainly represent the refundable input VAT the Group has paid for the production of the products in PRC when declaring goods for export.
(b) Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables mainly represent insurance claim receivables due from insurance companies. As of the date of this report, the insurance receivables balance was in the progress of claim and would be collected in a foreseeable future.
(c) Employee receivables and business advances include interest-free loans to employees and advances made to employees for business purposes.
(d) Others mainly include prepaid miscellaneous service fee and prepaid rental fee.
F-45
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||
Buildings |
$ |
6,015 |
|
$ |
6,249 |
|
||||
Machinery and equipment |
|
3,979 |
|
|
4,786 |
|
||||
Office equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
1,431 |
|
|
1,526 |
|
||||
Automobiles |
|
412 |
|
|
423 |
|
||||
Leasehold improvements |
|
124 |
|
|
125 |
|
||||
Construction in progress |
|
91 |
|
|
6 |
|
||||
Total |
|
12,052 |
|
|
13,115 |
|
||||
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(6,067 |
) |
|
(6,695 |
) |
||||
Property and equipment, net |
$ |
5,985 |
|
$ |
6,420 |
|
Depreciation expense was $516 and $714 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
7. INTANGIBLE ASSET, NET
Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||
Land use right |
$ |
3,779 |
|
$ |
3,820 |
|
||||
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(860 |
) |
|
(913 |
) |
||||
Intangible asset, net |
$ |
2,919 |
|
$ |
2,907 |
|
Amortization expense was $40 and $44 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and expected to remain the same for the remaining of the amortization period.
8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Accrued payroll and employee benefits |
$ |
4,044 |
$ |
1,878 |
||||
Accrued expenses(a) |
|
2,526 |
|
3,123 |
||||
Advance from customers(b) |
|
810 |
|
378 |
||||
Others |
|
542 |
|
704 |
||||
Total |
$ |
7,922 |
$ |
6,083 |
____________
(a) Accrued expenses mainly represent accrued freight charges and other accrued expensed related to the business operation.
(b) Advance from customers mainly represent the advance received from customers for the finished goods purchases. The change in contract liabilities primarily represents the cash received, less amounts recognized as revenues during the period.
F-46
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
9. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally maturing within one year. The principal of the borrowings is due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly. The bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The balance of short-term borrowings consisted of the following:
As of |
||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Short-term borrowings |
|
|
||||||
Bank of China Xinyu Branch(a) |
$ |
10,627 |
$ |
10,744 |
||||
Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch(b) |
|
11,467 |
|
11,595 |
||||
Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch(c) |
|
7,033 |
|
7,112 |
||||
Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch(d) |
|
— |
|
4,638 |
||||
Total |
$ |
29,127 |
$ |
34,089 |
____________
(a) For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$10,627 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35%. These borrowings were due from June 2021 to November 2021. In June, 2021, one of the five bank loans in the amount of $1,469 (RMB9,500) was due and fully repaid. On June 29, 2021, the Group entered into another bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the amount of $1,469 (RMB9,500) with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35% under the same credit facility. Four of these borrowings were due and was settled subsequently. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (See Note 15).
(b) For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$11,467 (RMB75,000) with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28%. These borrowings were due from November 2021 to December 2021. Bank loans from Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch were guaranteed by a third-party company.
(c) For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Group had a bank loan in the amount of $7,033 (RMB46,000) and $7,112 (RMB46,000), respectively, from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch with one year term and an annual interest rate of 3.40%. This loan was repaid in advance and renewed in full in September 2021. The loan balances as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 were guaranteed by Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd, a related party of the Group.
(d) The Group entered into a bank loan with Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch in January 2021 for one year with annual interest rate of 5.45% for the loan amount of $4,638 (RMB30,000) and fully paid on May 10, 2021. The Group re-entered into a new loan in the amount of $4,638 (RMB30,000) for one year with an annual interest rate of 5.00%. These loans were guaranteed by related-party individuals. (Related-party guarantees see Note 15).
Interest expenses were $889 and $979 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 4.12% and 4.15% per annum for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
As of June 30, 2021, the Group had unutilized lines of credit aggregating US$660 for short-term financing. To utilize these unused lines of credit, the Group is required to obtain consent of the lenders and be in compliance with financial covenants, such as requirement for certain financial ratios and use the funds according to the agreed purpose, etc. The Group has been in compliance with these financial covenants up to the date of this report.
10. LEASES
Effective on January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842. At the inception of a contract, the Group determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. ROU assets represent the Group’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
F-47
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
10. LEASES (cont.)
Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating lease was as follows:
As of |
||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Right-of-use assets |
$ |
4,625 |
$ |
4,129 |
||||
|
|
|||||||
Operating lease liabilities – current |
$ |
1,330 |
$ |
1,322 |
||||
Operating lease liabilities – non-current |
|
3,507 |
|
3,043 |
||||
Total operating lease liabilities |
$ |
4,837 |
$ |
4,365 |
The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease as of June 30, 2021 were as follows:
Remaining lease term and discount rate: |
|
||||
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
4.60 |
|
|||
Weighted average discount rate |
4.80 |
% |
During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Group incurred total operating lease expenses of $708 and $716, respectively.
The following is a schedule of future minimum payments under our operating leases as of June 30, 2021:
Years ended December 31, |
Amounts |
|||||
Succeeding period in the year ended December 31, 2021 |
$ |
686 |
|
|||
2022 |
|
1,272 |
|
|||
2023 |
|
1,155 |
|
|||
2024 |
|
969 |
|
|||
Thereafter |
|
567 |
|
|||
Total lease payments |
|
4,649 |
|
|||
Less: imputed interest |
|
(420 |
) |
|||
Total operating lease liabilities, net of interest |
$ |
4,229 |
|
11. TAXATION
Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)
The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and several of its wholly-own subsidiaries are incorporated in BVI. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands and the BVI, these entities are not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands and the BVI.
Hong Kong
According to Tax (Amendment) (No. 3) Ordinance 2018 published by Hong Kong government, effective April 1, 2018, under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD2 million of assessable profits will be lowered to 8.25% (half of the rate specified in Schedule 8 to the Inland Revenue Ordinance (IRO)) for corporations. The Group was not subject to Hong Kong profit tax for any period presented as it did not have assessable profit during the periods presented.
F-48
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
11. TAXATION (cont.)
United States
On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) which significantly changed previous U.S. tax laws, including a reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings.
Europe
The Company’s subsidiaries, which were mainly incorporated in European Union (“EU”) countries, such as Netherland, Italy, France and etc., are subjected to enterprise income tax on the respective country’s taxable income as determined under the tax laws and accounting standards at a rate from 16.5% to 28%.
PRC
Generally, the Company’s subsidiaries that are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.
In accordance with the implementation rules of Enterprise Income Tax Laws of the PRC (the “EIT Laws”), a qualified “High and New Technology Enterprise” (“HNTE”) is eligible for a preferential tax rate of 15%. The HNTE certificate is effective for a period of three years. An entity could re-apply for the HNTE certificate when the prior certificate expires. The Company’s subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, is qualified as HNTE and has renewed its HNTE certificate in 2019. Therefore, Jiangxi Yibo is eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2019 to 2021 to the extent it has taxable income under the EIT Law.
For the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, one of Jiangxi Yibo’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhongshan Yantuo, is recognized as small low-profit enterprises. In January 2019, the State Administration of Taxation provides a preferential corporate income tax rate of 20% and an exemption ranged from 50% to 75% in the assessable taxable profits for entities qualified as small-size enterprises (the exemption range has been changed to from 50% to 87.5% for the period from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022). The policy is effective for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2022.
The income tax provision consisted of the following components:
For the six months ended June 30, |
|||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
||||||||
(Unaudited) |
|||||||||
Current income tax expense |
$ |
86 |
$ |
1,372 |
|
||||
Deferred income tax expense |
|
206 |
|
(581 |
) |
||||
Total income tax expense |
$ |
292 |
$ |
792 |
|
A reconciliation of the Group’s PRC statutory tax rate to the effective income tax rate during the periods is as follows:
For the six months ended June 30, |
||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Computed income tax expense with PRC statutory tax rate |
25.00 |
% |
25.00 |
% |
||||
Non-deductible items |
0.12 |
% |
0.04 |
% |
||||
Additional deduction of qualified R&D expenditures |
(9.49 |
)% |
(5.45 |
)% |
||||
Effect of income tax rate differences in jurisdictions other than the PRC |
(0.12 |
)% |
(0.30 |
)% |
||||
Effect of tax holiday and preferential tax rate |
(1.86 |
)% |
(8.61 |
)% |
||||
Effective income tax rate |
13.65 |
% |
10.68 |
% |
F-49
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
11. TAXATION (cont.)
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were summarized below:
As of |
||||||||||
December 31, 2020 |
June 30, |
|||||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ |
150 |
|
$ |
216 |
|
||||
Net operating loss carried forward |
|
719 |
|
|
1,331 |
|
||||
Total deferred tax assets |
|
869 |
|
|
1,547 |
|
||||
Valuation allowance |
|
(397 |
) |
|
(397 |
) |
||||
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance |
$ |
472 |
|
$ |
1,150 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||||
Accelerated tax depreciation and others |
$ |
314 |
|
$ |
411 |
|
||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
$ |
314 |
|
$ |
411 |
|
12. MEZZANINIE EQUITY
On September 30, 2019, the Group issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd (“Gaoxin” or the “Holder”) which were then split and re-designated to 10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares, in exchange for RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,104) investment in the Company. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin is subject to redemption upon the occurrence of any of the following events (referred to as a “Redemption Event”): (1) the Company fails to successfully complete its initial public offering on either Hong Kong Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Capital Market and New York Stock Exchange before March 31, 2022; (2) its initial public offering price per share is lower than or equal to 1.15 times of the share price paid by Gaoxin; or (3) the shares held by Gaoxin could not trade immediately after completion of the Group’s initial public offering or Gaoxin does not receive the shortest applicable lock-up period for its shares. Upon the occurrence of any of these Redemption Events, Gaoxin has the option to request the Company to repurchase all of these ordinary shares with the original investment price plus a 7.5% annualized return. The interest shall be accrued from the date when Gaoxin made the payment of the investment to the date when the Company completes the repurchase of all equity interests held by Gaoxin. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin features certain redemption rights that are considered by the Company to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.
The Company accounts for these redeemable ordinary shares in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control is classified as mezzanine equity.
The Company evaluated the likelihood of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that redeemable ordinary shares will be redeemed, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Group assessed that it is not probably that these ordinary shares will become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. In the event of the process of initial public offering going beyond the management expectation which would trigger the first Redemption Event, management plans to enter an agreement with Gaoxin for an extension of the date specified in the first Redemption Event when approaching the deadline. The Company is confident that it is very likely to reach such an agreement with Gaoxin upon the filing of the prospectus with the U.S. SEC. Therefore, no adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the mezzanine equity since the initial recognition.
F-50
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
13. EQUITY
Ordinary shares
On August 5, 2019, the Company authorized share capital was 38,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.01 each.
On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent Limited on the same day.
On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited.
On September 25, 2019, the Company issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.
On September 26, 2019, the Company issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.
On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who received the ordinary shares on behalf of Gaoxin.
On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued Class A ordinary shares were 2,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, and the Company’s authorized and issued Class B ordinary shares were 1,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, on a retrospective basis to reflect the share split, re-designation and reclassification.
Preferred shares
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s authorized preferred shares were 800,000,000 on a retrospective basis following the Subdivision on October 20, 2021, and no preferred share was issued. The classes or series of preferred shares including designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation will be fixed upon each issuance.
F-51
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
14. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS
A significant portion of the Group’s operations are conducted through its PRC (excluding Hong Kong) subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by our subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and after it has met the PRC requirements for appropriation to statutory reserves. The Group is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Paid-in capital of our subsidiaries included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes.
As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds of the Company’s subsidiaries, that are included in the Company’s consolidated net assets were approximately $17,800.
15. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Related parties
The Company’s related parties with which the Group had transactions include its affiliates, any director or executive officers of the Company and his or her immediate family members, as well as any shareholders owning more than 5% of the Company’s ordinary shares.
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, there was no balance due from and due to related parties.
For the six months ended June 30, 2020, a total amount of $748 due from its related parties were fully collected, including an amount of $37 due from one of its vice presidents, and an amount of $711 due from another vice president, which were both interests free.
The Company’s certain related parties, including its controlling shareholder and director, one of its executive officers and one shareholder owning more than 10% of the Company’s stock, provided their personal guarantees for one of its bank loans in the amount of $9,174 and $9,276 from Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively, and another bank loan in the amount of $4,638 from Agriculture Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of June 30, 2021, and an institutional guarantee for a loan from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in the amount of $7,033 and $7,112 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.
16. SEGMENT INFORMATION
An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the
F-52
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
16. SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont.)
Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer (the “CEO”), who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Company has determined that there is only one reportable operating segment since the manufacturing and sales of products are viewed as an integrated business process and allocation of the resources and assessment of the performance are not separately evaluated by the Company’s CODM.
Revenue by sales channel
The Group’s revenue derived from different channels for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, are as below:
For the six months ended June 30, |
||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
Offline |
$ |
42,403 |
$ |
55,932 |
||||
Online |
|
16,528 |
|
15,752 |
||||
Total |
$ |
58,931 |
$ |
71,684 |
Geographic information
The majority of the Group’s revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was generated from Europe, North America and Others. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by geographic area:
For the six months ended June 30, |
||||||||
2020 |
2021 |
|||||||
(Unaudited) |
||||||||
North America |
$ |
30,921 |
$ |
41,410 |
||||
Europe |
|
26,937 |
|
27,894 |
||||
Others |
|
1,073 |
|
2,380 |
||||
Total |
$ |
58,931 |
$ |
71,684 |
As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Group’s 95.45% and 90.45% of long-lived assets, except for several right-of-use assets of overseas leasing, are located in the PRC.
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be subject to legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships and a variety of other matters. The Group records contingent liabilities resulting from such claims, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.
From August 2018 to November 2018, Yorktown Industries, Inc. dba Concord Supplies and Yorktown Industries Indiana, Inc. (collectively as “Yorktown”) had purchased our products with a total value of approximately $129, which have not yet been paid. On February 5, 2019, we filed a lawsuit against Yorktown at the Superior Court of California, County of Orange (Sate Court) against Yorktown for damages (the “Yorktown Case One”). On April 15, 2019, this case was removed to the United States District Court of the Central District of California. On June 11, 2019, this case was ordered to be transferred to the United States Court of Northern District of Illinois.
In November 2018, Aster U.S. and Yorktown entered into a Supplier Agreement which Yorktown agreed to order goods from Aster U.S. The Supplier Agreement contains a provision which Aster U.S. agreed to offer Yorktown the “most favored customer status” with regard to the pricing, comparing to any other similarly situated customer.
F-53
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)
On January 3, 2019, Yorktown filed a lawsuit against Aster for damages that Aster offered lower price to third parties and therefore breached the “most favored customer clause” contained in the contract, at the Illinois Circuit Court of Cook County (State Court). (the “Yorktown Case Two”) This case was later removed to the United States Court of the Northern District of Illinois on April 9, 2019.
Subject to court order, Yorktown Case One and Yorktown Case Two were consolidated on August 22, 2019 (the “Yorktown Cases”). According to the latest progress of the Yorktown Cases, the fact discovery deadline has been extended to October 30, 2021. Aster U.S. and Yorktown shall file a joint status report confirming the completion of fact discovery and report whether they are mutually interested in scheduling a settlement conference with the State Court by November 8, 2021.
As of the date of this report, the Yorktown Cases are still in progress. Although the outcomes of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted, the Group’s legal counsel on these cases believes that Aster U.S. is likely to prevail in the Yorktown Cases due to Yorktown’ lack of merits of its claim. Therefore, the Group did not record any liability regarding Yorktown Case two. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had no other outstanding litigation.
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Loan
From July 2021 to November 2021, the Group entered into five loan agreements with Bank of China in the amount of $2,319 (RMB15,000), $2,319 (RMB15,000), $1,546 (RMB10,000), $3,134 (RMB20,000) and $6,268 (RMB40,000), respectively, with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 4.35% to supplement working capital.
The Group entered into a loan in the amount of $7,112 (RMB46,000) with Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in September 2021 for one-year term with an annual interest of 3.40%, which is due in September 2022.
From November 2021 to December 2021, two outstanding loans with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch of $11,467 (RMB30,000) were fully repaid. On January 5, 2022, the Group entered into a loan with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the amount of $4,701 (RMB 30,000) for a one-year term with an annual interest of 5.28% to supplement working capital.
All bank loans were guaranteed by one of the executive officers and directors of the Company and another shareholder who holds more than 10% equity interest of the Company.
Share split, re-designation and reclassification
On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then
F-54
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)
18. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)
re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.
Entering into Intended Extension of Date Specified in The First Redemption Event of Redeemable Ordinary Shares
On March 9, 2022, the Group entered into an intended supplementary agreement with Gaoxin to extend the date specified in the first Redemption Event for twelve months to March 31, 2023. The Group is going through necessary governmental approval procedures to enter into a formal supplementary agreement with Gaoxin, which is expect to be completed by the end of March 2022. As of the date of this report, the Group assessed that these ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin will be unlikely to become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. Accordingly, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary.
F-55
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to the public policy, such as providing indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that each officer or director of our company (but not auditors) shall be indemnified out of our assets against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such director or officer, other than by reason of such person’s own dishonesty or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
Under the form of indemnification agreement to be filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or executive officer.
The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. We believe that our issuances of options to our employees, directors, officers and consultants were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.
Purchaser |
Date of Issuance |
Number of Securities |
Consideration (HK$) |
|||
Ordinary Shares |
||||||
Vistra (Cayman) Limited |
August 5, 2019 |
1 |
HK$0.01 |
|||
Aster Excellent Limited |
August 5, 2019 |
84,209 |
HK$842.09 |
|||
Eagle Heart Limited |
August 5, 2019 |
15,790 |
HK$157.9 |
|||
Aster Excellent Limited |
September 25, 2019 |
267,821 |
HK$2,678.21 |
|||
Eagle Heart Limited |
September 25, 2019 |
47,969 |
HK$479.69 |
|||
Cool Hero Limited |
September 26, 2019 |
5,263 |
HK$52.63 |
|||
Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited |
September 30, 2019 |
105,263 |
HK$1,052.63 |
|||
Class A Ordinary Shares |
||||||
Aster Excellent Limited |
October 20, 2021 |
8,947,300 |
HK$0 |
|||
Eagle Heart Limited |
October 20, 2021 |
6,315,900 |
HK$0 |
|||
Cool Hero Limited |
October 20, 2021 |
526,300 |
HK$0 |
|||
Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited |
October 20, 2021 |
10,526,300 |
HK$0 |
II-1
Purchaser |
Date of Issuance |
Number of Securities |
Consideration (HK$) |
|||
Class B Ordinary Shares |
||||||
Aster Excellent Limited |
October 20, 2021 |
26,315,800 |
HK$0 |
Note: On October 20, 2021, our authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and our issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.
Immediately following the Subdivision, our issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.
All of our 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares.
Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits
See Exhibits Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
Item 9. Undertakings
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-2
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.
For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(1) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(2) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(3) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
II-3
EXHIBITS INDEX
Exhibit No. |
Description of Exhibit |
|
1.1 |
||
3.1 |
||
4.1 |
||
4.2 |
||
5.1 |
Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered |
|
8.1 |
Opinion of JunHe LLP regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2) |
|
8.2 |
Form of Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding certain Cayman islands tax matters |
|
10.1 |
||
10.2 |
Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers |
|
10.3 |
English translation of Form of Procurement Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and its suppliers |
|
10.4 |
||
10.5 |
||
10.6 |
||
10.7 |
||
10.8 |
||
10.9 |
||
10.10 |
||
10.11 |
||
21.1 |
||
23.1 |
Consent of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm |
|
23.2 |
||
23.3 |
||
24.1 |
||
99.1 |
||
99.2 |
||
99.3 |
||
99.4 |
||
99.5 |
Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F |
|
107 |
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Xinyu, People’s Republic of China, on March 16, 2022.
Planet Image International Limited |
||||
By: |
/s/ Shaofang Weng |
|||
Name: Shaofang Weng |
||||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Mr. Weidong Gu and Mr. Shaofang Weng as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant, or the Shares, including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1, or the Registration Statement, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on March 16, 2022.
Signature |
Title |
|
/s/ Shaofang Weng |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
Name: Shaofang Weng |
(principal executive officer) |
|
/s/ Quanmao Zhou |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
Name: Quanmao Zhou |
(principal financial and accounting officer) |
|
/s/ Weidong Gu |
Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
Name: Weidong Gu |
||
/s/ Fenglei Jiang |
Independent Director |
|
Name: Fenglei Jiang |
||
/s/ Xinwei Xie |
Independent Director |
|
Name: Xinwei Xie |
II-5
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Planet Image International Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Riverside, California on March 16, 2022.
Authorized U.S. Representative |
||||
By: |
/s/ Yan Tang |
|||
Name: Yan Tang |
II-6
Exhibit 1.1
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL, LIMITED
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[ ● ], 2022
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.
2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241
Red Bank, NJ 07701
As the Representative of several Underwriters named on Schedule A hereto
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (the “Representative” of several underwriters as disclosed in Schedule A attached hereto, and if there are no underwriters other than the Representative, references to multiple underwriters shall be disregarded and the term Representative as used herein shall have the same meaning as underwriter) to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [ ● ] Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Shares”). The offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Offering.”
1. Firm Shares; Additional Shares.
(a) Purchase of Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [ ● ] Shares (the “Firm Shares”) at a purchase price (net of underwriting discounts of seven percent (7.0%) of the public offering price for investors introduced by the Underwriters, and five percent (5.0%) of the public offering price for investors introduced by the Company) of $[ ● ] per Share. The Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company the Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
(b) Delivery of and Payment for Firm Shares. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the third (3rd) Business Day following the effective date of the Registration Statement as defined in Section 2(a)(i)(1) (“Effective Date”) or at such time as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company, at the offices of VCL Law LLP (the “Representative’s Counsel”) or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares is the “Closing Date.” The payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of the Firm Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing.” Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Underwriters of the Firm Shares through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”). The Firm Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for all the Firm Shares.
(c) Additional Shares. The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional [ ● ] Shares, representing a maximum of 15% of the Firm Shares (the “Additional Shares”), in each case only for the purpose of covering over-allotments of such securities, if any.
(d) Exercise of Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1(c) hereof may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within 45 days after the date of the Prospectus (as defined below). The purchase price to be paid per Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per Firm Share in Section 1(a). The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Additional Shares prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised upon written notice given at least two (2) full business days prior to the exercise to the Company from the Underwriters setting forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Additional Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of such written notice to purchase Additional Shares is given or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters, at the offices of Representative’s Counsel at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters. If such delivery and payment for the Additional Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the written notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Additional Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Additional Shares specified in such notice and (ii) the Underwriters shall purchase from the Company that portion of the total number of Additional Shares then being purchased with the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriters bears to the total number of Firm Shares, subject, in each case, to such adjustment as the Underwriters, in their sole discretion, shall determine.
(e) Delivery and Payment of Additional Shares. Payment for the Additional Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, upon delivery to the Underwriters of the Additional Shares through the facilities of DTC. The Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Additional Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for the Additional Shares. The Option Closing Date may be simultaneous with or later than, but not earlier than, the Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the Closing Date, the term “Closing Date” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of the Firm Shares and Additional Shares.
The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities.”
2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Applicable Time (as defined below) and as of the Closing Date, as follows:
(a) Filing of Registration Statement.
(i) | Pursuant to the Act. |
(1) | The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement and an amendment or amendments thereto, on Form F-1 (File No. 333-[ ● ]), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company and conform, in all material respects, with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act (the “Regulations”). Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of the Effective Date pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Regulations), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement.” |
(2) | The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in the Offering, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” |
(3) | The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to [ ● ], EST, on [ ● ], 2022 or such other time as agreed to by the Company and the Underwriters (the “Applicable Time”). |
2
(ii) | Registration under the Exchange Act. The Securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Securities under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration except as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. |
(iii) | Listing on Nasdaq. The Shares will be approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) by the Closing Date, subject to official notice of issuance, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the listing of the Securities on Nasdaq nor has the Company received any notification that Nasdaq is contemplating revoking or withdrawing approval for listing of the Securities. |
(b) No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any state regulatory authority has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus (“Preliminary Prospectus”), the Prospectus or the Registration Statement or has instituted or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.
(c) Disclosures in Registration Statement.
(i) | 10b-5 Representation. |
(1) | The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any post-effective amendments thereto will, at the time they become effective, in all material respects comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. |
(2) | The Registration Statement, when it became effective, and any amendment or supplement thereto, did not contain and, at the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Prospectus when filed with the Commission does not contain and, at the Closing Date, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2(c)(i)(2) does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to the Underwriters furnished to the Company by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of any of the Underwriters consists solely of the disclosure contained in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriters’ Information”). |
(3) | The road show presentation and materials, when taken together as a whole with the Prospectus (collectively, the “Disclosure Materials”), do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Materials based upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information. |
(ii) | Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement. |
3
(d) Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.
(i) | No Material Adverse Change. Since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as otherwise specifically stated therein: (i) to the knowledge of the Company, there has been no events that have occurred that would have a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Company (“Material Adverse Change”); and (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company not in the ordinary course of business, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement. |
(ii) | Recent Securities Transactions, etc. Since the end of the period covered by the latest audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not, other than with respect to options to purchase Shares at an exercise price equal to the then fair market price of the Shares, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, granted to employees, consultants or service providers: (i) issued any securities or incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money other than in the ordinary course of business; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock. |
(e) Independent Accountants. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, Friedman LLP, (“Friedman”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations.
(f) Financial Statements, etc. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement and Prospectus fairly present the financial position and the results of operations of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved except as disclosed therein; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The Registration Statement discloses all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (a) neither the Company nor any of its operating subsidiaries as listed under Section 2(u) and Exhibit 21.1 of the Registration Statement (each a “Subsidiary” and together the “Subsidiaries”), has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any grants under any stock compensation plan and, (d) there has not been any material adverse change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt.
(g) Authorized Capital; Options, etc. The Company has the duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized, but unissued capital stock of the Company or any security convertible into capital stock of the Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell capital stock or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.
4
(h) Valid Issuance of Securities, etc.
(i) | Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. |
(ii) | Securities Sold Pursuant to this Agreement. The Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement. |
(iii) | Issuance of Securities. Upon issuance of Securities, and subject to full payment thereof by the Underwriters in accordance with the terms hereof, such Securities will be duly and validly issued, and the persons in whose names the Securities are registered will be entitled to the rights specified in the Securities, and upon the sale and delivery of these Securities, and payment therefor, pursuant to this Agreement, the purchasers will acquire good, marketable and valid title to such Securities, free and clear of all pledges, liens, security interests, charges, claims or encumbrances of any kind. |
(i) Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.
(j) Validity and Binding Effect of This Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought.
(k) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a material breach of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Charter”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or business constituted as of the date hereof, except such violation or breach that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, conditions, financial position or results of operations of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”).
(l) No Defaults; Violations. No default exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any material license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other material agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject, except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that are not otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Materials. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter, or in violation in any respect of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses, except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that are not otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Disclosure Materials.
5
(m) Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.
(i) | Conduct of Business. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business purpose as described in the Prospectus except, in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. |
(ii) | Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and thereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection therewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities and the consummation by the Company of the transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement and as contemplated by the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). |
(n) D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers named in the section “Management” in the Prospectus immediately prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex IV provided to the Underwriters is true and correct in all respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate and incorrect.
(o) Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any executive officer or director that has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in connection with the Company’s listing application for the listing of the Securities on Nasdaq.
(p) Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized, is validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands as of the date hereof, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(q) Transactions Affecting Disclosure to FINRA.
(i) | Finder’s Fees. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA. |
(ii) | Payments Within Twelve (12) Months. Except as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) to any FINRA member; or (iii) to any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date, other than the prior payment of US$75,000 to the Underwriters, as provided hereunder in connection with the Offering. |
6
(iii) | FINRA Affiliation. To the Company’s knowledge, and except as may have been previously disclosed in writing to the Underwriters, no Insider or any beneficial owner of 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding Shares has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA). |
(r) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any of the Insiders or employees of the Company or any other person authorized to act on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, knowingly given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding.
(s) Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to you or to Representative’s Counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
(t) Lock-Up Period.
(i) | Each Insider and each beneficial owner of the Company holding five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Shares (or securities convertible into Shares) (together with the Insiders, the “Lock-Up Parties”) have agreed pursuant to executed Lock-Up Agreements in the form attached hereto as Annex IV that for a period ending 180 days from the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), such persons, and parties that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with such persons (the “Affiliated Parties”), shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Securities or capital stock of the Company, including Shares, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Securities or capital stock, without the consent of the Underwriters, with certain exceptions. The Underwriters may consent to an early release from the applicable Lock-Up Period if, in its opinion, the market for the Securities would not be adversely impacted by sales and in cases of financial emergency of any of the Lock-Up Parties. |
(ii) | The Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, has agreed that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not, for a period ending one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; (ii) file or cause to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company or (iii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions contained in this Section 2(t)(ii) shall not apply to (i) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of Securities upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof of, provided that the Underwriters has been advised in writing of such issuance prior to the date hereof, (iii) the issuance by the Company of option to purchase securities, capital stock or restricted stock of the Company under any stock compensation plan of the Company outstanding on the date hereof, (iv) any registration statement on Form S-8, or (v) the issuance of securities in connection with mergers, acquisitions, joint ventures, licensing arrangements or any other similar non-capital raising transactions provided such shares are not registered pursuant to a registrations statement. For purposes of subclause (ii) in this paragraph, the Underwriters acknowledges that disclosure in the Registration Statement filed prior to the date hereof of any outstanding option or warrant shall be deemed to constitute prior written notice to the Underwriters. |
7
(u) Subsidiaries. Exhibit 21.1 of the Registration Statement lists each Subsidiary and consolidated entity of the Company and sets forth the ownership of all of the Subsidiaries. The Subsidiaries are duly organized and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdiction of organization or incorporation, and each such Subsidiary is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company’s ownership and control of each Subsidiary and each Subsidiary’s ownership and control of other Subsidiaries, is as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials and the Prospectus. The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or entity other than: Lucky Knot Limited, a company formed under the laws of British Virgin Islands (the “BVI”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Lucky Knot”), Aster Online Company Limited, a company formed under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (the “HK”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucky Knot (“Aster Online”) with eleven wholly-owned HK subsidiaries, Peony Trade Co., Limited, White Poplar Co., Limited, Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, Grand Future Trade Co., Limited, Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited, Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, Pigeon King Co., Limited, Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited, Plum Blossom Co., Limited and Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited., which in turn own 100% equity interests of seven HK companies, Your Office Supplies Company Limited, Iprint Enterprise Limited, Amstech Limited, Aztech Enterprise Limited, Supplies4u Limite, Access Supplies Limited and Dellon Technology Company Limited, one Kingdom of the Netherlands (the “NL”) company Proimage B.V., and three State of California companies, Eco Imaging Inc., Revol Trading Inc. and Intercon International Corp., Aster Graphics Company Limited, a company formed under the laws of BVI and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Aster BVI-1”), Aster Graphics, Inc., a company formed under the laws of the State of California, the United States and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster BVI-1 (“Aster USA”), Aster Technology Holland B.V., a company formed under the laws of NL and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster BVI-1 (“Aster EU”), Aster Technology Italia S.R.L., a company formed under the laws of Italy and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster EU (“Aster Italy”), Aster Supplies GmbH, a company formed under the laws of Germany and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster EU (“Aster Germany”), Aster Technology France, a company formed under the laws of France and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster EU (“Aster France”), Aster Industrial Limited, a company formed under the laws of BVI and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Aster BVI-2”), Aster Graphics Company, a company formed under the laws of HK and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster BVI-2 (“Aster HK”), Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd., a wholly foreign owned enterprise established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and a wholly owned subsidiary of Aster HK (“Jiangxi Yibo WFOE”), Jiangxi Leibotai E-Tech Co., Ltd., a company formed under the laws of PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jiangxi Yibo WFOE (“Jiangxi Leibotai”), Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-Commerce Co., Ltd., a company formed under the laws of PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jiangxi Yibo WFOE (“Dinghong Shengda”), Zhongshan Yantuo Printing Device Co., Ltd., a company formed under the laws of PRC and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Jiangxi Yibo WFOE (“Zhongshan Yantuo”), and Aster Technology UK Ltd., a company formed under the laws of the United Kingdom (the “UK”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Zhongshan Yantuo (“Aster UK”). Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has full corporate power and authority to own or lease, as the case may be, and to operate its properties and conduct its business as described in the Disclosure Materials and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires such qualification.
(v) Related Party Transactions. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there are no business relationships or related party transactions involving the Company or any other person required to be described in the Prospectus that have not been described as required.
(w) Board of Directors. The Board of Directors of the Company is comprised of the persons set forth under the heading of the Prospectus captioned “Board of Directors” and “Committees of The Board of Directors.” The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and the rules of Nasdaq. At least one member of the Board of Directors of the Company qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of Nasdaq. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq.
8
(x) Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials, and the Prospectus, the Company will be, on the Effective Date, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 applicable to it and has implemented or will implement such programs and taken reasonable steps to ensure the Company’s future compliance (not later than the relevant statutory and regulatory deadlines therefor) with all the material provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
(y) No Investment Company Status. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the Offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will not be, an “investment company” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
(z) No Material Labor Disputes. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is imminent, which would result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(aa) Intellectual Property. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials, and the Prospectus, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except for such Intellectual Property, the failure of which to own or possess, as the case may be, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, no action or use by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or material license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property of others, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials, and the Prospectus. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice alleging any such infringement or fee, except such infringement or fee that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(bb) Taxes. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all material taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such subsidiary. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials, and the Prospectus, and to the knowledge of the Company, (i) no material issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its Subsidiaries. The term “taxes” mean all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed with relevant taxing authorities in respect to taxes.
(cc) Data. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived. The Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent necessary.
(dd) The Company’s Board of Directors has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the requirements of the rules and regulations of Nasdaq and the Board of Directors and/or audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of the rules and regulations of Nasdaq. Except as described in Registration Statement, Prospectus or the Disclosure Materials, neither the Board of Directors nor the audit committee has been informed, nor is any director of the Company aware, of any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information.
9
(ee) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Underwriters pursuant to the Registration Statement. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries has sold or issued any Shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for Shares, or other equity securities, or any rights to acquire any Shares or other equity securities of the Company, during the six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including but not limited to any sales pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation D or S under the Act, other than Shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or the employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants as described in the Registration Statement.
(ff) PRC Representation and Warranties.
(i) | Organization. |
(1) | Jiangxi Yibo WFOE has been duly organized and is validly existing as a company under the laws of the PRC, and its business license is in full force and effect; Jiangxi Yibo WFOE has been duly qualified as a foreign invested enterprise with the following approvals and certificates: (A) Certificate of Filing and (B) Business License. 100% of the equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo WFOE are indirectly wholly-owned by the Company as described in the Prospectus, and such equity interests are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; the bylaws, the business license and other constituent documents of Jiangxi Yibo WFOE comply in all material respects with the requirements of applicable laws of the PRC and are in full force and effect; Jiangxi Yibo WFOE has full power and authority (corporate and other) and all consents, approvals, authorizations, permits, licenses, orders, registrations, clearances and qualifications of or with any governmental agency having jurisdiction over Jiangxi Yibo WFOE or any of its properties required for the ownership or lease of property by it and the conduct of its business in accordance with its registered business scope except for such that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and has the legal right and authority to own, use, lease and operate its assets and to conduct its business in the manner presently conducted and as described in the Prospectus. |
(2) | Jiangxi Yibo WFOE has legal and valid title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, options and restrictions; each lease agreement to which it is a party is duly executed by Jiangxi Yibo WFOE, as applicable, and legally binding; its leasehold interests are set forth in and governed by the terms of any lease agreements, and, to the Company’s knowledge, such agreements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms under PRC law, except where the invalidity of such lease agreements would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and Jiangxi Yibo WFOE does not own, operate, manage or has any other right or interest in any other material real property of any kind, which would reasonably result in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the Prospectus. |
(ii) | PRC Taxes. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Materials and Prospectus, including the risk factor set forth in “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, we may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of China, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders[,]” no transaction, stamp, capital or other issuance, registration, transaction, transfer or withholding taxes or duties are payable in China, Hong Kong or the Cayman Islands to any Chinese, Hong Kong, BVI or Cayman Islands taxing authority in connection with (A) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities to or for the account of the Underwriters, and (B) the purchase from the Company and the sale and delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters. |
10
(iii) | Dividends and Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no Subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited or restricted, directly or indirectly, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such Subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such Subsidiary’s property or assets to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company. |
(iv) | Money Laundering. The operations of the Company, its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in all material respects in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of money laundering statutes and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened. |
(v) | Office of Foreign Assets Control. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, or employee of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries has conducted or entered into a contract to conduct any transaction with the governments or any of subdivision thereof, residents of, or any entity based or resident in the countries that are currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); none of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC (including but not limited to the designation as a “specially designated national or blocked person” thereunder), the United Nations Security Council, or the European Union or is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of OFAC-administered sanctions, including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria; and the Company will not knowingly directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC. |
(vi) | No Immunity. None of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any of its or their properties or assets has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution or otherwise) under the laws of the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong, the PRC, New York or United States federal law; and, to the extent that the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company, its Subsidiaries waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement under New York law as provided under this Agreement. |
(vii) | Free Transferability of Dividends or Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement, and Prospectus, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the Shares may under current Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong, and PRC law and regulations be paid by the Company to the holders of Securities in United States dollars and may be converted into foreign currency that may be transferred out of the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong and the PRC in accordance with, and all such payments made to holders thereof or therein who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong or the PRC, will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under, the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong and the PRC, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong and the PRC or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong and the PRC or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein. |
11
(viii) | Not a PFIC. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement and Prospectus, the Company does not expect that it will be treated as a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for its current taxable year. The Company has no plan or intention to operate in such a manner that would reasonably be expected to result in the Company becoming a PFIC in future taxable years. |
(ix) | Compliance with SAFE Regulations. The Company has taken reasonable steps to cause all of the Company’s shareholders and option holders who are residents or citizens of the PRC, to comply with any applicable rules and regulations of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (SAFE) relating to such shareholders’ and option holders’ shareholding with the Company (the “SAFE Rules and Regulations”), including, without limitation, taking reasonable steps to require each shareholder or option holder that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a resident or citizen of the PRC to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable SAFE Rules and Regulations. |
(x) | M&A and CSRC Rules. The Company is aware of and has been advised as to the content of the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Tax Administration, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (CSRC) and SAFE on August 8, 2006 and amended on June 22, 2009 (the “M&A Rules”), in particular the relevant provisions thereof that purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for the purpose of obtaining a stock exchange listing outside of the PRC and controlled directly or indirectly by companies or natural persons of the PRC, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on a stock exchange located outside of the PRC; the Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the M&A Rules from its PRC counsel and based on such legal advice, the Company confirms with the Underwriters: |
(1) | Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the issuance and sale of the Securities, the listing and trading of the Securities on Nasdaq and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not and will not be, as of the date hereof or on the Closing Date, affected by the M&A Rules or any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related to the M&A Rules, including the guidance and notices issued by the CSRC on September 8 and September 21, 2006, as amended (collectively, the “M&A Rules and Related Clarifications”). |
(2) | Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of the date hereof, the M&A Rules and Related Classifications did not and do not require the Company to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the issuance and sale of the Securities, the listing and trading of the Securities on Nasdaq, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. |
(xi) | Foreign Private Issuer Status. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act. |
12
(xii) | Choice of Law. Except as disclosed in the Disclosure Materials, Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the choice of law provision set forth in this Agreement constitutes a legal and valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong, and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong, and the PRC, subject to compliance with relevant civil procedural requirements (that do not involve a re-examination of the merits of the claim) in the Cayman Islands, BVI, Hong Kong, and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each of the New York Courts, and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and authorize, and pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Securities in any New York Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in Section 14 of this Agreement. |
(xiii) | Recognition of Judgments. Any final judgment for a fixed sum of money rendered by a New York Court having jurisdiction under New York law in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement would be recognized and enforced against the Company by Cayman Islands courts without re-examining the merits of the case under the common law doctrine of obligation; provided that such judgment is (A) given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction; (B) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given; (C) is final; (D) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; (E) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands; and provided further that in obtaining judgment there was no fraud on the part of the person in whose favor judgment was given or on the part of the New York Court. |
(gg) MD&A. The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Disclosure Materials and the Prospectus accurately and fully describes in all material respects (A) accounting policies that the Company believes are the most important in the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments (“Critical Accounting Policies”); (B) judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of the Critical Accounting Policies; and (C) the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions and an explanation thereof; and the Company’s management have reviewed and agreed with the selection, application and disclosure of the Critical Accounting Policies as described in the Disclosure Materials and the Prospectus and have consulted with its independent accountants with regard to such disclosure.
3. Offering. Upon authorization of the release of the Securities by the Underwriters, the Underwriters propose to offer the Securities for sale to the public upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
4. Covenants of the Company. The Company acknowledges, covenants, and agrees with the Underwriters that:
(a) The Registration Statement and any amendments thereto have been declared effective, and if Rule 430A is used or the filing of the Prospectus is otherwise required under Rule 424(b), the Company will file the Prospectus (properly completed if Rule 430A has been used) pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the prescribed time period and will provide evidence satisfactory to the Underwriters of such timely filing.
(b) During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as, in the reasonable opinion of Representative’s Counsel, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act is no longer required to be provided) in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriters and Representative’s Counsel for review a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters reasonably object within 36 hours of delivery thereof to Representative’s Counsel. The term “General Disclosure Package” means, collectively, the Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (es) (as defined below) issued at or prior to the date hereof, the most recent preliminary prospectus related to this offering, and the information included on Schedule A hereto.
13
(c) After the date of this Agreement, the Company shall promptly advise the Underwriters in writing of: (i) the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission; (ii) the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus; (iii) the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective; and (iv) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of any order preventing or suspending its use or the use of any prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any issuer free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433 of the Regulations (the “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), or the initiation of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing the Shares from any securities exchange upon which the Shares are listed for trading, or of the threatening of initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A and 430B, as applicable, under the Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or Rule 164(b)).
(d) (i) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Regulations, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the General Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. If during such period any event or development occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the General Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Company or its counsel or the Underwriters or Representative’s Counsel to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the General Disclosure Package) to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the General Disclosure Package) or file such document (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.
(ii) If at any time following the issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances there existing, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.
(e) The Company will deliver to the Underwriters and Representative’s Counsel a copy of the Registration Statement, as initially filed, and all amendments thereto, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith. The Company will promptly deliver to each of the Underwriters such number of copies of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, and all amendments of and supplements to such documents, if any, and all documents which are exhibits to the Registration Statement and any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, as the Underwriters may reasonably request. Prior to 10:00 A.M., Eastern Time, on the Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, the Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the Prospectus in such quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
(f) The Company consents to the use and delivery of the Preliminary Prospectus by the Underwriters in accordance with Rule 430 and Section 5(b) of the Act.
(g) If the Company elects to rely on Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Company shall both file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by the earlier of: (i) 10:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement, and (ii) the time that confirmations are given or sent, as specified by Rule 462(b)(2), and pay the applicable fees in accordance with Rule 111 of the Act.
14
(h) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, at or prior to the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities laws relating to the offering or sale of the Securities of such jurisdictions as the Underwriters may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for so long as required for the distribution thereof; except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service of process or to subject itself to taxation if it is otherwise not so subject.
(i) The Company will make generally available (which includes filings pursuant to the Exchange Act made publicly through the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (“EDGAR”) system) to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than fifteen (15) months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a twelve (12)-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158 of the Regulations.
(j) Except with respect to (i) securities of the Company which may be issued in connection with an acquisition of another entity (or the assets thereof), (ii) the issuance of securities of the Company intended to provide the Company with proceeds to acquire another entity (or the assets thereof), or (iii) the issuance of securities under the Company’s stock option plans with exercise or conversion prices at fair market value (as defined in such plans) in effect from time to time, during the three (3) months following the Closing Date, the Company or any successor to the Company shall not undertake any public or private offerings of any equity securities of the Company (including equity-linked securities) without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(k) Following the Closing Date, any of the entities and individuals listed on Schedule B hereto, or the Lock-Up Parties, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company, whether publicly or in a private placement, during the period that their respective lock-up agreements are in effect. The Company will deliver to the Underwriters the agreements of the Lock-Up Parties to the foregoing effect prior to the Closing Date, which agreements shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex IV.
(l) The Company will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity without the Underwriters’ prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 P.M., Eastern time, on the first Business Day following the forty-fifth (45th) day following the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, or as required by law.
(m) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities as set forth under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus. Without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no proceeds of the Offering will be used to pay outstanding loans from officers, directors or shareholders or to pay any accrued salaries or bonuses to any employees or former employees.
(n) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market for at least two (2) years after the Effective Date, unless such listing is terminated as a result of a transaction approved by the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company. If the Company fails to maintain such listing of its Shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market or other Trading Market, for a period of two (2) years from the Effective Date, the Company, at its expense, shall obtain and keep current a listing of such securities in the Standard & Poor’s Corporation Records Services or Mergent’s Industrial Manual; provided that Mergent’s OTC Industrial Manual is not sufficient for these purposes. “Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Shares is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).
(o) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to do and perform all things required to be done or performed under this Agreement by the Company prior to the Closing Date, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the delivery of the Securities.
15
(p) The Company will not take, and will cause its Affiliates not to take, directly or indirectly, any action which constitutes or is designed to cause or result in, or which could reasonably be expected to constitute, cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.
(q) The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Underwriters, at its expense, within two (2) Business Days from the date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. As used herein, the term “Electronic Prospectus” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Underwriters, that may be transmitted electronically by the Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Securities for at least the period during which a Prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Underwriters, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for online time).
5. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriters.
The Underwriters represent and agree that, unless they obtain the prior written consent of the Company, they have not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act, required to be filed with the Commission; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule C. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Underwriters is herein referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Underwriters represent that they have treated or agree that they will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping.
6. Consideration; Payment of Expenses.
(a) In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees their pro rata portion (based on the Securities purchased) of the following compensation with respect to the Securities which they are offering:
(i) | the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees an underwriting discount equal to seven percent (7.0%) of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the Offering for investors introduced by the Underwriters and five percent (5.0%) of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in the Offering for investors introduced by the Company; |
(ii) | the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees a non-accountable expense allowance of one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds of the Offering; |
(iii) | the Company shall pay to the Underwriters or their respective designees an accountable expense allowance of up to $150,000, of which $75,000 has already been paid to the Underwriters as an Advance expense deposit, any portion of which not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110 (g)(4)(A) by the Underwriters will be reimbursed to the Company; and |
(iv) | the Company shall grant to the Underwriters or their respective designated affiliates share purchase warrants (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”) covering a number of shares equal to five percent (5%) of the total number of Firm Shares and Additional Shares, substantially in the form and content attached hereto as Annex V. |
16
(b) The Underwriters’ Warrants will be non-exercisable for six (6) months after the date of the effective date of the Registration Statement and will expire three (3) years after the date of the effective date of the Registration Statement. The Underwriters’ Warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the public offering price of the underlying Shares in connection with the Offering. The Underwriters’ Warrants shall not be redeemable. The Company will register the Shares underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants under the Act and will file all necessary undertakings in connection therewith. The Underwriters’ Warrants shall not be sold during the Offering, or sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering, except that they may be transferred to any member participating in the Offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction for the remainder of the time period. The Underwriters’ Warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of the underlying Shares, will provide for cashless exercise and will contain provisions for one demand registration of the sale of the underlying Share at the Company’s expense, an additional demand registration at the Underwriters’ Warrants holder’s expense, each such demand registration for a period of three (3) years after the date of commencement of sales of the Offering and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights for a period of three (3) years after the date of commencement of sales of the Offering at the Company’s expense. The Underwriters’ Warrants shall further provide for adjustment in the number and price of such warrants (and the Share underlying such Warrants) in the event of recapitalization, merger or other structural transaction to prevent dilution.
(c) The Underwriters reserve the right to reduce any item of compensation or adjust the terms thereof as specified herein in the event that a determination shall be made by FINRA to the effect that the Underwriters’ aggregate compensation is in excess of FINRA Rules or that the terms thereof require adjustment.
(d) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company hereby agrees to pay the following costs and expenses incident to the Offering:
(i) | all expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, formatting for EDGAR and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any and all amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; |
(ii) | all fees and expenses in connection with filings with FINRA’s Public Offering System; |
(iii) | all fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Securities under the Act and the Offering; |
(iv) | all reasonable expenses in connection with the qualifications of the Securities for offering and sale under state or foreign securities or blue sky laws; |
(v) | all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Securities on a national securities exchange; |
(vi) | all reasonable travel expenses of the Company’s officers, directors and employees and any other expense of the Company incurred in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Securities; |
(vii) | all the road show expenses incurred by the Company; |
(viii) | any stock transfer taxes or other taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement or the Offering; |
17
(ix) | the costs associated with book building, prospectus tracking, and compliance software and the cost of preparing certificates representing the Securities; |
(x) | the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities; |
(xi) | any reasonable costs and expenses incurred in conducting background checks of the Company’s officers and directors by a background search firm acceptable to the Underwriters, not to exceed $15,000; and |
(xii) | the costs associated with bound volumes and mementos in such quantities as the Underwriters may reasonably request, not to exceed $2,5000. |
(e) It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 6, and Sections 9, 10 and 11(d) hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6, in the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof, or subsequent to a Material Adverse Change, the Company will pay, less any advances previously paid which as of the date hereof is $75,000 as an advance to be applied towards the accountable expenses allowance (the “Advance”), all documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriters (including but not limited to fees and disbursements of Representative’s Counsel and reasonable and accountable travel) incurred in connection herewith which shall be limited to expenses which are actually incurred as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110 and in any event, the aggregate amount of such expenses to be reimbursed by the Company shall not exceed $150,000, including the Advance. To the extent that the Underwriters’ out-of-pocket expenses are less than the Advance, the Underwriters will return to the Company that portion of the Advance not offset by actual expenses.
7. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares as provided herein shall be subject to: (i) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, (ii) the absence from any certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the Underwriters or to Representative’s Counsel pursuant to this Section 7 of any misstatement or omission, (iii) the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and (iv) each of the following additional conditions. For purposes of this Section 7, the terms “Closing Date” and “Closing” shall refer to the Closing Date for the Firm Shares and each of the foregoing and following conditions must be satisfied as of each Closing.
(a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and all necessary regulatory and listing approvals shall have been received not later than 5:30 P.M., Eastern time, on the date of this Agreement, or at such later time and date as shall have been consented to in writing by the Underwriters. If the Company shall have elected to rely upon Rule 430A under the Act, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in a timely fashion in accordance with the terms thereof and a form of the Prospectus containing information relating to the description of the Securities and the method of distribution and similar matters shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period; and, at or prior to the Closing Date and the actual time of the Closing, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; all requests of the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the Underwriters’ satisfaction.
(b) The Underwriters shall not have reasonably determined, and advised the Company, that the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriters’ reasonable opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
18
(c) The Underwriters shall have received legal opinions, in form satisfactory to the Underwriters and Representative’s Counsel of (i) Conyers Dill & Pearman, Cayman Islands counsel to the Company dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, (ii) Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC, U.S. securities counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters; and (iii) Junhe LLP, PRC legal counsel to the Company, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters.
(d) The Underwriters shall have received legal opinions, in form satisfactory to the Underwriters of (i) an opinion and negative assurance letter of VCL Law LLP, U.S. counsel for the Underwriters; and (ii) an opinion of Zhong Lun Law Firm, PRC Counsel for the Underwriters.
(e) The Underwriters shall have received certificates of each of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex I and dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that: (i) the conditions set forth in subsection (a) of this Section 7 have been satisfied, (ii) as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are accurate, (iii) as of the Closing Date, all agreements, conditions and obligations of the Company to be performed or complied with hereunder on or prior thereto have been duly performed or complied with, (iv) the Company has not sustained any material loss or interference with its businesses, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any legal or governmental proceeding, (v) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof has been issued and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, (vi) there are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus pursuant to the Regulations which are not so included, and (vii) subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any Material Adverse Change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business.
(f) At each of the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex II and dated the Closing Date and Option Closing Date (if such date is other than the Closing Date), certifying: (i) that the Charter is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the Offering are in full force and effect and have not been modified; (iii) the good standing of the Company; and (iv) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.
(g) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received a “comfort” letter from Friedman as of each such date, addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters and Representative’s Counsel, confirming that they are independent certified public accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and all applicable Regulations, and stating, as of such date (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than five (5) days prior to such date), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters relating to the Registration Statement covered by such letter.
(h) On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters, a certificate on behalf of the Company, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, of its Chief Financial Officer with respect to certain financial data contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters, substantially in the form attached as Annex III.
(i) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment thereof) and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any change or development involving a change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in the business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, shareholders’ equity, properties or prospects of the Company, taken as a whole, including but not limited to the occurrence of any fire, flood, storm, explosion, accident, act of war or terrorism or other calamity, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale of Securities or Offering as contemplated hereby.
19
(j) The Underwriters shall have received a lock-up agreement from each Lock-Up Party, duly executed by the applicable Lock-Up Party, in each case substantially in the form attached as Annex IV.
(k) The Shares are registered under the Exchange Act and, as of the Closing Date, the Shares shall be listed and admitted and authorized for trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market and satisfactory evidence of such action shall have been provided to the Underwriters. The Company shall have taken no action designed to terminate, or likely to have the effect of terminating, the registration of the Shares under the Exchange Act or delisting or suspending the Shares from trading on the NASDAQ Capital Market, nor will the Company have received any information suggesting that the Commission or the NASDAQ Capital Market is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares shall be DTC eligible.
(l) FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
(m) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities or materially and adversely affect or potentially materially and adversely affect the business or operations of the Company.
(n) The Company shall have furnished the Underwriters and Representative’s Counsel with such other certificates, opinions or documents as they may have reasonably requested.
8. Indemnification.
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters and each Person, if any, who controls the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever, as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever, incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon: (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Regulations, any Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to any of them or (B) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any road show or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and will reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigations or defending against such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof); or (ii) any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (or action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement to any of them, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Marketing Materials in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.
20
(b) The Underwriters agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the directors of the Company, each of the officers of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement, and each other Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever, as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever, incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Underwriters), insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Regulations, any Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement to any of them or any Marketing Materials, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending against such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof), in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (or action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Underwriters’ Information.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing thereof (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under this Section 8 to the extent that it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability that such indemnifying party may have otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement hereunder). In case any such claim or action is brought against any indemnified party, and it so notifies an indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of such action, and to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party; provided however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the written consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless: (i) the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action; (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of the claim or the commencement of the action; (iii) the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense; or (iv) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that a conflict may arise between the positions of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, or any of them, in conducting the defense of any such action or there may be legal defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those available to any of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties and shall be paid as incurred. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) of the indemnified party or parties unless such separate representations are required under applicable ethics rules that govern the representations of the indemnified party or parties by such legal counsel. In the case of any separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Underwriters. In the case of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, effect any settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened claim, investigation, action or proceeding in respect of which indemnity or contribution may be or could have been sought by an indemnified party under this Section 8 or Section 9 hereof (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party thereto), unless (x) such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, investigation, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or any failure to act, by or on behalf of the indemnified party, and (y) the indemnifying party confirms in writing its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such settlement, compromise or judgment.
21
9. Contribution. In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is for any reason held to be unavailable from any indemnifying party or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting in the case of losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses suffered by the Company, any contribution received by the Company from Persons, other than the Underwriters, who may also be liable for contribution, including Persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Company), as incurred, to which the Company and one or more of the Underwriters may be subject, in such proportions as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the Offering and sale of the Securities or, if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportions as are appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the Offering (net of underwriting discount and commission but before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to (y) the underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 9 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any judicial, regulatory or other legal or governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9: (i) no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts applicable to the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 12(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 12(f) of the Act). For purposes of this Section 9, each Person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to clauses (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 9 or otherwise. As used herein, a “Person” refers to an individual or entity.
22
10. Right of First Refusal. Provided that the Firm Shares are sold in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Representative shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”), for a period of twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, to act as lead or managing underwriter, exclusive placement agent, exclusive financial advisor or in any other similar capacity, in the event the Company or any Subsidiary retains or otherwise uses (or seeks to retain or use) the services of an investment bank or similar financial advisor to pursue a registered, underwritten public offering of securities (in addition to the Offering), a private placement of securities (each, a “Subject Transaction”). The Company shall notify the Representative of its intention to pursue a Subject Transaction, including the material terms thereof, by providing written notice thereof by registered mail or overnight courier service addressed to the Representative. In the event that an investment bank or similar financial advisor makes an offer with economic terms including, but are not limited to, target amount, commission rates, and issue price to the Company or any Subsidiary, the Representative shall at least match the economic terms of such offer, and the Representative shall be responsible for raising the target amount for any underwritten offering while acting as sole or lead underwriter. If the Representative fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction within five (5) Business Days after the mailing of such written notice, then the Representative shall have no further claim or right with respect to the Subject Transaction. The Representative may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transactions, provided that any such election by the Representative shall not adversely affect the Representative’s Right of First Refusal with respect to any other Subject Transactions. The terms and conditions of any such engagements shall be set forth in separate agreements and may be subject to, among other things, satisfactory completion of due diligence by the Representative, market conditions, the absence of a material adverse change to the Company’s business, financial condition and prospects, approval of the Representative’s internal committee and any other conditions that the Representative may reasonably deem appropriate for transactions of such nature. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Subject Transaction involves a public or private sale of securities, the Representative shall be entitled to receive as its compensation at least 50% of the compensation payable to the underwriting or placement agent group when serving as co-manager or co-placement agent and at least 33% of the compensation payable to the underwriting or placement agent group when serving as co-manager or co-placement agent with respect to a proposed financing in which there are three co-managing or lead underwriters or co-placement agents.
11. Survival of Representations and Agreements. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, including, without limitation, the agreements contained in Sections 6, 14 and 15, the indemnity agreements contained in Section 8 and the contribution agreements contained in Section 9, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or any controlling Person thereof or by or on behalf of the Company, any of its officers or directors or any controlling Person thereof, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Securities to and by the Underwriters. The representations and warranties contained in Section 2 and the covenants and agreements contained in Sections 4, 6, 8, 9, 14 and 15 shall survive any termination of this Agreement, including termination pursuant to Section 11. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event of termination the Underwriters will receive only out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred subject to the limit in Section 11(d) below, in compliance with FINRA Rules 5110(g)(5)(A), 5110(g)(5)(B)(i) and 5110(g)(5)(B)(ii).
12. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination.
(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the later of: (i) receipt by the Underwriters and the Company of notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or (ii) the execution of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 11 and of Sections 1, 4, 6, 8, 9, 14 and 15 shall remain in full force and effect at all times after the execution hereof to the extent they are in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5).
(b) The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the consummation of the Closing if: (i) any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the reasonable opinion of the Underwriters will in the immediate future materially disrupt, the market for the Company’s securities or securities in general; or (ii) trading on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market has been suspended or made subject to material limitations, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, on the NYSE Euronext or the NASDAQ Stock Market or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction; or (iii) a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or federal authority or any material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services has occurred; or (iv) (A) there has occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or acts of terrorism involving the United States or there is a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (B) there has been any other calamity or crisis or any change in political, financial or economic conditions, if the effect of any such event in (A) or (B), in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, is so material and adverse that such event makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale and delivery of the Firm Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated by the Prospectus.
(c) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 11 shall be in writing and delivered in accordance with Section 11.
(d) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the provisions hereof (other than pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof), or if the sale of the Securities provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the Company to perform any agreement herein or comply with any provision hereof, the Company will, subject to demand by the Underwriters, reimburse the Underwriters for only those documented out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel), actually incurred by the Underwriters in connection herewith as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110 less any amounts previously paid by the Company); provided, however, that all such expenses, including the costs and expenses set forth in Section 6(d) which were actually paid, shall not exceed $150,000 in the aggregate, including any advances, and any portion of the advances not offset by documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Underwriters shall be returned to the Company.
23
13. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise specifically provided herein, shall be in writing, and:
(a) if sent to the Underwriters, shall be mailed, delivered, or emailed, to:
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.
2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241
Red Bank, NJ 07701
Attention: Damon Testaverde, Managing Director
Email: ddtestaverde@netw1.com
with a copy to Representative’s Counsel at:
VCL Law LLP
1945 Old Gallows Road, Suite 630
Vienna, VA 22182
Attention: Fang Liu, Partner
Email: fliu@vcllegal.com
(b) if sent to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered, or emailed, to the Company to:
Planet Image International Limited
No. 756 Guangfu Road,
Hi-tech Development Zone
Xinyu, Jiangxi Province, People’s Republic of China 338012
Attention: Shaofang Weng, CEO
Email: dnuf@goaster.com
with a copy to its counsel, at:
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
48 Wall Street, Suite 1100
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Ying Li, Esq.
Email: yli@htflawyers.com
14. Parties; Limitation of Relationship. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling Persons, directors, officers, employees and agents referred to in Sections 8 and 9 hereof, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and such Persons and their respective successors and assigns, and not for the benefit of any other Person. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of Securities from the Underwriters.
15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the conflicts of law provisions thereof. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (each, a “New York Court”) in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the New York Courts, and irrevocably waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company irrevocably appoints Zhihong Huang, 12000 Magnolia Ave, Suite 101, Riverside, CA 92503 as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agrees that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon such agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all actions as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of three years from the date of this Agreement.
24
16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the schedules and annexes attached hereto and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, contains the entire agreement among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and there are no other or further agreements outstanding not specifically mentioned herein. This Agreement supersedes any prior agreements or understandings among or between the parties hereto.
17. Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the performance thereof shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
18. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
19. Waiver, etc. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver may be sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
20. No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting solely as Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Company’s Securities. The Company further acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Agreement entered into on an arm’s-length basis and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of the offering of the Company’s Securities, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company hereby further confirms its understanding that the Underwriters have not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the Offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including, without limitation, any negotiation related to the pricing of the Securities; and the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate in connection with this Agreement and the Offering. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.
21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.
22. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
23. Time is of the Essence. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on which any of the major U.S. stock exchanges are not open for business.
[Signature Page Follows]
25
If the foregoing correctly sets forth your understanding, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us.
Very truly yours, |
|||
Planet Image International Limited | |||
By: | |||
Name: | Shaofang Weng | ||
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Accepted by the Underwriters,
as of the date first written above:
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. | |||
By: | |||
Name: | Damon Testaverde | ||
Title: | Managing Director |
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]
SCHEDULE A
Underwriters | Closing Securities | Closing Purchase Price | ||
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. | [ ● ] | [ ● ] | ||
Total | [ ● ] | [ ● ] |
SCHEDULE B
Lock-Up Parties
Insiders
Weidong Gu
Shaofang Weng
Quanmao Zhou
Zhisheng Cheng
Qilong Yang
Yu Xiang
Feilei Jiang
Xinwei Xie
Aster Excellent Limited
Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited
Eagle Heart Limited
SCHEDULE C
Free Writing Prospectuses
· | Free Writing Prospectus filed with the Commission on [ ● ], 2022 |
Annex I
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
[●], 2022
The undersigned, Shaofang Weng, Chief Executive Officer, and Quanmao Zhou, Chief Financial Officer, of Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 7(e) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [●], by and between the Company and Network 1 Financial Securities Inc. as representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriting Agreement”), do hereby certify, in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company, and not individually and without personal liability, on behalf of the Company, as follows:
1. | Such officer has carefully examined the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and, in his opinion, the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto, as of [●] (the “Applicable Time”) and as of the Closing Date did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the General Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time and as of the Closing Date, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as of its date and as of the Closing Date, the Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto, as of the respective date thereof and as of the Closing Date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. |
2. | Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been any Material Adverse Changes or any development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business. |
3. | To the best of his or her knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 2 of the Underwriting Agreement are true and correct in all material respects (except for those representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects and except for those representations and warranties which refer to facts existing at a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such date) and the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied under the Underwriting Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date. |
4. | To the best of his or her knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date, the Company has not sustained any material loss or interference with its businesses, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any legal or governmental proceeding. |
5. | There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements that are required to be included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus pursuant to the Regulations which are not so included. |
6. | No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, nor suspending or preventing the use of the General Disclosure Package, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to the best of his or her knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body. |
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement. This certificate may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have, on behalf of the Company, signed this certificate as of the date first written above.
Name: | Shaofang Weng | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
Name: | Quanmao Zhou | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer |
Annex II
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE
[●], 2022
The undersigned, [name], hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and that as such he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this certificate in the name and on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to Section 7(f) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [●], by Network 1 Financial Securities Inc. as representative of the several Underwriters listed on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriting Agreement”), the undersigned further certifies in its capacity as Secretary of the Company and without personal liability, on behalf of the Company, the items set forth below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
1. | Attached hereto as Exhibit A are true and complete copies of the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) either at a meeting or meetings properly held or by the unanimous written consent of each member of the Company's Board, any committee of or designated by the Company’s Board relating to the public offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement: all of such resolutions were duly adopted, have not been amended, modified or rescinded and remain in full force and effect; and such resolutions are the only resolutions adopted by the Board, by any committee of or designated by the Board relating to the public offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. |
2. | Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true, correct, and complete copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, together with any and all amendments thereto. No action has been taken to further amend, modify, or repeal such charter documents, which remain in full force and effect in the attached form as of the date hereof. No action has been taken by the Company, its shareholders, directors or officers in contemplation of the filing of any such amendment or other document or in contemplation of the liquidation or dissolution of the Company prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. |
3. | Attached hereto as Exhibit C is a true, correct, and complete copy of the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and any and all amendments thereto. No action has been taken to further amend, modify, or repeal such memorandum and articles of association, which remain in full force and effect in the attached form as of the date hereof. |
4. | Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true and complete copy of a Certificate of Good Standing, dated [date], 2022, by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands, relating to the Company; |
5. | Each person listed below has been duly elected or appointed to the positions indicated opposite its name and is duly authorized to sign the Underwriting Agreement and each of the documents in connection therewith on behalf of the Company, and the signature appearing opposite such person's name below is its genuine signature. |
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
Name | Position | Signature | ||
Shaofeng Weng | Chief Executive Officer | |||
Quanmao Zhou | Chief Financial Officer |
This certificate may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this certificate as of the date first written above.
Name: | ||
Title: | Secretary |
I, Shaofang Weng, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify that ________________ is the duly acting Secretary of the Company and that the signature set forth above is his/her true signature.
Name: | Shaofang Weng | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Annex III
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE
[●], 2022
The undersigned, Quanmao Zhou, hereby certifies that he/she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Chief Financial Officer, of Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and that as such he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this certificate in the name and on behalf of the Company. Pursuant to Section 7(h) of the Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [●], 2022 by Network 1 Financial Securities Inc., as representative of the several Underwriters listed on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriting Agreement”), the undersigned further certifies, solely in the capacity as an officer of the Company for and on behalf of the Company as set forth below.
1. | I am the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and have been duly appointed to such position as of the date hereof. |
2. | I am providing this certificate in connection with the offering of the securities described in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus. |
3. | I am familiar with the accounting, operations, records systems and internal controls of the Company and have participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus. |
4. | The Company Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries and their results of operations for the periods presented in the Registration Statement, and the Prospectus. |
5. | I have reviewed the disclosure in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the financial and operating information and data identified and circled by VCL Law LLP in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus dated [●], 2022 attached hereto as Exhibit A, and to the best of my knowledge such information is correct, complete and accurate in all material respects. |
Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this certificate as of the date first written above.
Planet Image International Limited | ||
By: | ||
Name: | Quanmao Zhou | |
Title: | Chief Financial Officer |
Annex IV
Lock-Up Agreement
[●]
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.
2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241
Red Bank, NJ 07701
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (the “Representative”), as the representative of several underwriters (the “Underwriters”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), providing for the initial public offering in the United States (the “Initial Public Offering”) of a certain number of Class A Ordinary Shares (“Shares”), par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Securities”). For purposes of this letter agreement, “Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares.
To induce the Underwriters to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relating to the Initial Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or represent the right to receive Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) above or this clause (2) is to be settled by delivery of Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any written demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriters in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Initial Public Offering; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned and/or one or more family members (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution or other not-for-profit organization; (d) if the undersigned, directly or indirectly, controls a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to any such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, or any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of similar equity interests in, the same, as the case may be; (e) a sale or surrender to the Company of any options or Shares of the Company underlying options in order to pay the exercise price or taxes associated with the exercise of options or (f) transfers or distributions pursuant to any bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, acquisition, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Company’s Shares involving a Change of Control of the Company, provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, acquisition, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities held by the undersigned shall remain subject to the provisions of this lock-up agreement; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) or (d), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Underwriters a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this lock-up agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended shall be required or shall be voluntarily made (collectively, “Permitted Transfers”). For purposes of this paragraph, the term “Change of Control” shall mean any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Shares of the Company on a fully diluted basis. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.
The undersigned agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any transaction or other action in connection with a Permitted Transfer) during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate any such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period has expired.
The undersigned agrees that (i) the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” Shares that the undersigned may purchase in the Initial Public Offering, (ii) at least three (3) business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration or in connection with any other Permitted Transfer and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this lock-up agreement.
No provision in this agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the exercise, exchange or conversion by the undersigned of any securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Shares, as applicable; provided that the undersigned does not transfer the Shares acquired on such exercise, exchange or conversion during the Lock-Up Period, unless in connection with a Permitted Transfer or in a transfer otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of this lock-up agreement. In addition, no provision herein shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the entry into or modification of a so-called “10b5-1” plan at any time (other than the entry into or modification of such a plan in such a manner as to cause the sale of any Lock-Up Securities within the Lock-Up Period).
The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Initial Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal underwriters, successors and assigns.
The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.
Whether or not the Initial Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. The Initial Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.
This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof. Delivery of a signed copy of this lock-up agreement by facsimile or e-mail/.pdf transmission shall be effective as the delivery of the original hereof.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
Very truly yours, | ||
(Signature) | ||
Address: | ||
[SIGNATURE PAGE OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]
Annex V
Form of Underwriters’ Warrants
Exhibit 3.1
THE COMPANIES ACT
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
Planet Image International Limited
星图国际集团有限公司
Adopted by special resolution of the shareholders passed on 20 October 2021
1. | The name of the Company is Planet Image International Limited and its dual foreign name is 星图国际集团有限公司. |
2. | The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, P.O. 2681, Grand Cayman KY1-1111, Cayman Islands. |
3. | Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted. |
4. | Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Act. |
5. | Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed. |
6. | The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands. |
7. | The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member's shares. |
8. | The share capital of the Company is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, of which 2,000,000,000 shall be designated as Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 shall be designated as Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each and 800,000,000 shall be designated as preferred shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. |
9. | The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Act to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction. |
The Companies Act (Revised)
Company Limited by Shares
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Planet Image International Limited
(Adopted by way of a special resolution passed on 20 October 2021)
I N D E X | ||
SUBJECT | Article No. | |
Table A | 1 | |
Interpretation | 1 | |
Share Capital | 6 | |
Alteration Of Capital | 6 | |
Share Rights | 8 | |
Variation Of Rights | 11 | |
Shares | 11 | |
Share Certificates | 12 | |
Lien | 14 | |
Calls On Shares | 14 | |
Forfeiture Of Shares | 16 | |
Register Of Members | 18 | |
Record Dates | 19 | |
Transfer Of Shares | 21 | |
Transmission Of Shares | 22 | |
Untraceable Members | 23 | |
General Meetings | 24 | |
Notice Of General Meetings | 23 | |
Proceedings At General Meetings | 24 | |
Voting | 25 | |
Proxies | 28 | |
Corporations Acting By Representatives | 29 | |
No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members | 29 | |
Board Of Directors | 29 | |
Retirement of Directors | 30 | |
Disqualification Of Directors | 31 | |
Alternate Directors | 32 | |
Directors’ Fees And Expenses | 32 | |
Directors’ Interests | 33 | |
General Powers Of The Directors | 34 | |
Borrowing Powers | 36 | |
Proceedings Of The Directors | 37 | |
Audit Committee | 39 | |
Officers | 39 | |
Register of Directors and Officers | 40 | |
Minutes | 40 | |
Seal | 41 | |
Authentication Of Documents | 41 | |
Destruction Of Documents | 42 | |
Dividends And Other Payments | 43 | |
Reserves | 47 | |
Capitalisation | 47 | |
Subscription Rights Reserve | 48 | |
Accounting Records | 50 | |
Audit | 51 | |
Notices | 52 | |
Signatures | 53 | |
Winding Up | 53 | |
Indemnity | 54 | |
Amendment To Memorandum and Articles of Association And Name of Company | 54 | |
Information | 54 | |
Financial Year End | 54 |
- i -
INTERPRETATION
TABLE A
1. | The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Act (Revised) do not apply to the Company. |
INTERPRETATION
2. | (1) | In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column. |
WORD | MEANING |
“Act” | the Companies Act (2021 Revision) as consolidated and revised of the Cayman Islands. |
"Affiliate" | shall have the meaning given to it in Rule 405 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. |
"Audit Committee" | the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 124 hereof, or any successor audit committee. |
“Auditor” the | independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants. |
“Articles” these | Articles in their present form or as supplemented , amended or substituted from time to time. |
“Board” or “Directors” | the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present. |
“capital” the | share capital from time to time of the Company. |
“Class A Ordinary Shares” | class A ordinary shares of par value HK$0.0001 each of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles. |
“Class B Ordinary Shares” | class B ordinary shares of par value HK$0.0001 each of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles. |
- 1 -
“clear days” | in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect. |
“clearing house” | a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction. |
“Company” | Planet Image International Limited |
“competent regulatory Authority” | a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory. |
“Conversion Date” | in respect of a Conversion Notice means the day on which that Conversion Notice is delivered. |
“Conversion Notice” | a written notice delivered to the Company at its Office (and as otherwise stated therein) stating that a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares elects to convert the number of Class B Ordinary Shares specified therein pursuant to Article 9. |
“Conversion Number” | in relation to any Class B Ordinary Shares, such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as may, upon exercise of the Conversion Right, be issued at the Conversion Rate. |
“Conversion Rate” | means, at any time, on a 1 : 1 basis. |
“Conversion Right” | in respect of a Class B Ordinary Share means the right of its holder, subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any applicable fiscal or other laws or regulations including the Act, to convert all or any of its Class B Ordinary Shares, into the Conversion Number of Class A Ordinary Shares in its discretion. |
“debenture” and | include debenture stock and debenture stockholder |
“debenture holder” | respectively. |
“Designated Stock | the Nasdaq. |
- 2 -
Exchange” |
“Designated Stock Exchange Rules” | rules contained in the Nasdaq Company manual. | |
“dollars” and “$” | dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America. | |
“Exchange Act” | the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. | |
“head office” | such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company. |
“Member” | a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company. |
“month” | a calendar month. |
“Notice” | written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles. |
“Office” | the registered office of the Company for the time being. |
“ordinary resolution” | a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been duly given; | |
“Ordinary Shares” | Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares collectively. | |
“paid up” | paid up or credited as paid up. |
“Register” | the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time. |
“Registration Office” | in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered. |
- 3 -
“SEC” | the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. |
“Seal” | common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands. |
“Secretary” | any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary. |
“special resolution” | a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. Provided that, except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five (95) per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right and in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been given; | |
a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes. |
“Statutes” | the Act and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles. |
“year” | a calendar year. |
- 4 -
(2) | In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction: |
(a) | words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa; |
(b) | words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter; |
(c) | words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not; |
(d) | the words: |
(i) | “may” shall be construed as permissive; |
(ii) | “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative; |
(e) | expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations; |
(f) | references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; |
(g) | save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context; |
(h) | references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not; |
(i) | Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Act (2003) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to these Articles to the extent it imposes obligations or requirements in addition to those set out in these Articles. |
- 5 -
SHARE CAPITAL
3. | (1) | The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a par value of HK$0.0001 each comprising (a) 2,000,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of a par value of HK$0.0001 each, (b) 1,000,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of a par value of HK$0.0001 each and (c) 800,000,000 preferred shares of a par value of HK$0.0001 each. |
(2) | Subject to the Act, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit. |
(3) | Subject to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and any other competent regulatory authority, the Company may give financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase made or to be made by any person of any shares in the Company. |
(4) | The Board may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid share. |
(5) | No share shall be issued to bearer. |
ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
4. | (1) | The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Act alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to: |
(a) | increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe; |
(b) | consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares; |
- 6 -
(c) | without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”; |
(d) | sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Act), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares; |
(e) | cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided. |
(2) | No alteration may be made of the kind contemplated by Article 4(1), or otherwise, to the par value of the Class A Ordinary Shares or the Class B Ordinary Shares unless an identical alteration is made to the par value of the Class B Ordinary Shares or the Class A Ordinary Shares, as the case may be. |
5. | The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. |
6. | The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Act, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law. |
- 7 -
7. | Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise. |
SHARE RIGHTS
8. | (1) | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit. |
(2) | Subject to the Act, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder thereof, are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may in their absolute discretion determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange. |
9. | Subject to Article 8(1), the Memorandum of Association and any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be divided into shares of two classes, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares immediately upon the effectiveness of these Articles. Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall carry equal rights and rank pari passu with one another other than as set out below. |
(a) | As regards conversion |
(i) | Subject to the provisions hereof and to compliance with all fiscal and other laws and regulations applicable thereto, including the Act, a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares shall have the Conversion Right in respect of each Class B Ordinary Share. For the avoidance of doubt, a holder of Class A Ordinary Shares shall have no rights to convert Class A Ordinary Shares into Class B Ordinary Shares under any circumstances. |
- 8 -
(ii) | Each Class B Ordinary Share shall be converted at the option of the holder, at any time after issue and without the payment of any additional sum, into one fully paid Class A Ordinary Share calculated at the Conversion Rate. Such conversion shall take effect on the Conversion Date. A Conversion Notice shall not be effective if it is not accompanied by the share certificates in respect of the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares and such other evidence (if any) as the Directors may reasonably require to prove the title of the person exercising such right (or, if such certificates have been lost or destroyed, such evidence of title and such indemnity as the Directors may reasonably require). Any and all taxes and stamp, issue and registration duties (if any) arising on conversion shall be borne by the holder of Class B Ordinary Shares requesting conversion. |
(iii) | On the Conversion Date, every Class B Ordinary Share to be converted shall automatically be re-designated and re-classified as a Class A Ordinary Share with such rights and restrictions attached thereto and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Class A Ordinary Shares then in issue and the Company shall enter or procure the entry of the name of the relevant holder of Class B Ordinary Shares as the holder of the same number of Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares in, and make any other necessary and consequential changes to, the Register of Members and shall procure that certificates in respect of the relevant Class A Ordinary Shares, together with a new certificate for any unconverted Class B Ordinary Shares comprised in the certificate(s) surrendered by the holder of the Class B Ordinary Shares, are issued to the holders thereof. |
(iv) | Until such time as the Class B Ordinary Shares have been converted into Class A Ordinary Shares, the Company shall: |
(1) | at all times keep available for issue and free of all liens, charges, options, mortgages, pledges, claims, equities, encumbrances and other third-party rights of any nature, and not subject to any pre-emptive rights out of its authorised but unissued share capital, such number of authorised but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares as would enable all Class B Ordinary Shares to be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares and any other rights of conversion into, subscription for or exchange into Class A Ordinary Shares to be satisfied in full; and |
(2) | not make any issue, grant or distribution or take any other action if the effect would be that on the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares it would be required to issue Class A Ordinary Shares at a price lower than the par value thereof. |
- 9 -
(b) | As regards Voting Rights |
Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company. Holders of shares of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall, at all times (other than in respect of separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares held in accordance with Article 10(a) below), vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote for Members’ consent. Each Class A Ordinary Share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company, and each Class B Ordinary Share shall be entitled to ten (10) votes on all matters subject to the vote at general meetings of the Company.
(c) | As regards Transfer |
Upon any sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of Class B Ordinary Shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity, such Class B Ordinary Shares validly transferred to the new holder shall be automatically and immediately converted into an equal number of Class A Ordinary Shares.
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) a sale, transfer, assignment or disposition shall be effective upon the Company’s registration of such sale, transfer, assignment or disposition in the Company’s Register of Members; and (ii) the creation of any pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third party right of whatever description on any of Class B Ordinary Shares to secure a holder's contractual or legal obligations shall not be deemed as a sale, transfer, assignment or disposition unless and until any such pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third party right is enforced and results in the third party holding legal title to the related Class B Ordinary Shares, in which case all the related Class B Ordinary Shares shall be automatically converted into the same number of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the Company's registration of the third party or its designee as a Member holding that number of Class A Ordinary Shares in the Register of Members.
- 10 -
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
10. | Subject to the Act and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting, all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that: |
(a) | separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the Board (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 10 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting |
(b) | the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative) together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class; |
(b) | every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and |
(c) | any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll. |
11. | The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith. |
SHARES
12. | (1) | Subject to the Act, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series. |
- 11 -
(2) | Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares of or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association. |
(3) | The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine. |
13. | The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Act. Subject to the Act, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other. |
14. | Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder. |
15. | Subject to the Act and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose. |
SHARE CERTIFICATES
16. | Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon. |
- 12 -
17. | (1) | In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders. |
(2) | Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof. |
18. | Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines. |
19. | Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Act or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company. |
20. | (1) | Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof. |
(2) | The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee. |
21. | If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Company may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed. |
- 13 -
LIEN
22. | The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article. |
23. | Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy. |
24. | The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. |
CALLS ON SHARES
25. | Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour. |
- 14 -
26. | A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments. |
27. | A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof. |
28. | If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part. |
29. | No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid. |
30. | On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt. |
31. | Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
32. | On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment. |
33. | The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared. |
- 15 -
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
34. | (1) | If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice: |
(a) | requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and |
(b) | stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. |
(2) | If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture. |
35. | When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice. |
36. | The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender. |
37. | Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines. |
38. | A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment. |
- 16 -
39. | A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry. |
40. | Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid, the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit. |
41. | The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon. |
42. | The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
REGISTER OF MEMBERS
43. | (1) | The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say: |
(a) | the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares; |
(b) | the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and |
(c) | the date on which any person ceased to be a Member. |
- 17 -
(2) | The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith. |
44. | The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange , be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares. |
RECORD DATES
45. | For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action. |
If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
- 18 -
TRANSFER OF SHARES
46. | Subject to these Articles, including, without limitation, in the case of Class B Ordinary Shares, Article 9(c), any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time. |
47. | The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person. |
48. | (1) | The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien. |
(2) | The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines. |
(3) | Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act. |
- 19 -
49. | Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:- |
(a) | a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof; |
(b) | the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; |
(c) | the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and |
(d) | if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped. |
50. | If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal. |
51. | The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine. |
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
52. | If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him. |
53. | Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member. |
- 20 -
54. | A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings. |
UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS
55. | (1) | Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered. |
(2) | The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless: |
(a) | all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles of the Company have remained uncashed; |
(b) | so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and |
(c) | the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement. |
For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.
- 21 -
(3) | To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity. |
GENERAL MEETINGS
56. | An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year in which these Articles were adopted at such time and place as may be determined by the Board. |
57. | Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board. |
58. | (1) | A (i) majority of the Board or (ii) the Chairman of the Board or (iii) any Director, where required to give effect to a requisition received under Article 58(2), may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine. |
- 22 -
(2) | Any one or more Members holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of the paid up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Board or the Secretary of the Company, to require an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the Board for the transaction of any business permitted by Article 58(3) as specified in such requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition. If within twenty-one (21) days of such deposit the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Board shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company. |
(3) | A meeting requisitioned under Article 58(2) shall not be permitted to consider or vote upon (1) any resolutions with respect to the election, appointment or removal of Directors or with respect to the size of the Board, unless such proposal is first approved by the Nomination Committee of the Board; or (2) any Special Resolutions or any matters required to be passed by way of Special Resolution pursuant to these Articles or the Act. |
(4) | Other than by way of requisition under Article 58(2), Members have no right to propose resolutions or other business to be considered and voted upon at any general meeting of the Company. |
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
59. | (1) | An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Act, if it is so agreed: |
(a) | in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and |
(b) | in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right. |
(2) | The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors. |
60. | The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting. |
- 23 -
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
61. | (1) | All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of the election of Directors. |
(2) | No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes. |
62. | If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved. |
63. | The chairman of the Company shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman. |
64. | The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment. |
65. | If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon. |
- 24 -
VOTING
66. | (1) | Holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company. Except as required by applicable law and subject to these Articles (including without limitation Article 10(a)), holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall at all times vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Shareholders. |
(2) | Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands: |
(a) | every Member holding Class A Ordinary Shares present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have one vote for every fully paid Class A Ordinary Share of which he is the holder and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid Class A Ordinary Share of which he is the holder; and |
(b) | every Member holding Class B Ordinary Shares present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have ten (10) votes for every fully paid Class B Ordinary Share of which he is the holder and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have ten (10) votes for every fully paid Class B Ordinary Share of which he is the holder. |
(3) | No amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. |
(4) | Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded by the chairman of such meeting or by any one Member present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting. A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member. |
- 25 -
67. | Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution. |
68. | If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. There shall be no requirement for the chairman to disclose the voting figures on a poll. |
69. | A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately. |
70. | The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier. |
71. | On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. |
72. | A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. |
73. | All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Act. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have. |
74. | Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof. |
- 26 -
75. | (1) | A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be. |
(2) | Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof. |
76. | No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid. |
77. If:
(a) | any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or |
(b) | any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or |
(c) | any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted; |
the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.
- 27 -
PROXIES
78. | Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise. |
79. | The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts. |
80. | The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked. |
81. | Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. |
82. | A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used. |
83. | Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed. |
- 28 -
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES
84. | (1) | Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat. |
(2) | If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository entity, being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands. |
(3) | Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article. |
NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS
85. | Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Act and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting. |
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
86. | (1) | Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two (2). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Board. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter in accordance with Article 87 and shall hold office until their successors are elected or appointed. |
(2) | Subject to the Articles and the Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board. |
- 29 -
(3) | The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. |
(4) | No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company. |
(5) | Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement). |
(6) | A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. |
(7) | The Board may from time to time by resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2). |
RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS
87. | (1) | Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Articles, at each annual general meeting one-third of the Directors for the time being (or, if their number is not a multiple of three (3), the number nearest to but not greater than one-third) shall retire from office by rotation provided that every Director shall be subject to retirement at an annual general meeting at least once every three years. |
(2) | A retiring Director shall be eligible for re-election by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company. The Directors to retire by rotation shall include (so far as necessary to ascertain the number of directors to retire by rotation) any Director who wishes to retire and not to offer himself for re-election. Any further Directors so to retire shall be those of the other Directors subject to retirement by rotation who have been longest in office since their last re-election or appointment and so that as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. |
88. | Unless otherwise provided by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, no person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any general meeting, unless a Notice signed by a Member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also a Notice signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the head office or at the Registration Office provided that the minimum length of the period, during which such Notice(s) are given, shall be at least seven (7) days and that (if the Notices are submitted after the despatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election) the period for lodgment of such Notice(s) shall commence on the day after the despatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election and end no later than seven (7) days prior to the date of such general meeting. |
- 30 -
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
89. | The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director: |
(1) | resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board; |
(2) | becomes of unsound mind or dies; |
(3) | without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or |
(4) | becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors; |
(5) | is prohibited by law from being a Director; or |
(6) | ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles. |
- 31 -
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
90. | Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if we were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative. |
91. | An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Act and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Act insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct. |
92. | Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from the People’s Republic of China or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor. |
93. | An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Articles which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired. |
DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES
94. | Subject to the rules of the Designated Exchange, the Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. |
95. | Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director. |
96. | Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article. |
97. | Subject to the rules of the Designated Exchange, the Board may, without the approval of the Company in general meeting, make payments to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled). |
- 32 -
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
98. | A Director may: |
(a) | hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article; |
(b) | act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director; |
(c) | continue to be or become a director, or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Independent Director” as defined in Designated Stock Exchange Rules or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an “Independent Director” for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.
99. | Subject to the Act and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 100 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by Item 7.N of Form 20F promulgated by the SEC, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee. |
- 33 -
100. | A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that: |
(a) | he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or |
(b) | he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him; |
shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.
101. Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.
GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
102. | (1) | The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article. |
(2) | Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company. |
- 34 -
(3) | Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers: |
(a) | To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed. |
(b) | To give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration. |
(c) | To resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Act. |
103. | The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby. |
104. | The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal. |
105. | The Board may entrust to and confer upon any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby. |
- 35 -
106. | All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine. |
107. | (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person. |
(2) | The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine. |
BORROWING POWERS
108. | The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Act, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. |
109. | Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued. |
110. | Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise. |
111. | (1) | Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge. |
(2) | The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Act in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise. |
- 36 -
PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS
112. | The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote. |
113. | A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director. |
114. | (1) | The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be three (3). An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present. |
(2) | Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person. |
(3) | Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present. |
115. | The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose. |
- 37 -
116. | The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting. |
117. | A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board. |
118. | (1) | The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board. |
(2) | All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company. |
119. | The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee. |
120. | A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid. |
121. | All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee. |
- 38 -
AUDIT COMMITTEE
122. | Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC. |
123. | (1) | The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. |
(2) | The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate. |
124. | For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any f the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any Affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company. |
OFFICERS
125. | (1) | The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Act and these Articles. |
(2) | The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine. |
(3) | The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine. |
126. | (1) | The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries. |
(2) | The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Act or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board. |
- 39 -
127. | The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time. |
128. | A provision of the Act or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary. |
REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
129. | The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Act or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Act. |
MINUTES
130. | (1) | The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose: |
(a) | of all elections and appointments of officers; |
(b) | of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; |
(c) | of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers. |
(2) | Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office. |
- 40 -
SEAL
131. | (1) | The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given. |
(2) | Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid. |
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
132. | Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting. |
- 41 -
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
133. | (1) | The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times: |
(a) | any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation; |
(b) | any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company; |
(c) | any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration; |
(d) | any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and |
(e) | copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed; |
and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.
(2) | Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim. |
- 42 -
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS
134. | Subject to the Act and any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares and these Articles, (i) the Board or (ii) the Company in general meeting (in the latter case, no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board) may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members and other distributions on shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. At any and every time the Board or the Company declares dividends, Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall have identical rights in the dividends so declared. |
135. | Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Act. |
136. | Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide: |
(a) | all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and |
(b) | all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. |
137. | The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment. |
138. | The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise. |
139. | No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company. |
- 43 -
140. | Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders. |
141. | All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof. |
142. | Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever. |
- 44 -
143. | (1) | Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either: |
(a) | that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply: |
(i) | the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board; |
(ii) | the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective; |
(iii) | the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and |
(iv) | the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or |
(b) | that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply: |
(i) | the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board; |
(ii) | the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective; |
(iii) | the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and |
(iv) | the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis. |
- 45 -
(2) | (a) The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights. |
(b) | The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned. |
(3) | The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment. |
(4) | The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever. |
(5) | Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members. |
- 46 -
RESERVES
144. | (1) | The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Act. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Act in relation to the share premium account. |
(2) | Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute. |
CAPITALISATION
145. | The Board may, at any time and from time to time, pass a resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid. |
146. | The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members. |
- 47 -
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE
147. | The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Act: |
(1) | If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply: |
(a) | as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal |
amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted; |
(b) | the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law; |
(c) | upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between: |
(i) | the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and |
(ii) | the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and |
- 48 -
(d) | if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate. |
(2) | Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights. |
(3) | The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders. |
(4) | A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders. |
- 49 -
ACCOUNTING RECORDS
148. | The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Act or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions. |
149. | The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting. |
150. | Subject to Article 151, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures. |
151. | Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 150 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon. |
152. | The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 150 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 151 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 150 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 151, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents. |
- 50 -
AUDIT
153. | Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange: |
(1) | The Board shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Board appoints another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company. |
(2) | The Board may remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and may by resolution appoint another Auditor in his stead. |
154. | Subject to the Act the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year. |
155. | The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Board. |
156. | If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor. |
157. | The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company. |
158. | The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this act and name such country or jurisdiction. |
- 51 -
NOTICES
159. | Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders. |
160. | Any Notice or other document: |
(a) | if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof; |
(b) | if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member; |
(c) | if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and |
(d) | may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations. |
161. | (1) | Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share. |
(2) | A notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred. |
(3) | Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share. |
- 52 -
SIGNATURES
162. | For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received. |
WINDING UP
163. | (1) | The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up. |
(2) | A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution. |
164. | (1) | Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. |
(2) | If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Act, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability. |
- 53 -
INDEMNITY
165. | (1) | The Directors, Secretary and other officers and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons. |
(2) | Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director. |
AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
AND NAME OF COMPANY
166. | No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company. |
INFORMATION
167. | No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public. |
FINANCIAL YEAR
168 | Unless otherwise determined by the Directors, the financial year end of the Company shall be 31 of December in each year. |
- 54 -
Exhibit 4.1
Share Certificate
Number of certificate | Number of shares | |
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
COMPANY NUMBER [NUMBER]
This is to certify that [Name] of [Address] is the registered holder of [Number] Class A ordinary shares of [Value] each being [partly paid to the extent of [amount in words][amount in numerals] per share]]/[fully paid][and numbered [number]] in the above-named company, subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the company.
[Transfer date]
Director | Director/ Secretary |
Exhibit 4.2
Form of Underwriter’s Warrant
THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES BY HIS, HER OR ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THAT SUCH HOLDER WILL NOT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE (AS DEFINED BELOW) OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO.: 333-[ ] AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION: (A) SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT TO ANYONE OTHER THAN OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES INC., EACH OF WHOM SHALL HAVE AGREED TO THE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN, IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA CONDUCT RULE 5110(E)(1), AND (B) CAUSE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT OR THE SECURITIES HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN FINRA RULE 5110(E)(2).
THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [ ● ], 2022. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [ ● ], 2025.
CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES PURCHASE WARRANT
For the Purchase of [●] Class A Ordinary Shares
of
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES PURCHASE WARRANT (this “Purchase Warrant”) certifies that, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement by and between Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”) and Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (“Network 1”), dated [ ● ], 2022 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), [ name of person signing the warrant ] (in such capacity with its permitted successors or assigns, the “Holder”), as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time from [ ● ], 2022 (the “Exercise Date”) [ THE DATE THAT IS 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE OFFERING ], and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, [ ● ], 2025 [ DATE THAT IS THREE YEARS FROM THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT ] (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to [●] Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company, par value HK$0.0001 per share (the “Shares”), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or executive order to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at US$[ ● ] per Share (125% of the price of the Shares sold in the Offering); provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 5 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per Share and the number of Shares to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending on the context. Any term not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Underwriting Agreement.
2. Exercise.
2.1 Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Form”) must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.
2.2 Cashless Exercise. If at any time of exercise hereof there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for, the issuance of the Shares to the Holder, then this Purchase Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in lieu of exercising this Purchase Warrant by payment of cash pursuant to Section 2.1 above, Holder may elect to receive the number of Shares equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the Exercise Form, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:
X = |
Y(A – B) | |
A |
Where, | X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder; |
Y = The number of Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Purchase Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise;
A = The fair market value of one Share; and
B = The Exercise Price of this Purchase Warrant, as adjusted hereunder.
For purposes of this Section 2.2, the fair market value of a Share is defined as follows:
(i) | if the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares are traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the last sale price on such exchange on the trading day immediately prior to the Exercise Form being submitted in connection with the exercise of this Purchase Warrant; |
(ii) | if the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares are quoted over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the last sale price on the trading day immediately prior to the Exercise Form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or |
(iii) | if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. |
2.3 Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear a legend as follows unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”):
“(i) THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES (FILE NO. 333- )) AND MAY NOT BE (A) SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED TO ANYONE OTHER THAN NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SERVICES INC. OR BONA FIDE OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, INC., OR (B) CAUSED TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITIES HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN FINRA RULE 5110(E)(2).”
2
3. Transfer.
3.1 General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, that such Holder will not for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant to anyone other than: (i) Network 1 or a selected dealer participating in the Offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, or (ii) bona fide officers or partners of Network 1, each of whom shall have agreed to the restrictions contained herein, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), or (b) cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). On and after that date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly executed and completed, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) Business Days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of Shares purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.
3.2 Restrictions Imposed by the Act. The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Holder that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, (ii) a Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities that includes a current prospectus has been filed and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.
4. New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.
4.1 Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of Shares purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.
4.2 Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.
5. Adjustments.
5.1 Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The Exercise Price and the number of Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:
1.1.1 | Share Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is increased by a stock dividend payable in Shares or by a split up of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased. |
1.1.2 | Aggregation of Shares. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 below, the number of outstanding Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased. |
3
1.1.3 | Replacement of Shares upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares other than a change covered by Section 5.1.1 or Section 5.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such Shares, or in the case of any share reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, share reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of Shares of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in Shares covered by Section 5.1.1 or Section 5.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 5.1.1, Section 5.1.2 and this Section 5.1.3. The provisions of this Section 5.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, share reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers. |
1.1.4 | Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 5.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of Shares as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the date hereof or the computation thereof. |
5.2 Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or share reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding Shares), the corporation formed by such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of Shares of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, share reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 5. The above provision of this Section 5 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or share reconstructions or amalgamations.
5.3 Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights.
4
6. Registration Rights. The Company has filed the Registration Statement with the Commission, which has been declared effective on Form F-1 (File No. 333 – [ ● ]), and registers the underlying Shares of the Purchase Warrant(s) granted to the Holder(s) in connection to the Offering, under the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.
6.1 Demand Registration.
6.1.1 Grant of Right. Unless all of the Registrable Securities (defined as below) are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus, the Company, upon written demand (“Demand Notice”) of the Holder(s) of at least 51% of the Underwriter’s Warrants and/or the underlying securities (“Majority Holder(s)”), agrees to register on two occasions, all or any portion of the remaining Class A Ordinary Shares (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”) as requested by the Majority Holder(s) in the Demand Notice, provided that no such registration will be required unless the Holders request registration of an aggregate of at least 51% of the outstanding Registrable Securities. On such occasion, the Company will file a new registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Demand Notice and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement or post-effective amendment declared effective as soon as possible thereafter. The demand for registration may be made at any time after one (1) year from the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, but no later than three (3) years from the effective date of the Registration Statement. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice by any Holder(s) to all other registered Holders of the Underwriter’s Warrants and/or the Registrable Securities within ten (10) days from the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice, who shall have five days from the receipt of such Notice in which to notify the Company of their desire to have their Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement.
6.1.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities upon the first Demand Notice, including the reasonable expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions, if any. The Holders shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities upon the second Demand Notice. The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such State or execute a general consent to service of process, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement or post-effective amendment filed pursuant to the demand rights granted under Section 6.1.1 to remain effective for a period of twelve (12) consecutive months from the effective date of such registration statement or post-effective amendment or until the Holders have completed the distribution of the Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement, whichever occurs first.
5
6.1.3. Deferred Filing. If (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board, filing a registration statement pursuant to Section 6.1 would be seriously detrimental to the Company and the Board concludes, as a result, that it is essential to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and (ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is, therefore, essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing on two occasions for an aggregate of not more than one hundred and twenty (120) days in any twelve-month period.
6.1.4. No Cash Settlement Option. The Company is only required to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause a registration statement covering issuance of the Registrable Securities underlying the Underwriter’s Warrant to be declared effective, and once effective, only to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement. The Company will not be obligated to deliver securities, and there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities, if a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise. Additionally, in no event is the Company obligated to settle any Underwriter’s Warrant, in whole or in part, for cash in the event it is unable to register the Registrable Securities.
6.2 “Piggy-Back” Registration.
6.2.1 Grant of Right. Unless all of the Registrable Securities are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus, the Holders of the Underwriter’s Warrants shall have the right for a period of not more than three (3) years from the date of effectiveness of the Registration Statement, to include the remaining Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or any successor or equivalent form); provided, however, that if, in the written opinion of the Company’s managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, for such offering, the inclusion of the Registrable Securities, when added to the securities being registered by the Company or the selling shareholder(s), will exceed the maximum amount of the Company’s securities which can be marketed (i) at a price reasonably related to their then current market value, and (ii) without materially and adversely affecting the entire offering, then the Company will still be required to include the Registrable Securities, but may require the Holders to agree, in writing, to delay the sale of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities for a period of ninety (90) days from the effective date of the offering, provided, further, that if the sale of any Registrable Securities is so delayed, then the number of securities to be sold by all shareholders in such public offering shall be apportioned pro rata among all such selling shareholders, including all holders of the Registrable Securities, according to the total amount of securities of the Company owned by said selling shareholders, including all holders of the Registrable Securities.
6.2.2 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, including the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than ten (10) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each applicable registration statement filed (during the period in which the Underwriter’s Warrant is exercisable) by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been registered and sold. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the above “piggyback” rights that does not relate to a firm commitment underwritten offering to remain effective for at least nine (9) consecutive months from the effective date of such registration statement or until the Holders have completed the distribution of the Registrable Securities in the registration statement, whichever occurs first.
6
7. Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized Shares, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant, such number of Shares or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. The Company further covenants and agrees that upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the exercise price therefor, all Shares and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any shareholder. As long as this Purchase Warrant shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all Shares issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on a national securities exchange (or, if applicable, on the OTC Bulletin Board or any successor trading market) on which the Shares issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted.
8. Certain Notice Requirements.
8.1 Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a shareholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books (the “Notice Date”) for the determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other shareholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the shareholders.
8.2 Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Shares for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its Shares any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or share reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.
8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 5 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.
7
8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made (1) when hand delivered, (2) when mailed by express mail or private courier service, (3) if sent by electronic mail, on the day the notice was sent if during regular business hours and, if sent outside of regular business hours, on the following business day, or (4) when the event requiring notice is disclosed in all material respects and filed in a Current Report on Form 6-K prior to the Notice Date: (i) if to the registered Holder of the Purchase Warrant, to the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company, or (ii) if to the Company, to following address or to such other address as the Company may designate by notice to the Holders:
If to the Holder:
Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.
2 Bridge Ave., Suite 241
Red Bank, NJ 07701
Attention: Damon Testaverde, Managing Director
Email: ddtestaverde@netw1.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
VCL Law LLP
1945 Old Gallows Road, Suite 630
Vienna, VA 22182
Attention: Fang Liu, Partner
Email: fliu@vcllegal.com
If to the Company:
Planet Image International Limited
No. 756 Guangfu Road
Hi-tech Development Zone
Xinyu, Jiangxi Province, People’s Republic of China 338012
Attention: Shaofang Weng, CEO
Tel:
Email: dnuf@goaster.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
48 Wall Street, Suite 1100
New York, NY 10005
Attention: Ying Li, Esq.
Email: yli@htflawyers.com
9. Miscellaneous.
9.1 Amendments. The Company and Network 1 may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and Network 1 may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and Network 1 deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.
8
9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.
9.3 Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
9.4 Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees and respective successors and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.
9.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York (each, a “New York Court”), and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Holder and the Company hereby waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company or the Holder may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at their respective addresses set forth in Section 8.4 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company or the Holder in any action, proceeding or claim.
9.6 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
9.7 Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and Network 1 enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.
9.8 Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.
9.9 Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Purchase Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.
9.10 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Purchase Warrant.
[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 2022.
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED |
||
By: | ||
Name: Shaofang Weng | ||
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
10
EXHIBIT A
EXERCISE FORM
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant:
Date: __________, 20___
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares of Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”) and hereby makes payment of US$____ (at the rate of US$____ per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.
or
The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ Shares under the Purchase Warrant for ______ Shares, as determined in accordance with the following formula:
X | = | Y(A-B) | |
A |
Where,
X = The number of Shares to be issued to Holder;
Y = The number of Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Purchase Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise;
A = The fair market value of one Share; and
B = The Exercise Price of this Purchase Warrant, as adjusted hereunder
The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.
Please issue the Shares as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of Shares for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.
Signature
Signature Guaranteed
INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Name:
(Print in Block Letters)
Address:
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.
11
EXHIBIT B
ASSIGNMENT FORM
Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant:
(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase shares of Planet Image International Limited., a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company to
_______________________________________________ whose address is
_______________________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________________
Dated: ____________, 20__
Holder’s Signature: _____________________________
Holder’s Address: _____________________________
_____________________________
Signature Guaranteed: ___________________________________________
NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Purchase Warrant.
12
Exhibit 5.1
![]() |
CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN
|
29th Floor | |
One Exchange Square | |
8 Connaught Place | |
Central | |
Hong Kong | |
T +852 2524 7106 | F +852 2845 9268
| |
conyers.com |
16 March 2022
Matter No.833752
Doc Ref: 107488984
852 2842 9530
Richard.Hall@conyers.com
Planet Image International Limited
Guangfu Road 756
Yushui High-tech Development Zone
Xinyu, Jiangxi 338000
People’s Republic of China
Attention: Mr. Gu Weidong
Re: Planet Image International Limited (the “Company”)
We have acted as special legal counsel in the Cayman Islands to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on or about the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of Ordinary Shares par value HK$0.01 each (the “Ordinary Shares”) of the Company.
1. | DOCUMENTS REVIEWED |
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the following document(s):
1.1. | a copy of the Registration Statement. |
We have also reviewed:
1.2. | a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, each certified by the Secretary of the Company on 7 March 2022; |
1.3. | copies of written resolutions of its directors dated 20 October 2021 (the “Resolutions”); |
1.4. | a copy of a Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Registrar of Companies in relation to the Company on 4 March 2022 (the “Certificate Date”); and |
Partners: Piers J. Alexander, Christopher W. H. Bickley, Peter H. Y. Ch’ng, Anna W. T. Chong, Angie Y. Y. Chu, Vivien C. S. Fung, Richard J. Hall, Norman Hau, Wynne Lau, Paul M. L. Lim, Michael J. Makridakis, Teresa F. Tsai, Flora K. Y. Wong, Lilian S. C. Woo
Consultant: David M. Lamb
BERMUDA | BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS | CAYMAN ISLANDS
1.5. | such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below. |
2. | ASSUMPTIONS |
We have assumed:
2.1. | the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; |
2.2. | that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention; |
2.3. | the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Documents and other documents reviewed by us; |
2.4. | that the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been rescinded or amended; |
2.5. | that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein; |
2.6. | that upon issue of any Ordinary Shares to be sold by the Company, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof; and |
2.7. | the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with the Commission |
3. | QUALIFICATIONS |
3.1 | We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands. This opinion is issued solely for your benefit and use in connection with the matter described herein and is not to be relied upon by any other person, firm or entity or in respect of any other matter. |
4. | OPINION |
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:
4.1. | The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and, based on the Certificate of Good Standing, is in good standing as at the Certificate Date. Pursuant to the Act, a company is deemed to be in good standing if all fees and penalties under the Act have been paid and the Registrar of Companies has no knowledge that the company is in default under the Act. |
4.2. | When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares). |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the captions “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman | |
Conyers Dill & Pearman |
conyers.com | 2
Exhibit 8.2
![]() |
CONYERS DILL & PEARMAN |
29th Floor | |
One Exchange Square | |
8 Connaught Place | |
Central | |
Hong Kong | |
T +852 2524 7106 | F +852 2845 9268 | |
conyers.com |
16 March 2022
Matter No.833752
Doc Ref: 107488984
852 2842 9530
Richard.Hall@conyers.com
Planet Image International Limited
Guangfu Road 756
Yushui High-tech Development Zone
Xinyu, Jiangxi 338000
People’s Republic of China
Attention: Mr. Gu Weidong
Re: Planet Image International Limited (the “Company”)
We have acted as special legal counsel in the Cayman Islands to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on or about the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of Ordinary Shares par value HK$0.01 each (the “Ordinary Shares”) of the Company.
1. | DOCUMENTS REVIEWED |
For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the following document(s):
1.1. | a copy of the Registration Statement; and |
1.2. | a draft of the prospectus (the “Prospectus”) contained in the Registration Statement which is in substantially final form. |
We have also reviewed:
1.3. | a copy of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, each certified by the Secretary of the Company on 7 March 2022; and |
1.4. | such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below. |
Partners: Piers J. Alexander, Christopher W. H. Bickley, Peter H. Y. Ch’ng, Anna W. T. Chong, Angie Y. Y. Chu, Vivien C. S. Fung, Richard J. Hall, Norman Hau, Wynne Lau, Paul M. L. Lim, Michael J. Makridakis, Teresa F. Tsai, Flora K. Y. Wong, Lilian S. C. Woo
Consultant: David M. Lamb
BERMUDA | BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS | CAYMAN ISLANDS
2. | ASSUMPTIONS |
We have assumed:
2.1. | the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken; |
2.2. | that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention; |
2.3. | the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the documents reviewed by us; |
2.4. | the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with or declared effective by the Commission; and |
2.5 | that the Prospectus, when published, will be in substantially the same form as that examined by us for purposes of this opinion. |
3. | QUALIFICATIONS |
3.1. | We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands. This opinion is issued solely for your benefit and use in connection with the matter described herein and is not to be relied upon by any other person, firm or entity or in respect of any other matter. |
4. | OPINION |
On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the statements under the caption “Taxation — Cayman Islands Taxation” in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.
conyers.com | 2
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement and further consent to the reference of our name in the Prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully,
/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman | |
Conyers Dill & Pearman |
conyers.com | 3
Exhibit 10.1
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [*], 2022 by and between Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and the undersigned, a director and/or an officer of the Company (“Indemnitee”), as applicable.
RECITALS
The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
A. DEFINITIONS
The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:
Expenses shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.
Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including, but not limited to neglect, breach of duty, error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.
Participant means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.
Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.
B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY
1. General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
2. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.
3. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.
4. No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.
5. Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.6 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.
C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS
1. Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.
2. Indemnification Payment.
(a) Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within 10 business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.
(b) Reimbursement of Expenses. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company immediately after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.
2
(c) Determination by the Reviewing Party. If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding; provided, however, that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.
3. Suit to Enforce Rights. Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.
4. Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.
5. Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.
6. No Settlement without Consent. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.
7. Company Participation. Subject to Section B.5, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.
3
8. Reviewing Party.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be (A) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within 10 days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.
(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.
4
(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of nolocontendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.
(d) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE
1. Good Faith Determination. The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.
2. Coverage of Indemnitee. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.
5
3. No Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.
E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; U.S. FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM
1. Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association, as may be amended from time to time, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.
2. U.S. Federal Preemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.
3. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Company, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.
F. MISCELLANEOUS
1. Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.
2. Subrogation. In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
3. Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.
6
4. Severability and Construction. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.
5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.
6. Governing Law. This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.
7. Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:
Planet Image International Limited
Attention: [NAME], [TITLE]
and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.
8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
[Signature Page Follows]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
Planet Image International Limited
By: | ||
Name: | [NAME] | |
Title: | [TITLE] |
Indemnitee
Signature: | ||
Name: | [NAME] |
[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]
8
Exhibit 10.2
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), is entered into as of [DATE], by and between Planet Image International Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and [NAME], an individual (the “Executive”). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “Group”).
RECITALS
The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).
The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
The parties hereto agree as follows:
1. | POSITION |
The Executive hereby accepts a position of [*] of the Company (the “Employment”).
2. | TERM |
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the term of the Employment shall be three years, commencing on [*] (the “Effective Date”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the three-year term, the Employment shall be terminated unless both parties to the Agreement enter into an agreement extending the term of the Employment prior to the expiration of such three-year term.
3. | PROBATION |
There is no probationary period.
4. | DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES |
The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”).
The Executive shall devote all of his/her working time, attention and skills to the performance of his/her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as amended from time to time (the “Articles of Association”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.
5. | NO BREACH OF CONTRACT |
The Executive shall use his/her best efforts to perform his/her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without prior consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that directly or indirectly competes with the Group (any such business or entity, a “Competitor”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere, provided however, that the Executive shall notify the Company in writing prior to his/her obtaining a proposed interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require. The Company shall have the right to require the Executive to resign from any board or similar body which he/she may then serve if the Board reasonably determines in writing that the Executive’s service on such board or body interferes with the effective discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or that any business related to such service is then in competition with any business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound, except for agreements that are required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law of the jurisdiction where the Executive is based, if any; (ii) the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his/her duties hereunder; and (iii) the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.
6. | LOCATION |
The Executive will be based in Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the People’s Republic of China, until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise. The Executive acknowledges that he/she may be required to travel from time to time in the course of performing his/her duties for the Company.
7. | COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS |
(a) | Compensation. The Executive’s cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory welfare reserves that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) shall be provided by the Company in a separate schedule A attached hereto (“Schedule A”) or as specified in a separate agreement between the Executive and the Company’s designated subsidiary or affiliated entity, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company or the compensation committee of the Board. The cash compensation may be paid by the Company, a subsidiary or affiliated entity or a combination thereof, as designated by the Company from time to time. |
(b) | Equity Incentives. To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof. |
(c) | Benefits. The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan. |
8. | TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT |
(a) | By the Company. The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, if the Executive (1) commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the Employment; (2) is convicted of a criminal offence other than one which, in the opinion of the Board, does not affect the Executive’s position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of the Executive’s duties and the capacity in which the Executive is employed; (3) willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order; (4) misconducts himself/herself and such conduct is inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the Executive’s material duties hereunder; (5) is guilty of fraud or dishonesty; or (6) is habitually neglectful in his/her duties. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Executive or by payment of 1 month’s salary in lieu of notice. |
2
(b) | By the Executive. The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice to the Company. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is approved by the Board. |
(c) | Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination. |
9. | CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE |
(a) | Confidentiality and Non-disclosure. The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of his/her Employment and after termination of the Executive’s Employment under this Agreement, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Group, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “Confidential Information” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Group, its affiliates, their clients, customers or partners, and the Group’s licensors, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Group on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during the term of his/her Employment), supplier lists and suppliers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, licensors, licensees, distributors, and other persons with whom the Group does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Group or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Group, its affiliates, or their clients, customers, or partners, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive. |
(b) | Company Property. The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his/her work or using the facilities of the Group are property of the Group and subject to inspection by the Group, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s Employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his/her work with the Company and will provide prompt written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his/her termination, in his/her possession any property of the Group, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information. |
(c) | Former Employer Information. The Executive agrees that he/she has not and will not, during the term of his/her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing. |
(d) | Third Party Information. The Executive recognizes that the Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Group and such third parties, during the Executive’s Employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Group’s agreement with such third party. |
This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.
3
10. | WITHHOLDING TAXES |
Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.
11. | NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER |
In the event that the Executive leaves the employ of the Company, the Executive hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to his/her new employer about his/her rights and obligations under this Agreement.
12. | ASSIGNMENT |
This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.
13. | SEVERABILITY |
If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.
14. | ENTIRE AGREEMENT |
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, other than any such agreement under any employment agreement entered into with a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company to the extent such agreement does not conflict with any of the provisions herein. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company.
15. | REPRESENTATIONS |
The Executive hereby agrees to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents that the Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to his/her Employment by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and hereby agrees that he/she will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Section 15. The Executive represents that the Executive will consult his/her own consultants for tax advice and is not relying on the Company for any tax advice with respect to this Agreement or any provisions hereunder.
4
16. | GOVERNING LAW |
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
17. | ARBITRATION |
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in New York, New York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. Each party to this agreement agrees that it will not challenge the jurisdiction or venue provisions as provided in this Section 17.
18. | AMENDMENT |
This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.
19. | WAIVER |
Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
20. | NOTICES |
All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) sent by facsimile or email (provided confirmation of transmission is mechanically or electronically generated and kept on file by the sending party), (ii) delivered by hand, (iii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iv) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.
21. | COUNTERPARTS |
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.
22. | NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER |
Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that he/she has read and understands this Agreement, is entering into it freely and voluntarily, and has been advised to seek counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and had ample opportunity to do so.
[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.
Planet Image International Limited
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Executive
Signature: |
|
|
Name: |
[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]
6
Schedule A
The Executive’s annual compensation is US$[*].
Exhibit 10.3
JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD.
Purchase agreement
The annual: | |||
The supplier code: | |||
The supplier name: |
Purchase agreement
Party A(The buyer:
National:
The registered address:
Party B(The supplier:
National:
The registered address:
Based on the principles of mutual trust, mutual benefit and good faith, and in accordance with the Contract Law of the People's Republic of China, Party A and Party B hereby enter into this Framework Contract regarding the purchase of raw materials between them through friendly negotiation, as follows:
1. | Name, variety, specification and process of the ordered product: |
Serial number | name | variety | specification | procurement scale | process | |||||
1 | ||||||||||
2 | ||||||||||
3 | ||||||||||
4 |
The parties shall jointly confirm the written order for each transaction upon mutually agreed conclusion. In the event of any discrepancy between the product name, variety, specification and process stipulated in the order agreed upon by both parties during the transaction and the above table, the order shall prevail.
2. | Measuring method, quantity and price of the ordered products |
Products shall be priced in quantity and the quantity and price shall be subject to the order mutually agreed upon by both parties during the transaction.
3. | Product quality requirements |
1. Product quality shall be subject to the relevant national standards or industrial standards of the People's Republic of China. The quality standard signed by both parties shall prevail after the acceptance of the samples confirmed by both parties.
2. The Supplier shall produce and supply the products in strict accordance with the requirements of quality and technical specifications approved by the Demander. Without the prior written consent of the Demander, no changes shall be made to the products themselves.
4. | Packing requirements |
1. The product packaging provided by the Supplier shall be able to protect the product from damage during transportation and storage.
2. The Supplier shall indemnify the Demander according to the actual quantity or amount of the product damage caused by improper packing and the loss caused thereby.
3. The Supplier shall guarantee that the packaging shall be in good condition before the Demander opens the box for inspection. Otherwise, the quality or quantity defects of the goods shall be borne by the supplier.
2
5. | Delivery and transportation of products |
1. The place of delivery shall be the place designated by the Demander. The goods shall be delivered to the consignee designated by the demander and shall be signed for receipt. The Supplier shall be responsible for the transportation and loading and unloading of the Products, and the transportation expenses, insurance, storage, loss and damage risks of the Products shall be borne by the Supplier.
2. If the place and consignee designated by the Demander change, the Supplier shall be notified in writing in advance.
3. The delivery date shall be subject to the provisions in the specific order. The Supplier shall deliver the goods on time and in good quality according to the delivery time and quantity specified by the Demander. If the Supplier fails to notify the Demander to pick up the goods in time, the delivery shall be deemed to be delayed.
4. After receiving the goods, the Demander shall conduct inspection and acceptance according to the quality standards determined by both parties. If there is any product that does not meet the quality standards, the parties shall negotiate and deal with it.
5. If Party B cannot or is expected to find it difficult to deliver all or part of the goods on time, Party B shall notify Party A of the corresponding reasons and the expected delivery date no later than 1 business day from the date on which it becomes or should become aware of the relevant abnormal situation, and determine the follow-up treatment plan as required by Party A.
6. | Terms and terms of payment for goods |
1. The Demander shall pay the payment to the Supplier at the agreed rate of payment days on a monthly basis. The payment due in the previous month shall be made by bank transfer from 10th to 15th of each month (postponed on holidays), and the settlement currency shall be RMB.
2. The Supplier shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Law and within the time agreed by the Parties, issue a legal and valid invoice in line with the output tax rate.
The bank account of the supplier is: the actual transaction account shall prevail
Bank:
Account Name:
Account No. :
7. | To raise objections to the variety, quantity and quality of the products |
1. Any objection to the product variety and quantity shall be raised at the time of delivery of the goods. For the quantity shortage in the FCL, the Demander can feed back to the Supplier in the process of use.
2. Any objection to product quality shall be raised within 2 weeks after product handover and shall be remedied by the supplier. The inspection performed by the buyer on the supplier's products does not relieve the supplier of its responsibility for product quality.
3. The buyer shall have the right to return the goods if it determines that the supplier's products have quality problems. The payment for goods, freight and other expenses incurred due to the return of goods shall be borne by the Supplier.
3
8. | Application of Law |
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China.
9. | Dispute Resolution |
Any dispute between Party A and Party B arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation in a timely manner. In case no agreement can be reached through negotiation, such dispute shall be settled by the court having jurisdiction over this Contract.
10. | Liability for breach of contract |
If either party breaches this contract and causes damage to the other party, the injured party shall have the right to claim compensation for the loss suffered by the other party.
11. | Force majeure |
1. If such party is delayed or unable to perform its obligations hereunder due to circumstances unforeseen on the date of execution hereof and beyond the reasonable control of either party, such party shall not be deemed to be in breach of this Contract and shall not be liable to the other party, and the period of performance of the relevant obligations may be extended accordingly. These circumstances include, but are not limited to, acts of God, destruction of buildings, war, riot, fire, explosion, flood, and acts of government or industry.
2. Due to the above situation and cause delay or unable to perform the obligation of this contract, shall immediately notify the other party, and make the effort to reasonably, such situation to minimize the influence of its obligations, and in such cases is done, immediately notify the other party, and continued to completely fulfill the obligations stipulated in the contract.
12. | Intellectual Property Rights |
The Supplier warrants that there is no intellectual property defect in the Products; Trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights used by the products shall be the intellectual property rights legally owned or used by the products. The supplier warrants that the buyer will not be accused of intellectual property infringement by any third party for purchasing and using the products, and the buyer will not bear any legal liability for using the raw materials and products provided by the supplier. If the buyer suffers accusations of any third party intellectual property, the supplier shall be full compensation for its losses, the losses including but not limited to legal fare, arbitration fee, attorney fees, investigation, notarial cost, transportation, travel, to any third party to charge fees, a third party claims of compensation and other reasonable expenses so spending.
13. | Termination |
If either party fails to continue to perform the Contract due to breach of contract, the non-breaching party may terminate the Contract and all fees shall be settled within 7 days upon termination.
4
14. | Validity Period |
This contract shall come into force upon being signed and sealed by both parties and shall remain valid for two years. If Party A still has outstanding balance on the agreed expiration date of this Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in force and be officially terminated upon the settlement of all payments.
Within one month prior to the expiration of the term of this contract, both parties may discuss the renewal of this contract separately.
15. | Confidentiality |
Without prior consent of Party A, Party B shall not directly and/or indirectly disclose, divulge, transfer, license or otherwise provide Party A's Confidential Information to any third party. If it is necessary to disclose Confidential Information in accordance with relevant legal, judicial or administrative procedures, Party B shall notify Party A within a reasonable time prior to the disclosure of such Confidential Information and shall cooperate with Party A to take appropriate and effective measures to avoid or limit the disclosure of such Confidential Information in accordance with the law.
16. | Text |
This contract is made in two originals, with one held by each party and both originals shall be equally authentic.
17. | Others |
Party B shall have legal business qualifications and shall be responsible for providing legal business certificates. Party B shall not violate relevant national laws and regulations during the supply process, and Party A shall be liable for any violation of such laws and regulations
18. |
Anything not covered herein shall be agreed upon in a supplementary agreement signed by both parties separately.
This blank page is the signature page of the Purchase Agreement
Party A (Demander): | Party B (Supplier) : | |
Company Name (Seal): | Company Name (Seal): | |
Company Address: | Company Address: | |
Legal representative: | Legal representative: | |
Entrusted Agent: | Entrusted Agent: |
5
Exhibit 10.4
![]() |
Sales Order |
Aster Graphics Company Ltd | ||
Unit 30, 1/F., Tower B, Cambridge Plaza, 188 San Wan Road, | DATE: | 2020-09-14 |
Sheung Shui, New Territories, Hong Kong | ||
Customer PO#: | &NPT#224 | |
Aster SO NO.: | SO200914020 |
BUYER: | NEW PRINTER - ATACADISTA E DISTRIBUIDORA EIRELI | SHIP TO: | NEW PRINTER - ATACADISTA E DISTRIBUIDORA EIRELI |
ADD:RUA LUCILA,83 - VILA BARUEL 02522-090 - SAO PAULO/SP BRAZIL | ADD:RUA LUCILA,83 - VILA BARUEL 02522-090 - SAO PAULO/SP BRAZIL |
The Following Items, Terms and Conditions Are Agreed Between Buyer and Seller:
PO# | Customer item # | Description | Qty | Price($) | Amount ($) | |||||||||||
NPT#224 | CE310/350 | AC-HF350KU | 0 | $ | 3.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
NPT#224 | CE311/351 | AC-HF351CU | 0 | $ | 3.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
NPT#224 | CE312/352 | AC-HF352YU | 0 | $ | 3.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
NPT#224 | CE313/353 | AC-HF353MU | 0 | $ | 3.00 | $ | 0.00 | |||||||||
DISCOUNT: | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||
COMMERCIAL: | ||||||||||||||||
Traiff | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||
SHIPPING CHARGE | $ | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||
Total: | 0 | $ | 0.00 |
Conditions: | |
Quality: | Delivery Terms:FOB Ningbo/FOB Shanghai |
Delivery Date: | Delivery Port: |
Payment Terms:90 days after B/L date | Shipment:40’HQ |
Suggested date for receipt of payment or L/C: |
Signature (Buyer): | Signature (Supplier): |
Exhibit 10.5
Aster Graphics Company Limited | |
Unit 1212,,12/F, Sespowet Tower, Concordia Plaza,No.1 | |
Science Museum Road,Kowloon,HK | |
Tel: 86-760-8588 0936 Fax:86-760-8588 0869 |
Rebate Agreement
This Rebate Agreement dated as of 12th, March.2020,is between the seller Aster Graphics Company Ltd., and the buyer .
The agreed upon rebate amount is based on the amount received within the time frame of the Rebate Agreement. The rebate is to be disbursed based on the Rebate Schedule selected below. Any merchandised returned from the Buyer after the rebate has been disbursed. The total amount will be deducted from the next rebate period.
Program Details:
Purchase Amount | Rebate% |
Agreed form of payment:
● | Every Invoice |
From 1st Jan.2020 to 31st Dec.2020, Aster will make credit note on 0.5% value after due date payment been done by invoices.
● | Yearly |
From 1st Jan. 2020 to 31st Dec.2020, if total amount of values of all invoices made in 2020 reach US$250,000, Aster will issue another additional credit note for 0.5% of this total value.
Other details:
A. Rebate Type | B. Calculation Based on | C. RMA | ||
Rebate same as credit note to charge against the future invoice | Paid Invoice | Not including RMA/Credit Memo | ||
D. Length of Rebate | E. Payment Format | F. Rebate Based On | ||
Every invoice | ||||
Yearly | Credit note | Total amount of toner cartridge shipped from China |
I have read and understand the program rules. I have read and agree to the terms and conditions stated in this rebate agreement.
Aster Graphics Co., Ltd. | Buyer | |
Name: | Name: | |
Title: | Title |
Exhibit 10.6
ABC(2019)1003-1
Agricultural Bank of China Co., Ltd
Working Capital Loan Contract
No.:
Dear customers: to protect your rights and interests, please carefully read any and all terms of this contract (especially those in block letter) prior to execution of this contract) and pay attention to your rights and obligations in the contract. If you have any doubts or questions regarding this contract, please consult the lending bank. If you need to make business inquiries and complaints, please dial the customer service hotline of Agricultural Bank of China at 95599.
Table of Contents
Section 1 Definitions | - 2 - |
Section 2 Borrower’s undertakings | - 2 - |
Section 3 Basic terms | - 3- |
3.1 Form of loan | - 3 - |
3.2 Purpose of loan | - 3 - |
3.3 Interest rate, penalty interest and compound interest | - 3 - |
3.4 Drawdown and loan repayment | - 5 - |
3.5 Financial indicator supervision | - 6 - |
3.6 Account supervision | - 7 - |
3.7 Repayment | - 7 - |
3.8 Certificate of indebtedness | - 8 - |
3.9 Guarantee | - 8 - |
3.10 Rights and obligations | - 8 - |
Section 4 Additional terms | - 10 - |
Section 5 Legal liabilities | - 10 - |
Section 6 Miscellaneous | - 11 - |
Borrower (full name): Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd.
Place of business (address): Yibo Industrial Park, No.756, Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu High-tech Development Zone, Xinyu City Tel: Fax:_________
Legal representative/CEO: _ Weidong Gu ______
Lender (full name): Agricultural Bank of China Co., Ltd Xinyu Branch
Place of business (address): 206 Beihu Zhong Lu, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, China.
Tel: Fax:__________
Legal representative/CEO: _ Xiaoliang Guo _____
According to the applicable Chinese laws and regulations, both parties hereby enter into this contract through consultations.
1
Section 1 Definitions
Except as otherwise agreed upon, the following terms shall have the following meanings ascribed thereto when used herein;
1.1 Loan term: consisting of the term of the total loan and the terms of individual loans. The term of total loan shall mean the period from the date of issue of the first loan to the date when the borrower repays all of the loan principal and interest according to the contract; the term of individual loan shall mean the period from the date of issue of individual loan in installment drawdown to the agreed date when the borrower repays the principal of and interest on such loan.
1.2 Loan limit: shall mean the limit of the loan principal provided by the lender to the borrower within the valid period of the limit set forth herein. Within the valid period of limit and the loan limit, the borrower may cyclically use the loan, provided that the sum of the loan amount requested by the borrower and the balance of the loan principal outstanding hereunder may not exceed the loan limit. When the valid period of limit expires, the unused loan limit shall automatically expire.
1.3 Self-service electronic channel: shall mean such electronic channels as online banking, tele-banking and cash management channel made available by the lender for drawdown under the self-service revolving working capital loan mode.
1.4 Period: the period shall be calculated by day, month and year, and if the last day of a period is a public holiday, the first day immediately following the public holiday shall be the expiry date of the period.
1.5 LIBOR/HIBOR: shall mean the London/Hong Kong interbank market rate published by Reuters for the period corresponding to two working days prior to the drawdown date.
1.6 Laws and regulations: including the laws and administrative regulations, local regulations, rules, judicial interpretations and other provisions having the effect of law of the People’s Republic of China.
1.7 LPR: Loan Prime Rate, shall mean the loan prime rate published by the National Interbank Funding Center.
Section 2 Borrower’s undertakings
The borrower hereby undertakes as follows:
2.1 Legal and regulatory compliance of loan application: the borrower is a corporate or public institution legal person incorporated under laws and approved and registered with the competent authorities or another organization that can act as borrower according to the national regulations; the borrower is in good standing and without significant bad records; the purpose of loan and source of funding for repayment are clear and lawful; there is no other violation of laws and regulations.
2.2 Contract execution flawless: The execution of this contract or performance of its obligations hereunder by the borrower has undergone necessary formalities according to the laws and regulations or articles of association; the person signing or sealing this contract is the legal representative/chief executive officer or authorized agent of the borrower; the borrower actively handles or assists the lender in handling the contract approval, registration or filing formalities; there is no other circumstance that might cause the loan contract to be inadequately effective or valid due to the fault of the borrower.
2.3 Provided guarantee lawful and valid; the borrower ensures the guarantor has performed the necessary formalities according to the laws and regulations or articles of association in order to perform the guarantee contract or perform its obligations under the guarantee contract; the guarantor has the right to create security with such collateral; the person signing the guarantee contract is the authorized signatory; the borrower urges the guarantor to actively handle or assist the lender in handling the guarantee contract approval, registration or filing formalities and the guarantee registration formalities; there is no other defect in effect or any circumstance that might result in material adverse change under the guarantee.
2.4 Good-faith performance of contractual rights and obligations: the borrower shall use the loan according to law and the term, purpose and manner set forth in the contract and shall not use the loan for any activities in violation of laws and regulations; the borrower shall actively work with the national competent authorities and the lender on loan disbursement management, post-loan management and related checks; the borrower shall repay the loan in full and in time pursuant to the contract and shall not evade its debts in any manner; any significant matters of the borrower including but not limited to external investments, substantial increase in debt financing, consolidation, separation or equity transfer shall be subject to the prior consent of the lender; the lender has the right to recover the loan in advance based on the return of funds to the borrower; the borrower shall promptly notify the lender of any material adverse event affecting its solvency; there is no other violation of contractual obligations.
2.5 The borrower did not hold back from the lender any events already incurred or ongoing that might adversely affect its financial condition and solvency, including but not limited to legal actions, arbitrations, other administrative proceedings or claims.
2.6 The documents and data provided by the borrower with respect to the borrower, the guarantor and its shareholders are true, complete, accurate, lawful and valid.
2
Section 3 Basic terms
3.1 Form of loan
The lender will issue the loan to the borrower in the following manner (1).
(1) General working capital loan
①Currency and amount of loan (in words): RMB Five Million Yuan.
②Term of total loan (in words): one year.
③Amounts and terms of individual loans
Amount of loan | Date issued | Loan term | ||
RMB thirty million Yuan | May 12, 2021 | One Year |
(Additional table may be added if necessary, which shall constitute integral part of this contract)
(2) Revolving working capital loan
① Currency and amount of loan limit (in words):______.
② Valid period of limit (in words):___to ______.
(3) Self-service revolving working capital loan
①Currency and amount of loan limit (in words):______.
② Valid period of limit (in words):___to ______.
3.2 Purpose of loan
The loan hereunder shall be used for purchasing raw materials.
3.3 Interest rate, penalty interest and compound interest
3.3.1 Loan interest rate
3.3.1.1 RMB loan, in respect of the loan interest shall be determined in the following manner (1):
(1) Fixed interest rate: the interest rate of the loan shall be fixed within the term of the loan until the maturity date of the loan, as determined by the 1 year (1 year /5 year) LPR minus (plus/minus) Eighty Seven (in words) BP (1BP =0.01%) on the day before each loan drawdown date (each loan drawdown date/contract signing date).
(2) Floating interest rate: it shall be determined according to the LPR plus or minus a fixed point difference agreed in each period and shall float according to the period. Under this Contract, the interest rate shall be adjusted in -- (in words) months for a period with a point difference of
-- (plus/minus) -- (uppercase) BP (1BP =0.01%), the point spread remains the same during the term of the loan.Where, the LPR executed in the first cycle shall be the LPR of -- (1 year /5 years or more) of the day before the date of the loan withdrawal, and the LPR executed in each subsequent cycle shall be re-determined according to the LPR of the day before the date of the loan withdrawal in the first month of the cycle.If there is no corresponding date for the loan, the last day of the month shall be deemed as the corresponding date for the loan.
3
(3) Others: .
3.3.1.2 Foreign exchange loan, in respect of which the interest rate shall be determined in the following manner ___:
(1) the loan interest rate floating at ___(in words) months that is constituted by ___(in words) month___ (LIBOR/HIBOR) +_______% spread;
(2) Annual interest rate of __% applied, until the loan maturity date;
(3) Others:______.
3.3.2 Interest accrual and settlement
3.3.2.1 The interest accrued on the loan shall be settled on a monthly (monthly/quarterly/yearly) basis on the 20th day of each --- (month/quarter-end month/year-end month). The borrower shall pay the interest on each interest settlement day. if the last repayment date of the loan principal is not the interest settlement date, the unpaid interest shall be fully paid along with full repayment of loan principal.
3.3.2.2 In case of loan subject o fixed interest rate, the interest shall be calculated at the agreed interest rate. In case of loan subject to floating interest rate, the interest shall be calculated at the interest rate determined in each floating period; Where the interest rate floats several times within a single interest settlement period, the interest accrued in each floating period shall be first calculated before adding up the interest in each floating period. Where another interest rate applies, the interest shall be calculated according to the agreement of both parties.
3.3.2.3 Where the loan maturity date happens on statutory holiday or public holiday, the normal repayment date shall be postponed accordingly to the first working day after the statutory holiday or public holiday, provided that the interest shall accrue according to the agreed interest accrual process during the extended period.
3.3.3 Penalty interest
3.3.3.1 Where the borrower fails to repay the loan principal within the period set forth herein, the lender will charge the penalty interest period by period according to the overdue period on the overdue loan from the due date on the basis of the applicable loan interest rate set forth herein: penalty interest will be charged at the applicable loan interest rate plus _fifty_(in words) percent within 30 days (inclusive) of the due date; penalty interest will be charged at the applicable loan interest rate plus _fifty_(in words) percent beyond 30 days and less than 60 days (inclusive) of the due date; penalty interest will be charged at the applicable loan interest rate plus _fifty_(in words) percents beyond 60 days of the due date; During the overdue period, with respect to RMB loan on which interest accrues at the fixed interest rate (base rate pricing), the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly as of the date of adjustment to the base rate in case of any upward adjustment to the RMB loan base rate of the same period by the People’s Bank of China; with respect to RMB loan on which interest accrues at the fixed interest rate (prime rate pricing), the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly as of the working day immediately following the adjustment to the one-year LPR in case of any upward adjustment to the one-year LPR.
3.3.3.2 Where the borrower fails to use the loan for the purpose set forth herein, the lender will charge the penalty interest on the misappropriated loan from the misappropriation date at the agreed loan interest rate plus one hundred (in words) percent, until repayment of the loan principal and interest. During the misappropriation period, with respect to RMB loan on which interest accrues at the fixed interest rate (base rate pricing), the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly as of the date of adjustment to the base rate in case of any upward adjustment to the RMB loan base rate of the same period by the People’s Bank of China; with respect to RMB loan on which interest accrues at the fixed interest rate (prime rate pricing), the penalty interest rate shall be adjusted accordingly as of the working day immediately following the adjustment to the one-year LPR in case of any upward adjustment to the one-year LPR.
3.3.3.3 Where the borrower fails to both repay the loan principal on due date and use the loan for the purpose set forth herein with respect to one and the same loan, the penalty interest rate shall be whichever is higher.
3.3.4 Compound interest
Where the borrower fails to pay the interest on due date, the lender will charge compound interest on a monthly (quarterly/monthly) basis as of the date of failure to pay on the due date. If the borrower fails to pay the interest on due date prior to the loan maturity date, the lender will charge compound interest at the loan interest rate set forth herein; upon the loan maturity date, the lender will charge compound interest at the penalty interest rate for delinquency set forth herein.
4
3.3.5 The loan interest rate and penalty interest rate under this contract are annual interest rate
3.4 Drawdown and loan repayment
3.4.1 Conditions for drawdown
3.4.1.1 The borrower shall meet all of the following conditions when applying for drawdown:
(1) The borrower is qualified as borrower and its corresponding decision-making body or authorizing body has made a resolution consenting to loan according to law and the approvals of competent authorities have been obtained if necessary;
(2) The borrower has completed the related guarantee formalities as required by the lender and the guarantee is lawful and valid;
(3) The use of loan by the borrower complies with the laws and regulations and the provisions of the loan contract and the commercial contract applicable to the loan use;
(4) The related representations and warranties made by the borrower at the time of execution of the contract remain true and valid at the time of each drawdown, no material or substantial adverse change has occurred and no other material adverse circumstances that might affect the performance of this contract have occurred.
(5) Other covenants:______.
3.4.1.2 If the borrower fails to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Subsection 3.4.1.1 above within 3 (3/6/9) months of execution of this contract, the lender has the right to terminate this contract at its sole discretion. Where the lender so terminates this contract, the borrower shall have 7 days to raise any objection, commencing from the date when the lender notifies the borrower in writing, orally or in any other form.
3.4.2 Drawdown process
3.4.2.1 General working capital loan
3.4.2.1.1 The borrower shall withdraw the loan according to its actual need for loan utilization, with the specific drawdown schedule as follows:
Among them, the first loan must be withdrawn prior to __ _____ and the last loan must be withdrawn prior to __--___. Where the borrower fails to handle the drawdown formalities according to the drawdown schedule set forth herein, the lender has the right to cancel the non-withdrawn loan in full or in part and re-determine whether or not to issue the loan and the conditions for drawdown.
3.4.2.1.2 The borrower shall withdraw the loan on such date and in such an amount as set forth herein. If the borrower needs to adjust its drawdown schedule, it shall file a request to the lender -- days in advance for approval.
3.4.2.2 Revolving working capital loan
3.4.2.2.1 The borrower may apply to the lender for loan drawdown on a loan-by-loan basis as necessary to the extent of the loan limit and handle the drawdown formalities subject to the review and approval of the lender, provided that the term of individual loan may not exceed ___years and the expiry date thereof may not exceed six months of the expiry date of the valid period of limit.
3.4.2.2.2 Where the borrower applies for loan drawdown, it shall file a written drawdown request to the lender and provide it with the commercial contract, invoice and other credentials corresponding to the loan utilization.
3.4.2.3 Self-service revolving working capital loan
The borrower may withdraw the loan tranche by tranche as necessary via the clerk counter or self-service electronic channel provided by the lender to the extent of loan limit, provided that the amount of individual loan may not be less than RMB fifty thousand Yuan and shall be the multiples of RMB ten thousand Yuan and the loan term may not be more than one year and the expiry date thereof may not exceed the expiry date of the valid period of limit.
3.4.3 Loan disbursement
3.4.3.1 Authorized disbursement
3.4.3.1.1 In any of the following cases, the borrower will engage the lender to disburse the loan proceeds to the counterparty of the borrower that meets the provisions of this contract and the purpose set forth in the commercial contract corresponding to the loan utilization:
(1) The payee is well-defined and the amount of each drawdown exceeds RMB one million Yuan (including foreign currency equivalent);
(2) Other circumstances agreed upon by both parties:______.
5
3.4.3.1.2 In case of authorized disbursement, the borrower shall submit a drawdown request and the Notice of Authorized Disbursement to the lender three days in advance and provide the commercial contract, invoice and other credentials corresponding to the loan utilization as required by the lender. Upon its review and confirmation, the lender will directly pay the loan proceeds to the counterparty of the borrower via the borrower’s account. Where the drawdown request of the borrower does not meet the drawdown conditions set forth herein or the payment authorization request is inconsistent with the provisions hereof or the transaction documents are incomplete or untrue with respect thereof, the lender has the right not to issue or disburse the corresponding loan; the resulting default of the borrower to its counterparty or any other losses so incurred shall not be the responsibility of the lender. Any delay or failure in payment of funds due to inaccurate or incomplete payment information provided by the borrower shall not be responsibility of the lender.
3.4.3.1.3 Where the borrower applies for delayed payment or withdraws its payment authorization, it shall file the request in writing to the lender prior to any payment by the lender. Upon its review and confirmation, the lender will suspend the authorized payment and may recover the corresponding loan; during this period, the interest shall accrue on the corresponding loan pursuant to this contract. Upon suspension of authorized payment, if the borrower applies for restoration of payment authorization, the provisions of Section 3.4.3.1.2 shall apply.
3.4.3.1.4 The payment authorization shall be unconditional, and if the borrower imposes any conditions in the Notice of Authorized Payment, such conditions shall not create any obligation on the part of the lender. Except as otherwise agreed upon by both parties in writing, the lender will not be obligated to notify the payee when it deals with the matters of authorized payment, suspended payment, withdrawn payment or restored payment.
3.4.3.1.5 In case of authorized disbursement, the lender has the right to restrict the act of payment and withdrawal function of such non-counter channels with respect to the related accounts of the borrower including but not limited to online banking, tele-banking and cash management channel.
3.4.3.2 Autonomous disbursement
Except as otherwise set forth in Subsection 3.4.3.1.1, upon the issue of the loan into the borrower’s account, the borrower may make payments of its own pursuant to this contract. The borrower shall notify the lender of the payment of loan proceeds as required by the lender and provide the loan utilization records and the commercial contract, invoice and other credentials corresponding to loan utilization in a timely manner as required by the lender. The lender may verify whether the loan disbursement complies with the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher examination and onsite survey, among others.
3.4.3.3 If the credit standing of the borrower decreases, the loan utilization is found abnormal, the borrower fails to pay the loan proceeds pursuant to this contract or the borrower circumvents the authorized disbursement by the lender by breaking up the whole into parts or providing falsified data, the lender may consult with the borrower about additional conditions for loan issue and disbursement or cease to issue and disburse the loan.
3.4.4 Drawdown return
3.4.4.1 If the loan already withdrawn by the borrower exceeds the amount actually paid by the borrower for the related transactions or the refund of the transaction amount occurs due to the commercial contract upon which the loan hereunder is based corresponding to the loan utilization cannot be actually performed in full or is rescinded or becomes invalid through no fault of the lender, the borrower shall return the corresponding loan proceeds to the lender.
3.4.4.2 If the borrower fails to disburse the loan proceeds in such manner as set forth herein, the lender has the right to recover the loan proceeds paid otherwise pursuant to the contract.
3.4.4.3 Prior to the return of the loan proceeds according to Subsection 3.4.4.1 and Subsection 3.4.4.2, the interest shall accrue and be settled according to Subsection 3.3.1 and Subsection 3.3.2.
3.5 Financial indicator supervision
In the following case (1) (2) and (3), the borrower shall take the debt security measures acceptable to the lender as required by the lender, otherwise the lender may exercise the remedies set forth in Subsection 5.3:
(1) The asset-liability ratio of the borrower exceeds 80%;
(2) The contingent liability ratio of the borrower exceeds_150%___;
(3) The operating cash flow of the borrower remains negative for _three__ consecutive years;
(4) Others:______.
6
3.6 Account supervision
3.6.1 The borrower hereby designates the following account as its collection account:
Account name: Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd .
Account No:
3.6.2 The lender has the right to take the following supervisory measures against the aforesaid collection account:
(1) Require the borrower to provide the details about the receipt and expenditure of funds into and from the collection account.
(2) Others;_______.
3.7 Repayment
3.7.1 Repayment method
3.7.1.1 The borrower shall deposit the loan principal and interest then due and payable into the repayment account designated by the lender one days prior to the repayment date and irrevocably authorize the lender to make collections from such account.
3.7.1.2. If the borrower fails to repay its debts hereunder when due (including being declared due and payable) pursuant to this contract, the lender has the right to deduct the corresponding amount from any and all accounts of the borrower with the lender or any other branch of Agricultural Bank of China for repayment, until the borrower fully repays any and all of its debts hereunder.
3.7.1.3 If the lender exercises its right of offset according to law or this contract, the borrower shall have seven days to raise any objections, commencing from the date when the lender notifies the borrower in writing, orally or in any other form.
3.7.2 Repayment sequence
3.7.2.1 The borrower shall repay its debts hereunder in the following sequence, except as otherwise agreed upon by both parties:
(1) If there are several debts due between the borrower and the lender and the repayment by the borrower is insufficient to repay all debts due, the debts repaid by the borrower’s payments and the sequence of offset shall be determined by the lender;
(2) If the lender exercises the right of offset against the borrower according to law or the provisions hereof, the debts to be offset and the sequence of offset shall be determined by the lender; when the lender exercises the right of subrogation according to law, the debts repaid by the sub-obligor’s payments and the sequence of offset shall be determined by the lender.
3.7.2.2 If the repayment by the borrower is insufficient to repay the loan due and payable hereunder, the lender may choose to apply the repayment towards repayment of the principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest or the costs and expenses of debt realization.
3.7.3 Prepayment
3.7.3.1 The borrower shall file a written request for prepayment to the lender one days in advance and may make prepayment with the mutual consent of both parties. The repayment sequence of prepayment shall be as specified in Subsection 3.7.2.
3.7.3.2 When the borrower makes prepayment, the interest shall accrue on the prepaid portion in the following manner (1) and shall be paid in full along with full repayment of loan principal:
(1) The interest shall accrue for the actual period of loan and at the agreed interest rate;
(2) The interest shall accrue for the actual period of loan and at the interest rate set forth herein plus ___%;
(3) Others:_______.
3.7.3.3 In case of prepayment by the borrower, the principal repaid may not be less than ---- and shall be multiples of.
3.7.3.4 If the borrower prepays a portion of loan, the interest shall still accrue on the loan not yet repaid at the loan interest rate set forth herein.
3.7.4 Extension
The borrower of general working capital loan, if unable to repay the loan on the repayment date set forth herein, may apply to the lender for extension. The borrower shall file an extension request to the lender 15 days prior to the maturity date of such loan and both parties will execute the extension agreement subject to the consent of the lender.
7
3.8 Certificate of indebtedness
3.8.1 The certificate of indebtedness shall constitute integral part of this contract. If this contract does not so specify or if the loan amount, drawdown amount, repayment amount, date of loan issue and maturity date, loan term, loan interest rate or purpose of loan specified herein is inconsistent with that indicated on the certificate of indebtedness, the particulars on the certificate of indebtedness shall prevail.
3.8.2 In case of self-service revolving working capital loan, if the borrowers withdraws the loan via self-service electronic channel, the loan amount, drawdown amount, repayment amount, date of loan issue and maturity date, loan term, loan interest rate and purpose of loan shall be as indicated on the electronic transaction records generated from the self-service electronic channel.
3.9 Guarantee
3.9.1 The form of guarantee for the loan hereunder is: Mortgage guarantee
3.9.2 The guarantee contract shall be executed by and among the lender, the borrower and the guarantor separately. In case of maximum-amount guarantee, the guarantee contract numbers are .
3.10 Rights and obligations
3.10.1 Borrower’s rights and obligations
(1) To withdraw the loan pursuant to this contract;
(2) To repay the loan principal and interest in time and in full;
(3) To use the loan for such purpose and in such manner as specified by laws and regulations or set forth herein and not to use the loan for investment in fixed assets or equities or for any field or purpose of production or operations prohibited by the national laws and regulations;
(4) To accept and actively work with the lender and its principal on supervision and examination of financial activities, loan utilization and other related matters; to submit the related data and information about loan utilization and finance and such other matters as required by the lender to the lender in a timely manner as required by the lender;
(5) The borrower shall notify the lender in writing of its intention to conduct any of the following actions in advance for the consent of the lender, and the lender may participate in such activities:
① Contracting, leasing, shareholding reform, joint operation, consolidation, merger, merger & acquisition, separation, reduction in registered capital, joint venture, transfer of major assets, significant external investment, issue of bonds, high-value financing, significant related-party transactions, petition for winding-up, petition for dissolution and petition for bankruptcy, etc;
② Provision of large-amount warranty guarantee for others’ debts or mortgaging or pledging its major assets to any third party, which might adversely affect the borrower’s solvency;
③ Any other material adverse events sufficient for the borrower to cause any material change to the credit-debt relation hereunder or affect the realization of the financial claims of the lender;
(6) When the borrower incurs any of the following events, the borrower shall notify the lender in writing within 5 days of occurrence thereof:
① The borrower or its legal representative, chief executive officer or actual controller engages in any illegal activities;
② The borrower is out of business, shut down, deregistered, or has its business license revoked or rescinded;
③The borrower suffers deteriorating financial condition or serious operational difficulties or any material adverse dispute;
8
④Any other event of the borrower that might adversely affect the realization of financial claims of the lender hereunder.
(7) When the borrower incurs any of the following events, the borrower shall notify the lender in writing within 7 days of occurrence thereof:
①The affiliation of the borrower changes, its senior management changes substantially or its organizational structure changes substantially;
② The borrower’s name, place of business, scope of business or other business registration particulars or licenses change substantially;
③ The borrower’s registered capital is increased or its articles of association are substantially modified;
④Any other event of the borrower that might adversely affect the performance of its debts hereunder.
(8) The borrower and its investors may not evade its debts to the lender by means of capital withdrawal, transfer of assets or unauthorized share transfer or otherwise and may not engage in any other activities detrimental to the interests of the lender;
(9) Other rights and obligations specified in laws and regulations or agreed upon by both parties.
3.10.2 Lender’s rights and obligations
(1) To issue the loan to the borrower in time and in full, except for delay due to the fault of the borrower or otherwise through no fault of the lender;
(2) To supervise and examine the production operations, financial condition, material inventory and loan utilization and other aspects of the borrower either onsite or offsite and to require the borrower to provide related documents, data and information;
(3) If the borrower incurs any circumstance that might adversely affect the loan security or debt service or the guarantor is out of business, shut down, deregistered, has its business license revoked, goes bankrupt or is rescinded or suffers substantial operating losses or any other circumstances that might cause it to lose the corresponding guarantee capacity in part or in full, or the collaterals or pledged properties used as security for loan are diminished, accidentally destroyed or lost or otherwise jeopardize the realization of guarantee, the lender may require the borrower to make corrections, implement safeguards for financial claims or provide another valid guarantee within a specified period or reduce or revoke the loan limit granted to the borrower, cease to issue the loan or declare the loan hereunder and other contracts due and repayable immediately or recover the loan in advance, etc.
(4) Other rights and obligations specified in laws and regulations or agreed upon by both parties.
3.10.3 Other obligations
3.10.3.1 Both parties shall keep strictly confidential any and all business secrets of the other party and other information that are acquired in the course of execution and performance of this contract; except otherwise specified in laws and regulations, neither party may disclose or divulge any of the aforesaid information to any third party without the prior consent of the other party.
3.10.3.2 Upon termination of the rights and obligations hereunder, both parties shall perform necessary notification, assistance and other obligations in good faith.
9
Section 4 Additional terms
Both parties further agree as follows:
1. The Borrower obtains the financing under this Contract through the Lender's international commercial loan business.Lender according to the borrower for the borrower to provide bank foreign debt quota occupied, overseas financing, loans for quotation, documents review and receiving service, party a/the borrower agrees to pay 2.02% of the total amount of financing to the lender to pay international commercial lending fees (currency and amount of capital: RMB Six hundred and six thousand).
2. If the Borrower applies for repayment in advance, the Borrower may proceed with the repayment procedures in advance with the confirmation of the Lender, and the interest, handling fee and liquidated damages arising therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower.
Section 5 Legal liabilities
5.1 Any of the following acts of the borrower shall constitute default:
(1) Violation of any obligation hereunder;
(2) Failure to perform any of its undertakings made in Section 2 hereof;
(3) Express indication or indication by action of its unwillingness to repay its debts already due or becoming due hereunder;
(4) Failure to perform any of its obligations under any other contract between the borrower and the lender in full or in part, where the lender declares such failure constitutes default of the borrower;
(5) The borrower’s other failures to perform this contract in full or in part.
5.2 In any of the following cases, the lender may terminate this contract and any other contract between the two parties:
(1) Any default of the borrower or the guarantor;
(2) The repayment capacity of the borrower or the guarantor might materially and adversely change;
(3) The collaterals or pledged properties may suffer substantial damage or value decrease;
(4) Any adjustment to the national policy that might materially and adversely affect the loan security;
(5) The borrower commits any material default to any other creditor;
(6) Any other circumstance in which this contract may be terminated according to law or agreement of both parties.
10
If the lender terminates this contract, the borrower shall have 7 days to raise any objection, commencing from the date when the lender notifies the borrower in writing, orally or in any other form.
5.3 In case of any circumstance set forth in Subsection 5.1 or 5.2, the lender may exercise the following remedies:
(1) Require the borrower and the guarantor to make corrections to its default or other circumstances detrimental to the loan security, implement safeguards for financial claims or provide another valid guarantee within a specified period;
(2) If the borrower fails to use or repay the loan pursuant to this contract or to pay interest when due hereunder, to charge the penalty interest and compound interest pursuant to this contract, until full repayment of the loan principal and interest;
(3) Reduce or revoke the loan limit granted to the borrower, cease to issue the loan or declare the loan hereunder and other contracts due and repayable immediately or recover the loan in advance;
(4) Exercise the right of offset or other statutory or agreed rights against the borrower;
(5) Require the borrower to assume damages and other legal liabilities;
(6) Take corresponding asset preservation measures and other legal measures;
(7) Publicly disclose the defaults of the borrower;
(8) Other remedies:__--____.
5.4 Where the lender realizes its financial claims by means of legal actions or arbitration or otherwise due to the default of the borrower, the attorney’s fee, travel expenses, enforcement costs, appraisal costs and any and all other costs and expenses incurred by the lender to realize its financial claims shall be borne by the borrower.
5.5. Subject to the borrower performing its obligations hereunder, if the lender fails to issue the loan in full and in time to the borrower, the lender shall compensate the borrower for the actual losses so incurred.
Section 6 Miscellaneous
6.1 The notices and communications hereunder shall be sent to the other party according to the postal address, fax number or other contact details indicated herein, and either party shall notify the other party of any change to its contact details promptly.
6.2 Terms of Service
6.2.1 The Borrower agrees and confirms that the following address shall be used as the address of legal documents related to contract performance and dispute settlement hereunder;
Address: Yibo Industrial Park, No. 756, Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu High-tech Development Zone
Zip code: 338000
Recipient and contact number:
6.2.2 The Borrower agrees that the Lender or the Dispute Authority may also serve the relevant legal documents to the Borrower through the electronic service methods (1) and (5) below;
(1) Mobile phone:
(2) Fax:
(3) Email address:
(4) the QQ:
(5) WeChat:
(6) Other electronic modes:
11
6.2.3 The scope of service address and method shall include all kinds of notices, agreements and other documents hereunder, as well as relevant documents and legal documents in dispute settlement procedures (including but not limited to mediation, arbitration, first instance, second instance, retrial and execution procedures).
If the address or method of service needs to be changed, the Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing 7 working days in advance, and the change shall take effect upon the Lender's receipt of the actual notice.Failure to give prior written notice shall be deemed as unchanged.
Way for the borrower to provide the delivery address or inaccurate, untrue, or delivery address mode change after failed to timely notify the lender, or collecting lenders and borrowers to a specified person (whether or not the borrower specifies the collecting, loan per capita can be served on its legal representative or person in charge) refused to sign for it, lead to relevant legal documents are not actually receiving,The borrower shall bear the legal consequences arising therefrom by itself.In case of service by mail, the date of return indicated on the receipt of mail shall be deemed to be the date of service;If the service is made directly, the date on which the person on whom the service is made is deemed to be the date of service on the spot on the receipt of service.If the service is made by electronic means, the date of entry into the system designated by the borrower shall be deemed to be the date of service.
6.2.4 If both the address of service and the method of electronic service are agreed upon at the same time, the delivery to the address specified by the borrower shall have the same legal effect as the electronic service.If the same matter or legal document is served in more than one way, it shall have the effect of service, and the date on which it is first served shall be regarded as the date of service.
6.2.5 These Terms of Service are independent terms and shall not be affected by the validity of the Contract as a whole or other terms.
6.3 The lender may charge fees according to the items and rates set by it according to laws and regulations, except otherwise agreed upon by both parties. If the lender adjusts its fees or tariff according to laws and regulations, it has no obligation to further notify the borrower after publication of such adjustment, except otherwise specified in laws and regulations or agreed upon by both parties.
The fees payable by both parties to third parties for performance of this contract shall be determined and borne by both parties through consultations. In absence of consultations or if such consultations fails, the fees shall be borne by both parties according to laws and regulations or on the fairness basis.
6.4 The lender or Agricultural Bank of China may authorize or engage other branches of Agricultural Bank of China to perform the rights and obligations hereunder as necessary for its business management (including but not limited to post-loan management, loan collection and clearing , exercise of security interests and issue of credit) or appropriate the loan hereunder to the care of other branches of Agricultural Bank of China, which the borrower hereby acknowledges and undertakes to bear the legal consequences of such action arising hereunder. The aforesaid acts of the lender may be made without further consent of the borrower.
6.5 The lender has the right to provide the information related to this contract (including but not limited to loan form classification and information of overdue loans) and other information related to the borrower to the financial credit information basic database according to the applicable laws and regulations or the requirements of financial regulatory authorities for inquiry or use by suitably qualified entities or individuals. Any adverse effect or loss caused to the borrower due to reliance upon or use of any of the information by any suitably qualified third party shall not be the responsibility of the lender in any manner.
6.6 During the term of this contract, if enactment of or modification to any laws, regulations or national policy or regulatory provisions renders the lender unable to continue performing this contract in full or in part, the lender has the right to cancel the loan not yet issued and take such other measures as the lender deems necessary according to the aforesaid applicable provisions.
6.7 Any failure to exercise, partial exercise or delay in exercise of any of its rights hereunder by the lender shall not constitute waiver of or change to such right or any other rights, nor shall it affect the further exercise of such right or any other related rights.
12
6.8 Tax and invoicing
6.8.1 The amounts collected by the lender from the borrower hereunder subject to the tax according to the applicable national tax laws and regulations are inclusive of VAT. The VAT rate shall be determined according to the provisions of the national laws and regulations. During the term of this contract, in case of any adjustment to the national tax laws and regulations, the lender will adjust the tax rates and other related aspects accordingly.
6.8.2 The lender will issue VAT special invoice or VAT general invoice to the borrower according to the national laws and regulations. Where the borrower requires the VAT special invoice to be issued, the conditions and procedure specified in the national tax laws and regulations shall be complied with, otherwise the lender has the right to reject any request of the borrower seeking VAT special invoice hereunder. Within 360 days of receipt of any taxable amount by the lender from the borrower, the borrower has the right to require the lender to issue an invoice. The invoices shall be issued by the lender or the issuing entity designated by the lender. Where the borrower fails to seek VAT invoice within the specified period, the lender has no obligation to provide VAT invoice.
6.8.3 If the lender issues erroneously VAT special invoice or VAT general invoice to the borrower due to the fault of the borrower, the borrower shall be solely responsible for the resulting consequences, and the lender has the right to require the borrower to be liable for the losses or other adverse consequences so incurred to the lender. Where any VAT invoice needs to be revoked or any red-marked invoice is issued due to erroneous issue of invoice, the borrower has the obligation to work with the lender to complete the matter of related invoices.
6.9 Dispute resolution
6.9.1 Any dispute arising hereunder shall be resolved by both parties through consultations, failing which the dispute shall be resolved in the following manner (1):
(1) Sue to the people’s court having competent jurisdiction over the place of the lender;
(2) Submit the dispute to _______(full name of the arbitral authority) for arbitration according to its arbitration rules.
6.9.2 During the legal action or arbitration, the terms of this contract not involved in dispute shall continue in full force and effect.
6.10 Execution
6.10.1 This contract will take effect upon being signed or sealed by both parties hereto.
6.10.2 Place of signing: Xinyu City.
6.10.3 Date of signing: May 11, 2021
6.10.4 Any matter not specified herein shall be resolved by both parties through further consultations.
6.10.5 This contract is made in three copies, one copy for the borrower, one copy for the lender, one copy for the guarantor, and _--__copies for __--__, each copy bearing the same legal effect.
The borrower’s statement: lender has called our attention of the related terms according to law (especially those terms in block letter) and explained the concepts, contents and legal effect of related terms upon our request, and we are fully aware of and understood the aforesaid terms.
(The following is intentionally left blank)
13
(Borrower Signature page)
This page is Contract Signature Page No. 36010120210001851
Borrower (signature and seal):
Legal representative/person in charge:
Or Authorized Agent:
(Lender signature page)
This page is Contract Signature Page No. 36010120210001851
Lender (signature and seal):
Legal representative/person in charge:
Or Authorized Agent:
14
Exhibit 10.7
Loan contract
(export supplier’s credit)
The contract no. :
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter I: | Amount, Purpose and Term of Loan | 2 |
Chapter II: | Loan Interest Rate and Interest Calculation and Collection | 3 |
Chapter III: | Withdrawal, Issue and Payment of Loans | 6 |
Chapter IV: | the handling of intermediary business | 10 |
Chapter V : | The Borrower’s representations, warranties and undertakings | 10 |
Chapter VI: | Change of Circumstances | 17 |
Chapter VII: | Participation of Agent Banks | 18 |
Chapter VIII: | Repayment of Loan | 18 |
Chapter IX: | Expenses and Compensation | 20 |
Chapter X: | Guarantee | 21 |
Chapter XI: | Insurance | 21 |
Chapter XII: | Event of Default and Handling | 22 |
Chapter XII: | Contract Modification | 24 |
Chapter XIII: | Setoff, Assignment and Waiver | 24 |
Chapter XV: | Governing Law and Dispute Resolution | 24 |
Chapter XVI: | Others | 25 |
Annex I: | Form of withdrawal application |
This Loan Contract (Export supplier’s credit) (Contract No. : ) is in 2020.09.10
Signed by and between the parties as follows:
Borrower: Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., LTD. (hereinafter referred to as the “Borrower”)
Legal representative: Gu Weidong
Registered address: No. 756, Pv Road, Gaoxin Development Zone, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province
Zip code:
Telephone:
Basic Accounts bank:
Account number:
Lender: Export-Import Bank of China, Jiangxi Branch (hereinafter referred to as the “Lender”)
Responsible person: Zhang Jing
Registered address:
Zip code:
Telephone:
The fax:
☐ The Borrower applies to the Lender for an export Supplier’s credit for the working capital required for the ☐ export ☐ export business. Upon review, lender agrees to grant the loan on the terms and conditions of this Contract.
In order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, the parties hereby enter into this Contract by mutual agreement in accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.
“Outside” in this Contract includes Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Region.
Whenever you encounter this symbol “☐” in this contract, please tick “þ“if you select it, or please write “ⅹ” if you don’t select it
Chapter I Loan amount, Purpose and Term
Article 1 the lender agrees to provide the borrower with an export supplier’s credit of up to the following amount in accordance with this contract :(hereinafter referred to as the “loan”)
☐ RMB 46000000
(In words) RMB forty-six million)
☐ US$ _____/______
((In words)USD _____/______)
The Borrower may, as agreed, apply in writing to the Lender for the use of the Loan during the Drawdown Period (as defined in Article 3, if any) and within the limit amount of the Loan.
Article 2 In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of China and the relevant provisions of the Export-Import Bank of China on the management of export supplier’s credit, the “loan” under this Contract shall be specially used for the working capital required by the Borrower in ☒ export _____________ þ Export business. without the prior written consent of the Lender.The Borrower shall not change the purpose of the Loan under this Contract.
☒ The Borrower hereby states that, they are completely aware of and agree that the “loans” under this contract $__________________ (currency), the amount (RMB (capital) __________________) used to - pay “lender” and the “borrower” in the loan contract signed on _______ _______ _______ years(contract number:...) under the “borrower” outstanding _______ yuan (RMB (capital) _______) payment - pay _______ of Banks to offer “the borrower” bridge loans.
2/28
Article 3 The term of the Loan under this Contract is 12 months, starting from the first loan date under the Loan and terminating on the last repayment date (hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Term”).
☐ The Borrower may apply to withdraw the Loan under this Contract for a period (hereinafter referred to as the “Drawdown Period”) starting from the effective date of this Contract and terminating on the earliest of the following three dates:
(1) ______ calendar months from the date on when all prerequisites have been satisfied in full ,or have not been satisfied but have been waived by the Lender; or
(2) ______ ______ ______;or
(3) The date on which the Loan amount is drawn down or cancelled in full in accordance with the terms of this Contract.
At the end of the drawdown period, the amount of the Loan that the Borrower do not applied for is automatically cancelled.
☐ Special agreement
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
Chapter II Interest rate on Loans and Calculation and collection of Interest
Article 4 The following interest rates shall apply to the “Loan” under this Contract:
☒ For RMB “loans”, it is determined by ☒ 1 year ☒ 5 years or more of the loan’s market quoted interest rate (LPR) ☒ plus ☒ minus ______%. It is determined once every ☒ one month ☒ first quarter ☒ half a year ☒ once a year. The floating date of the interest rate shall be calculated on the basis of the issuance date of the Loan, The disbursement of instalments shall be based on the issuance date of the first “loan” and the disbursement date of the disbursement “loan” .and the LPR value shall be the LPR value applicable to the 1 working day prior to the first lending date or floating date, which is floating on a daily basis. Once the floating rate is determined, it cannot be changed during the floating period. After the floating term expires, the next floating rate of the “loan” will be determined according to the corresponding LPR at that time.
☐ For RMB “loans”, the export supplier’s credit rate is implemented ☐ upward ☐ downward _____% fixed, determined every full ☐ a month ☐ a quarter ☐ half a year ☐ a year. The floating date of the interest rate shall prevail from the issuance date of the Loan, and the LPR value shall be the LPR value applicable to the 1 working day prior to the first lending date or floating date, which is floating on a daily basis. Once the floating rate is determined, it cannot be changed during the floating period. After the floating term expires, the next floating rate of the “loan” will be determined according to the corresponding Loan rate at that time.
3/28
☐ For RMB “loans”, the applicable fixed annual interest rate is ________% (________%), which is equivalent to the one-year or ☐five-year loan market applicable to the contract☐ effective date or☐ the first working day before the first loan date Offer rate (LPR) ☐plus or ☐minus ________%.
☐ For RMB “loans”, a fixed annual rate of 3.4 percent (3.4 %) applies.
For foreign currency “loans”, it is determined by ________ (________) month LIBOR plus ______BP, which is determined once every☐ full month ☐ quarter ☐ half a year ☐ a year. The interest rate floating date is calculated from the “loan” issuance date, and the disbursements are based on☐ the issuance date of the first “loan” ☐ the disbursement date of the “loan”. Two working days before the expiry date, the day is floating. Once the floating interest rate is determined, it cannot be changed during the floating period. After the floating period expires, the interest rate of the next floating period for the implementation of the “loan” shall be determined according to the loan interest rate of the corresponding grade at that time.
☐ For foreign currency “loans”, the fixed annual rate of / ( _/_% ) applies.
☐ | % |
Article 5 The interest stipulated in this Contract shall be calculated from the actual withdrawal date of the “Borrower” on the basis of the actual withdrawal amount and days of use. The calculation base is 360 days one year.
Article 6 The interest of the Loan under this Contract shall be settled on ☐ month, ☐ quarter, ☐ half a year, ☐ year on March 20th, June 20th, September 20th and December 20th. The interest payment date is the day after the settlement date. The Borrower shall pay interest to the Lender on each Coupon Payment Date as provided herein.
Each interest settlement period should start on the previous interest payment date(except for the first interest settlement period of the first withdrawal) and end on the immediately following interest settlement date; If the last maturity date is not an interest settlement date, the interest of the “loan” in the interest period of the last maturity date shall be paid on the last maturity date; if any interest payment date ends on a non-working day, it shall still be paid on non-working days.
Article 7 ☐ For all overdue RMB loans under this Contract, the Lender will charge a penalty interest rate of 50% on the basis of the loan interest rate set forth in Article 4 of this Contract from the date of overdue loans until the borrower pays off the principal and interest of overdue LOANS in full.
4/28
☐ For all overdue foreign currency loans under this Contract, the Lender will charge a additional penalty interest rate Of / on the basis of the loan interest rate set forth in Article 4 of this Contract from the overdue date until the borrower pays off the principal and interest of the overdue Loan in full.
The penalty interest rate is adjusted with the loan rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted, the penalty rate shall be calculated by stages.
Article 8 ☐ For all misappropriated RMB loans under this Contract, the Lender shall charge additional 100% penalty interest rate on Of / the basis of the loan interest rate stipulated in Article 4 of this Contract from the date of misappropriated loans until the borrower pays off the principal and interest of the misappropriated LOANS in full.
☐ For all misappropriated foreign currency loans under this Contract, the Lender will charge an additional penalty interest rate on the basis of the loan interest rate set forth in Article 4 of this Contract from the date of misappropriated loan to the date until the borrower fully pays off the principal and interest of the misappropriated loan.
He penalty interest rate is adjusted with the loan rate. If the loan interest rate is adjusted, the penalty rate shall be calculated by stages.
Article 9 The “borrower” shall open a RMB settlement account and/or current account foreign exchange account and/or a special account for foreign exchange loans and a special account for foreign exchange repayment (hereinafter referred to as the “designated account”) at the “lender”. The loan transfer and principal and interest repayment under the account are carried out through this account. The “borrower” shall pay the interest to the “designated account” on each interest payment date. The “borrower” hereby authorizes the “lender” to deduct the corresponding interest amount from the “designated account” on the interest payment date. The “borrower” hereby authorizes the “lender” to transfer the current funds of the “borrower” under the “business contract” (as defined in Article 11, paragraph 1) to the “lender” by himself or through the “correspondent bank”. Designated account”, used to pay the interest under “loan”. However, if the amount of such funds is not enough to pay the interest payable in the current period, the “borrower” shall pay with its own funds, and the “lender” has the right to directly deduct the difference from any account of the “borrower”.
Article 10 When the loan principal of the “borrower” is not overdue, the interest payable to the “borrower” but not paid shall be paid ☐ monthly ☐ quarterly ☐ half-yearly ☐ annually, starting from the day after the interest settlement date, at the loan interest rate stipulated in Article 4 of this contract. On the interest settlement date or the day-to-day compound interest calculation, the calculation shall be based on the actual number of days that have not been paid on schedule.
If the loan principal of the “borrower” is overdue, from the date of overdue (including that day), the interest payable to the “borrower” but not paid and the overdue penalty interest shall be the overdue penalty interest rate agreed in the seventh item of this contract The compound interest is calculated on ☐ monthly ☐ quarterly ☐ half-yearly ☐ yearly basis on the interest settlement date or on the settlement date, and is calculated based on the actual number of days embezzled.
5/28
If the “borrower” embezzles the loan, from the date of embezzlement (including that date), the penalty interest for misappropriation that is payable but not paid by the “borrower” shall be the interest rate of the embezzlement penalty interest rate stipulated in Article 8 of this contract on ☐ monthly ☐ quarterly basis☐ half a year ☐a year on the interest settlement date or on the opposite day of the interest settlement, the compound interest will be calculated and calculated based on the actual number of days embezzled.
If a loan has both overdue and misappropriation circumstance, misappropriation penalty interest rate shall prevail.
Chapter III Withdrawal, disbursement and Payment of Loans
Article 11 Only when the “lender” has notified the “borrower” (1) that all the prerequisites listed below have been met and the lender is satisfied with the performance of the prerequisites, or (2) has not yet been met In terms of any prerequisites, the lender has waived the requirement to meet any such prerequisites, and the “borrower” can apply for withdrawing the “loan” under this contract:
1. This contract, “guarantee documents” (if any, see Article 37 of this contract for definitions), ☐business contracts related to this contract, and relevant agreements under the business contracts (hereinafter referred to as “business contracts”) have been It has been legally signed by the “borrower” and relevant parties and has become effective.
2. The “borrower” has submitted to the “borrower” a valid resolution of the “borrower” shareholder (general) meeting or board of directors or other internal authorities. The resolution should include the signing and performance of the “business contract” for the “borrower” “And the execution of the transactions under the “Commercial Contract” and the approval of all important terms of the “Commercial Contract”.
3.The “borrower” has submitted to the “borrower” the validity of the “borrower” shareholder (general) meeting or board of directors or other internal authority to approve the “borrower” to sign and perform this contract and related “guarantee documents” Resolution, and provided a valid authorization letter of the signatory who signed this contract and related “guarantee documents” on behalf of the “borrower”, and a signature sample of the authorized signatory.
4. The Borrower has submitted all approvals, permits, registrations, filings or records required for the Loan and the Business Contract to the Lender, if any.
☐ 5. The Borrower has qualifications or qualifications that meet the requirements of laws and regulations of the PRC.
☐ 6. The Borrower has signed a legal and effective agency agreement with the relevant export agent in respect of the export of / , provided the Lender with the agency agreement, the customs certificate of the export of the goods and other relevant documents, and submitted the promise of no repeated financing in respect of the export of / .
☐ 7. The Loan shall be used only for the relevant export business of the Borrower’s subsidiary, and a commitment is made not to repeat financing at the Lender’s head office and any other domestic or foreign branch of the Head office.
6/28
8. The Borrower shall obtain approval (if applicable) from the foreign exchange administrations of China and other relevant states for the loan, account opening, guarantee, fund transfer and other matters under this Contract.
☐9. The amount of “commercial contract” shall not be less than / .
☐10. The Advance payment to the Business Contract shall not be less than / percent ( / %) of the total amount of the Commercial Contract and such advance payment has been paid or in place or the Borrower has submitted to the Lender a guarantee of payment with the satisfaction of the Lender for the payment of such advance payment.
☐11. The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the amount of funds it has raised from its own funds and from other sources In order to ☐ / perform the Commercial Contract ☐ / export products.
☐12. The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the receipt and settlement of progress payments received under the Business Contract and the guarantee for the payment of progress payments receivable (if any).
☐13. A “business contract” for deferred payment has provided a payment guarantee acceptable to the Lender in respect of the deferred payment portion.
☐14. Perform the (comprehensive) cash flow statement of the “Business contract” and the corresponding supporting materials and economic benefit analysis
15. The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the following items with the satisfaction of the Lender:
(1) Basic information about the Borrower and the relevant guarantor;
(2) the latest articles of association of the company, the copy of the business license and the approval certificate meeting the relevant national requirements;
(3) its financial statements audited by an auditor approved by the Lender for the last three years (if less than three years, since its establishment) and its recent financial statements and notes for the current year;
(4) the export situation of products in recent three years and export plan in the current year;
(5) other information indicating the credit and business status of the Borrower and the guarantor;
(6) ____________/______________;
(7) Such other information as the Lender deems necessary.
☐16. The “borrower” shall insure all risks in the “business contract” with an insurance company recognized by the “lender” and the insurance company shall issue a corresponding insurance policy (which must indicate that all insurance compensation will be directly vested and paid to the “loan” people”);
☐17. The “borrower” insures all risks related to the “business contract” with the insurance company agreed by the “lender” and transfers the insurance rights to the “lender”. After the insurance rights transfer contract is validly signed by the relevant parties, the insurance company has Issuing a confirmation letter for the transfer of insurance rights and interests;
☐18. Proof of payment that the Borrower has paid all premiums under the insurance;
☐19. Proof that the Borrower has received the first installment payment under the Business Contract;
☐20. A capital verification report on the borrower’s capital status issued by an accounting firm accepted by the Lender;
7/28
21. Such other information as the Lender deems necessary.
22 . /
These documents, if They are copies, must be confirmed to be true, complete and valid by the signature of the authorized signatory of the Borrower or by the official seal of the Borrower.
Article 12 In drawing any Loan, the Borrower must satisfy the following conditions:
1. The Borrower has opened an account as requested by the Lender;
☐2. The ” Guarantee Documents” stipulated in Chapter 10 of this Contract have come into force, the relevant registration or delivery procedures have been performed, and the guarantee has been effectively established.
☐ Special Agreement:
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
Article 13 Each time the Borrower draws the Capital of the Loan (including the first drawdown), it must further satisfy the following prerequisites (including but not limited to) :
1. Lender shall have received the Conditions Precedent set forth in Article 11 and be satisfied with the performance of the Conditions Precedent set forth in Article 11 and Article 12, or waive its requirement to deliver or satisfy any such conditions precedent for the situation that it has not received or is not satisfied;
2. All representations and warranties made by the Borrower in this contract are true and accurate in all material respects on the date of the expected drawdown in accordance with the information and circumstances then existing, as if they were made on the date of such drawdown;
3. There is no event of default under this contract that has occurred or continues to exist;
4. Since the date of signing this contract, there has been no event or event that may have a material adverse effect on the “borrower” based on reasonable expectations;;
5. The issuance of such withdrawal will not cause the Borrower to violate:
(1) its articles of association;
(2) any agreement to which it is a party or binding on it (including this Contract, the “Security Document” and other “Business Contracts”);or
(3) any laws, regulations and other normative documents;
☐6. Such drawdown is included in the drawdown plan submitted by the Borrower to the Lender;
7. The Lender shall have received a complete and valid Withdrawal Application form from the Borrower in the form specified in Annex I to this Contract before 12:00 (Beijing Time) on the third working day before the expected withdrawal date;
8. ☐ The withdrawal amount shall not be less than RMB/YUAN and shall be an integral multiple of RMB/Yuan;☐ The withdrawal amount shall not be less than/(currency, amount) and shall be an integral multiple of/(currency, amount);
☐9. Proof that the capital (if any) corresponding to the withdrawal has been implemented;As well as
10. A complete and valid IOU completed by the Borrower.
8/28
☐ Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Articles 11, 12 and 13, lender shall have the right to conduct an annual review of the terms and conditions of this Contract and, as a result of the review, determine whether to grant any amount of the Loan not yet drawn by the Borrower.
Article 14 If the provisions of Article 11, Article 12 and Article 13 mentioned above and other terms and conditions of this contract are met, the “lender” will determine the withdrawal date in the withdrawal application form according to the withdrawal date. The amount of “loan” funds determined in the withdrawal plan and withdrawal application will be disbursed by remittance to the account specified in the withdrawal application. Such loans constitute the debt of the “borrower” under this contract.
☐ If the amount of the “loan” under this Contract does not exceed / RMB/ten thousand yuan (including) (other currencies shall be calculated at the middle rate of the exchange rate of such currency into RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the day when the “Borrower” applies for withdrawal), the “loan” may be paid by the borrower independently; If the amount of a single transaction exceeds / RMB 10,000 yuan (other currencies shall be calculated at the middle rate of the exchange rate of such currency into RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the day when the Borrower applies for withdrawal), the entrusted payment method shall be adopted by the Lender;
☐ All “loan” funds under this contract adopt the “lender” entrusted payment method.
☐ The Entrusted payment method of the Lender shall be used in all cases except in the following two cases:
1. The amount of a single transaction does not exceed 5% of the total investment of the project and does not exceed RMB 5 million (other currencies shall be calculated at the middle rate of the exchange rate of the “borrower” against RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the day when the “Borrower” applies for withdrawal);
2. Although the amount of a single transaction is more than 5% of the total investment of the project but less than 500,000 RMB (other currencies shall be calculated at the central rate of the exchange rate of the “borrower” against RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the day when the “Borrower” applies for withdrawal);
“Borrower’s own payment” as used in the above paragraph means that the Borrower, upon disbursement of the Loan funds to the Borrower’s account by the Lender pursuant to the Borrower’s withdrawal application form, shall pay the loan funds to the Borrower’s transaction partner for the purposes agreed herein.
” Entrusted payment of Lender ” as used in the preceding paragraph means that the Lender pays the Loan through the Borrower’s account to the Borrower’s transaction partner for the purposes set forth herein pursuant to the Borrower’s request for withdrawal by the Borrower.
The Borrower shall provide timely records and information related to the use of the Loan funds. In the process of “loans” and payment, “the borrower” shall not violate the above agreement, in pieces escape “lender” entrusted payment, or “lender” shall have the right to immediately Switch Not issued “loan” under this contract to Lender entrusted payment of funds, or directly to stop “loans” and payment, And take other remedies for breach of contract as agreed herein.
9/28
In the process of “loan” issuance and payment, if the “borrower” encounters one of the following situations, the “lender” shall negotiate with the “borrower” to supplement the “loan” issuance and payment conditions, or according to this article, the All the “loan” funds issued are changed to the “lender” entrusted payment method, or the “loan” issuance and payment can be directly stopped.
1. A sharp decline in credit status;
2. Fails to pay the “Loan” funds as agreed herein;
3. Major decline in profitability of main business;
4. Abnormal use of “loan” funds;
5. The Borrower violates the provisions hereof by breaking into parts to avoid the entrusted payment by the Lender;
6. Other circumstances that the Borrower violates provisions hereof or major risks occur.
Special agreement
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
☐ Chapter IV Handling of Intermediate Business
Article 15 The Borrower hereby undertakes to the Lender that:
1. All deposits and intermediary businesses (hereinafter referred to as “intermediary businesses”, including but not limited to domestic and foreign settlement, foreign exchange settlement and sale, letter of guarantee, financial derivatives, cash management, trade finance, etc.) in connection with the Business Contract shall be handled by the Borrower at the Lender or the Agent bank;
2. The Borrower opens a “special account” (as defined in Clause 5 of Article 17) At the lender or the agent bank and
☐3. The Borrower shall issue to the Lender a letter of undertaking for intermediate Business in the form specified by the Lender.
Chapter V Representations, Warranties and Undertakings of the Borrower
Article 16 The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:
1. The Borrower is an enterprise (business) legal person duly established and validly existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China, ☐ qualified or qualified, and has the status of an independent legal person and has full powers, authorizations and rights, bears civil liabilities and engages in business activities with its joint assets.
10/28
2. The Borrower has the full and proper qualification, right and ability to enter into, submit, receive and perform this Contract and the Security Documents to which it is a party, and any other documents relating to this Contract and the Security Documents to which it is a party, and to proceed with the transactions under this Contract and the Security Documents to which it is a party. This Contract and the “security documents” to which the Borrower is a party are validating and executed by the borrower’s legal representative or authorized signatory.
☐3. The Borrower is fully and duly qualified and capable to perform the Commercial Contract and has taken all legal and other actions and obtained all necessary consents to perform the Commercial Contract.
4. All the necessary approval, permission, consent, notarization, registration, record from the government and any other party, in order to sign this contract and “guarantee documents” and conduct transactions, are appropriately obtained and completed, which is sufficient, legitimate and effective.
5. The Borrower has been operating its business in accordance with the law and has not engaged in any conduct beyond its approved business scope or been penalized by the relevant government department for illegal business activities.
☐6. Each loan applied by the Borrower from the Lender has a true trade background and the relevant Business contract has been or will be validly executed by the relevant party.
☐7. All other approvals, permits, consents, notaries, registrations and records necessary for the Business Contract have been properly obtained and completed and are full, legal and valid.
8. The execution of this Contract by the Borrower and the performance of its obligations hereunder shall not violate the following:
(1) The Borrower’s articles of association;
(2) any other agreement entered into by the Borrower or any document binding upon it (including this Contract, the “Security Document” and relevant export contracts, orders, etc.);As well as
(3) any laws, regulations and other normative documents applicable to the Borrower.
9. This Contract is legal and valid and constitutes a legal, valid and legally binding obligation on the Borrower, which can be enforced in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Contract.
☐10. The Borrower shall have the economic strength and operation and management capabilities commensurate with the performance of the Business Contract, shall be in good operation and management, financial and credit status, and shall be able to repay the principal and interest of the Loan.
11. The Borrower has good corporate governance structure, standard internal management system, and strong market development ability and innovation consciousness of the management.
☐12. The Borrower is a leading company in its industry and region and has good cash flow.
☐13. The Borrower has specific management experience in the same industry, has relevant management personnel, has fully demonstrated the performance of the business contract, and has formulated corresponding risk control measures.
14. No division, merger, reorganization, formation or restructuring of the Borrower into a joint-stock company, or any transaction of property rights in the form of lease, association or custody has occurred or is possible to the borrower’s knowledge.
11/28
15. There are no ongoing or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, no pending or likely litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against the Borrower or its assets that would materially and adversely affect the operations, business or assets of the Borrower or the performance of any obligations of the Borrower under this Contract.
16. The Borrower has not breached any law, regulation, judgment, order, authorization, agreement or obligation applicable to the Borrower or its assets that could materially and adversely affect its business or financial condition or its ability to perform its obligations under this Contract, the Security Document or the Business Contract.
17. Nothing has happened, or as far as the “borrower” knows, there is no liquidation or bankruptcy procedure initiated by the “borrower” or initiated by a third party against the “borrower”.
18. The Borrower does not conceal any of the following:
(1) The Borrower has a major violation of discipline, violation of law or claim against it or a major violation of discipline, violation of law or claim against it involving the Borrower;
(2) A material event of default occurs under the borrower’s contract with another creditor;
(3) any significant debt or contingent debt assumed by the Borrower or any security provided to a third party as a mortgage or pledge;
(4) pending litigation and arbitration events related to the Borrower;
(5) The Borrower is divided, merged, restructured, formed or restructured into a shareholding company, and proceeds with property rights transactions by means of leasing, contracting, association, trusteeship, etc.;
(6) Other circumstances which may affect the financial condition and solvency of the Borrower.
☐19. No security is provided for the property, assets or income of the Borrower in whole or in any part, except where the borrower has obtained prior written consent from the Lender or occurs in the ordinary course of business and has been notified in writing to the Lender in advance ☐ and the total amount of the security does not exceed RMB/YUAN.
20. The lender’s claims hereunder shall have at least the same status as all other unsecured and unsubordinate creditors of the Borrower.
☐21. The Borrower has entered into a legal and valid agency agreement with the relevant export agent in respect of the export, and the export agent has fulfilled all the conditions set forth in this Contract.
22. The audited financial statements provided by the “borrower” are prepared in accordance with the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and the accounting principles and standards that have been used consistently, and represent a true and appropriate representation of the financial position of the Borrower during the financial period stated in the statements. As at the end of such financial period, Borrower has no material liabilities (actual or contingencies) or any unrealized or anticipated losses that are not disclosed or recorded in the relevant financial statements, and there has been no material adverse change in the operations or financial position of Borrower as of the date of such statements.
☐23. The Borrower undertakes to properly and effectively manage environmental and social risks under this Contract and makes the following representations, warranties and commitments to the Lender:
12/28
(1) Borrower represents and warrants that its internal management documents related to environmental and social risks are in compliance with laws and regulations and are effectively implemented;
(2) Borrower represents and warrants that there are no significant litigation cases involving environmental and social risks;
(3) The Borrower undertakes to be monitored by the Lender and to continuously strengthen environmental and social risk management:
(1) All behaviors and performances related to environmental and social security risks of the Borrower comply with the requirements of laws and regulations;
(2) Establish and improve The internal management institution of the environmental and social risk, and specify responsibilities, obligations and punishment measures of relevant responsible personnel in detail.
(3) Establish and improve the environmental and social risk emergency response mechanism and measures;
(4) Establish specialized departments and/or designate specialized personnel to be responsible for environmental and social risks;
(5) Cooperate with the Lender or a third party approved by the Lender to assess and inspect the environmental and social risks of the Borrower;
(6) Respond appropriately or take other necessary actions when the public or other stakeholders have strong doubts about the borrower’s control of environmental and social risks;
(7) Urge “borrower” related party to strengthen management;
(8) Undertake to perform other matters deemed relevant to the control of environmental and social risks by the Lender.
(4) The Borrower undertakes to provide the Lender with sufficient and timely (and no more than five (5) days after the Borrower became or should have become aware of such circumstances or events) notification of the following environmental and social risks;
(1) All kinds of permits, approvals and approvals related to environmental and social risks in the process of starting, construction, operation and closure of projects under the “business contract”;
(2) Assessment and inspection of the borrower’s environmental and social risks by the environmental and social risk regulatory agencies or their accredited institutions;
(3) Supporting construction and operation of environmental facilities;
(4) Pollutant discharge and compliance;
(5) The safety and health of employees;
(6) Significant complaints and protests from neighboring communities against “borrowers”;
(7) Significant claims related to environmental and social risks;
(8) Other material circumstances that the Lender considers to be relevant to environmental and social risks.
24. All documents, materials, statements and vouchers provided by the Borrower to the Lender shall be accurate, true, complete and valid and all documents provided in copy form shall correspond to the originals.
25. The Borrower hereby represents that it is aware of and comprehends the lender’s rules and procedures in connection with this Contract and the performance hereof and agrees to comply with such rules and procedures in the performance hereof.
☐26. The Borrower has carefully read, fully understands and accepts the contents of this Contract. The Signing and performance of this Contract by the Borrower is voluntary and the borrower’s intention is true.
13/28
The Borrower hereby represents that it has not omitted any fact or circumstance that would make any of these representations and warranties untrue, inaccurate or likely to mislead the Lender.
Special agreement
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
Article 17 The Borrower undertakes to the Lender that, before repayment of the principal, interest and other payable amounts of the Loan under this Contract:
1. The Lender shall provide the Lender with quarterly updated financial statements as required by the Lender and the audited financial statements for the previous year by 30 June each year; The borrower shall, at the request of the Lender, provide from time to time documents and information related to (including but not limited to) the borrower’s operating condition and financial condition, such as reports, statements and other documents and information, and shall be responsible for their authenticity, accuracy, validity and completeness.
2. It shall timely, comprehensively and accurately disclose to the Lender its related parties, major related party transactions and guarantees provided externally.
“Related party” means a company, enterprise or other economic entity that controls or is controlled by one party in terms of funds, operations, purchases and sales, or that both parties jointly control or are jointly controlled by a third party.
“Control” means having the right to vote and/or significant influence over the management and decision-making of a party’s business, financial and other matters.
“Connected Party transaction” means any form of transfer of assets, rights and obligations between the Borrower and its Affiliates.
“Significant related party transaction” refers to the related party transaction whose transaction amount is greater than RMB 500 million or whose transaction amount accounts for more than 10% of the borrower’s net assets.
3. Submit quarterly to the Lender the use of the Loan under this Contract, the receipt and settlement of foreign exchange under the Business Contract, the payment of the loan and other relevant materials.
☐4. Obtain and maintain the validity of all permits and approvals necessary for the performance of the Business Contract.
5. The “borrower” shall open a fund withdrawal account (hereinafter referred to as the “special account”) at a bank approved by the “lender” or the “lender” to communicate with all funds under the “business contract” (including but not limited to sales). Repayment, fund transfer, etc.) are handled through this account. The borrower shall provide the details of the funds in and out of the “special account” in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the “lender”.
14/28
6. Conduct account reconciliation as required by the Lender, accept credit inspection and supervision by the Lender and its agent for loan payment management, post-loan management and other aspects, and provide full assistance and cooperation.
7. Comply with the provisions of relevant environmental laws and obtain and maintain all any authorizations or permits required by relevant laws.
8. Prior to full repayment of the principal, interest and other payable amounts of the Loan hereunder, the Borrower shall obtain prior written consent of the Lender for any reduction of its registered capital, any significant change in property rights or any adjustment of its mode of operation, including but not limited to the following:
(1) Negotiate or sign joint venture and cooperation contracts with foreign investors;
(2) closure, suspension of production, transfer of production, division, merger, annexed;
(3) reorganization, formation or reconstruction into a joint-stock company;
(4) to become a shareholder or invest in a joint stock limited company or a limited liability company with fixed assets such as houses, machinery and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, proprietary technology and land use rights;
(5) To conduct property rights transactions by leasing, contracting, joint operation, trusteeship, etc.;
(6) A Material Connected Party transaction with a Related party and/or any other transaction that adversely affects the Borrower’s ability to service its debt;
(7) Merger, division, equity transfer, overseas investment, substantial increase in debt financing, etc.
9. If the following events occur, notify the Lender promptly (and not more than five (5) days after the Lender knows or should have known about the occurrence of any of the following events) and provide the Lender with detailed information related to such events upon request:
(1) The occurrence of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings involving the Borrower or its material operating assets;
(2) Deterioration of the borrower’s financial condition, suspension of business, termination of business, declaration of bankruptcy, dissolution, revocation of the business license of the enterprise legal person, or cancellation;
(3) other matters affecting the Borrower, the Business Contract and the Guarantor and adversely affecting the realization of the Lender’s claims under this Contract.
10. The borrower will maintain the borrower’s financial status and business operations in good condition in an appropriate and effective manner. Without the borrower’s written consent, the “borrower” shall not carry out any actions that may impair its financial status, business status, or Other conditions that cause serious adverse effects on asset disposal (except for disposal required for daily operations), the “borrower” shall not enter into or assume any agreement or obligation that may have a serious adverse effect on its financial and operating conditions, The “borrower” shall not place or allow any security interest in all or part of the assets or proceeds of the “borrower”.
11. Within the legal time limit or the time limit required by the Lender, complete the registration procedures related to the Business Contract in a timely manner and provide a copy of the registration documents to the Lender.
12. Deposit the original documents (including promissory notes, acceptance bills, etc.) relating to this Contract or the Business Contract in the Lender or a bank designated by the Lender at the lender’s request.
15/28
☐13. If any changes to the Business Contract will adversely affect the Lender’s rights and interests under this Contract and the related Security Documents, the Borrower shall obtain the Lender’s written consent before confirming to the Other Party to the Business Contract that such changes are acceptable.
14. If the Borrower registers any change with the Administration for Industry and Commerce, it shall notify the Lender within ten (10) business days of the change and send a copy of the relevant registration documents to the Lender.
15. The Lender will be provided with such financial or other information as the Lender may reasonably request from time to time.
16. In the event of the occurrence or potential occurrence of any event of default described in Chapter 12 hereof, the Lender shall be notified within three (3) days after becoming aware of the occurrence or potential occurrence of such event and shall take reasonable and timely remedies for such occurrence.
☐17. The Borrower shall maintain the following financial indicators:
/ |
18. The Borrower shall not change the purpose of the loan, shall not use the Loan funds in any way for fixed assets, equity investment, fields and purposes prohibited by the State from production and operation, and shall not be used to pay agency fees, agency fees and commissions.
☐ Special Agreement:
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
Article 18 The “borrower” promises to the “lender” that before the principal, interest and other payables of the “loan” under this contract are fully paid off, the following matters shall not occur without the lender’s prior written consent;
1. To provide any person with a guarantee, mortgage, pledge or other form of security or materially increase debt financing that may affect the repayment of the Lender’s claims.
2. Incur any financing liabilities in connection with the Business Contract other than those incurred under this Contract.
3. Make joint operation, merger, division, equity transfer, foreign investment, joint-stock reform or other changes in operation mode and property right structure; If such activities are indeed carried out due to business needs or national policy or legal adjustments, the Lender shall obtain prior written consent and repay the Loan in advance or make arrangements satisfactory to the Lender for its repayment obligations and obligations under this Contract.
4. Invest or invest in other companies or entities with fixed assets such as houses, machinery and equipment or intangible assets such as trademarks, patents, proprietary technology and land use rights, or substantially increase debt financing.
5. Reduce its registered capital or amend its articles of association.
6. Distribute dividends or dividends to its shareholders in any form in the event that the principal, interest or other amounts payable under the “Loan” are not repaid on schedule.
7. Material Related Party Transactions with Related Parties and/or any other transactions that adversely affect borrower’s ability to service its debt.
☐ Special Agreement:
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
16/28
Chapter VI Change of circumstances
Article 19 After the entry into force of this Contract, due to the promulgation, implementation or alteration of any applicable laws and regulations or their interpretation and/or to comply with the requirements of the central bank, fiscal, financial regulatory authority or other administrative authority having jurisdiction over the Lender, Causing or will cause the “lender” to perform its obligations under this contract (including and not limited to raise funds, loans, or maintain any loan balance) to be illegal or in violation of regulations, “the lender” should Notice borrower as soon as possible after becoming aware of the information, indicating the cause of such illegal or in violation of regulations and the basis.
Upon receipt by the Borrower of such notice, the Lender’s lending obligations shall be automatically cancelled in full and immediately. The Borrower shall, within three (3) business days of receipt of the lender’s request, prepay to the Lender all loan balances plus accrued interest and expenses. The Lender will not pay any liquidated damages or fees to the Borrower and the Borrower will not pay any liquidated damages to the Lender in the event of cancellation of the loan obligation and prepayment under this Clause.
Article 20 Article 20 After this contract comes into effect, due to the promulgation, implementation or modification of any applicable laws and regulations or their interpretations, and/or to comply with the central bank, fiscal, financial regulatory agency or other administrative authority having jurisdiction over the “lender” According to the requirements of the agency, if the “lender” is unable to make loans as agreed in the contract or must adjust the repayment plan, the “borrower” agrees that the “lender” can decide whether to make the loan and the amount of the loan by itself, or directly adjust the repayment plan according to relevant requirements. The “lender” shall promptly notify the “borrower” of the relevant decision in writing and explain the relevant circumstances so that the “borrower” can implement other financing sources as soon as possible, or prepare for repayment according to the adjusted repayment plan. The “borrower” promises not to raise any objections to the “lender”’s refusal to grant all or part of the loan or the adjustment of the repayment plan in accordance with the provisions of this article, including but not limited to requesting liability for breach of contract and resorting to judicial proceedings.
Article 21 After this Contract comes into force, due to the promulgation, implementation or alteration of any applicable laws and regulations or their interpretation, and/or in order to comply with the requirements of the central bank, financial, tax, financial regulatory or other administrative authority having jurisdiction over this Contract, Causing or will cause the “lender” because of this contract or the performance of the obligations under this contract (including but not limited to raise funds, loans, or maintain any loan balance) increased costs or additional costs, or any amount received or receivable amount of lender in accordance with the terms of this contract reduced, After being aware of such situation, the “lender” shall promptly notify the Borrower of the reasons for the increase in cost and the basis for calculation thereof. Within three (3) business days of receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, at the request of the Lender, pay to the Lender an amount equal to such increased cost.
The “borrower” and the “lender” will further negotiate arrangements to avoid cost increases, including raising the loan interest rate, adjusting the withdrawal plan, changing the repayment plan, etc. The two parties will sign a supplementary agreement on this. If the circumstances leading to the increase in the cost of the “lender” persist, the “borrower” has the right to advance in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 8 of this contract, provided that the “borrower” is notified in writing at least thirty (30) working days in advance Repay all loans that have been disbursed. The lender’s loan obligation under this contract shall be cancelled from the date of the borrower’s notice of early repayment.
17/28
Chapter VII Participation of agent Banks
Article 22 In order to ensure the special use and timely repayment of the Loan hereunder, the Lender entrusts Bank of Communications Co., LTD. Xinyu Branch to be its agent bank hereunder (hereinafter referred to as the “Agent Bank”).In addition, the Lender enters into a principal Agent Agreement with the Borrower and the Agent Bank (the Principal Agent Agreement no. ).
In addition to complying with and performing its obligations under this Contract, the Borrower shall be bound by the Agency Agreement. In case of any discrepancy between the provisions of the “Agency Agreement” on the payment and management of the “Loan” and the provisions of this Contract, the relevant provisions of the “agency Agreement” shall prevail.
Article 23 The Lender will entrust the Agent bank to be responsible for the disbursement of the Loan under this Contract, the supervision of the use and repayment of the Loan and the execution of the Business contract.
Chapter VIII Repayment of loans
Article 24 The Borrower shall repay the principal of the Loan under this Contract in the original currency in strict accordance with the repayment schedule within the “Loan Term” set forth herein. The repayment schedule is as follows:
The Borrower shall repay the Loan in full in one lump sum on and before the last bank business day of the Term of the Loan under this Contract, including such day.
The part of the “loan” under this contract to be repaid shall not be reused.
“Loan”, under this contract to repay part can be reused, “borrower” should be according to the provisions of chapter iii of this contract, in accordance with this contract submitted prior to the “resort” annex 1 determine the format of the fill in the application for withdrawal and the requirements of the “resort” relevant document material, with the approval of the “resort” review rear recycled “loan”, All loans recycled by the Borrower shall be repaid by the last banking day of the Term of the Loan including such day.
18/28
Article 25 The Borrower shall, prior to each repayment date, pay the current principal amount due to the Nominated account, and the Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to deduct from the nominated account the corresponding principal amount on the repayment date. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender, either by itself or through an Agent Bank, to transfer the Borrower’s current funds under the Business Contract to the Designated account in a timely manner for the repayment of principal under the Loan. However, if the amount of such funds is insufficient to repay the principal payable at that time, the Borrower shall be obligated to repay the principal with its own funds and the Lender shall be entitled to deduct the difference directly from any account of the Borrower.
Article 26 The balance of funds in the designated account shall not be less than/////from /////months prior to the first repayment date. Any amount above this minimum balance may be used to fund the execution of the “commercial contract”. Provided written evidence is provided, it may also be used by the Borrower to make prepayments under this Contract.
Article 27 The borrower shall be allowed to recycle the loan for a term not shorter than/if the borrower prepays to meet the said term. For loans that are not allowed to be recycled by the borrower, if the borrower makes repayment in advance, it shall make a written application to the Lender three (3) business days in advance and obtain the consent of the Lender. The repayment date in advance shall be the repayment date. All prepayments shall be written off against the principal in the reverse order of maturity.
The borrower shall pay liquidated damages in advance to the lender for the loans repaid in advance. The formula for calculating liquidated damages in advance is as follows: Liquidated damages in advance = the amount repaid in advance * the remaining loan term (number of months) *0.005% (if less than one month, the liquidated damages shall be calculated as one month).The liquidated damages for repayment in advance shall be paid at the same time as repayment in advance. If the borrower fails to pay the liquidated damages on time as required by the Lender, it shall pay the liquidated damages to the Lender in accordance with Article 32 hereof
Article 28 The borrower shall not request the use again of any prepayable portion. Except for loans that allow borrowers to recycle
Article 29 If the borrower applies for the extension of the loan, the borrower shall submit the written application and relevant materials (including but not limited to all written confirmation documents of the guarantors and insurers agreeing to the extension of the loan) to the Lender at least 30 working days prior to the maturity of the loan. Subject to consent by the lender to review, the lender will agree to renewal notice to the borrower, the borrower should roll-overs agreement signed with the lender shall be separately, and arrange related to (mass) and agreement, guarantee agreement, insurance agreement (if any) or supplementary agreement, and other legal texts and in relevant (if any) indicated in the policy or issue a new policy and other relevant formalities completed.
Article 30 The borrower shall fill in the relevant contents of the remittance form (including but not limited to indicating the contract of this contract) as required by the lender when making repayment.
19/28
Chapter IX Expenses and Compensation
Article 31. The borrower shall pay a commitment fee to the Lender for the undrawn loan amount. The commitment fee shall be charged at an annual rate of percent( %) of the amount of the undrawn loan amount on a basis of 360 days per year, calculated by the actual number of days from the effective date of this Contract to the last day of the withdrawal period including that day ,☐ Quarterly ☐ semiannually ☐ annually. If the Borrower delays in paying the commitment fee, the Borrower shall pay liquidated damages to the Lender for the delayed payment of the commitment fee in accordance with Article 32 hereof
Article 32. If the Borrower fails to pay the fees hereunder on time as required by the Lender(including but not limited to liquidated damages for prepayment, commitment fee, etc.),The Borrower shall pay the Lender liquidated damages for the relevant fees expected to be paid. Such liquidated damages shall be calculated on a quarterly basis at the rate of 0.5 ‰ per day from the date of overdue (including the date) to the actual payment date of the relevant fees
Article 33. The Borrower shall, within three (3) days of receipt of any Charge Notice, pay or reimburse the Lender for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Lender in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing and execution of this Contract and other Security Documents or any other documents referred to therein (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees). The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender for all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, all attorney’s fees) incurred by the Lender in assessing, negotiating or modifying this Contract and other Security documents for reasons not attributable to the Lender
Article 34 The Borrower shall compensate the Lender for all losses, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses incurred in the performance of this Contract, including but not limited to the expenses incurred by the Lender in the registration and registration of this Contract and the expenses incurred by the Lender in the process of transferring the loan funds.
Article 35 The Borrower shall, within three (3) business days of the lender’s written request, pay to the Lender all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, all attorney’s fees) incurred in enforcing or retaining any rights under this Contract.
Article 36 The Borrower shall, within three (3) business days upon the written request of the Lender, reimburse the Lender for any costs or losses arising out of:
1. To respond to the assessment and negotiation of any modifications to this Contract required by the Borrower,
2. Any event of default occurs or causes the Lender to reasonably believe that it constitutes a default
3. The Borrower fails to pay any amount due under this Contract on the due date.
4. The Lender has prepared or arranged funds for a loan as requested by the Borrower in the Drawdown application, but fails to issue the loan because of the borrower; or
5. The loan (or part thereof) is not repaid in advance in accordance with the borrower’s written request for prepayment.
Specifically agreed
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
20/28
Chapter X Guarantee
Article 37 The loan under this contract is guaranteed as follows:
Xinyu High-tech Investment Co., Ltd. will provide joint and several liability repayment guarantee, and a separate “guarantee contract” is signed, no.
By / to provide mortgage guarantee, and signed《 / Mortgage Contract》, no / 。
By / to provide pledge guarantee, and signed《 / Pledge Contract》, no / 。
The borrower has legally signed and effectively registered with the competent registration authority of the People’s Republic of China as the beneficiary of the lender. And the lender is effectively registered as the mortgagee of the said mortgage.
The above documents are collectively referred to in this contract as security documents
Chapter XI Insurance
Article 38 The borrower shall insure all risks under the business contract with an insurance company approved by the lender. The insurance premiums paid shall meet the requirements of the Lender, and the Borrower shall transfer the insurance interest to the Lender (including but not limited to indicating in the relevant insurance policy that all insurance compensation will be directly attributable to and paid to the Lender).The borrower shall not suspend the insurance for any reason until the principal, interest and other amounts payable under this contract are paid off; The borrower shall provide the Lender with a payment voucher for its continuous and full performance of its insurance premium payment obligations in accordance with the insurance contract or policy. If the borrower discontinues the insurance, the Lender shall have the right to renew the insurance or take out the insurance on behalf of the borrower at the sole expense of the Borrower.
Article 39 The borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within three (3) days from the date on which it knows or should have known the occurrence of the insured event, and make a claim to the insurer in time in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Policy. The borrower shall bear the losses caused to the Lender by the failure to timely notify or claim or to fulfill the obligations under the insurance policy.
Article 40 Unless otherwise agreed by the Lender in writing, the insurance indemnity shall first be used to repay the principal and interest of the loan and other amounts payable under this Contract. If the insurance indemnity is insufficient to pay the principal and interest of the loan owed, the borrower shall continue to assume the liability for repayment.
21/28
Chapter XII Default Events and Deal with
Article 41 Any of the following events shall constitute an event of default under this Contract:
1. The borrower fails to pay the interest, repay the principal or pay any other amount due according to this Contract;
2. The borrower fails to use the loan according to the purposes set forth herein or fails to pay the loan funds in the manner agreed herein
3. The borrower fails to draw the loan as agreed herein
4. The borrower violates the provisions relating to the borrower in the agency agreement
5. Representations and warranties made by the Borrower under this Contract prove to be untrue or misleading
6. The Borrower has breached the commitments made under this contract
7. The borrower’s self-raised funds are not in place in time
8. The commercial contract becomes illegal or invalid or cannot be performed for any reason
9. The borrower pays the insurance premium on schedule, resulting in the interruption of the insurance
10. Failure of the Borrower to pay due interest to other financial institutions or to repay due loans or to pay due payments to other financial institutions and material default of the Borrower under other contracts to which the borrower is a party
11. The financial condition of the borrower or the guarantor deteriorates seriously or the borrower breaks through the financial indicators stipulated in Clause 17 of Article 17 hereof
12. The borrower has or is likely to suspend or evade bank obligations
13. Devalue, damage or loss of the collateral material related to the loan under this Contract
14. Any event of default under any security document or commercial contract which, in the lender’s reasonable opinion, would have a material adverse effect on the realization of the Lender’s claims
15. If the Borrower is merged, divided, restructured, restructured or otherwise changes its property rights, it fails to repay the loan in full or make repayment arrangements or debt restructuring satisfactory to the Lender without the prior written consent of the Lender or fails to repay the loan in advance
16. The borrower or the guarantor becomes insolvent and is closed or revoked
17. The Borrower fails to timely notify the Lender of the following
(1) Major change of business contract
(2) any amendment to its articles of association or any material change in its business activities,
(3) significant changes in its accounting principles,
(4) Any material change in the financial, economic and other circumstances of the Borrower or its subsidiaries or its parent Company (including any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings involving the Borrower which would materially adversely affect the financial condition of the Borrower or the Ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Contract)
22/28
18. The Borrower fails to handle all the deposit settlement and guarantee services related to the business contract with the Lender as agreed herein
19. The borrower fails to open an account with the Lender or the bank designated by the lender as agreed herein, or the fund transactions under the business contract are not handled through this account, and shall be monitored by the Lender or the bank designated by the lender
20. The Guarantor or security has an event or circumstance which endangers or threatens to impair the interests of the Lender and the Borrower fails to provide a substitute guarantor or security within 15 days of the occurrence of such event or circumstance
21. Any event or circumstance occurring under the commercial contract which has a serious adverse effect on the realization of the creditor’s rights of the lender
22. In order to ensure the contract guarantee documents and business contract validity and enforceability of or the validity of the respective obligations of the parties and enforceability, or the recoverable letter of such documents as evidence of any government department or agency required to obtain any license, consent approval authorization for the record or registration has been revoked, failed to secure or has not been updated in time or not fully effective
23. Borrowers have been penalized by relevant government departments or strongly questioned by the public or the media due to poor environmental and social risk management
24. The Borrower has breached any other provision of this contract
25. The Borrower fails to inform the Lender of related party related transactions and provide guarantee information externally and fulfill the obligation of disclosure and reporting
26. The Borrower conducts material related party transactions without the prior written consent of the Lender
27. The borrower uses connected party transactions to evade its obligations under this Contract
28. Any other event or circumstance which, in the lender’s reasonable opinion, is a deterioration of the borrower’s credit standing and may jeopardize the creditor’s claims of the Lender
29. Other events or circumstances reasonably considered by the Lender to be the default of the borrower
Article 42 The lender shall have the right to make judgment and notify the borrower whether the event of default has occurred. After the occurrence of any of the above events of default, the Lender shall have the right to take any or more of the following measures;
1. Request the borrower to correct within a time limit
2. Adjust or cancel the loan amount that has not been drawn by the borrower at any time without prior notice, and refuse to grant the loan
3. Declare all loans drawn immediately due and require the borrower to pay immediately all principal, interest or other amounts due on the loans drawn
4. Require the borrower to add or replace the guarantor’s mortgage material
5. In any account in any currency opened by the Borrower with the Lender or the Lender’s head office and other domestic and foreign branches of the head office, or in any currency required to be opened by the Borrower with a branch of the agent bank inside or outside the territory of the agent bank, Directly deduct any amount payable and unpaid by the Borrower under this Contract (including but not limited to interest on the principal of the loan and other fees payable under this Contract).
6. To declare the exercise or fulfilment of any rights under any security relating to the Loan
7. Exercise any other rights granted by laws, regulations and this Contract
23/28
Chapter XIII Modification of contract
Article 43 Any amendment or supplement to the terms of this Contract shall be made in writing and shall take effect in accordance with the agreed conditions after being signed and stamped by both the borrower and the lender. Any amendment or supplement to this Contract shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.
Article 44 If any provision of this Contract becomes invalid due to the change of national laws and regulations or judicial reasons, the validity of other provisions of this contract will not be affected. The parties will cooperate closely to amend the relevant provisions of this contract as soon as possible.
Chapter XIV Offsetting transfers and waivers of Rights
Article 45 The Borrower shall pay in full the amount due to it under the terms of this Contract, without any set-off, reservation or counterclaim, and free from deductions or withholdings of taxes or expenses of any nature. If according to the requirements of any law of any payment to the borrower to the lender any deduction or withholding of taxes and fees, the borrower shall be deducted from the proceeds at the time of payment or any withholding of taxes and fees at the same time make an additional payment to the lender, to ensure that the lender is not affected by any such deduction or withholding and full received should be immediately received the full amount. The Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Lender a copy of the official receipt or other proof that any such deduction or withholding has been paid to the relevant tax or other competent authority
Article 46 Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not assign any of its rights and obligations under this Contract to a third party.
Article 47 Without the prior consent of the Borrower, the Lender may assign the claims under this Contract to any third party and notify the Borrower.
Article 48 Any lenience, grace, preference or delay granted by the Lender to the Borrower in performing its obligations hereunder shall not affect, impair or limit all rights and interests enjoyed by the Lender pursuant to this Contract and laws and regulations, It shall not be deemed as a waiver of the lender’s rights and interests hereunder, nor shall it affect the borrower’s assumption of any obligations hereunder
Chapter XV Governing Law and Dispute Resolution
Article 49 The contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China
Article 50 During the performance of the Contract, all disputes arising out of or in connection with the contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If no settlement can be reached through negotiation, either party may file a lawsuit in a people’s court according to law. The parties agree that any litigation arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Contract shall be brought in the people’s court of jurisdiction at the place where the Lender has its domicile
24/28
Chapter XVI Miscellaneous
Article 51 The drawing application form listed in Appendix I of this Contract and other annexes confirmed by both parties shall be an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as this Contract
The loan certificate and other loan vouchers shall be an integral part of this contract. If there is any discrepancy between the amount of loan, loan term, repayment plan, loan interest rate and interest starting date recorded in the contract, the record in the loan certificate shall prevail
Article 52 Where context applies, any party under this Contract shall include their respective successors and assignees as permitted by them .
Article 53 The parties hereto agree as follows on all kinds of notices and requirements involved in the contract, as well as the service addresses and legal consequences of relevant documents and legal documents in case of disputes arising from the contract:
1. All notices and requests in connection with the Contract sent by the parties hereto shall be made in writing. All notices, requirements and other documents related to the Contract, as well as relevant documents and legal documents in case of disputes arising from the old contract, shall be sent to the addresses of the parties listed on the first page of the contract
Address of borrower:
Address of lender:
Among them, the service of relevant documents and legal documents in case of disputes arising from this contract shall include the service after arbitration and civil litigation procedures (including first instance, second instance, third instance and enforcement procedures).
2. Documents exchanged between the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been delivered upon delivery if delivered by hand; If sent by registered mail, it shall be deemed to have been delivered three days after Posting by registered mail; If sent by telex or facsimile, it shall be deemed to have been served upon receipt of a confirmation signal at the sender’s terminal, but the documents sent by the Borrower to the Lender shall not be deemed to have been served until they are actually received by the Lender.
3. If either party hereunder changes its address, it shall timely notify the other party in a written document. If any party to the Contract changes its address during arbitration or civil proceedings, it shall perform the obligation of serving notice of change of address to the arbitration institution and court within three working days after the change.
25/28
This contract either party fails to fulfill its obligation to inform the way, confirm the address of service of the parties, any party from provide inaccurate or confirm the delivery address, delivery address change, failed to timely inform the other party in accordance with the program and the court, any party or designated recipient refused to sign for it, lead to the legal document has not been actually receive, by mail, The date on which the instrument is returned shall be deemed to be the date of service; In case of direct service, the date on which the person serving the service notes the information on the receipt shall be deemed as the date of service; Where the obligation of notifying the change of address of service is fulfilled, the changed address of service shall be regarded as the valid address of service.
4. After the dispute related to this Contract has entered into arbitration or civil litigation, if any party directly submits the confirmation of service address to the arbitration organization or the court after litigation, and such confirmation address is inconsistent with the address confirmed before litigation, the confirmed service address submitted to the arbitration organization or the court shall prevail.
Article 54 according to the regulations on the management of credit reporting industry and relevant national laws and regulations, the borrower acknowledge and understand the content and meaning of this clause, the irrevocable written consent and authorize the lender (including the lender’s head office and other branches) of the headquarters of the query, use, collection, provide and submit it to the relevant information of the borrowers, The lender has the right to perform the following operations:
1. In order to know the borrower’s credit status in a timely manner, exclude the illegal borrowers, the irregularities of the situation, to ensure that the lender and the borrower under this contract business security, according to the relevant provisions of the state through the financial credit information database query and use the information about the borrower (hereinafter referred to as Information of Borrower).
2. In accordance with the relevant provisions of the state, collect the relevant information of this contract signed by “borrower” and “lender” and relevant legal documents, as well as other information obtained by lender from signing of this contract and related legal documents relating to the borrower (hereinafter referred to as the lender to collect credit information), and provide to financial credit information basic database.
3. The lender keeps the “borrower information” and “credit information collected by the lender” for internal archival purposes in accordance with national laws, regulations and the provisions of the lender’s business file management system. The retention time is not limited to the seventh clause of this authorization.
4. Provide the “Borrower Information” and the “Credit investigation Information collected by the Lender” to the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission and other relevant regulatory authorities, as well as the relevant judicial and administrative departments in accordance with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements.
5. Share Borrower Information and Credit information collected by the Lender within the Lender, including among branches, for the purpose of providing financial services.
6. Provide the “Borrower information” and “Credit Information collected by the Lender” to relevant third parties according to the needs of arrears collection, creditor’s rights transfer, financial service outsourcing, etc.
26/28
7. This authorization starts from the date of signing this Contract and ends on the date on which all business under this Contract is terminated.
8. The Lender shall be liable for any legal liability arising from the lender’s inquiry, use and provision of the Borrower Information and the Credit Information collected by the Lender beyond the scope of authority set forth herein.
The Borrower confirms and represents that the Lender has advised and explained the terms of this License to the Borrower in accordance with the law and that the Lender has fully explained the terms of this License as required by the Borrower. The Borrower has fully known and understood the meaning and legal consequences of this License and is willing to bear the legal consequences of this authorization.
Article 55 The parties hereto shall keep confidential any information provided by the other party which is marked as confidential, provided that the other party has the right to make any of the following disclosures:
1. Disclose such information which is already in the public domain (excluding such information which is in the public domain as a result of such Party’s breach of this Clause),
2. Disclose such information in any litigation or arbitration,
3. Disclose such information in accordance with and to the extent required by any law or regulation,
4. Disclose such information in accordance with the listing and trading rules of the stock exchange on which it is listed
5. Disclosed to any governmental financial, tax or other administrative authority and to the extent required by such administrative authority to disclose such information.
6. To disclose such information to its directors, managers, employees or professional consultants (including but not limited to lawyers, auditors, etc.), provided that the disclosed party has promised to the party to comply with the confidentiality obligations of this article,
7. Disclose such Information with the consent of the Party providing such Confidential Information.
The lender may disclose the following information to its affiliates or anyone with whom it may have reached or has reached any transfer, participation or other agreement related to this contract: 1.Copies of this contract.2. Any information already obtained by the Lender concerning the Borrower, this Contract or the transactions hereunder. However, the Disclosed Party must, before receiving any such information, undertake to the Lender to comply with the confidentiality obligation under this Clause.
Subject to the provisions of this Article, the borrower shall keep strictly confidential the terms of the loan, the terms of the contract and the payment standards of this Contract and the relevant security documents and shall not provide or disclose to any third party. The borrower’s breach of this Article shall constitute an event of breach under this Contract, and the Lender shall have the right to take various remedies for breach, and the Borrower shall compensate the Lender for all losses thus incurred.
The obligation of confidentiality set forth in this Article shall survive the termination of this Contract.
Article 56 special provisions
27/28
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ | |
/ |
Article 57 This Contract shall come into force upon being signed and sealed by the borrower and the lender, and shall terminate when all the principal and interest of the loan and other payments payable hereunder are paid off.
Article 58 This contract is made in two originals, one for each of the lender and the borrower. Two copies, one for the guarantor and one for the agent.
(No text below)
Signature page
Borrower (seal) :
Legal representative or authorized signatory (signature) :
Lender (seal) : China Import and Export Bank of China, Jiangxi Branch
Legal representative or authorized signatory (signature) :
28/28
Exhibit 10.8
Line of Credit Agreement
No.: 2020 Yu Zhong Yin Xin No.YB001
Party A: Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd
Business license No.:
Legal representative: Weidong Gu
Principal place of business: Inside Yibo Industrial Park, 756 Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu High-tech Development Zone, Jiangxi Province, China.
Zip code: 338000
Financial institution of deposit and account no.:
Phone: Fax:
Party B: Bank of China, Xinyu Branch
Person in charge: Zeng Qingming
Principal place of business: No. 2 Xianlai Zhong Avenue, Xinyu City
Phone: Fax:
To develop friendly and mutually beneficial cooperative relations, Party A and Party B have hereby voluntarily concluded the following agreement on the principles of equality, mutual benefit and good faith.
Article 1 Scope of Business
Party B to party A under this agreement to provide credit, in compliance with this agreement and related individual agreement under the premise of party a to party b for circulation, regulate or disposable, used for short-term loans, corporate account overdraws, bank acceptance bills of exchange, trade finance, bond, fund business and other credit business (generally referred to as the "individual credit business").
The trade financing business referred to in this agreement includes the opening of international L/C, the opening of domestic L/C, import bill advance, delivery guarantee, packing loan, export bill advance, export discount under the L/C, domestic L/C buyer's bill, domestic L/C seller's bill, domestic L/C negotiation and other international and domestic trade financing business.
The Letter of Guarantee Business referred to in this Agreement includes issuing Letter of Guarantee, Standby Letter of Credit and other international and domestic Letter of Guarantee Business.
Article 2 Type and Amount of Line of Credit
Party B agrees to provide Party A with the following line of credit:
Currency: RMB
Amount :(in words) CNY Eighty million Yuan;
(in figures) CNY 80,000,000.00 yuan.
Specific types and amounts are as follows:
1. The loan line is RMB 60 million, including: short-term working capital loan line of 60 million yuan.
2. The amount of bank acceptance draft is RMB 20 million. Among them: the bank acceptance draft exposure limit of 20 million yuan.
Article 3 Use of Line of Credit
1. Within the term of the line of credit agreed herein, Party A may use the corresponding line within the scope of single credit business lines that does not exceed the range agreed upon in the preceding article in the manner specified in item (1) below:
(1) Recycling. The specific categories include: short-term working capital loan line, bank acceptance bill exposure line.
(2) disposable use. The specific type of quota included is: /
If Party A needs to adjust the credit line set forth in Article 2, it shall apply to Party B in writing, and Party B shall decide whether to adjust the credit line and the specific method of adjustment, and notify Party A in writing.
2. As of the effective date of this Agreement, based on the previously valid Facility Agreement or similar agreements and individual agreements, the credit balance that Party A has incurred with Party B shall be deemed as the credit granted under this agreement and occupy the credit line under this agreement.
Article 4 Agreements That Need to Be Signed for Completing Single Credit Business Transaction According to Proper Procedures
If Party A applies to Party B for individual credit granting business hereunder, it shall submit the corresponding application to Party B and sign the corresponding contract with Party B (collectively referred to as single agreement)
Article 5 Terms of Use of the Line of Credit
The term of the Facility as set forth in Article 2 hereof shall be from the effective date of this Agreement to May 24, 2021.
Upon expiration of the term of the credit line mentioned in the preceding paragraph, if Party B continues to provide Party A with the credit line upon mutual agreement through negotiation, the Parties may enter into a supplementary agreement in writing to specify the new line of credit and the term of use. The Supplementary Agreement shall form an integral part of this Agreement, and the matters not agreed herein the Supplementary Agreement shall be governed by the provisions of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
2
The expiration of the credit line term shall not affect the legal effect of this Agreement and shall not constitute a cause for termination of this Agreement Party A and Party B shall continue to perform the single credit extension business already conducted by both parties in accordance with this Agreement and the relevant single agreements, and the existing rights and obligations shall be fully performed.
Article 6 Prerequisite for Completing Single Credit Business According to Proper Procedures
Party A shall, as required by Party B, meet the following conditions for individual credit granting business:
1. Party B shall reserve company documents, bills, seals, names of relevant personnel and signature samples related to the signing of this Agreement and Individual Agreement, and fill in the relevant vouchers;
2. Opening accounts necessary for single item credit extension business;
3. The guarantee stipulated in this Agreement and Individual Agreement has been effectively established;
4. Other prerequisites for handling the business stipulated in the single agreement;
5. Other conditions that Party B thinks Party A should meet
Article 7 Guarantee
With respect to the debts incurred by Party A to Party B pursuant to this Agreement and the Individual Agreement, the parties agree to guarantee the following:
(1) Jiangxi Leibo Titanium Electronic Technology Co., Ltd shall provide guarantee of maximum amount, and sign the Contract of Guarantee of Maximum amount (No. YB001, Yu Zhongyin, 2020).
(2) Huang Xingzhi shall provide a guarantee of maximum amount and sign the Contract of Guarantee of Maximum amount No. YB001 for YBC Gaobao in 2020.
(3) Gu Weidong shall provide the guarantee of maximum amount and sign the Contract of Guarantee of Maximum amount No. YB002 in 2020.
(4) Cheng Zhisheng shall provide a guarantee of maximum amount and sign the Contract of Guarantee of Maximum amount No. YBG003 in 2020.
(5) The shops under the name of Huang Xingzhi (Property Rights Certificate No. ) will provide mortgage of maximum amount, and sign Contract No. : YB001, 2018.
(6) Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. shall provide guarantee for the amount of its banker's acceptance bill with margin pledge, and sign the General Agreement on Margin Pledge ( ).
Upon the occurrence of any event that Party B believes affects the ability of Party A or its guarantee to perform the contract, or upon invalidation of the guarantee document or deterioration of the financial status of the guarantee or a reduction in its ability to repay debt due to any other cause or upon any breach by the guarantor for any contract with Party B including another guarantee type agreement or upon depreciation, destruction, damage, loss or seizure of the collateral, thus leading to a significant reduction in or loss of the guarantee ability, Party B shall have the right to request that Party A replace the guarantor or provide a new collateral to guarantee the debt of Party A to Party B.
3
Article 8 Statements and Promises
Party A hereby makes the following statement:
1. Party A is a corporate legal person set up and existing in accordance with law. It has completed industry and commerce registration procedures or will do so in a timely manner, has all necessary rights and can perform the obligations under this agreement and the single item agreements in its own name;
2. The execution and performance of this agreement and the single item agreements is an indication of the true intent of Party A, for which legitimate and valid corporate authorization has been obtained in accordance with the articles of association or other internal management document of the enterprise and which shall not violate any agreement, contract and other legal documents binding on Party A;
3. All documents, financial statements, vouchers and other information provided by Party A to Party B under this agreement and the single item agreements are true, complete, accurate and valid;
4. The background of the transaction for which Party A has filed an application with Party B for completion of business according to proper procedures is true and legitimate, and is not used for any illegal purpose such as money laundering.
5. Party A has not concealed to Party B any event that affects its and its guarantor’s financial status and their contract performance ability.
Party A promises as follows:
1. To regularly submit its financial statements (including but not limited to annual statements, quarterly statements and monthly statements) and other related information to Bank of China;
2. To accept and cooperate with Bank of China in inspection and supervision of the use of its line of credit and relevant production, operational and financial activities.
3. In the event that Party A has signed a counter guarantee agreement or similar agreement together with the guarantor of this agreement with respect to its guarantee obligations, such an agreement shall not compromise any right of Party B under this agreement;
4, Upon the occurrence of any event that affects the financial status and contract performance ability of Party A or its guarantor, including but not limited to any change of operating modes, such as any form of partitioning, merger, cooperative business, joint venture with a foreign investor, cooperation, contractual operations, reorganization, restructuring and plan for being listed on the stock exchange, any reduction in registered capital, transfer of any major asset or equity, undertaking of any major debt or encumbrance of any new major debt on the collateral, the seizure of the collateral, dissolution, revocation, (being subject to) application for bankruptcy,major lawsuit,Party A shall notify Party B in the fastest manner and without hesitation
4
5. For any matters not agreed upon in this agreement, Party A hereby agrees to handle them according to practices and the applicable rules of Party B.
6. Party A shall submit its environmental and social risk report to Party B. Party A represents and warrants to strengthen environmental and social risk management and undertakes to accept Party B's supervision. Party A's breach of the foregoing shall constitute or be deemed to be a breach of the Agreement, and Party B may take remedies in accordance with the provisions hereof.
Article 9 Disclosure of affiliated parties and related transactions within the group to which Party A belongs
Both parties agree that Item 2 below shall apply:
1. Party A is not a group customer identified by Party B according to the Guidelines on Risk Management of Credit Granting Business for Group Customers of Commercial Banks (hereinafter referred to as the Guidelines).
2. Party A belongs to the group customer identified by Party B in accordance with the Guidelines. Party A shall, in accordance with Article 17 of the Guidelines, timely report to Party B the related transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including the related relationships of the parties, the transaction items and nature of the transaction, the transaction amount or the corresponding proportion, and the pricing policy (including the transactions with no amount or only a nominal amount).
Article 10 Event of breach and Handling
Any of the following shall constitute or be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement and the Individual Agreement by Party A:
1. Party A fails to perform its obligations of payment and repayment to Party B as stipulated in this Agreement and Individual Agreement;
2. Party A fails to use the funds obtained for the agreed purposes in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and Individual Agreement;
3. Any statement made by Party A in this Agreement or Individual Agreement is untrue or violates its commitments made in this Agreement or Individual Agreement;
4. In case of any of the circumstances set forth in Item 4 of Article 8 hereof, Party B deems that it may affect the financial condition and performance capacity of Party A, or the financial condition and performance capacity of the guarantor, and Party A fails to provide a new guarantor or replace the guarantor in accordance with the provisions hereof;
5. Party A terminates its business or dissolves, cancels or goes bankrupt;
6. Party A violates other provisions of this Agreement and the Individual Agreement concerning the rights and obligations of the parties;
5
7. Party A defaults under other contracts with Party B or other institutions of Bank of China Limited;
8. The Guarantor breaches the terms of the Guarantee Contract, or breaches the Contract with Party B or other institutions of Bank of China Limited.
In the event of breach of contract as set forth in the preceding paragraph, Party B shall have the right to take the following measures separately or simultaneously according to the specific circumstances:
1. Require Party A and the Guarantor to correct their breach within a time limit;
2. Reduce, suspend or terminate the line of credit to Party A in whole or in part;
3. Suspend or terminate, in whole or in part, the acceptance of Party A's business applications under this Agreement, Individual Agreement or other agreements between Party A and Party B; To suspend or terminate the issuance and processing of loans, trade financing and letter of guarantee business that have not been issued or processed in whole or in part;
4. Declare that the outstanding loans, trade financing funds, advance principal and interest of letter of guarantee and other amounts payable under this Agreement, Individual Agreement or other agreements between Party A and Party B are immediately due in whole or in part;
5. Termination or rescission of this Agreement, in whole or in part, of individual agreements and other agreements between Party A and Party B;
6. Require Party A to indemnify Party B for the losses caused by Party A's breach, including but not limited to the legal costs, attorney fees, notary fees, execution fees and other related costs and losses caused by the realization of the creditor's rights;
7. The amount used to pay off all or part of the debts of Party A to Party B shall be deducted from the accounts opened by Party A in Party B. Undue funds in the account are deemed to be due early. If the account currency is different from Party B’s business denominated currency, it shall be converted at the exchange rate of the settlement and sale exchange rate applicable to Party B at the time of deduction;
8. Exercise the real right of security;
9. Require the guarantor to bear the guaranty liability;
10. Other measures deemed necessary by Party B.
Article 11 Rights Reservation
Failure by either party to exercise part or all of its rights under this Agreement or Individual Agreement or to require the other party to perform or assume part or all of its obligations or responsibilities shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or a waiver of such obligations or responsibilities.
Any leniency, extension or postponement of the exercise of the rights under this Agreement or the Individual Agreement by either Party to the other Party shall not affect any of its rights under this Agreement, the Individual Agreement and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed to be a waiver of such rights.
6
Article 12 Variation, modification, termination and partial invalidation
This Agreement may be changed or modified in writing upon mutual agreement of both parties. Any change or modification shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement.
Unless otherwise provided by laws and regulations or agreed by the parties, this Agreement shall not be terminated until the rights and obligations of this Agreement and all individual agreements hereunder have been fully performed.
Unless otherwise provided by laws and regulations or agreed by the parties, the invalidity of any provision hereof shall not affect the legal effect of other provisions.
Article 13 Applicable laws and dispute resolution
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, this Agreement and Individual Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China.
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, all disputes arising out of or in connection with the conclusion or performance of this Agreement or Individual Agreement after the Agreement or Individual Agreement comes into force shall be settled through negotiation by the parties. If no agreement can be reached through consultation, either party may adopt the second of the following methods for settlement:
1. Submit to/arbitration committee for arbitration.
2. File a lawsuit against Party B with the People’s Court at the location of Bank of China or at the domicile of other branch and sub-branch agencies of Bank of China that perform its obligations and exercise its rights under this agreement in accordance with law.
3. Lawsuit to the people's court that has jurisdiction according to law.
During the settlement of the dispute, if the dispute does not affect the performance of other provisions of this Agreement and the Individual Agreement, such other provisions shall continue to be performed.
Article 14 Enclosures
The following appendixes and other appendixes and individual agreements mutually confirmed by both parties shall form an integral part of this Agreement and have the same legal effect as this Agreement.
Attachment 1: Confirmation Letter.
Article 15 Other appointments
1. Without the written consent of Party B, Party A shall not assign any rights and obligations hereunder and the Individual Agreement to any third party.
7
2. If Party B has to entrust other institutions of Bank of China Limited to perform the rights and obligations under this Agreement and Individual Agreement due to business needs, Party A shall acknowledge that; Other institutions of Bank of China Limited authorized by Party B shall have the right to exercise all rights under this Agreement and Individual Agreement, and shall have the right to bring a lawsuit to a court or submit the dispute under this Agreement and Individual Agreement to an arbitration institution for arbitration.
3. Without affecting the other provisions of this Agreement and the Individual Agreement, this Agreement shall be legally binding on both parties and their successors and assigns according to law.
4. Unless otherwise agreed, both parties shall designate the domicile set forth herein as the correspondence and contact address, and undertake to timely notify the other party in writing of any change in the correspondence and contact address.
5. The headings and business names in this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret the contents of this Agreement or the rights and obligations of the parties.
6. If Party B is unable to perform this Agreement or perform as agreed herein due to changes in laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities, Party B shall have the right to terminate or modify the performance of this Agreement and the Individual Agreements hereunder in accordance with changes in laws, regulations, regulatory provisions or requirements of regulatory authorities. Party B shall be exempted from liability if the Agreement is terminated or modified for such reasons and Party B is unable to perform or perform as agreed herein.
Article 16 Protocol validation
This Agreement shall come into force upon being signed and affixed official seals by the legal representatives, responsible persons or authorized signatories of both parties.
This agreement is made in six originals, with one held by each party and the guarantor and all originals have the same legal effect.
Party A : Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd
Authorized signatory:
Date:
Party B: Bank of China Co., Ltd. Xinyu Branch
Authorized signatory:
Date:
8
Confirmation letter
Bank of China Co., Ltd. Xinyu Branch
Our company fully understands and clearly understands that this Letter of Confirmation is an attachment to the Line of Credit Agreement signed between your bank and our company on to , and we confirm that the following address is the valid receiving address of our company.
Our company's address: Xinyu Photovoltaic Road, 756 Yibo Industrial Park
Zip code: 338000 Tel:
Contact address of designated receiver: Yibo Industrial Park, No.756, Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu City
Zip code: 338000 Tel:
Any notice, request or other documents (including but not limited to notice of early maturity, etc.) may be sent to the above receiving address by (□ post □ express □ email □ other means: /);If the registration address of our company is inconsistent with the above receiving address, the above receiving address shall be the contact address of our company.
If your bank and our company because of the dispute to the people's court or arbitration institution, the people's court and the arbitration institutions at all levels in the case of acceptance, trial (first, second instance and retrial), the case is in different stages of the execution of all kinds of legal documents through the (/ mail/Courier/E-mail/other way: /) delivered to the receiving address.
If there is any change to the receiving address, we will inform your bank or the people's court or arbitration agency in a timely written form, otherwise the above receiving address is still valid. If we provide address is not exact, did not inform the change of address or refused to accept, make your any notice, request, or other documents and all levels of the people's court or arbitration institution of the legal document is not our company received (use of the service by post, notice, request, files or other legal documents be returned; on the day of delivery shall be deemed to be the date of. In case of direct service, the date on which the document of service is marked on the spot by the person serving the document shall be the date of service), and we shall be solely responsible for all consequences arising therefrom.
Confirmed by: Jiangxi Yibo Electronic Technology Co., Ltd | |
Authorized Signatory: | |
Date: |
9
Exhibit 10.9
[2018] L.L.N.S.H.L.J.Z. No.
Working Capital Loan Contract
Borrower :JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD
Credit Rating ______________ AA _______________________
Lender:
Special Notice: This Contract is entered into by and between the Borrower and the Lender through negotiation on the basis of equality and free will. All the terms and conditions hereof represent the true intention of both parties. In order to protect the legitimate rights and interests of Borrower, the Lender hereby requests the Borrower to give full attention to all provisions concerning the rights and obligations of the parties, especially those shown in bold.
Working Capital Loan Contract
[2018] L.L.N.S.H.L.J.Z. No.
Borrower: JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD..
Business License No.:
Legal Representative / Person in Charge:
Business Address:
Mailing Address:
Postal Code: 343100 Tel.:
Electronic Contact Information:
Lender: Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Gaoxin Branch
Legal Representative / Person in Charge:
Business Address:
Postal Code: 338000
Tel.: Fax: __________________________
Pursuant to the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant regulations, the Borrower and the Lender, on the basis of equality through negotiations, have reached an agreement with respect to the matter that the Lender grants a working capital loan to the Borrower, and hereby execute this Contract.
Chapter 1 Execution Provisions
Article 1 Loan Amount
Loan Amount (in words): CNY 肆仟伍佰万整.
(In Figures) CNY 450,000.00.
The loan amount under this Contract is: √revolving borrowing limit □ non-revolving loan amount.
2
Article 2 Loan Term
The valid loan term under this Contract shall be: 36 months from 2018/12/06 to 2021/12/05
√ In the event that the loan amount hereunder is a revolving borrowing limit, the term of borrowing limit shall be the same as the valid loan term as agreed herein. The term of each loan shall be subject to the term recorded in the loan note.
☐ In the event that the loan amount hereunder is a non-revolving borrowing limit, the loan term shall be the same as the valid loan term as agreed herein. The specific loan term shall be subject to the term recorded in the loan note.
Article 3 Loan Purpose
The loan borrowed hereunder shall be used for buying toner cartridge assembly accessories and packaging materials
Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower may neither change the loan purpose nor use the loan for any other purposes. The Lender shall have the right to supervise the Borrower’s use of the loan.
Article 4 Loan Interest Rate, Interest Calculation and Settlement
1. Loan Interest Rate
The method as described in following Item (2) shall apply for the determination of loan interest rate:
(1) Fixed Interest Rate. In other words, the annual interest rate shall be / _%. The interest rate shall remain unchanged during the term of this Contract.
(2) Floating Interest Rate. The loan interest rate shall be determined by the benchmark interest rate plus the floating range. The benchmark interest rate shall be the benchmark loan interest rate of the People’s Bank of China on withdrawal date corresponding to the loan term stipulated in Article 2. The floating range shall be 49% (√ higher than / ☐ lower than / ☐ the same to) the benchmark loan interest rate (only select one), and the floating range shall remain unchanged during the term of this Contract. In case of any adjustment to the benchmark loan interest rate and the loan interest rate determination method made by the People’s Bank of China, the manner as described in the following Item ② shall apply and the Lender will not give a further notice to the Borrower:
①From January 1 of the next year, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted, on the basis of the benchmark loan interest rate over the new same period, in accordance with the floating ratio agreed herein;
②From the effective date of the interest rate adjustment by the People’s Bank of China, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted, on the basis of the new benchmark loan interest rate, in accordance with the floating ratio agreed herein;
③ With respect to a disbursed loan, in case of any adjustment to the interest rate made by the state, the loan interest rate shall not be adjusted.
(3) The loan interest rate shall be determined by other methods: ___________________________________________________.
2. Interest Settlement Method
The Borrower will settle the interest in a method as described in following Item (2):
(1) Quarterly Interest Settlement. The 20th day of the last month of each quarter shall be the interest settlement date, and the 21st day shall be the interest payment date.
3
(2) Monthly Interest Settlement. The 20th day of each month shall be the interest settlement date, and the 21st day shall be the interest payment date.
(3) The interest shall be settled by other methods: _______________________________.
In the event that the repayment date of the last installment of loan principal is not the interest payment date, such repayment date of the last installment of loan principal shall be the interest payment date on which the Borrower shall pay off all the interests payable.
3. Penalty Interest Rate
(1) In the event that the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed time limit, interest shall be calculated and charged over the overdue part at the penalty interest rate for overdue loan from the overdue day, until the principal and interest are paid off;
(2) In the event that the Borrower uses the loan for any purposes other than those agreed herein, interest shall be calculated and charged over the misappropriated part at the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan from the misappropriation date, until the principal and interest are paid off;
(3) In the event that the loan is overdue and misappropriated, interest shall be calculated and charged at the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan;
(4) With respect to the interest and penalty interest that the Borrower fails to pay as scheduled, compound interest shall be calculated and charged at the penalty interest rate agreed in this paragraph in the interest settlement method as agreed in Paragraph 2 hereof;
(5) In case of any adjustment to the loan interest rate agreed herein, the penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated at the adjusted interest rate from the adjustment date;
(6) Penalty Interest Rate
The penalty interest rate for overdue loan shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate agreed in Paragraph 1 hereof; the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate agreed in Paragraph 1 hereof.
Article 5 Loan Amount Payment Method
Loan Disbursement and Repayment Account: the Borrower shall open an account as follows with the Lender as the loan disbursement and repayment account, which shall be used for loan disbursement, payment and repayment.
Account-holding Bank: ___________________________________________
Account Name: _______ JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD.______
Account Number: ______________________________
Article 6 Repayment
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the Borrower shall repay the loan hereunder in accordance with the repayment schedule as set forth in Item 2 below:
1. Repay the loan hereunder in full upon the expiration of the loan term.
2. Repay the loan hereunder in accordance with the following repayment schedule:
4
Repayment Time | Repayment Amount | |
1、Before the maturity date of the IOU | The amount of the IOU | |
2、 | ||
3、 | ||
4、 | ||
5、 | ||
6、 | ||
7、 | ||
8、 | ||
9、 | ||
Total |
3. Other Repayment Schedule: ___ / ______________________.
4. Where the Borrower makes repayment in advance, it shall obtain the consent from the Lender / banking days in advance; where the Lender agrees that the Borrower makes repayment in advance, the Lender shall be entitled to charge liquidated damages equivalent to _ / (□ _/_% of prepayment amount □ / one month interest of remaining principal □ /_% of remaining principal), in addition to the interest calculated and charged at the interest rate agreed herein for the actual loan term.
5
Article 7 Guarantee
The loan hereunder shall be a guaranteed (credit/guaranteed) loan. The guarantee type shall be mortgage (guarantee/mortgage/pledge), and the guarantee contract shall be executed separately.
Article 8 Contract Agreements on the Borrower’s Financial Indicators:
1. _________________ / _______________________________
2. _________________ / ________________________________
3. _________________/ __________________________________
Article 9 Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
1. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.
2. After this Contract takes effect, any dispute arising from the execution or performance hereof or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, either party may file a lawsuit with the People’s Court having jurisdiction over the place of the Lender in accordance with the law.
3. During the dispute resolution, in the event that the dispute does not affect the performance of the remaining provisions of this Contract, such remaining provisions shall continue to be performed.
4. After negotiation between the parties, the parties may conduct notarization for the compulsory enforcement of this Contract. The Borrower agrees that this Contract shall have the compulsory enforcement effect after it is notarized. In the event that the Borrower fails to perform its obligations under this Contract, the Lender may apply to the People’s Court having jurisdiction for compulsory enforcement according to law.
6
Article 10 Effectiveness of the Contract
This Contract shall take effect from the date when the legal representatives (persons in charge) or authorized agents of the Borrower and the Lender respectively affix their signatures or seals and the corporate seals hereto.
This Contract is made out in duplicate, with the Borrower and the Lender holding one counterpart each. Each counterpart shall have the same legal effect.
Article 11 Other Agreements
_______________________________ / _____________________________________
_______________________________ / _______________________________________
_______________________________ / ______________________________________.
Chapter 2 Standard Provisions
Article 12 Interest Calculation
The interest shall be calculated from the Borrower’s actual withdrawal date and shall be calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and use days of loan.
Interest Formula: Interest = Principal × Actual Days × Daily Interest Rate.
The daily interest rate is calculated on a base of 360 days a year. Conversion Formula: Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate / 360.
Article 13 Withdrawal Conditions
1. The Borrower must meet the following conditions for withdrawal, otherwise the Lender shall have no obligation to disburse any loan to the Borrower, unless the Lender agrees to disburse the loan in advance:
(1) The Contract and its appendixes have become effective;
(2) The Borrower has reserved to the Lender the Borrower’s documents, receipts, seals, lists of persons and specimen signatures in relation to the execution and performance of this Contract and filled in the relevant vouchers;
(3) The Borrower has, according to the Lender’s requirements, opened an account necessary for the performance of this Contract;
(4) The Borrower, within 3 banking days prior to the withdrawal, has submitted to the Lender the written withdrawal notice and the relevant supporting documents for loan purpose which is consistent with the purpose as agreed herein, and has completed the relevant withdrawal procedures;
(5) The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the resolution and letter of authorization of the board of directors or other competent authorities, which agree to the execution and performance of this Contract;
(6) In accordance with relevant regulatory provisions and management requirements of the Lender, if the loan exceeds a certain amount or meets other conditions, the Lender shall, according to the Borrower’s withdrawal application and payment authorization, pay the loan to the payment object conforming to the purpose agreed herein in a manner of authorized payment by the Lender;
7
(7) In addition to the credit loan, the Borrower has provided the corresponding guarantee as required by the Lender and has completed the relevant guarantee procedures, and the guarantee is legal and valid;
(8) The Borrower has not breached this Contract or any other contracts executed by and between the Borrower and the Lender;
2. In the event that the Borrower fails to make any withdrawal for 3 consecutive months from the contract execution date, the Lender shall be entitled to cancel the borrowing limit.
Article 14 Special Arrangements on Revolving Loan
1. During the term of revolving borrowing limit, the sum of the loan principal balance of at any time shall not exceed the revolving borrowing limit; the repayment date of any withdrawal shall not exceed the term of revolving borrowing limit.
2. The Lender shall reasonably set the amount and term of each revolving loan according to the scale and cycle of the Borrower’s production and operation.
Article 15 Loan Amount Payment
1. The authorized payment by the Lender means that the Lender pays the loan fund to the Borrower’s counterparty in a transaction conforming to the purpose agreed herein according to the Borrower’s withdrawal notice and payment authorization.
Payment of the Borrower’s loan fund for which the amount of a single payment under this Contract exceeds the specified amount shall be made in a manner of authorized payment by the Lender.
In the event of the authorized payment by the Lender, the Borrower shall make express payment authorization and provide other necessary payment information (including name of counterparty who receives payment, account number of such counterparty, and amount of payment) in the withdrawal notice, and submit to the Lender the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts required for the examination. In this case, the Lender shall pay the loan fund to the counterparty of the Borrower via the Borrower’s account upon examination and approval. In the event of the Lender’s failure to perform its obligation to pay upon authorization resulting from untruthfulness, incorrectness, and incompleteness of the information of payment authorization and relevant transactions furnished by the Borrower, the Lender shall not be held liable for such failure whatsoever and the Borrower’s obligation to repay under the Contract shall not be affected. The Lender will make payment to the account of the Borrower’s counterparty in accordance with the Borrower’s withdrawal notice and the payment certificate as required by the Lender.
In the event that the Lender, upon examination, discovers that the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts furnished by the Borrower fail to comply with the Contract or there is any other defects, the Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-furnish such documents, and the Lender may suspend granting or paying of such loans until the Borrower has furnished the supporting documents such as business contracts to the satisfaction of the Lender.
8
In the event that the account-holding bank of the counterparty returns such payments, resulting in the Lender’s failure to transfer such loans to the Borrower’s counterparty as authorized by the Borrower in a timely manner, the Lender shall not be liable for such failure whatsoever and the Borrower’s obligation to repay under the Contract shall not be affected. With respect to the funds returned by the account-holding bank of the counterparty, the Borrower shall re-furnish the payment authorization and the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts required for the examination, and the Lender shall pay the loan fund to the counterparty of the Borrower via the Borrower’s account upon examination and approval.
All the expenses incurred by the payment of loan to the counterparty designated by the Borrower in a manner of authorized payment under this Contract shall be borne by the Borrower. The Borrower shall pay the above expenses to the Lender at the time of the authorized payment of each loan.
The Borrower shall not violate the above provisions to dodge the authorized payment by the Lender by way of breaking up a large amount into several small amounts.
2. Except for the cases where the authorized payment by the Lender must be adopted as stipulated in the preceding paragraph, unless otherwise agreed by both parties, payment of other loans shall be made by the Borrower itself, namely, after the Lender disburses the loans to the Borrower’s account pursuant to the withdrawal application submitted by the Borrower, the Borrower pay by itself to the its counterparty that complies with the purpose as agreed in the Contract.
In the event that the Borrower needs to change the aforesaid repayment schedule, it shall submit a written application to the Lender 10 banking days prior to the maturity date of the loan, and the changed repayment schedule is subject to the written confirmation by the Parties.
3. In the event that the Borrower needs to extend the loan term agreed herein, it shall submit a written application to the Lender 30 banking days prior to the maturity date of the loan, and the parties shall enter into a renewal agreement after the Lender approves the extension. In the event that the Borrower’s application for extension is not approved by the Lender, the Borrower shall still repay the loan in full according to the repayment term agreed herein.
4. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, if both the principal and the interests are overdue by the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide on the sequences for repaying the principal or the interests; under the condition of installment repayment, if several mature installments and overdue installments exist under this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repaying any installment; if several outstanding loan contracts exist between the Parties, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repaying any contract.
5. The Borrower shall repay the loan principal, interests and other amounts payable in full and on time according to provisions stated herein. The Borrower shall, prior to the repayment date and each interest settlement date, deposit in full the current interests, principal and other amounts payable to the repayment account opened with the Lender, and the Lender shall be entitled to collect the funds on the repayment date or the interest settlement date or to request the Borrower to cooperate in handling the relevant transfer procedures. In the event that the amount in the repayment account is insufficient to pay the full amount due from the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repayment.
6. The Lender shall be entitled to collect the loan in advance on the basis of the capital withdrawal of the Borrower.
9
7. Loan Note: The loan note shall be an integral part of this Contract. In the event that there is no record in this Contract, or the loan amount, withdrawal amount, repayment amount, borrow date and maturity date of the loan, loan term, loan interest rate and loan purpose as recorded in this Contract is inconsistent with those recorded in the loan note, the loan note shall prevail.
Article 16 Guarantee
In the event that any event occurs to the Borrower or the guarantor, and causes the Lender to believe that it may affect the performing capability of the Borrower or the guarantor; or the guarantee contracts are deemed as invalid, canceled or resolved; or the performing capability of the Borrower or guarantor may be affected due to the deterioration in their financial condition or that the Borrower and the guarantor are involved in substantial lawsuit or arbitration or other reasons; or the guarantor breaches the guarantee contracts or other contracts with the Lender; or the collateral value decreases or gets lost due to the devaluation, damage, lost or sequestration of the collateral; the Lender shall be entitled to require, and the Borrower shall have the obligation to provide new guarantee, supplement or replace the guarantor to guarantee the liabilities under this Contract.
Article 17 Representations and Undertakings
1. The Borrower hereby represents that:
(1) The Borrower is a legal entity incorporated, registered and existing under the administration for industry and commerce or other competent authorities and has full capacity of civil rights and conduct to conclude and perform the Contract.
(2) The Borrower executes and performs this Contract out of true intension, has obtained all legal and valid authorizations required by the Borrower’s Articles of Association and bylaws, and will not be in violation of any agreement, contract, or other legal documents with binding force to the Borrower. The Borrower has obtained or will obtain all the required approval, consent, documentation or registration for executing and performing this Contract.
(3) The Borrower is in good faith and all the documents, financial statements, certifications and other information provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this Contract are true, complete, accurate and valid, and free from false records, material omissions or misleading statements. The financial and accounting reports provided to the Lender are prepared in accordance with Chinese accounting standards, and truly, fairly and completely present the Borrower’s operating and liability condition.
(4) The transaction background that the Borrower represents to the Lender is real and legal, not for any illegal purposes such as money laundering. The loan purpose and the source of repayment are clear and legal.
(5) The Borrower has a good credit status, does not have material bad credit record, and does not conceal from the Lender any fact that may affect the Borrower’s and the guarantor’s financial condition and performance capability. The Borrower does not conceal from the Lender any litigation, arbitration or claim in which it is involved.
(6) The borrower has repaid other debts payable as scheduled and has not maliciously defaulted on the payment of principal and interest of the bank loan.
10
2. The Borrower hereby undertakes that:
(1) The Borrower shall withdraw and use the loan in accordance with the term and purpose agreed herein. The loan borrowed hereunder shall neither be used for the investment in fixed asset and equity and other investments, nor flow into the securities market or the futures market in any form, or be used for other purposes prohibited or restricted by relevant laws and regulations.
(2) The Borrower shall deliver its financial statements (including but not limited to annual, quarterly and monthly reports) and other relevant documents to the Lender on a regularly and timely basis in accordance with the requirements of the Lender; the Borrower shall ensure that the financial indicators will comply with the Contract all the time. If the production and operation qualification/license is subject to the annual audit, such qualification/license will pass the annual examination as scheduled.
(3) The Borrower shall withdraw, repay and use the loan as stipulated herein.
(4) If the Borrower has executed or will execute with the guarantor under this Contract a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement regarding its guarantee obligations, this counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement will not prejudice any Lender’s right under this Contract.
(5) The Borrower shall accept the credit inspection and supervision conducted by the Lender, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; from the effective date of this Contract and prior to discharge of the principal and interests and related expenses hereunder, the Borrower agrees and authorizes the Lender to monitor the account opened with the Lender, examine and analyze the Borrower’s production and operation (including but not limited to the construction and operation of the Borrower’s projects), and make dynamic monitoring on the income cash flow and overall fund flow of the Borrower; the Borrower shall accept and actively cooperate with the examination and supervision made by the Lender on the usage of the loan funds including the loan purpose by account analysis, proof inspection and site investigation, and make summary report in a periodic manner as required by the Lender.
(6) The Borrower’s merger, division, decrease of capital, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase of debt financing, transfer of material assets and claims and other events which may have adverse effect on the solvency of the Borrower shall be subject to the written consent of the Lender.
The Borrower shall give a notice to the Lender within 7 days after it becomes or should have become aware of any of the following circumstances:
A. Change of the Articles of Association, business scope, registered capital, legal representative of the Borrower or the guarantor;
B. Change of management mode such as joint management in any form, cooperation with foreign enterprises, cooperation, contracting management, reorganization, reform and planned listing;
C. Involved in material litigation or arbitration cases, sequestration, attachment or supervision of properties or collateral, or establishment of new material liabilities on the collateral;
D. Winding up, dissolution, liquidation, stopping business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of business license, (applied for) applying for bankruptcy;
E. Shareholders, directors and current senior managers are suspected of being involved in material cases or economic disputes; or the legal representative/person in charge and current senior executives are found to be in bad health or other material conditions that the they are unqualified for their job;
F. Events of default by the Borrower under other contracts;
G. Difficulty in business operation and deterioration of financial position;
11
H. In the event that the Borrower is closed, suspended, merged or changes the line of production due to change, restructuring and contracting or with the approval of the competent departments, the Borrower undertakes to give a notice to the Lender in writing within one month prior to the occurrence of the above events and to discharge all debts owed to the Lender immediately. Subject to the consent of the Lender, the Borrower may transfer the debts to the receiving entity or the newly incorporated entity (The Borrower shall, in the process of debt transfer, present and submit to the Lender the documents issued by its competent authority or the contract-issuing party or relevant documents); however, the debt receiving entity must execute a new loan contract with Lender, and before the execution of the new contract, the Lender shall have the right to recover the debts from the Borrower or its receiver at any time.
(7) Liquidation of the debts owed by the Borrower to the Lender shall have priority to the loan extended by the shareholders of the Borrower, and precede the debts of the same kind owed by the Borrower to other creditors. In addition, from the effectiveness of the Contract to the time when all the principal, interests and relative fees under the Contract are paid off, the Borrower shall not return the loan from its shareholders.
(8) In respect of the loan hereunder, the loan conditions such as guarantee conditions, loan rate pricing, discharge sequence provided by the Borrower for the Lender shall be no less than the current or future conditions provided for any other financial institution.
(9) The Borrower shall bear the expenses incurred in connection with the execution and performance of this Contract and the expenses paid and payable by the Lender for realization of its creditor’s right hereunder, including but not limited to litigation or arbitration fees, property preservation costs, attorney fees, enforcement fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, and announcement fees.
(10) Account Management
A. The repayment account opened by the Borrower with the Lender (the account stipulated in Article 5) is a special capital withdrawal account, which is used to collect the corresponding sales revenue or the planned repayment fund. Where the corresponding sales revenue is settled in a non-cash manner, the Borrower shall ensure that it will be promptly transferred into the capital withdrawal account upon receipt.
B. The Lender shall have the right to supervise the capital withdrawal account, including but not limited to the understanding and supervision of the fund income and expenditure of the account, and the Borrower shall provide relevant cooperation. At the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall execute a special account supervision agreement with the Lender.
(11) The Borrower shall dispose the assets in a manner that will not reduce its repayment capability. The Borrower undertakes that the total amount of the Borrower’s external guarantee is equal to or less than / times of its net asset, and the total amount of external guarantee as well as the amount of a single guarantee may not exceed the limit as stipulated in its Articles of Association; without the consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not provide guarantee to any third party or the loans borrowed by the Borrower from any other financial institution with the assets formed by the loans under the Contract.
Article 18 Disclosure of the Related-party Transaction within the Borrower
√ 1. The Borrower is not identified by the Lender as the group client in accordance with the Guidelines on the Management of Risks of Credits Granted by Commercial Banks to Group Clients (hereinafter referred to the “Guidelines”).
☐ 2. If the Borrower is identified by the Lender as the group client in accordance with the Guidelines, it shall report to the Lender any of the related-party transaction in a timely manner.
√ 3. The Borrower is subject to such events as major merger, acquisition or reorganization, which in the opinion of the Lender may affect the safety of the loan.
12
Article 19 Breach of Contract and Settlement
1. The Borrower shall be deemed to have breached the Contract under any of the following circumstances:
(1) The Borrower fails to perform the obligations of payment and liquidation to the Lender according to the stipulations of the Contract;
(2) The Borrower fails to use the loan in a way stipulated in this Contract or fails to use the loan borrowed hereunder for the purpose stipulated in the Contract; or the Borrower fails to go through the withdrawal procedures as scheduled according to the withdrawal plan, or changes the withdrawal plan without the Lender’s consent; or the Borrower is in violation of this Contract and dodges the authorized payment by the Lender by way of breaking up a large amount into several small amounts;
(3) The Borrower provides an untrue representation or violates the undertaking it made in this Contract;
(4) If any circumstance under Subparagraph 2(6) of Article 17 arises, and the Lender believes that may affect the financial condition and performing capability of the Borrower or guarantor, but the Borrower refuses to provide new guarantee or change a guarantor according to this Contract;
(5) The Borrower violates any stipulation under any other contract between the Borrower and the Lender; the Borrower violates any stipulation under any Credit Extension Contract between the Borrower and any other financial institution;
(6) The guarantor violates the stipulations of the guarantee contract, or any default events arise under other contract between the guarantor and the Lender;
(7) The Borrower closes down or is dissolved, withdraw or bankrupted;
(8) Where the Borrower involves in or possibly involves in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its capital is sealed up, seized or enforced for execution, or the administrative organs such as judicial organs or taxation authorities, and industrial and commercial administration file for investigation or adopt punishment measures on the Borrower according to law which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(9) Where the main individual investors and key managerial personnel of the Borrower are changed abnormally, disappear or are investigated or the personal freedom thereof is limited by judicial organs according to law which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(10) Where the credit circumstances of the Borrower lowers or finance indexes of the Borrower such as profitability, debt-paying ability, operating capacity and cash flow seriously deteriorate and break through the index binding of this Contract or other financial agreements;
(11) The Borrower takes advantage of the false contracts between the Borrower and the affiliated party to obtain funds or credit from the Lender through transactions without true transaction background, and the affiliated party is subject to such events as major merger, acquisition or reorganization which in the opinion of the Lender may affect the safety of the loan; or the Borrower intends to evade the creditor’s right of the Lender through related-party transactions;
(12) The Borrower causes any liability accident due to its violation of food safety, production safety, environmental protection and other relevant laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or industrial standards which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
13
(13) In the event that the loan under this Contract is granted on the basis of credit, the Borrower’s credit rating, profitability, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow from operating activities and other indicators do not meet the Lender’s credit loan conditions; or the Borrower, without the written consent of the Lender, establishes mortgage/pledge guarantee or provide guarantee to others with its valid operating assets, which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(14) Other circumstances that may have adverse effect on the realization of the creditor’s rights of the Lender under this Contract.
2. When the aforesaid breaches arise, as the case maybe, the Lender may take any or all measures as follows:
(1) Require the Borrower and guarantor to rectify their breach within time limit.
(2) Decrease, suspend or terminate all or part of the credit lines of the Borrower.
(3) Suspend or terminate all or part of the business application (such as withdrawal) of the Borrower under this Contract or other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender; partly or totally suspend or cancel to issue, pay and transact the unissued loans.
(4) Declare that all or part of the outstanding principal and interest of the loan and other amounts payable of the Borrower under this Contract and other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender shall become due immediately.
(5) Negotiate with the Borrower to supplement the terms of loan issuance and payment; or the Lender shall have the right to change the loan disbursement and payment conditions in accordance with the credit status of the Borrower such as lowering the minimum amount of authorized payment of the Borrower; or the Lender shall have the right to transfer back the loan fund which the Borrower has paid for default.
(6) Terminate or dissolve this Contract, partly or totally terminate or dissolve other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender.
(7) Require the Borrower to compensate the Lender for the Lender’s loss caused by the Borrower’s default.
(8) Deduct from the Borrower’s account which is opened in the Lender with notice before or after the deduction, so as to discharge all or part of the Borrower’s debts to the Lender hereunder. The undue deposit in the account shall be deemed to become due in advance.
(9) Exercise security interest and require the guarantor to take guarantee responsibility.
(10) In the event that the Borrower fails to repay the principal, interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) or other amounts payable as scheduled, the Lender shall have the right to make an announcement for collection through the media or other forms.
(11) Have the right to deduct and debit the deposits and dividends within any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender, and to dispose of the Borrower’s equities.
(12) Other measures deemed necessary and possible by the Lender.
14
Article 20 Reservation of Rights
Any failure by a party to exercise all or part of its rights hereunder or to require the other party to perform or assume all or part of obligations or responsibilities shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or release of the obligations and responsibilities of such party.
Any tolerance, grace or postponement for exercising the rights under this Contract of one Party shall not affect its rights stipulated by this Contract, laws and regulations, and shall not be deemed as a waiver of such rights.
Article 21 Confidentiality
Each party undertakes to keep confidential the trade secrets, technical information, business information and other business secrets obtained from the other party which are not available through public channels. Without the consent of the original provider of the trade secret, neither party shall disclose all or part of the trade secret to any third party, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by both parties.
In the event that either party is in violation of the aforesaid confidentiality obligation, it shall assume the corresponding liability for breach of contract and compensate for the losses caused thereby.
Article 22 Force Majeure
The term Force Majeure as specified in this Contract refers to the objective events that cannot be foreseen, overcome, or avoided and have a significant impact on one party, including but not limited to the natural disasters such as flood, earthquake, fire and storm, as well as the social events such as war and turmoil.
In the event that the Contract cannot be performed as a result of the occurrence of force majeure events, the party affected by the force majeure shall immediately notify the other party of the event in writing, and within 7 days, provide written documents certifying the details of such force majeure event and the reasons for non-performance or delay in performance hereof. Upon consensus through negotiation, the parties may terminate or temporarily delay the performance of the Contract.
Article 23 Alteration, Amendment and Termination
This Contract can be altered and amended in written form upon consensus through negotiation of the Parties, and any alternation and amendment shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.
This Contract may not be terminated until all the rights and obligations are fully preformed, unless otherwise stipulated in laws and regulations or agreed by the both Parties.
The invalidity of any provision of this Contract shall not affect the legal validity of other provisions, unless otherwise stipulated in laws and regulations or agreed by the both Parties.
Article 24 Agreements on Service
1. The contact information (including mailing address, telephone number, fax number, etc.) provided by the Borrower in this Contract shall be true and valid and shall be the address for service of any notice of the Lender for the Borrower. In case of any change to the contact information, the Borrower shall immediately send/mail the change information in writing to the mailing address provided by the Lender in this Contract. Such information change shall become effective upon the Lender’s receipt of the change notice.
2. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to give notice to the Borrower in any of the following methods. The Lender shall be entitled to choose the notification method as it thinks fit and shall not be held liable for any error, omission or delay in delivery by mail, fax, telephone, WeChat or any other communication system. Where the Lender simultaneously chooses several notification methods, the one by which the notice is served to the Borrower earlier shall prevail.
15
(1) By announcement. The notice shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Lender publishes the announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets;
(2) By hand. The notice shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for the receipt, or if the Borrower refuses to sign for the receipt, the date on which the server makes a record on the proof of service on the spot;
(3) By mail (including express mail, surface mail or registered mail). The notice, when addressed to the Borrower’s mailing address last known to the Lender, shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for the receipt, or if the Borrower fails to sign for the receipt, the date on which the mail is returned;
(4) By fax, mobile phone SMS, WeChat or other electronic communication methods. The notice, when sent to the Borrower’s fax number, the mobile phone number, WeChat account number or email address designated by the Borrower which is last known to the Lender, shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the notice is sent.
3. Borrower agrees that, unless the Lender receives from the Borrower a written notice concerning the change of mailing address, the court may serve judicial documents and other written documents on the Borrower through the mailing address provided by the Borrower in this Contract. During the dispute settlement, if the court serves the judicial documents or other written documents by mail (including express mail, surface mail or registered mail) to the Borrower mailing address last known to the Lender, such documents shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for receipt of the proof of service, or if Borrower fails to sign for receipt of the proof of service, the date on which the mail is returned;
With the exception of the judgments, verdicts and mediations, the court shall be entitled to give any notice to the Borrower by any methods of communication agreed in this Paragraph 2. The court shall be entitled to choose the communication method as it thinks fit and shall not be held liable for any error, omission or delay in delivery by mail, fax, telephone, telex or any other communication system. Where the court simultaneously chooses several communication methods, the one by which the notice is served to the Borrower earlier shall prevail.
Article 25 Appendix
The appendixes confirmed by both parties shall constitute an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.
Article 26 Other Agreements
1. The Borrower shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this Contract to the third party without written consent of the Lender.
2. This Contract shall be legally binding upon both Parties and their successors and assignees without prejudice to other provisions of this Contract.
3. All the transactions under this Contract are carried out for each Party’s independent benefits. If, in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, other parties to the transaction become the related parties or affiliated persons of the Lender, no Party may seek to affect the fairness of the transaction out of this related-party relationship.
16
4. The headings and business names in this Contract are used only for convenient reference, which shall not be used to interpret the provisions or the rights and obligations of both Parties.
5. In accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, the Lender shall have the right to provide the information related to this Contract and other relevant information of the Borrower to the credit reference system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established according to law for reference and use by the institutions or individuals with proper qualification according to law. The Lender shall also have the right to refer the relevant information of the Borrower through credit reference system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established according to law for the purpose of the execution and performance of this Contract.
The parties acknowledge that the Borrower and the Lender have made a full negotiation in connection with all the terms of this Contract. The Lender has requested the Borrower to give special attention to and make a comprehensive and accurate understanding of all provisions concerning the rights and obligations of the parties, and has made explanations to the relevant provisions upon the Borrower’s request. The Borrower has carefully read and fully understood all the provisions of the Contract. Both the Borrower and the Lender have the same understanding of the provisions of the Contract and have no objection to the contents of the Contract.
(This page is for signatures and is intentionally left blank)
Borrower (Official Seal): __________________________________
Legal Representative or Authorized Agent (Signature & Seal):
December 6, 2018
Lender (Official Seal): _______________________________________________________
Legal Representative or Authorized Agent (Signature & Seal):
December 6, 2018
Contract Execution Place:
17
Exhibit 10.10
[2018] L.L.N.S.H.L.J.Z. No.
Working Capital Loan Contract
Borrower :JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD
Credit Rating ______________ AA _______________________
Lender:
Special Notice: This Contract is entered into by and between the Borrower and the Lender through negotiation on the basis of equality and free will. All the terms and conditions hereof represent the true intention of both parties. In order to protect the legitimate rights and interests of Borrower, the Lender hereby requests the Borrower to give full attention to all provisions concerning the rights and obligations of the parties, especially those shown in bold.
2
Working Capital Loan Contract
[2018] L.L.N.S.H.L.J.Z. No.
Borrower: JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD..
Business License No.:
Legal Representative / Person in Charge:
Business Address:
Mailing Address:
Postal Code: 343100 Tel.:
Electronic Contact Information:
Lender: Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Gaoxin Branch
Legal Representative / Person in Charge:
Business Address:
Postal Code: 338000
Tel.: Fax: __________________________
Pursuant to the laws and regulations of the People's Republic of China and other relevant regulations, the Borrower and the Lender, on the basis of equality through negotiations, have reached an agreement with respect to the matter that the Lender grants a working capital loan to the Borrower, and hereby execute this Contract.
Chapter 1 Execution Provisions
Article 1 Loan Amount
Loan Amount (in words): CNY 叁仟万整.
(In Figures) CNY 300,000.00.
The loan amount under this Contract is: √revolving borrowing limit ☐ non-revolving loan amount.
Article 2 Loan Term
The valid loan term under this Contract shall be: 36 months from 2018/12/21 to 2021/12/20
√ In the event that the loan amount hereunder is a revolving borrowing limit, the term of borrowing limit shall be the same as the valid loan term as agreed herein. The term of each loan shall be subject to the term recorded in the loan note.
☐ In the event that the loan amount hereunder is a non-revolving borrowing limit, the loan term shall be the same as the valid loan term as agreed herein. The specific loan term shall be subject to the term recorded in the loan note.
Article 3 Loan Purpose
The loan borrowed hereunder shall be used for buying toner cartridge assembly accessories and packaging materials
Without the written consent of the Lender, the Borrower may neither change the loan purpose nor use the loan for any other purposes. The Lender shall have the right to supervise the Borrower's use of the loan.
Article 4 Loan Interest Rate, Interest Calculation and Settlement
1. Loan Interest Rate
The method as described in following Item (2) shall apply for the determination of loan interest rate:
(1) Fixed Interest Rate. In other words, the annual interest rate shall be / _%. The interest rate shall remain unchanged during the term of this Contract.
(2) Floating Interest Rate. The loan interest rate shall be determined by the benchmark interest rate plus the floating range. The benchmark interest rate shall be the benchmark loan interest rate of the People's Bank of China on withdrawal date corresponding to the loan term stipulated in Article 2. The floating range shall be 49% (√ higher than / ☐ lower than / ☐ the same to) the benchmark loan interest rate (only select one), and the floating range shall remain unchanged during the term of this Contract. In case of any adjustment to the benchmark loan interest rate and the loan interest rate determination method made by the People's Bank of China, the manner as described in the following Item ② shall apply and the Lender will not give a further notice to the Borrower:
①From January 1 of the next year, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted, on the basis of the benchmark loan interest rate over the new same period, in accordance with the floating ratio agreed herein;
②From the effective date of the interest rate adjustment by the People's Bank of China, the loan interest rate shall be adjusted, on the basis of the new benchmark loan interest rate, in accordance with the floating ratio agreed herein;
③ With respect to a disbursed loan, in case of any adjustment to the interest rate made by the state, the loan interest rate shall not be adjusted.
(3) The loan interest rate shall be determined by other methods: ________________/ _______________________________.
2. Interest Settlement Method
The Borrower will settle the interest in a method as described in following Item (2):
(1) Quarterly Interest Settlement. The 20th day of the last month of each quarter shall be the interest settlement date, and the 21st day shall be the interest payment date.
(2) Monthly Interest Settlement. The 20th day of each month shall be the interest settlement date, and the 21st day shall be the interest payment date.
(3) The interest shall be settled by other methods: ________ / _______________.
In the event that the repayment date of the last installment of loan principal is not the interest payment date, such repayment date of the last installment of loan principal shall be the interest payment date on which the Borrower shall pay off all the interests payable.
3. Penalty Interest Rate
(1) In the event that the Borrower fails to repay the loan within the agreed time limit, interest shall be calculated and charged over the overdue part at the penalty interest rate for overdue loan from the overdue day, until the principal and interest are paid off;
(2) In the event that the Borrower uses the loan for any purposes other than those agreed herein, interest shall be calculated and charged over the misappropriated part at the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan from the misappropriation date, until the principal and interest are paid off;
(3) In the event that the loan is overdue and misappropriated, interest shall be calculated and charged at the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan;
(4) With respect to the interest and penalty interest that the Borrower fails to pay as scheduled, compound interest shall be calculated and charged at the penalty interest rate agreed in this paragraph in the interest settlement method as agreed in Paragraph 2 hereof;
(5) In case of any adjustment to the loan interest rate agreed herein, the penalty interest and compound interest shall be calculated at the adjusted interest rate from the adjustment date;
(6) Penalty Interest Rate
The penalty interest rate for overdue loan shall be 50% higher than the loan interest rate agreed in Paragraph 1 hereof; the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loan shall be 100% higher than the loan interest rate agreed in Paragraph 1 hereof.
Article 5 Loan Amount Payment Method
Loan Disbursement and Repayment Account: the Borrower shall open an account as follows with the Lender as the loan disbursement and repayment account, which shall be used for loan disbursement, payment and repayment.
Account-holding Bank: _____ Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Co., Ltd. Gaoxin Branch __
Account Name: _______ JIANGXI YIBO E-TECH CO.,LTD.______
Account Number: _____ ____________________________________
Article 6 Repayment
Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the Borrower shall repay the loan hereunder in accordance with the repayment schedule as set forth in Item 2 below:
1. Repay the loan hereunder in full upon the expiration of the loan term.
2. Repay the loan hereunder in accordance with the following repayment schedule:
Repayment Time | Repayment Amount | |
1、Before the maturity date of the IOU | The amount of the IOU | |
2、 | ||
3、 | ||
4、 | ||
5、 | ||
6、 | ||
7、 | ||
8、 | ||
9、 | ||
Total |
3. Other Repayment Schedule: ___ / ______________________.
4. Where the Borrower makes repayment in advance, it shall obtain the consent from the Lender / banking days in advance; where the Lender agrees that the Borrower makes repayment in advance, the Lender shall be entitled to charge liquidated damages equivalent to _ / (☐ _/_% of prepayment amount ☐ / one month interest of remaining principal ☐ /_% of remaining principal), in addition to the interest calculated and charged at the interest rate agreed herein for the actual loan term.
Article 7 Guarantee
The loan hereunder shall be a guaranteed (credit/guaranteed) loan. The guarantee type shall be mortgage (guarantee/mortgage/pledge), and the guarantee contract shall be executed separately.
Article 8 Contract Agreements on the Borrower's Financial Indicators:
1. _________________ / _______________________________
2. _________________ / ________________________________
3. _________________/ __________________________________
Article 9 Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
1. This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People's Republic of China.
2. After this Contract takes effect, any dispute arising from the execution or performance hereof or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation. If such negotiation fails, either party may file a lawsuit with the People's Court having jurisdiction over the place of the Lender in accordance with the law.
3. During the dispute resolution, in the event that the dispute does not affect the performance of the remaining provisions of this Contract, such remaining provisions shall continue to be performed.
4. After negotiation between the parties, the parties may conduct notarization for the compulsory enforcement of this Contract. The Borrower agrees that this Contract shall have the compulsory enforcement effect after it is notarized. In the event that the Borrower fails to perform its obligations under this Contract, the Lender may apply to the People's Court having jurisdiction for compulsory enforcement according to law.
Article 10 Effectiveness of the Contract
This Contract shall take effect from the date when the legal representatives (persons in charge) or authorized agents of the Borrower and the Lender respectively affix their signatures or seals and the corporate seals hereto.
This Contract is made out in duplicate, with the Borrower and the Lender holding one counterpart each. Each counterpart shall have the same legal effect.
Article 11 Other Agreements
_______________________________ / _____________________________________
_______________________________ / _______________________________________
_______________________________ / ______________________________________.
Chapter 2 Standard Provisions
Article 12 Interest Calculation
The interest shall be calculated from the Borrower's actual withdrawal date and shall be calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and use days of loan.
Interest Formula: Interest = Principal × Actual Days × Daily Interest Rate.
The daily interest rate is calculated on a base of 360 days a year. Conversion Formula: Daily Interest Rate = Annual Interest Rate / 360.
Article 13 Withdrawal Conditions
1. The Borrower must meet the following conditions for withdrawal, otherwise the Lender shall have no obligation to disburse any loan to the Borrower, unless the Lender agrees to disburse the loan in advance:
(1) The Contract and its appendixes have become effective;
(2) The Borrower has reserved to the Lender the Borrower's documents, receipts, seals, lists of persons and specimen signatures in relation to the execution and performance of this Contract and filled in the relevant vouchers;
(3) The Borrower has, according to the Lender's requirements, opened an account necessary for the performance of this Contract;
(4) The Borrower, within 3 banking days prior to the withdrawal, has submitted to the Lender the written withdrawal notice and the relevant supporting documents for loan purpose which is consistent with the purpose as agreed herein, and has completed the relevant withdrawal procedures;
(5) The Borrower has submitted to the Lender the resolution and letter of authorization of the board of directors or other competent authorities, which agree to the execution and performance of this Contract;
(6) In accordance with relevant regulatory provisions and management requirements of the Lender, if the loan exceeds a certain amount or meets other conditions, the Lender shall, according to the Borrower's withdrawal application and payment authorization, pay the loan to the payment object conforming to the purpose agreed herein in a manner of authorized payment by the Lender;
(7) In addition to the credit loan, the Borrower has provided the corresponding guarantee as required by the Lender and has completed the relevant guarantee procedures, and the guarantee is legal and valid;
(8) The Borrower has not breached this Contract or any other contracts executed by and between the Borrower and the Lender;
2. In the event that the Borrower fails to make any withdrawal for 3 consecutive months from the contract execution date, the Lender shall be entitled to cancel the borrowing limit.
Article 14 Special Arrangements on Revolving Loan
1. During the term of revolving borrowing limit, the sum of the loan principal balance of at any time shall not exceed the revolving borrowing limit; the repayment date of any withdrawal shall not exceed the term of revolving borrowing limit.
2. The Lender shall reasonably set the amount and term of each revolving loan according to the scale and cycle of the Borrower's production and operation.
Article 15 Loan Amount Payment
1. The authorized payment by the Lender means that the Lender pays the loan fund to the Borrower's counterparty in a transaction conforming to the purpose agreed herein according to the Borrower’s withdrawal notice and payment authorization.
Payment of the Borrower’s loan fund for which the amount of a single payment under this Contract exceeds the specified amount shall be made in a manner of authorized payment by the Lender.
In the event of the authorized payment by the Lender, the Borrower shall make express payment authorization and provide other necessary payment information (including name of counterparty who receives payment, account number of such counterparty, and amount of payment) in the withdrawal notice, and submit to the Lender the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts required for the examination. In this case, the Lender shall pay the loan fund to the counterparty of the Borrower via the Borrower’s account upon examination and approval. In the event of the Lender’s failure to perform its obligation to pay upon authorization resulting from untruthfulness, incorrectness, and incompleteness of the information of payment authorization and relevant transactions furnished by the Borrower, the Lender shall not be held liable for such failure whatsoever and the Borrower’s obligation to repay under the Contract shall not be affected. The Lender will make payment to the account of the Borrower’s counterparty in accordance with the Borrower's withdrawal notice and the payment certificate as required by the Lender.
In the event that the Lender, upon examination, discovers that the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts furnished by the Borrower fail to comply with the Contract or there is any other defects, the Lender shall be entitled to request the Borrower to supplement, replace, explain or re-furnish such documents, and the Lender may suspend granting or paying of such loans until the Borrower has furnished the supporting documents such as business contracts to the satisfaction of the Lender.
In the event that the account-holding bank of the counterparty returns such payments, resulting in the Lender’s failure to transfer such loans to the Borrower’s counterparty as authorized by the Borrower in a timely manner, the Lender shall not be liable for such failure whatsoever and the Borrower’s obligation to repay under the Contract shall not be affected. With respect to the funds returned by the account-holding bank of the counterparty, the Borrower shall re-furnish the payment authorization and the supporting documents for loan purpose such as business contracts required for the examination, and the Lender shall pay the loan fund to the counterparty of the Borrower via the Borrower’s account upon examination and approval.
All the expenses incurred by the payment of loan to the counterparty designated by the Borrower in a manner of authorized payment under this Contract shall be borne by the Borrower. The Borrower shall pay the above expenses to the Lender at the time of the authorized payment of each loan.
The Borrower shall not violate the above provisions to dodge the authorized payment by the Lender by way of breaking up a large amount into several small amounts.
2. Except for the cases where the authorized payment by the Lender must be adopted as stipulated in the preceding paragraph, unless otherwise agreed by both parties, payment of other loans shall be made by the Borrower itself, namely, after the Lender disburses the loans to the Borrower’s account pursuant to the withdrawal application submitted by the Borrower, the Borrower pay by itself to the its counterparty that complies with the purpose as agreed in the Contract.
In the event that the Borrower needs to change the aforesaid repayment schedule, it shall submit a written application to the Lender 10 banking days prior to the maturity date of the loan, and the changed repayment schedule is subject to the written confirmation by the Parties.
3. In the event that the Borrower needs to extend the loan term agreed herein, it shall submit a written application to the Lender 30 banking days prior to the maturity date of the loan, and the parties shall enter into a renewal agreement after the Lender approves the extension. In the event that the Borrower's application for extension is not approved by the Lender, the Borrower shall still repay the loan in full according to the repayment term agreed herein.
4. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, if both the principal and the interests are overdue by the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide on the sequences for repaying the principal or the interests; under the condition of installment repayment, if several mature installments and overdue installments exist under this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repaying any installment; if several outstanding loan contracts exist between the Parties, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repaying any contract.
5. The Borrower shall repay the loan principal, interests and other amounts payable in full and on time according to provisions stated herein. The Borrower shall, prior to the repayment date and each interest settlement date, deposit in full the current interests, principal and other amounts payable to the repayment account opened with the Lender, and the Lender shall be entitled to collect the funds on the repayment date or the interest settlement date or to request the Borrower to cooperate in handling the relevant transfer procedures. In the event that the amount in the repayment account is insufficient to pay the full amount due from the Borrower, the Lender shall be entitled to decide the sequences for repayment.
6. The Lender shall be entitled to collect the loan in advance on the basis of the capital withdrawal of the Borrower.
7. Loan Note: The loan note shall be an integral part of this Contract. In the event that there is no record in this Contract, or the loan amount, withdrawal amount, repayment amount, borrow date and maturity date of the loan, loan term, loan interest rate and loan purpose as recorded in this Contract is inconsistent with those recorded in the loan note, the loan note shall prevail.
Article 16 Guarantee
In the event that any event occurs to the Borrower or the guarantor, and causes the Lender to believe that it may affect the performing capability of the Borrower or the guarantor; or the guarantee contracts are deemed as invalid, canceled or resolved; or the performing capability of the Borrower or guarantor may be affected due to the deterioration in their financial condition or that the Borrower and the guarantor are involved in substantial lawsuit or arbitration or other reasons; or the guarantor breaches the guarantee contracts or other contracts with the Lender; or the collateral value decreases or gets lost due to the devaluation, damage, lost or sequestration of the collateral; the Lender shall be entitled to require, and the Borrower shall have the obligation to provide new guarantee, supplement or replace the guarantor to guarantee the liabilities under this Contract.
Article 17 Representations and Undertakings
1. The Borrower hereby represents that:
(1) The Borrower is a legal entity incorporated, registered and existing under the administration for industry and commerce or other competent authorities and has full capacity of civil rights and conduct to conclude and perform the Contract.
(2) The Borrower executes and performs this Contract out of true intension, has obtained all legal and valid authorizations required by the Borrower’s Articles of Association and bylaws, and will not be in violation of any agreement, contract, or other legal documents with binding force to the Borrower. The Borrower has obtained or will obtain all the required approval, consent, documentation or registration for executing and performing this Contract.
(3) The Borrower is in good faith and all the documents, financial statements, certifications and other information provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this Contract are true, complete, accurate and valid, and free from false records, material omissions or misleading statements. The financial and accounting reports provided to the Lender are prepared in accordance with Chinese accounting standards, and truly, fairly and completely present the Borrower’s operating and liability condition.
(4) The transaction background that the Borrower represents to the Lender is real and legal, not for any illegal purposes such as money laundering. The loan purpose and the source of repayment are clear and legal.
(5) The Borrower has a good credit status, does not have material bad credit record, and does not conceal from the Lender any fact that may affect the Borrower’s and the guarantor’s financial condition and performance capability. The Borrower does not conceal from the Lender any litigation, arbitration or claim in which it is involved.
(6) The borrower has repaid other debts payable as scheduled and has not maliciously defaulted on the payment of principal and interest of the bank loan.
2. The Borrower hereby undertakes that:
(1) The Borrower shall withdraw and use the loan in accordance with the term and purpose agreed herein. The loan borrowed hereunder shall neither be used for the investment in fixed asset and equity and other investments, nor flow into the securities market or the futures market in any form, or be used for other purposes prohibited or restricted by relevant laws and regulations.
(2) The Borrower shall deliver its financial statements (including but not limited to annual, quarterly and monthly reports) and other relevant documents to the Lender on a regularly and timely basis in accordance with the requirements of the Lender; the Borrower shall ensure that the financial indicators will comply with the Contract all the time. If the production and operation qualification/license is subject to the annual audit, such qualification/license will pass the annual examination as scheduled.
(3) The Borrower shall withdraw, repay and use the loan as stipulated herein.
(4) If the Borrower has executed or will execute with the guarantor under this Contract a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement regarding its guarantee obligations, this counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement will not prejudice any Lender’s right under this Contract.
(5) The Borrower shall accept the credit inspection and supervision conducted by the Lender, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; from the effective date of this Contract and prior to discharge of the principal and interests and related expenses hereunder, the Borrower agrees and authorizes the Lender to monitor the account opened with the Lender, examine and analyze the Borrower’s production and operation (including but not limited to the construction and operation of the Borrower’s projects), and make dynamic monitoring on the income cash flow and overall fund flow of the Borrower; the Borrower shall accept and actively cooperate with the examination and supervision made by the Lender on the usage of the loan funds including the loan purpose by account analysis, proof inspection and site investigation, and make summary report in a periodic manner as required by the Lender.
(6) The Borrower’s merger, division, decrease of capital, equity transfer, external investment, substantial increase of debt financing, transfer of material assets and claims and other events which may have adverse effect on the solvency of the Borrower shall be subject to the written consent of the Lender.
The Borrower shall give a notice to the Lender within 7 days after it becomes or should have become aware of any of the following circumstances:
A. Change of the Articles of Association, business scope, registered capital, legal representative of the Borrower or the guarantor;
B. Change of management mode such as joint management in any form, cooperation with foreign enterprises, cooperation, contracting management, reorganization, reform and planned listing;
C. Involved in material litigation or arbitration cases, sequestration, attachment or supervision of properties or collateral, or establishment of new material liabilities on the collateral;
D. Winding up, dissolution, liquidation, stopping business for rectification, cancellation, revocation of business license, (applied for) applying for bankruptcy;
E. Shareholders, directors and current senior managers are suspected of being involved in material cases or economic disputes; or the legal representative/person in charge and current senior executives are found to be in bad health or other material conditions that the they are unqualified for their job;
F. Events of default by the Borrower under other contracts;
G. Difficulty in business operation and deterioration of financial position;
H. In the event that the Borrower is closed, suspended, merged or changes the line of production due to change, restructuring and contracting or with the approval of the competent departments, the Borrower undertakes to give a notice to the Lender in writing within one month prior to the occurrence of the above events and to discharge all debts owed to the Lender immediately. Subject to the consent of the Lender, the Borrower may transfer the debts to the receiving entity or the newly incorporated entity (The Borrower shall, in the process of debt transfer, present and submit to the Lender the documents issued by its competent authority or the contract-issuing party or relevant documents); however, the debt receiving entity must execute a new loan contract with Lender, and before the execution of the new contract, the Lender shall have the right to recover the debts from the Borrower or its receiver at any time.
(7) Liquidation of the debts owed by the Borrower to the Lender shall have priority to the loan extended by the shareholders of the Borrower, and precede the debts of the same kind owed by the Borrower to other creditors. In addition, from the effectiveness of the Contract to the time when all the principal, interests and relative fees under the Contract are paid off, the Borrower shall not return the loan from its shareholders.
(8) In respect of the loan hereunder, the loan conditions such as guarantee conditions, loan rate pricing, discharge sequence provided by the Borrower for the Lender shall be no less than the current or future conditions provided for any other financial institution.
(9) The Borrower shall bear the expenses incurred in connection with the execution and performance of this Contract and the expenses paid and payable by the Lender for realization of its creditor's right hereunder, including but not limited to litigation or arbitration fees, property preservation costs, attorney fees, enforcement fees, evaluation fees, auction fees, and announcement fees.
(10) Account Management
A. The repayment account opened by the Borrower with the Lender (the account stipulated in Article 5) is a special capital withdrawal account, which is used to collect the corresponding sales revenue or the planned repayment fund. Where the corresponding sales revenue is settled in a non-cash manner, the Borrower shall ensure that it will be promptly transferred into the capital withdrawal account upon receipt.
B. The Lender shall have the right to supervise the capital withdrawal account, including but not limited to the understanding and supervision of the fund income and expenditure of the account, and the Borrower shall provide relevant cooperation. At the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall execute a special account supervision agreement with the Lender.
(11) The Borrower shall dispose the assets in a manner that will not reduce its repayment capability. The Borrower undertakes that the total amount of the Borrower’s external guarantee is equal to or less than / times of its net asset, and the total amount of external guarantee as well as the amount of a single guarantee may not exceed the limit as stipulated in its Articles of Association; without the consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not provide guarantee to any third party or the loans borrowed by the Borrower from any other financial institution with the assets formed by the loans under the Contract.
Article 18 Disclosure of the Related-party Transaction within the Borrower
√ 1. The Borrower is not identified by the Lender as the group client in accordance with the Guidelines on the Management of Risks of Credits Granted by Commercial Banks to Group Clients (hereinafter referred to the “Guidelines”).
☐ 2. If the Borrower is identified by the Lender as the group client in accordance with the Guidelines, it shall report to the Lender any of the related-party transaction in a timely manner.
√ 3. The Borrower is subject to such events as major merger, acquisition or reorganization, which in the opinion of the Lender may affect the safety of the loan.
Article 19 Breach of Contract and Settlement
1. The Borrower shall be deemed to have breached the Contract under any of the following circumstances:
(1) The Borrower fails to perform the obligations of payment and liquidation to the Lender according to the stipulations of the Contract;
(2) The Borrower fails to use the loan in a way stipulated in this Contract or fails to use the loan borrowed hereunder for the purpose stipulated in the Contract; or the Borrower fails to go through the withdrawal procedures as scheduled according to the withdrawal plan, or changes the withdrawal plan without the Lender's consent; or the Borrower is in violation of this Contract and dodges the authorized payment by the Lender by way of breaking up a large amount into several small amounts;
(3) The Borrower provides an untrue representation or violates the undertaking it made in this Contract;
(4) If any circumstance under Subparagraph 2(6) of Article 17 arises, and the Lender believes that may affect the financial condition and performing capability of the Borrower or guarantor, but the Borrower refuses to provide new guarantee or change a guarantor according to this Contract;
(5) The Borrower violates any stipulation under any other contract between the Borrower and the Lender; the Borrower violates any stipulation under any Credit Extension Contract between the Borrower and any other financial institution;
(6) The guarantor violates the stipulations of the guarantee contract, or any default events arise under other contract between the guarantor and the Lender;
(7) The Borrower closes down or is dissolved, withdraw or bankrupted;
(8) Where the Borrower involves in or possibly involves in material economic disputes, litigation, arbitration, or its capital is sealed up, seized or enforced for execution, or the administrative organs such as judicial organs or taxation authorities, and industrial and commercial administration file for investigation or adopt punishment measures on the Borrower according to law which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(9) Where the main individual investors and key managerial personnel of the Borrower are changed abnormally, disappear or are investigated or the personal freedom thereof is limited by judicial organs according to law which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(10) Where the credit circumstances of the Borrower lowers or finance indexes of the Borrower such as profitability, debt-paying ability, operating capacity and cash flow seriously deteriorate and break through the index binding of this Contract or other financial agreements;
(11) The Borrower takes advantage of the false contracts between the Borrower and the affiliated party to obtain funds or credit from the Lender through transactions without true transaction background, and the affiliated party is subject to such events as major merger, acquisition or reorganization which in the opinion of the Lender may affect the safety of the loan; or the Borrower intends to evade the creditor's right of the Lender through related-party transactions;
(12) The Borrower causes any liability accident due to its violation of food safety, production safety, environmental protection and other relevant laws and regulations, regulatory provisions or industrial standards which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(13) In the event that the loan under this Contract is granted on the basis of credit, the Borrower's credit rating, profitability, asset-liability ratio, net cash flow from operating activities and other indicators do not meet the Lender's credit loan conditions; or the Borrower, without the written consent of the Lender, establishes mortgage/pledge guarantee or provide guarantee to others with its valid operating assets, which has influenced or may influence the performance of the liabilities under this Contract;
(14) Other circumstances that may have adverse effect on the realization of the creditor's rights of the Lender under this Contract.
2. When the aforesaid breaches arise, as the case maybe, the Lender may take any or all measures as follows:
(1) Require the Borrower and guarantor to rectify their breach within time limit.
(2) Decrease, suspend or terminate all or part of the credit lines of the Borrower.
(3) Suspend or terminate all or part of the business application (such as withdrawal) of the Borrower under this Contract or other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender; partly or totally suspend or cancel to issue, pay and transact the unissued loans.
(4) Declare that all or part of the outstanding principal and interest of the loan and other amounts payable of the Borrower under this Contract and other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender shall become due immediately.
(5) Negotiate with the Borrower to supplement the terms of loan issuance and payment; or the Lender shall have the right to change the loan disbursement and payment conditions in accordance with the credit status of the Borrower such as lowering the minimum amount of authorized payment of the Borrower; or the Lender shall have the right to transfer back the loan fund which the Borrower has paid for default.
(6) Terminate or dissolve this Contract, partly or totally terminate or dissolve other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender.
(7) Require the Borrower to compensate the Lender for the Lender’s loss caused by the Borrower’s default.
(8) Deduct from the Borrower’s account which is opened in the Lender with notice before or after the deduction, so as to discharge all or part of the Borrower's debts to the Lender hereunder. The undue deposit in the account shall be deemed to become due in advance.
(9) Exercise security interest and require the guarantor to take guarantee responsibility.
(10) In the event that the Borrower fails to repay the principal, interest (including penalty interest and compound interest) or other amounts payable as scheduled, the Lender shall have the right to make an announcement for collection through the media or other forms.
(11) Have the right to deduct and debit the deposits and dividends within any account opened by the Borrower with the Lender, and to dispose of the Borrower's equities.
(12) Other measures deemed necessary and possible by the Lender.
Article 20 Reservation of Rights
Any failure by a party to exercise all or part of its rights hereunder or to require the other party to perform or assume all or part of obligations or responsibilities shall not constitute a waiver of such rights or release of the obligations and responsibilities of such party.
Any tolerance, grace or postponement for exercising the rights under this Contract of one Party shall not affect its rights stipulated by this Contract, laws and regulations, and shall not be deemed as a waiver of such rights.
Article 21 Confidentiality
Each party undertakes to keep confidential the trade secrets, technical information, business information and other business secrets obtained from the other party which are not available through public channels. Without the consent of the original provider of the trade secret, neither party shall disclose all or part of the trade secret to any third party, unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by both parties.
In the event that either party is in violation of the aforesaid confidentiality obligation, it shall assume the corresponding liability for breach of contract and compensate for the losses caused thereby.
Article 22 Force Majeure
The term Force Majeure as specified in this Contract refers to the objective events that cannot be foreseen, overcome, or avoided and have a significant impact on one party, including but not limited to the natural disasters such as flood, earthquake, fire and storm, as well as the social events such as war and turmoil.
In the event that the Contract cannot be performed as a result of the occurrence of force majeure events, the party affected by the force majeure shall immediately notify the other party of the event in writing, and within 7 days, provide written documents certifying the details of such force majeure event and the reasons for non-performance or delay in performance hereof. Upon consensus through negotiation, the parties may terminate or temporarily delay the performance of the Contract.
Article 23 Alteration, Amendment and Termination
This Contract can be altered and amended in written form upon consensus through negotiation of the Parties, and any alternation and amendment shall constitute an integral part of this Contract.
This Contract may not be terminated until all the rights and obligations are fully preformed, unless otherwise stipulated in laws and regulations or agreed by the both Parties.
The invalidity of any provision of this Contract shall not affect the legal validity of other provisions, unless otherwise stipulated in laws and regulations or agreed by the both Parties.
Article 24 Agreements on Service
1. The contact information (including mailing address, telephone number, fax number, etc.) provided by the Borrower in this Contract shall be true and valid and shall be the address for service of any notice of the Lender for the Borrower. In case of any change to the contact information, the Borrower shall immediately send/mail the change information in writing to the mailing address provided by the Lender in this Contract. Such information change shall become effective upon the Lender’s receipt of the change notice.
2. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Contract, the Lender shall be entitled to give notice to the Borrower in any of the following methods. The Lender shall be entitled to choose the notification method as it thinks fit and shall not be held liable for any error, omission or delay in delivery by mail, fax, telephone, WeChat or any other communication system. Where the Lender simultaneously chooses several notification methods, the one by which the notice is served to the Borrower earlier shall prevail.
(1) By announcement. The notice shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Lender publishes the announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets;
(2) By hand. The notice shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for the receipt, or if the Borrower refuses to sign for the receipt, the date on which the server makes a record on the proof of service on the spot;
(3) By mail (including express mail, surface mail or registered mail). The notice, when addressed to the Borrower’s mailing address last known to the Lender, shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for the receipt, or if the Borrower fails to sign for the receipt, the date on which the mail is returned;
(4) By fax, mobile phone SMS, WeChat or other electronic communication methods. The notice, when sent to the Borrower's fax number, the mobile phone number, WeChat account number or email address designated by the Borrower which is last known to the Lender, shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the notice is sent.
3. Borrower agrees that, unless the Lender receives from the Borrower a written notice concerning the change of mailing address, the court may serve judicial documents and other written documents on the Borrower through the mailing address provided by the Borrower in this Contract. During the dispute settlement, if the court serves the judicial documents or other written documents by mail (including express mail, surface mail or registered mail) to the Borrower mailing address last known to the Lender, such documents shall be deemed to be served on the date on which the Borrower signs for receipt of the proof of service, or if Borrower fails to sign for receipt of the proof of service, the date on which the mail is returned;
With the exception of the judgments, verdicts and mediations, the court shall be entitled to give any notice to the Borrower by any methods of communication agreed in this Paragraph 2. The court shall be entitled to choose the communication method as it thinks fit and shall not be held liable for any error, omission or delay in delivery by mail, fax, telephone, telex or any other communication system. Where the court simultaneously chooses several communication methods, the one by which the notice is served to the Borrower earlier shall prevail.
Article 25 Appendix
The appendixes confirmed by both parties shall constitute an integral part of this Contract and shall have the same legal effect as this Contract.
Article 26 Other Agreements
1. The Borrower shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this Contract to the third party without written consent of the Lender.
2. This Contract shall be legally binding upon both Parties and their successors and assignees without prejudice to other provisions of this Contract.
3. All the transactions under this Contract are carried out for each Party’s independent benefits. If, in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, other parties to the transaction become the related parties or affiliated persons of the Lender, no Party may seek to affect the fairness of the transaction out of this related-party relationship.
4. The headings and business names in this Contract are used only for convenient reference, which shall not be used to interpret the provisions or the rights and obligations of both Parties.
5. In accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory provisions, the Lender shall have the right to provide the information related to this Contract and other relevant information of the Borrower to the credit reference system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established according to law for reference and use by the institutions or individuals with proper qualification according to law. The Lender shall also have the right to refer the relevant information of the Borrower through credit reference system of the People’s Bank of China and other credit information database established according to law for the purpose of the execution and performance of this Contract.
The parties acknowledge that the Borrower and the Lender have made a full negotiation in connection with all the terms of this Contract. The Lender has requested the Borrower to give special attention to and make a comprehensive and accurate understanding of all provisions concerning the rights and obligations of the parties, and has made explanations to the relevant provisions upon the Borrower's request. The Borrower has carefully read and fully understood all the provisions of the Contract. Both the Borrower and the Lender have the same understanding of the provisions of the Contract and have no objection to the contents of the Contract.
(This page is for signatures and is intentionally left blank)
Borrower (Official Seal): __________________________________
Legal Representative or Authorized Agent (Signature & Seal):
December 21, 2018
Lender (Official Seal): _______________________________________________________
Legal Representative or Authorized Agent (Signature & Seal):
December 21, 2018
Contract Execution Place:
Exhibit 10.11
JIANGXI LEIBOTAI E-TECH CO.,LTD.
Purchase agreement
Contract number:NO 20210158
Party A(The buyer):JIANGXI LEIBOTAI E-TECH CO.,LTD
Country of Registration:
Registered address:Yibo Industrial Park, no. 756, Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu High-tech Development Zone, Jiangxi Province
Party B(The supplier):Hubei DingLong Co., Ltd
Country of Registration:
Registered address:NO.1 Dongjinghe Road, Wuhan Economic Development Zone, Hubei Province, China
Signing date:01/01/2021
Pursuant to the contract laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China, the Party A and the Party B, on the basis of equality through negotiations, have reached an agreement with respect to the matter that the purchase of raw materials between them, and hereby execute this Contract.
I、 Regulations on the name, variety, specification, and craftsmanship of the ordered product
Serial number | name | variety | specification | Purchase scale | craftsmanship |
1 | Color Toner | ||||
2 | |||||
3 | |||||
4 |
Both parties shall confirm the written order for each transaction after reaching an agreement. The order shall prevail If the product name, variety, specifications, and craftsmanship specified in the order agreed by both parties to the transaction are inconsistent with the above table.
II、Measurement method, quantity and price of the ordered products
Products shall be priced in quantity and the quantity and price shall be subject to the order mutually agreed upon by both parties during the transaction.
III、 Product quality requirements
1、Product quality shall be subject to the relevant national standards or industrial standards of the People’s Republic of China. The quality standard signed by both parties shall prevail after the acceptance of the samples confirmed by both parties.
2、The Supplier shall produce and supply the products in strict accordance with the quality and technical specifications requirements which is approved by the Demander. Without the prior written consent of the Demander, no changes shall be made to the products.
IV、Packaging requirements
1、 The product packaging provided by the Supplier shall be able to protect the product from damage during transportation and storage.
2、The supplier shall compensate the demander based on the actual quantity or amount of damage to the product caused by improper packaging and the loss caused thereby.
3、The supplier shall ensure that the packaging is intact before the demander opens the box for inspection. Otherwise, the resulting loss of quality or quantity of goods shall be borne by the supplier..
V、 Delivery and transportation
1、The place of delivery is the place designated by the buyer. The goods shall be delivered to the consignee designated by the buyer and signed for. The supplier shall be responsible for the transportation, loading and unloading of the product, and the risk of transportation, insurance, warehousing, loss and damage of the goods incurred during the transportation of the product shall be borne by the supplier.
2、If the place designated by the purchaser and the consignee changes, the supplier shall be notified in advance in writing.
3、 The delivery date is subject to the regulations of the specific order. The supplier shall deliver on time and quality according to the delivery time and quantity specified by the demander. If the supplier fails to notify the buyer to pick up the goods in time, it shall be deemed as delayed delivery.
4、After receiving the goods, the Demander shall conduct inspection and acceptance according to the quality standards determined by both parties. If there is any product that does not meet the quality standards, the two parties shall negotiate and deal with it.
5、If Party B is unable or estimated to be unable to deliver all or part of the goods on time, Party B shall notify Party A of the corresponding reason and estimated delivery date within 1 working day after knowing the relevant abnormal situation, and determine the follow-up treatment plan according to Party A’s requirements.
VI、 Payment method and Payment term
1、The Demander shall pay the supplier according to the agreed accounting period, and the settlement shall be made once a month. From the 10th to the 15th of each month (holidays are postponed), the payment due last month shall be paid by bank transfer, and the settlement currency shall be RMB.
2、The supplier shall issue legally valid invoices with the correct output tax rate within the time agreed by both parties in accordance with the provisions of the tax law.
The bank account of the supplier:
Bank name:
Account Name:
Account No. :
VII、To raise objections to the variety, quantity and quality of the products
1、Any objection to the product variety and quantity shall be raised at the time of delivery of the goods. For the quantity shortage in the FCL, the Demander can feed back to the Supplier to supplement it during use.
2、 Any objection to product quality shall be raised within 2 weeks after product handover and shall be remedied by the supplier. The inspection performed by the buyer on the supplier’s products does not relieve the supplier of its responsibility for product quality.
3、 The buyer shall have the right to return the goods if it determines that the supplier’s products have quality problems. The payment for goods, freight and other expenses incurred due to the return of goods shall be borne by the Supplier.
VIII、Applicable law
The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.
IX、Dispute Resolution
Any dispute between Party A and Party B arising out of or in connection with this Contract shall be settled by both parties through negotiation in a timely manner. In case no agreement can be reached through negotiation, such dispute shall be settled by the court having jurisdiction over this Contract.
X、Responsibility for breach of contract
If either party breaches this contract and causes damage to the other party, the injured party shall have the right to claim compensation for the loss suffered by the other party.
XI、Force majeure
1、If the party delays or fails to perform its obligations under this contract due to unforeseen circumstances on the date of signing this contract and circumstances beyond the reasonable control of any party, the party shall not be deemed to have violated this contract, nor Should be regarded as a breach of contract and assume responsibility for the other party, the performance period of the relevant obligations can be extended accordingly. These situations include but are not limited to natural disasters, building destruction, wars, riots, fires, explosions, floods, and government or industry actions.
2、If there is a delay or failure to perform the obligations of this contract due to the above circumstances, the other party shall be notified immediately, and reasonable efforts shall be made to minimize the impact of the above circumstances on the performance of the obligations, and the other party shall be notified immediately after the above circumstances are over, Continue to fully perform the obligations stipulated in the contract.
XII、Intellectual Property
The supplier guarantees that the product does not have intellectual property defects; the trademark, patent and other intellectual property rights used by the product are the intellectual property rights legally owned or used by the product. The supplier guarantees that the buyer will not be accused by any third party of infringement of intellectual property rights due to the purchase and use of its products, and the buyer shall not bear any legal liabilities arising from the use of raw materials and products provided by the supplier. If the buyer suffers any allegations of intellectual property rights brought by a third party, the supplier shall compensate its losses in full, including but not limited to litigation fees, arbitration fees, attorney fees, investigation and evidence collection fees, notary fees, transportation fees, travel expenses, any fees charged by the three parties, the compensation claimed by the third party and other reasonable expenses incurred accordingly.
XIII、Termination
If either party fails to continue to perform the Contract due to breach of contract, the non-breaching party may terminate the Contract and all fees shall be settled within 7 days upon termination of the contract.
XIV、Validity Period
This contract shall come into force upon being signed and sealed by both parties and shall remain valid for two years. If Party A still has outstanding balance on the agreed expiration date of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue to be valid and will be officially terminated after all payments are settled.
Within one month prior to the expiration of the term of this contract, both parties may negotiate to renew this contract.
XV、Confidentiality
Without prior consent of Party A, Party B shall not directly and/or indirectly disclose, divulge, transfer, license or otherwise provide Party A’s Confidential Information to any third party. If it is necessary to disclose Confidential Information in accordance with relevant legal, judicial or administrative procedures, Party B shall notify Party A within a reasonable time prior to the disclosure of such Confidential Information and shall cooperate with Party A to take appropriate and effective measures to avoid or limit the disclosure of such Confidential Information in accordance with the law.
XVI、Text
This contract is made in two originals, with one held by each party and both originals shall be equally authentic.
XVII、Others
Party B shall have legal business qualifications and shall be responsible for providing legal business certificates. Party B shall not violate relevant national laws and regulations during the supply process, and Party A shall be liable for any violation of such laws and regulations
XVIII
Anything not covered herein shall be agreed upon in a supplementary agreement signed by both parties separately.
This page has no main text, it is the signature page of “JIANGXI LEIBOTAI E-TECH CO.,LTD Purchase agreement
Party A (Demander):
Company Name (Seal): JIANGXI LEIBOTAI E-TECH CO.,LTD
Company Address: Yibo Industrial Park, No. 756, Photovoltaic Road, Xinyu High-tech Development Zone, Jiangxi Province.
Legal representative: Qilong Yang
Entrusted Agent:
Party B (Supplier) :
Company Name (Seal):Hubei DingLong Co., Ltd.
Company Address: 1 Dongjinghe Road, Wuhan Economic Development Zone, Hubei Province, China.
Legal representative:
Entrusted Agent:
Exhibit 21.1
Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Subsidiary |
Place of Incorporation | |
Aster Industrial Limited | The British Virgin Islands | |
Lucky Knot Limited | The British Virgin Islands | |
Aster Graphics Company Limited | The British Virgin Islands | |
Aster Graphics, Inc. | California, United States | |
Aster Technology Holland B.V. | Netherlands | |
Aster Technology Italia S.R.L. | Italy | |
Aster Supplies GmbH | Germany | |
Aster Technology France | France | |
Aster Graphics Company Limited | Hong Kong | |
Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. | People’s Republic of China | |
Jiagnxi Leibotai E-Tech Co., Ltd. | People’s Republic of China | |
Zhongshan Yantuo Printing Device Co., Ltd. | People’s Republic of China | |
Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce | People’s Republic of China | |
Aster Technology UK Ltd | United Kingdom | |
Aster Online Company Limited | Hong Kong | |
Peony Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
White Poplar Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Grand Future Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Oriental Poetry Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Pigeon King Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Plum Blossom Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited | Hong Kong | |
Your Office Supplies Company Limited | Hong Kong | |
Iprint Enterprise Limited | Hong Kong | |
Amstech Limited | Hong Kong | |
Aztech Enterprise Limited | Hong Kong | |
Supplies4u Limited | Hong Kong | |
Access Supplies Limited | Hong Kong | |
Dellon Technology Company Limited | Hong Kong | |
Proimage B.V. | Netherlands | |
Eco Imaging Inc. | California, United States | |
Revol Trading Inc. | California, United States | |
Intercon International Corp. | California, United States |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this amendment to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Planet Image International Limited of our report dated August 30, 2021, except for Notes 1, 2, and 13 as to which the date is November 2, 2021, and Note 18 as to which the date is March 16, 2022 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Planet Image International Limited as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, included in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Friedman LLP
New York, New York
March 16, 2022
Exhibit 99.1
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
OF
PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of Planet Image International Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.
This Code applies to all of the directors, officers, and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (which, unless the context otherwise requires, are collectively referred to as the “Company” in this Code). We refer to all persons covered by this Code as “Company employees” or simply “employees.” We also refer to our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer as our “principal financial officers.”
Seeking Help and Information
This Code is not intended to be a comprehensive rulebook and cannot address every situation that you may face. If you feel uncomfortable about a situation or have any doubts about whether it is consistent with the Company’s ethical standards, seek help. We encourage you to contact your supervisor for help first. If your supervisor cannot answer your question or if you do not feel comfortable contacting your supervisor, contact the Compliance Officer of the Company, who shall be a person appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. Upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 for the Company’s initial public offering, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company as the Compliance Officer for the Company. The Company will notify you if the Board of Directors appoints a different Compliance Officer. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in your communication to the Company.
Reporting Violations of the Code
All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of the laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, immediately report the conduct to your supervisor. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer, who will work with you and your supervisor to investigate the matter. If you do not feel comfortable reporting the matter to your supervisor or you do not get a satisfactory response, you may contact the Compliance Officer directly. Employees making a report need not leave their name or other personal information and reasonable efforts will be used to conduct the investigation that follows from the report in a manner that protects the confidentiality and anonymity of the employee submitting the report. All reports of known or suspected violations of the law or this Code will be handled sensitively and with discretion. Your supervisor, the Compliance Officer and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your report.
It is the Company policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may include termination of employment. This determination will be based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee accused of violating this Code will be given an opportunity to present his or her version of the events at issue prior to any determination of appropriate discipline. Employees who violate the law or this Code may expose themselves to substantial civil damages, criminal fines and prison terms. The Company may also face substantial fines and penalties and many incur damage to its reputation and standing in the community. Your conduct as a representative of the Company, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.
Policy Against Retaliation
The Company prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. Any reprisal or retaliation against an employee because the employee, in good faith, sought help or filed a report will be subject to disciplinary action, including potential termination of employment.
Waivers of the Code
Waivers of this Code for employees may be made only by an executive officer of the Company. Any waiver of this Code for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our Board of Directors or the appropriate committee of our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the public as required by law or the rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest
A conflict of interest can occur when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. You should avoid any private interest that influences your ability to act in the interests of the Company or that makes it difficult to perform your work objectively and effectively.
Identifying potential conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. The following situations are examples of conflicts of interest:
● | Outside Employment. No employee should be employed by, serve as a director of, or provide any services not in his or her capacity as a Company employee to a company that is a material customer, supplier, or competitor of the Company. |
● | Improper Personal Benefits. No employee should obtain any material (as to him or her) personal benefits or favors because of his or her position with the Company. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area. |
● | Financial Interests. No employee should have a significant financial interest (ownership or otherwise) in any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. A “significant financial interest” means (i) ownership of greater than 1% of the equity of a material customer, supplier or competitor or (ii) an investment in a material customer, supplier or competitor that represents more than 5% of the total assets of the employee. |
● | Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee should obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with banks, brokerage firms or other financial institutions. |
● | Service on Boards and Committees. No employee should serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably would be expected to conflict with those of the Company. |
● | Actions of Family Members. The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to the conflicts of interest described above because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. For purposes of this Code, “family members” include your spouse or life-partner, brothers, sisters and parents, in-laws and children whether such relationships are by blood or adoption. |
For purposes of this Code, a company is a “material” customer if that company has made payments to the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the customer’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” supplier if that company has received payments from the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the supplier’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” competitor if that company competes in the Company’s line of business and has annual gross revenues from such line of business in excess of US$500,000. If you are uncertain whether a particular company is a material customer, supplier or competitor, please contact the Compliance Officer for assistance.
2
Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest
The Company requires that employees disclose any situations that reasonably would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you suspect that you have a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it to your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. Your supervisor and the Compliance Officer will work with you to determine whether you have a conflict of interest and, if so, how best to address it. Although conflicts of interest are not automatically prohibited, they are not desirable and may only be waived as described in “Waivers of the Code” above.
CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES
As an employee of the Company, you have an obligation to advance the Company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. If you discover or are presented with a business opportunity through the use of corporate property, information, or because of your position with the Company, you should first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. No employee may use corporate property, information, or his or her position with the Company for personal gain or should compete with the Company.
You should disclose to your supervisor the terms and conditions of each business opportunity covered by this Code that you wish to pursue. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer and the appropriate management personnel to determine whether the Company wishes to pursue the business opportunity. If the Company waives its right to pursue the business opportunity, you may pursue the business opportunity on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the other ethical guidelines set forth in this Code.
Confidential Information and Company Property
Employees have access to a variety of confidential information while employed at the Company. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or, if disclosed, harmful to the Company or its customers. Every employee has a duty to respect and safeguard the confidentiality of the Company’s information and the information of our suppliers and customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. In addition, you must refrain from using any confidential information from any previous employment if, in doing so, you could reasonably be expected to breach your duty of confidentiality to your former employers. An employee’s obligation to protect confidential information continues after he or she leaves the Company. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information could cause competitive harm to the Company or its customers and could result in legal liability to you and the Company.
Employees also have a duty to protect the Company’s intellectual property and other business assets. The intellectual property, business systems and the security of the Company property are critical to the Company.
Any questions or concerns regarding whether disclosure of Company information is legally mandated should be promptly referred to the Compliance Officer.
Safeguarding Confidential Information and Company Property
Care must be taken to safeguard and protect confidential information and Company property. Accordingly, the following measures should be adhered to:
● | The Company’s employees should conduct their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. For example, when not in use, confidential information should be secretly stored. Also, review of confidential documents or discussion of confidential subjects in public places (e.g., airplanes, trains, taxis, buses, etc.) should be conducted so as to prevent overhearing or other access by unauthorized persons. |
● | Within the Company’s offices, confidential matters should not be discussed within hearing range of visitors or others not working on such matters. |
● | Confidential matters should not be discussed with other employees not working on such matters or with friends or relatives including those living in the same household as a Company employee. |
3
● | The Company’s employees are only to access, use, and disclose confidential information that is necessary for them to have in the course of performing their duties. They are not to disclose confidential information to other employees or contractors at the Company unless it is necessary for those employees or contractors to have such confidential information in the course of their duties. |
● | The Company’s files, personal computers, networks, software, internet access, internet browser programs, emails, voice mails, and other business equipment (e.g. desks and cabinets) and resources are provided for business use and they are the exclusive property of the Company. Misuse of such Company property is not tolerated. |
COMPETITION AND FAIR DEALING
All employees are obligated to deal fairly with fellow employees and with the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. Employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other unfair-dealing practice.
Relationships with Customers
Our business success depends upon our ability to foster lasting customer relationships. The Company is committed to dealing with customers fairly, honestly, and with integrity. Specifically, you should keep the following guidelines in mind when dealing with customers:
● | Information we supply to customers should be accurate and complete to the best of our knowledge. Employees should not deliberately misrepresent information to customers. |
● | Employees should not refuse to sell, service, or maintain products the Company has produced simply because a customer is buying products from another supplier. |
● | Customer entertainment should not exceed reasonable and customary business practice. Employees should not provide entertainment or other benefits that could be viewed as an inducement to or a reward for customer purchase decisions. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area. |
Relationships with Suppliers
The Company deals fairly and honestly with its suppliers. This means that our relationships with suppliers are based on price, quality, service, and reputation, among other factors. Employees dealing with suppliers should carefully guard their objectivity. Specifically, no employee should accept or solicit any personal benefit from a supplier or potential supplier that might compromise, or appear to compromise, their objective assessment of the supplier’s products and prices. Employees can give or accept promotional items of nominal value or moderately scaled entertainment within the limits of responsible and customary business practice. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.
Relationships with Competitors
The Company is committed to free and open competition in the marketplace. Employees should avoid actions that would be contrary to laws governing competitive practices in the marketplace, including antitrust laws. Such actions include misappropriation and/or misuse of a competitor’s confidential information or making false statements about the competitor’s business and business practices.
PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS
Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. The use of Company funds or assets, whether or not for personal gain, for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited.
4
To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:
● | exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property; |
● | report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property to a supervisor; |
● | use the Company’s telephone system, other electronic communication services, written materials and other property primarily for business-related purposes; |
● | safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others; and |
● | use Company property only for legitimate business purposes, as authorized in connection with your job responsibilities. |
Employees should be aware that Company property includes all data and communications transmitted or received to or by, or contained in, the Company’s electronic or telephonic systems. Company property also includes all written communications. Employees and other users of Company property should have no expectation of privacy with respect to these communications and data. To the extent permitted by law, the Company has the ability, and reserves the right, to monitor all electronic and telephonic communication. These communications may also be subject to disclosure to law enforcement or government officials.
GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT
The giving and receiving of gifts is a common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should not compromise, or appear to compromise, your ability to make objective and fair business decisions.
It is your responsibility to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, you may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment would not be viewed as an inducement to or reward for any particular business decision. All gifts and entertainment expenses should be properly accounted for on expense reports. The following specific examples may be helpful:
● | Meals and Entertainment. You may occasionally accept or give meals, refreshments or other entertainment if: |
● | The items are of reasonable value; |
● | The purpose of the meeting or attendance at the event is business related; and |
● | The expenses would be paid by the Company as a reasonable business expense if not paid for by another party. |
Entertainment of reasonable value may include food and tickets for sporting and cultural events if they are generally offered to other customers, suppliers or vendors.
● | Advertising and Promotional Materials. You may occasionally accept or give advertising or promotional materials of nominal value. |
● | Personal Gifts. You may accept or give personal gifts of reasonable value that are related to recognized special occasions such as a graduation, promotion, new job, wedding, retirement or a holiday. A gift is also acceptable if it is based on a family or personal relationship and unrelated to the business involved between the individuals. |
● | Gifts Rewarding Service or Accomplishment. You may accept a gift from a civic, charitable or religious organization specifically related to your service or accomplishment. |
You must be particularly careful that gifts and entertainment are not construed as bribes, kickbacks, or other improper payments. See “The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” below for a more detailed discussion of our policies regarding giving or receiving gifts related to business transactions.
5
You should make every effort to refuse or return a gift that is beyond these permissible guidelines. If it would be inappropriate to refuse a gift or you are unable to return a gift, you should promptly report the gift to your supervisor. Your supervisor will bring the gift to the attention of the Compliance Officer, who may require you to donate the gift to an appropriate community organization. If you have any questions about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something else of value, contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer for additional guidance.
COMPANY RECORDS
Accurate and reliable records are crucial to our business. Our records are the basis of our earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public and guide our business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.
All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are inconsistent with our business practices and are prohibited. You are responsible for understanding and complying with our record keeping policy. Ask your supervisor if you have any questions.
ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS
As a public company we are subject to various securities laws, regulations and reporting obligations. These laws, regulations and obligations and our policies require the disclosure of accurate and complete information regarding the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.
It is essential that the Company’s financial records, including all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) be accurate and timely. Accordingly, in addition to adhering to the conflict of interest policy and other policies and guidelines in this Code, the principal financial officers and other senior financial officers must take special care to exhibit integrity at all times and to instill this value within their organizations. In particular, these senior officers must ensure their conduct is honest and ethical that they abide by all public disclosure requirements by providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures, and that they comply with all other applicable laws and regulations. These financial officers must also understand and strictly comply with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. and all standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.
In addition, U.S. federal securities law requires the Company to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to an accountant in connection with an audit or any filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors, and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Each employee has an obligation to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company’s operations. These include, without limitation, laws covering bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, illegal political contributions, antitrust prohibitions, foreign corrupt practices, offering or receiving gratuities, environmental hazards, employment discrimination or harassment, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information or misuse of corporate assets. You are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice from your supervisor or the Compliance Officer.
6
COMPLIANCE WITH INSIDER TRADING LAWS
The Company has an insider trading policy, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer. The following is a summary of some of the general principles relevant to insider trading, and should be read in conjunction with the aforementioned specific policy.
Company employees are prohibited from trading in shares or other securities of the Company while in possession of material, nonpublic information about the Company. In addition, Company employees are prohibited from recommending, “tipping” or suggesting that anyone else buy or sell shares or other securities of the Company on the basis of material, nonpublic information. Company employees who obtain material nonpublic information about another company in the course of their employment are prohibited from trading in shares or securities of the other company while in possession of such information or “tipping” others to trade on the basis of such information. Violation of insider trading laws can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.
Information is “non-public” if it has not been made generally available to the public by means of a press release or other means of widespread distribution. Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in a decision to buy, hold or sell stock or other securities. As a rule of thumb, any information that would affect the value of stock or other securities should be considered material. Examples of information that is generally considered “material” include:
● | Financial results or forecasts, or any information that indicates the Company’s financial results may exceed or fall short of forecasts or expectations; |
● | Important new products or services; |
● | Pending or contemplated acquisitions or dispositions, including mergers, tender offers or joint venture proposals; |
● | Possible management changes or changes of control; |
● | Pending or contemplated public or private sales of debt or equity securities; |
● | Acquisition or loss of a significant customer or contract; |
● | Significant write-offs; |
● | Initiation or settlement of significant litigation; and |
● | Changes in the Company’s auditors or a notification from its auditors that the Company may no longer rely on the auditor’s report. |
The laws against insider trading are specific and complex. Any questions about information you may possess or about any dealings you have had in the Company’s securities should be promptly brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.
PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND PREVENTION OF SELECTIVE DISCLOSURE
Public Communications Generally
The Company places a high value on its credibility and reputation in the community. What is written or said about the Company in the news media and investment community directly impacts our reputation, positively or negatively. Our policy is to provide timely, accurate and complete information in response to public requests (media, analysts, etc.), consistent with our obligations to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data. To ensure compliance with this policy, all news media or other public requests for information regarding the Company should be directed to the Company’s Investor Relations Department. The Investor Relations Department will work with you and the appropriate personnel to evaluate and coordinate a response to the request.
7
Prevention of Selective Disclosure
Preventing selective disclosure is necessary to comply with United States securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company as well as that of all persons affiliated with it. “Selective disclosure” occurs when any person provides potentially market-moving information to selected persons before the news is available to the investing public generally. Selective disclosure is a crime under United States law and the penalties for violating the law are severe.
The following guidelines have been established to avoid improper selective disclosure. Every employee is required to follow these procedures:
● | All contact by the Company with investment analysts, the press and/or members of the media shall be made through the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or persons designated by them (collectively, the “Media Contacts”). |
● | Other than the Media Contacts, no officer, director or employee shall provide any information regarding the Company or its business to any investment analyst or member of the press or media. |
● | All inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company or its business should be directed to a Media Contact. All presentations to the investment community regarding the Company will be made by us under the direction of a Media Contact. |
● | Other than the Media Contacts, any employee who is asked a question regarding the Company or its business by a member of the press or media shall respond with “No comment” and forward the inquiry to a Media Contact. |
These procedures do not apply to the routine process of making previously released information regarding the Company available upon inquiries made by investors, investment analysts and members of the media.
Please contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the scope or application of the Company’s policies regarding selective disclosure.
THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits the Company and its employees and agents from offering or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of any governmental official, political party, candidate for political office or official of a public international organization. Stated more concisely, the FCPA prohibits the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other inducements to foreign officials. This prohibition also extends to payments to a sales representative or agent if there is reason to believe that the payment will be used indirectly for a prohibited payment to foreign officials. Violation of the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.
Certain small facilitation payments to foreign officials may be permissible under the FCPA if customary in the country or locality and intended to secure routine governmental action. Governmental action is “routine” if it is ordinarily and commonly performed by a foreign official and does not involve the exercise of discretion. For instance, “routine” functions would include setting up a telephone line or expediting a shipment through customs. To ensure legal compliance, all facilitation payments must receive prior written approval from the Compliance Officer and must be clearly and accurately reported as a business expense.
ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY
The Company is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we do business. Company employees must comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and Company standards. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.
8
Environment
All Company employees should strive to conserve resources and reduce waste and emissions through recycling and other energy conservation measures. You have a responsibility to promptly report any known or suspected violations of environmental laws or any events that may result in a discharge or emission of hazardous materials. Employees whose jobs involve manufacturing have a special responsibility to safeguard the environment. Such employees should be particularly alert to the storage, disposal and transportation of waste, and handling of toxic materials and emissions into the land, water or air.
Health and Safety
The Company is committed not only to complying with all relevant health and safety laws, but also to conducting business in a manner that protects the safety of its employees. All employees are required to comply with all applicable health and safety laws, regulations and policies relevant to their jobs. If you have a concern about unsafe conditions or tasks that present a risk of injury to you, please report these concerns immediately to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department.
EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES
The Company pursues fair employment practices in every aspect of its business. The following is intended to be a summary of our employment policies and procedures. Copies of our detailed policies are available from the Human Resources Department. Company employees must comply with all applicable labor and employment laws, including anti-discrimination laws and laws related to freedom of association, privacy and collective bargaining. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with labor and employment laws can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer or the Human Resources Department if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.
Harassment and Discrimination
The Company is committed to providing equal opportunity and fair treatment to all individuals on the basis of merit, without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, gender (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law. The Company prohibits harassment in any form, whether physical or verbal and whether committed by supervisors, non-supervisory personnel or non-employees. Harassment may include, but is not limited to, offensive sexual flirtations, unwanted sexual advances or propositions, verbal abuse, sexually or racially degrading words, or the display in the workplace of sexually suggestive objects or pictures.
If you have any complaints about discrimination or harassment, report such conduct to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department. All complaints will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. Your supervisor, the Human Resources Department and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern. Where our investigation uncovers harassment or discrimination, we will take prompt corrective action, which may include disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, termination of employment. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, files a compliant.
Any member of management who has reason to believe that an employee has been the victim of harassment or discrimination or who receives a report of alleged harassment or discrimination is required to report it to the Human Resources Department immediately.
CONCLUSION
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. We expect all Company employees to adhere to these standards.
This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.
This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing Company policy. We reserve the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.
9
Exhibit 99.2
16F, Tower A, Knowledge City, 77 Xueyuan Road, Xihu District,
Hangzhou 310012 P. R. China
T: (86-571) 2689-8188
F: (86-571) 2689-8199
junhehz@junhe.com
Legal Opinion
To | Planet Image International Limited |
No. 756 Guangfu Road Hi-tech Development Zone Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province People’s Republic of China | |
RE | PRC Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters |
March 16, 2022
Dear Sirs or Madams:
We are lawyers qualified in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) and are qualified to issue opinions on the PRC Laws (as defined in Section 4). For the purpose of this legal opinion (this “Opinion”), the PRC does not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.
We act as PRC counsel to Planet Image International Limited (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, in connection with (a) the initial public offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of the Class A ordinary shares of par value HK$0.0001 per share of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”), in accordance with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (as amended), and (b) the Company’s proposed listing of the Ordinary Shares on the NASDAQ Stock Market ((a) and (b) above collectively, the “Transactions”).
For rendering our opinions, we have carried out due diligence and examined the Registration Statement, the originals or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided to us by the Company and such other documents, corporate records, certificates, approvals and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this opinion, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the agreements and certificates issued by PRC authorities and officers of the Company (“Documents”). In such examination, we have assumed the accuracy of the factual matters described in the Registration Statement and that the Registration Statement and other documents will be executed by the parties in the forms provided to and reviewed by us. We have also assumed the genuineness of all signatures, seals and chops, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all factual statements in the documents.
Beijing Head Office Tel: (86-10) 8519-1300 Fax: (86-10) 8519-1350 |
Shanghai Office Tel: (86-21) 5298-5488 Fax: (86-21) 5298-5492 |
Guangzhou Office Tel: (86-20) 2805-9088 Fax: (86-20) 2805-9099 |
Shenzhen Office Tel: (86-755) 2587-0765 Fax: (86-755) 2587-0780 |
Hangzhou Office Tel: (86-571) 2689-8188 Fax: (86-571) 2689-8199 |
Chengdu Office Tel: (86-28) 6739-8000 Fax: (86-28) 6739-8001 |
Qingdao Office Tel: (86-532) 6869-5000 Fax: (86-532) 6869-5010 |
Dalian Office Tel: (86-411) 8250-7578 Fax: (86-411) 8250-7579 |
Haikou Office Tel: (86-898) 6851-2544 Fax: (86-898) 6851-3514 |
Tianjin Office Tel: (86-22) 5990-1301 Fax: (86-22) 5990-1302 |
Hong Kong Office Tel: (852) 2167-0000 Fax: (852) 2167-0050 |
New York Office Tel: (1-212) 703-8702 Fax: (1-212) 703-8720 |
Silicon Valley Office Tel: (1-888) 886-8168 Fax: (1-888) 808-2168 |
www.junhe.com |
1. | The following terms as used in this Opinion are defined as follows: |
“Government Agency” | means any national, provincial, municipal or local governmental authority, agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the PRC Subsidiaries. |
“Governmental Authorization” | means all consents, approvals, authorizations, permissions, orders, registrations, filings, licenses, clearances and qualifications of or with any Government Agency. |
“M&A Rules” | means the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC on August 8, 2006 and as amended on June 22, 2009. |
“PRC Subsidiaries” | mean any and all subsidiaries of the Company established in the PRC which are, directly or indirectly, owned by the Company as set out in Schedule 1 attached hereto. |
“Cybersecurity Review Measures” | means the Cybersecurity Review Measures jointly promulgated by the Cyberspace Administration of China and other relevant PRC governmental authorities On December 28, 2021 and became effective on February 15, 2022. |
“PRC Laws” | mean any and all laws, regulations, statutes, rules, decrees, notices, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations currently in force and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof. |
“Prospectus” | means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement. |
2
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings described in the Registration Statement.
2. | Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that: |
(1) | Incorporation and Existence of PRC Subsidiaries. Each of the PRC Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a limited liability company with legal person status under the PRC Laws and its business license and articles of association are in full force and effect under, and in compliance with, the PRC Laws. All the equity interests of each of the PRC Subsidiaries are legally owned by its respective shareholders as the shareholding status are set forth in Schedule 1 hereto, and to our best knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, such equity interests are free and clear of all security interest, encumbrances, mortgage, pledge, liens, equities or claims. There are no outstanding rights, warrants or options to acquire or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, nor any agreements or other obligations to issue or other rights to convert any obligation into, any equity interest in any of the PRC Subsidiaries. All Governmental Authorizations required for the ownership by the shareholders of their respective equity interests in each of the PRC Subsidiaries have been duly obtained. |
(2) | Corporate Structure. The Company holds 100% equity interests in PRC Subsidiaries, and does not use a VIE structure. |
(3) | M&A Rules. We have advised the Company as to the content of the M&A Rules, in particular the relevant provisions thereof that purport to require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for the purpose of obtaining a stock exchange listing outside of PRC and controlled directly or indirectly by Chinese companies or natural persons, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of their securities on any stock exchange located outside of PRC. |
Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, we are of the opinion that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the Transactions, because Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd.’s mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors are based on cash as a means of payment, and there is no equity is used as a means of payment for mergers and acquisitions. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the M&A Rules, other PRC Laws and future PRC laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that any Governmental Agency will not take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from our opinions stated herein.
3
(4) | Enforceability of Civil Procedures. We have advised the Company that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would: i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against the Company or directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or ii) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against the Company or directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. |
We have advised the Company further that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. The PRC does not have any treaties or other agreements with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against the Company or the directors and officers of the Company if they determine that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest.
(5) | Taxation. The statements set forth under the caption “Taxation” in the Registration Statement insofar as they constitute statement of PRC tax law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion. We do not express any opinion herein concerning any law other than PRC tax law. |
(6) | Business and License. Each of the PRC Subsidiaries has obtained material licenses and approvals necessary to operate in China as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. |
We have advised the Company that the Cybersecurity Review Measures do not currently apply to any PRC subsidiary, and is not required to conduct cybersecurity review, because the PRC Subsidiaries’ business operations in China do not currently involve the procurement of network products and services as critical information infrastructure operators, or data processing as network platform operators. However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of the Cybersecurity Review Measures, other PRC Laws and future PRC laws and regulations, and there can be no assurance that any Governmental Agency will not take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from our opinions stated herein.
4
(7) | Statements in the Prospectus. The statements in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Corporate History and Structure”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Business”, “Management”, “Related Party Transactions”, “Regulation”, “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” (other than the financial statements and related schedules and other financial data contained therein to which we express no opinion), to the extent such statements relate to matters of the PRC Laws or documents, agreements or proceedings governed by the PRC Laws, are accurate in all material respects, and fairly present and fairly summarize in all material respects the PRC Laws, documents, agreements or proceedings referred to therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the statements, in light of the circumstance under which they were made, misleading in any material aspect. |
3. | This opinion is subject to the following qualifications: |
(1) | This Opinion relates only to the PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any other laws and regulations. There is no guarantee that any of the PRC Laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefor, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect. |
(2) | This Opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each section should be looked on as a whole regarding the same subject matter and no part shall be extracted for interpretation separately from this Opinion. |
(3) | This Opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, national security, good faith and fair dealing, applicable statutes of limitation, and the limitations by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of injunctive relief, the calculation of damages, and the entitlement of attorneys’ fees and other costs; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in connection with the interpretation, implementation and application of relevant PRC Laws. |
This Opinion is rendered to you for the purpose hereof only, and save as provided herein, this Opinion shall not be quoted nor shall a copy be given to any person (apart from the addressee and its legal counsel) without our express prior written consent, except where such disclosure is required to be made by the applicable law or is requested by the SEC or any other regulatory agencies.
We hereby consent to the use of this Opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.
The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.
5
Signature Page
Yours faithfully,
/s/ JunHe LLP
JunHe LLP
SCHEDULE 1
List of the PRC Subsidiaries
Name of PRC Subsidiaries | Shareholders | Ownership | ||
Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. (“江西亿铂电子科技有限公司” in Chinese) | Aster Graphics Company Limited | 100% | ||
Jiangxi Leibotai E-Tech Co., Ltd. (江西镭博钛电子科技有限公司in Chinese) | Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. | 100% | ||
Zhongshan Yantuo Printing Device Co., Ltd. (“中山研拓打印机设备有限公司“in Chinese) | Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. | 100% | ||
Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce Co., Ltd. (“深圳市鼎宏盛达电子商务有限公司” in Chinese) | Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. | 100% |
SCHEDULE 1
Exhibit 99.3
Date: 16 March, 2022
Planet Image International Limited
No. 756 Guangfu Road
Hi-tech Development Zone
Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province
People’s Republic of China
+86 0790-7138216
Re: Planet Image International Limited
Ladies and Gentlemen,
We understand that Planet Image International Limited (the “Company”) plans to file a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).
We hereby consent to the references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto (collectively, the “Reports”), and any subsequent amendments to the Reports, as well as the citation of our research reports and amendments thereto, in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 20-F or Form 6-K or other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.
We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings.
Yours faithfully
For and on behalf of
China Insights Industry Consultancy Limited
/s/ Ruby Jiang | ||
Name: | Ruby Jiang | |
Title: | Consulting Director |
Exhibit 99.4
CONSENT OF YU XIANG
Planet Image International Limited (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as an independent director appointee.
Date: March 16, 2022
/s/ Yu Xiang | |
Yu Xiang |
Exhibit 99.5
Planet Image International Limited
March 16, 2022
Via Edgar
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
100 F Street, NE
Washington, D.C., 20549
Re: | Planet Image International Limited |
Registration Statement on Form F-1
Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, Planet Image International Limited, a foreign private issuer organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), is submitting this letter to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed on the date hereof, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), relating to a proposed initial public offering of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share.
The Company has included in the Registration Statement its audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2021 and for each of the six-month periods ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.
The Company respectfully requests that the Commission waive the requirement of Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which states that in the case of a company’s initial public offering, the registration statement on Form F-1 must contain audited financial statements of a date not older than 12 months from the date of the offering (the “12-Month Requirement”). See also Division of Corporation Finance, Financial Reporting Manual, Section 6220.3.
The Company is submitting this waiver request pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which provides that the Commission will waive the 12-Month Requirement “in cases where the company is able to represent adequately to us that it is not required to comply with this requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with this requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.” See also the 2004 release entitled International Reporting and Disclosure Issues in the Division of Corporation Finance (available on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/internatl/cfirdissues1104.htm) by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission at Section III.B.c., in which the staff notes that:
“the instruction indicates that the staff will waive the 12-month requirement where it is not applicable in the registrant’s other filing jurisdictions and is impracticable or involves undue hardship. As a result, we expect that the vast majority of IPOs will be subject only to the 15-month rule. The only times that we anticipate audited financial statements will be filed under the 12-month rule are when the registrant must comply with the rule in another jurisdiction, or when those audited financial statements are otherwise readily available.”
In connection with this waiver request, the Company hereby represents to the Commission that:
1. | The Company is not currently a public reporting company in any jurisdiction. | |
2. | The Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to prepare consolidated financial statements audited under any generally accepted auditing standards for any interim period. |
3. | Full compliance with Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F at present is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company. |
4. | The Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 will be available until April 2022. |
5. | In no event will the Company seek effectiveness of the Registration Statement if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of such request. |
The Company will file this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F.
Very truly yours, | ||
/s/ Shaofang Weng | ||
Name: | Shaofang Weng | |
Title: | Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 107
Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
F-1
(Form Type)
Planet Image International Limited
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Table 1: Newly Registered Securities
Security | Security | Fee | Amount | Proposed | Proposed | Fee Rate | Amount of | |||||||||||||||||||
Type | Class | Calculation | Registered | Maximum | Maximum | Registration | ||||||||||||||||||||
Title | or Carry | Offering | Aggregate | Fee | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward | Price Per | Offering | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rule | Unit | Price(1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fees To Be Paid | Equity | Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share(2) | Rule 457(a) | 6,900,000 | $ | 5.00 | $ | 34,500,000 | 0.0000927 | $ | 3,198.15 | |||||||||||||||
Equity | Underwriter warrants(3) | Rule 457(g) | – | – | – | – | – | |||||||||||||||||||
Equity | Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share, underlying the underwriter warrants | Rule 457(a) | 345,000 | $ | 6.25 | $ | 2,156,250 | 0.0000927 | $ | 199.88 | ||||||||||||||||
Total Offering Amounts | $ | 36,656,250 | $ | 3,398.03 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Fees Previously Paid | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Fee Offset | $ | 0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net Fee Due | $ | 3,398.03 |
_______________
(1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price attributable to additional shares that Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. (the “underwriter”) has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any. | |
(2) | In accordance with Rule 416(a), we are also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions. | |
(3) | The Registrant will issue to the underwriter warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to an aggregate of 5% of the ordinary shares sold in the offering. The exercise price of the underwriter’s warrants is equal to 125% of the offering price of the ordinary shares offered. The underwriter’s warrants are exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, starting from six months after the closing of the offering until three years commencing from the effective date of the registration statement on Form F-1. |